So-Pac Marine 2011 Spring

2011So-Pacm a r i n eequipment catalogue

www.sopac.co.nz

A COMPREHENSIVE SELECTION OF QUALITY MARINE PRODUCTS

O U R B R A N D S

I Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz

Thrusters, Stabilisers & Auxiliary Propulsion:

Steering & Control:

Deck Equipment & Hardware:

Batteries, Electrical & LED Lighting:

Plumbing & Water Treatment:

HVAC:

Boat Care:

Galley:

So-Pacm a r i n e

THE HEART OF YOUR SYSTEM

SIGMAR

Welcome to So-Pac Marine’s catalogue for 10-20 m boats. We are pleased to release this catalogue featuring a wide range of quality marine products for boats up to 20 m. For more information about the products in this catalogue please contact us or visit our website www.sopac.co.nz

This Catalogue is designed to make it easy for you to find the product you need and to make the ordering process fast and hassle free. We hope you enjoy using it and we look forward to supplying you with the best quality products and services.

From the Sopac team

Happy Boating

C O N T E N T SBOAT MAINTENANCE

BM-1 AnodesBM-11 Teak CareBM-13 Acrylic Care BM-13 Bilge TreatmentBM-14 Fabric CareBM-14 Holding Tank CleanersBM-15 Hull CleanersBM-16 Stain & Oxidation RemoversBM-17 Hull PolishesBM-17 Hull WaxesBM-18InflatableBoatCareBM-19 Metal Cleaners & PolishesBM-20 Greases & LubricantsBM-21 Tapes & AdhesivesBM-22WaterTankFilters&PurifiersBM-22 Toilet MaintenanceBM-23 Water Tank TreatmentBM-24 Permanon products

BOAT OPERATING EQUIPMENTBO-1 Autopilot Pumpsets - ReversingBO-2 Autopilot Pumpsets - ContinuousBO-3 Auxiliary Propulsion UnitBO-4 Bow & Stern ThrustersBO-5 Bow & Stern ThrustersBO-6 So-Pac Marine, Steering SpecialistsBO-7 Heavy Duty CylindersBO-24 digital input devicesBO-33 motor starter & alarm systemsBO-37 Heavy Duty Helm ValvesBO-38 Heavy Duty Header TankBO-39 Autopilot InterfaceBO-40 Jog LeversBO-41 Housings & AdaptersBO-42 Rudder Follow-Up UnitBO-43 Reversing PumpsetsBO-47 Wagner Hydraulic SteeringBO-51 Yacht Steering SystemsBO-52 Autopilot Tiller Arm AdaptersBO-53 Yacht PedestalsBO-56 Yacht Pedestal AccessoriesBO-57 More Info / CataloguesBO-57 Yacht Pedestal Hardware KitBO-58 StabilisersBO-59 Trim Tabs

STEERING WHEELSSW-1 Edson Pro-Series Power WheelsSW-3 Leather Wheel Rim Covers

COOKING & GALLEYCG-1 Magma Round BBQsCG-4 Round BBQ CoversCG-5 Round BBQ MountsCG-6 Magma Gourmet BBQsCG-8 Connoisseur Gas GrillsCG-9 Gourmet & Connoisseur MountsCG-12 CartridgesCG-12 ValvesCG-12 BBQ AccessoriesCG-13 Magma Bait TablesCG-15 Bait Table MountsCG-17 Magma BBQ Replacement Parts

ELECTRICALEL-1 BatteriesEL-3 AlternatorsEL-5 RegulatorsEL-19 Orca LED Nav LightsEL-19 Orca LED Nav Lights - AccessoriesEL-20 Underwater LightingEL-21 Underwater CameraEL-22 Accon Pop-up LightsEL-23 MountsEL-24 Mast-Mount Antenna Platforms

HARDWAREHW-1 TV LiftHW-2 Bolts & CatchesHW-4 Door HardwareHW-5 Panel AnchorsHW-6 Door LocksetsHW-7 Hasps & Staples

HW-8 Hatch FittingsHW-13 Lift Handles & Rings HW-14 Bow RollersHW-15 Bimini Hinges HW-16 Boarding LaddersHW-17 BollardsHW-17 ChocksHW-18 CleatsHW-22 Deck FillsHW-23 Hand RailsHW-24 Hawse PipesHW-24 LatchesHW-26 Mast StepsHW-26 Pad EyesHW-26 Rod HoldersHW-27 Sailing HardwareHW-28 ScuppersHW-28 VentsHW-30 Thru HullsHW-30 Edson HardwareHW-31 Plastic Deck HardwareHW-32 STORAGE CASESHW-32 PLASTIC HINGESHW-33 PLUMBING FITTINGS

HATCHES & PORTLIGHTSHP-2 Sopac Plastic Access HatchesHP-3 Aluminium Hatches & PortlightsHP-4 Stainless Steel HatchesHP-6 Stainless Steel PortsHP-8 2400 Series Cast HatchesHP-9 2400 Series Hatches - TypesHP-10 Freeman Round Cast Hatches - FlushHP-11 Freeman Oval Cast Hatches - FlushHP-12 Freeman Rectangular Cast Hatches - Flush

HP-12 Freeman Square Cast Hatches - FlushHP-13 Hatch LiftersHP-13 Hatch Stays

HVAC - HEATING & AIR CONDITIONINGHV-1 HVAC - HEATING & AIR CONDITIONINGHV-2 Heater AccessoriesHV-3 Hydronic Water HeatersHV-4 Hydronic Cabin HeatersHV-8 Circulation PumpsHV-9 Pump ChartHV-9 PlumbingHV-10 Heat Exchangers & Exhaust AccessoriesHV-11 ThermostatsHV-12 SwitchesHV-13 Air ConditionersHV-17 watermakers

PLUMBING & PUMPSPL-1 BathroomwarePL-4 Exhaust Waterlocks & SyphonsPL-6 Plumbing FittingsPL-13 Valves & SeacocksPL-26 Raw Water StrainersPL-41 Edson Diaphragm PumpsPL-42 40 GPM DIAPHRAGM PUMPSPL-43 18 GPM DIAPHRAGM PUMPSPL-44 paragon senior water pumpPL-50 Oil Change Systems

SEATING & TABLESST-1 The Voyager HELM CHAIRST-2 Admiral helm chairST-2 HC44000-ULST-6 Stainless Steel Seat Pedestals, Sliders ST-6 & FootrestsST-8 Aluminium Seat Pedestals & SlidesST-9 Stainless Steel Table Pedestals & Slides

INDEX

TERMS & CONDITIONS

IIEquipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz

B O A T M A I N T E N A N C EB O A T M A I N T E N A N C E

BM-1BM-1

Anodes

100% Circular Inside

InterlockingHalves

Extra Alloy Around Fastener

Martyr shaft and rudder anodes come with combination fasteners. Use your screw driver or allen key!

Code ID(Shaft Dia)

mm

OD

mm

Length

mm

Weight

Kg

CMX01 19 (3/4”) 54 54 0.58CMX02 22 (7/8”) 54 54 0.50CMX03 25 (1”) 54 54 0.45CMX04 28 (1-1/8”) 54 54 0.41CMX05 32 (1-1/4”) 63 63 0.50CMX05A 32 (1-1/4”) 63 63 0.73CMX06 35 (1-3/8”) 63 63 0.68CMX07 38 (1-1/2”) 63 63 0.61CMX08 44 (1-3/4”) 82 73 1.14CMX09 51 (2”) 82 73 0.91CMX10 57 (2-1/4”) 108 95 2.66CMX11 63 (2-1/2”) 108 95 2.39CMX12 70 (2-3/4”) 120 92 3.38CMX13 76 (3”) 120 92 2.95CMX15 89 (3-1/2”) 149 98 4.10

Code ID(Shaft Dia)

mm

OD

mm

Height

mm

Weight

Kg

CMC01 19 (3/4”) 54 25 0.30CMC03 25 (1”) 63 32 0.31CMC04 28 (1-1/8”) 63 32 0.55CMC05 32 (1-1/4”) 63 32 0.50CMC06 35 (1-3/8”) 76 32 0.45CMC07 38 (1-1/2”) 76 32 0.70CMC08 44 (1-3/4”) 89 35 0.68CMC09 51 (2”) 89 35 1.05

PROP SHAfT ANODES - STREAMLINED

PROP SHAfT ANODES - LIMITED CLEARANCE

Streamlined football shaped Zinc anodes easily attach to the prop shaft of your boat

‘Donut’ shaped Zinc anodes for when there is limited clearance to fit a streamlined anode

Why Use Anodes?

The protection of the underwater metal parts on your boat or motor from corrosive electrolytic action is a very real and necessary concern. The use of an activated alloy such as an “anode” will help (anodes will attract the corrosion action to themselves and away from expensive metal parts). Fortunately anodes are relatively inexpensive and are readily available. Factors such as warm water temperatures, polluted water and stray current corrosion can cause your anodes to waste away at an accelerated rate so it is wise to check them on a regular basis.

What is Electrolytic Corrosion?

When two dissimilar metals are electrically connected and submerged in a solution or electrolyte a natural chemical reaction takes place. This chemical reaction forms a circuit where the least noble metal (the anode) will begin to break down leaving the most noble metal (the cathode) intact.For example, a sailboat may have many metals electronically connected in a salt-water solution. The stainless steel shaft is more active (least noble) than the bronze propeller. In this case the stainless steel shaft will naturally begin to breakdown leaving the propeller intact. Since propeller shafts are expensive to replace it is easy to protect these metals by adding a Martyr™ anode such as a CMX or Prop Nut. The Martyr™ anode is highly active and will corrode instead of the other metals it is electrically connected to.

ASk fOR THE fULL MARTyR CATALOGUE

Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz

B O A T M A I N T E N A N C E

BM-2 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nzBM-2

38mm (1-1/2”)

NPT

Code AnodeType

Diametermm

Thicknessmm

WeightKg

CMR01 trim tab disc 47 6 0.31CMR02 trim tab disc 71 12 0.55CMR03 trim tab disc 95 12 0.50CMR04 trim tab disc 127 16 1.46CMR05 trim tab/rudder disc 130 22 1.85

Code Lengthmm

Widthmm

Thicknessmm

WeightKg

CMBNT1AZ 95 25 12 0.2

Sopac Code Lengthmm

Diametermm

NPT WeightKg

yanmar Pencil AnodesCM272100200200 19 20 1/8 0.02CM272100200300Z 29 19 3/8 0.07Martyr Pencil AnodesCME0 45 10 1/4 0.04CME00 51 6 1/8 0.02CME1 51 13 3/8 0.08CME2 51 16 1/2 0.11CME3 51 19 3/4 0.20CME4 92 19 3/4 0.31

RUDDER & TRIM TAB ANODES

Rudder and trim tab anodes simply attach to your rudder or trim tabs to prevent corrosion

TRIM TAB ANODE

PENCIL ANODES - WITH PLUGZinc engine pencil anodes complete with engine plug

UNC

Code Lengthmm

Diametermm

UNC WeightKg

CMEZ0 45 10 5/16 0.04CMEZ00 51 6 1/4 0.02CMEZ1 51 13 3/8 0.08CMEZ1D 45 13 3/8 0.07CMEZ1E 38 13 3/8 0.06CMEZ1f 32 13 3/8 0.06CMEZ2 51 16 7/16 0.11CMEZ3 51 19 1/2 0.20CMEZ4 92 19 1/2 0.31

PENCIL ANODES - ANODE ONLyZinc engine pencil anodes alone without plug


BM-3BM-3

Prop Nut Anode

Replacement Prop Nut Anode

Code Heightmm

OuterDiameter

mm

Fastener Typemm

WeightKg

CMMP63Z 45 67 20 x 5 x 0.8 / 4mm hex key 0.29CMMP70Z 51 73 20 x 5 x 0.8 / 4mm hex key 0.54CMMP83Z 64 84 25 x 6 x 1.0 / 5mm hex key 0.65

Code ShaftSizemm

ThreadsizeSAE

Length

mm

OuterDiameter

mm

Weight

Kg

CMPNAZC13 19 1/2 NC 13 38 32 0.21CMPNBZC11 22 5/8 NC 11 54 41 0.34CMPNCZC10 25 3/4 NC 10 76 48 0.63CMPNDZC09 32 7/8 NC 9 78 54 1.00CMPNEZC08 35 1 NC 8 89 60 1.14CMPNfZC07 38 1-1/8 NC 7 89 65 1.36CMPNGZC07 45 1-1/4 NC 7 92 73 2.00CMPNHZC06 25 1-1/2 NC 6 102 83 2.39

Code ShaftSizemm

Length

mm

OuterDiameter

mm

Weight

Kg

CMPNZA 19 38 32 0.09CMPNZB 22 54 41 0.09CMPNZC 25 76 48 0.45CMPNZD 32 78 54 0.68CMPNZE 35 89 60 0.80CMPNZf 38 89 65 0.91CMPNZG 45 92 73 1.32CMPNZH 25 102 83 1.48

Code Description Lengthmm

Widthmm

Thickmm

WeightKg

CMZPMW Small ‘M’ Plate 114 64 235 0.91CMZPNW Small ‘N’ Plate 152 76 19 1.48CMZPOW Med. ‘O’ Plate 152 102 19 1.99CMZPPW Med. ‘P’ Plate 229 127 21 4.20

Code ShaftSizemm

Thread

Size

Length

mm

Outer Diameter

mm

Weight

Kg

CMBRAVO3PN 25 1” 14UNS 78 54 0.54

MAX PROP NUT ANODESPropeller nut anodes for Max Prop

PROP NUT ANODES - COMPLETEAll prop nut anodes are available in magnesium and aluminium also

PROP NUT ANODES - ANODE ONLyNylon patch is good for initial application only.

We recommend using loc-tite or thread tape for extra hold when replacing anodes

STREAMLINED PLATE ANODES

MERCURy BRAVO III PROP NUT ANODEInternal Nyloc ring provides secure fit to shaft

Uses prop nut D-replacement anodeAvailable in magnesium and aluminium also




Code Description Lengthmm

Widthmm

Thicknessmm

BetweenCentres

mm

HoleDiameter

mm

WeightKg

CMDIVER Divers Dream 305 152 13 51 - 229 13 3.77CMDIVERMINI Mini Divers Dream 152 102 13 32 - 108 13 1.02CMM24 Small 121 51 19 32 6 0.24CMM25 Small 235 86 19 98 6 1.78CMM30 Medium 159 70 16 121 6 0.86CMZ404 Medium 235 86 19 - 13 1.55CMZHC2AZ Medium 146 64 19 73 13 - 19 0.94CMZHC3AZ Medium 159 70 19 57 13 - 19 0.91CMZHC5AZ Large 203 102 19 111 13 - 19 2.05

Code Length

mm

Width

mm

Thickness

mm

BetweenCentres

mm

HoleDiameter

mm

Weight

Kg

CMT20 89 45 35 32 6 0.17CMT21 133 51 25 41 8 0.45

Code Mounting Length

mm

Width

mm

Thickness

mm

BetweenCentres

mm

HoleDiameter

mm

Weight

Kg

CMZ01 Bolt-on 305 152 32 152 13 4.8CMZ12 Bolt-on 101 31 19 46 7 10.3CMZ13 Bolt-on 152 44 25 86 7 0.15CMZ19 Weld-on 635 79 32 - - 4.60CMZ22 Weld-on 356 165 38 - - 5.10CMZ03 Weld-on 305 76 32 - - 2.70CMZ04 Weld-on 152 89 25 - - 1.00CMZ06 Weld-on 127 64 25 - - 0.60CMZTSZ Weld-on 228 76 34 - - 0.95

STREAMLINED BOLT ON ANODES

TEAR DROP SHAPED ANODES

DIVERS DREAM DIVER MINI CMM24 CMM25

CMZ404 CMM30 CMZHC 2,3,5

Weld on and bolt on anodes for bottom plates, keels, rudders, shaft tunnels, ballast tanks, bilges, cargo tanks, equipment and structures.

Commercial teardrop, streamlined & plate anodes

CMZ22 CMZ03, CMZ04, CMZ06, CMZ19 CMZTSZ

CMZ01

COMMERCIAL ANODES


BM-5BM-5

Code Weight

Kg

CM31640 0.45CM34127 0.73CM34762 0.27CM43396 0.66

CM439942 1.52CM43994 0.91CM46399 0.36CM55989 0.11

CM762145 0.31CM806105 0.23CM806188 0.18CM806189 0.10CM806190 0.32CM818298 0.64CM821629 0.75CM821630 1.00CM826134 0.25

Code Weight Kg

CM826134Z 0.25

MERCURy & MERCRUISER ANODES

HONDA ANODES

CM806105 CM806188 CM43396 CM818298 CM826134

CM34762 CM43994 CM55989 CM31640 CM34127 CM762145

CM46399 CM821629 CM821630 CM806189 CM806190




UNC

Code Length

mm

Diameter

mm

UNC Weight

Kg

CMEZ0 45 10 5/16 0.04CMEZ00 51 6 1/4 0.02CMEZ1 51 13 3/8 0.08CMEZ1D 45 13 3/8 0.07CMEZ1E 38 13 3/8 0.06CMEZ1f 32 13 3/8 0.06CMEZ2 51 16 7/16 0.11CMEZ3 51 19 1/2 0.20CMEZ4 92 19 1/2 0.31

PENCIL ANODES - ANODE ONLyZinc engine pencil anodes alone without plug

Code WeightKg

CM19642002652Z 0.51

Code Weight

Kg

CM6644537101Z 0.27CM6884525101Z 0.03CM6884537102Z 0.48CM6E04525111Z 0.10CM6E54537101Z 0.42CM6G5425101Z 0.91CM6H14525102Z 0.47CM6J94537100Z 0.50CM6k14537100Z 0.42

yANMAR ANODES

yAMAHA ANODES

CM6G5425101Z CM6E04525111Z CM6J94537100Z

CM6k14537100Z CM6H14525102Z CM6G5425101Z

CM6644537101Z

CM6884537102Z

CM6E54537101Z


BM-7BM-7

Code Weight

Kg

CM823661Z 0.15CM832598Z 0.91CM838929Z 0.04CM852835Z 0.79CM872139Z 0.66CM872793Z 0.11CM875812Z 0.92CM875821Z 0.61

CMV18 0.69

VOLVO ANODES

CM872793Z CM852835Z CM872139Z CM832598Z

CM875812Z CM875821Z CMV18

CM823661Z CM838929Z

Code Weight

Kg

CM392123Z 0.76CM393023Z 0.22CM398331Z 0.32CM431708Z 0.27CM984513Z 0.94CM984547Z 0.91

OMC / JOHNSON ANODES

CM393023Z CM984513Z CM431708Z CM984547Z

CM392123Z CM398331Z

ANODE kITSThese all in one kits include 1 Cavitation Plate, 2 Trim Cylinder Anodes, 1 Trim Tab

Anode and all the required fasteners.

Code Description

CMBRAVO23kITA Aluminium Anode kit for Bravo 2 & 3CMVERADO6kITA Aluminium Anode kit for Verado





BM-9BM-9Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz




Code Description Size

TW-CB-01 Cleaner & Brightener Combo Pack 0.95 litresTW-CB-02 Cleaner & Brightener Combo Pack 3.8 litresTW-CB-04 Cleaner Only 3.8 litresTW-CB-06 Brightener Only 3.8 litres

Code Description Size

TW-DS-01 Teak Wonder Dressing and Sealer - Small 0.95 litresTW-DS-02 Teak Wonder Dressing and Sealer - Large 3.8 litres

TEAk CLEANERS & BRIGHTENERS

TeAk CAre

The unique biodegradable cleaning system that works like harshly formulatedcompetitors but is gentle to hands, wood, gel coat, marine hardware and finishes.

TEAk DRESSING & SEALER

The Original and unique formula that lasts longer and looks brighter and cleaner than “teak oils”

Teak Wonder is the easiest of sealers to maintain and renew.Top Rated in independent testing and preferred by professionals

for the maintenance of fine vessels

BM-11BM-11

TEAk OIL - GOLDEN CLASSIC

TEAk OIL - CLEAR

INTERIOR TEAk OIL

Code Size Products Features

y02.0737 500 mL • Premium oil and sealer for long lasting protection and improving appearance.

• Gives teak a warm golden colour.• Provides a superior golden, long lasting finish which is highly UV resistant. • Penetrates deeply into teak and other hard-wood.• Easy to use and fast drying & water resistant.


y02.0738 500 mL • Premium oil and sealer for long lasting protection and improving appearance.

• Gives teak and other boating woods its natural colour back.• UV and water resistant.• Penetrates deeply into teak and other hard-wood.• Easy to use and fast drying.

Code Size Product Features

y02.1185 250 mL • This one part interior teak oil cleans, protects and restores colour to all kinds of interior teak, mahogany, dark oak, rosewood, and other dark wood.

• Great for regular maintenance, protects and improves its appearance.• Repels water, prevents warping and gives a new looking shine.• Removes scratches, spots, abrasions and water spots.




ACryliC CAre

ACRyLIC SCRATCH REMOVER

TEAk WONDER - BILGE CLEANER CONCENTRATE

OIL SORBENT SHEETS

WONDER BILGE

ACRyLIC CARE - CLEANER & POLISHER

Bilge TreATmenT


y02.1181 500 ml • Removes fine scratches from acrylic, polycarbonate and most other plastics.

• Cleans off stains, salt deposits and surface discolourations.• Easy to use - just rub scratches at a right angle and buff off.• Removes hazing from windshields, hatches, ports etc.


TW-BC-01 0.95 L • Will emulsify and destroy oil, related scum and bilges odour from your bilge.

• Strong and effective.• Fast and easy to use.• Can be used as a scum and grime preventative also.

Code Sheet Size Pack Size Product Features

y02.0104y02.1418

41 x 51 cm43 x 48 cm

2 sheets1 sheet

• The best solution for removing oil, fuel and other chemicals.

• Soaks up oil, but repels water.• Absorbs up to 25 times it’s own weight.• Great for bilges, engine rooms, petrol chemical spills or

fill-ups.

Code Size Compelling Benefits

y02.1026y02.1026.5L

500 mL5 litres

• Removes oil, grime and scum from your bilge.• Dissolves oil, grease, grime and all that junk that collects in your bilge and

holds it in suspension until it gets pumped out into disposal containers.• Deodorizes unpleasant smells.• Works fast and efficiently and is long lasting.• Easy to use. 500 mL treats 100 litres and 5 L treats 1000 litres.


y02.1180 500 mL • Restores shine and clarity to acrylic, polycarbonate, and most plastics.• Removes dirt, dust and other grime.• Leaves protective coating against new dust and dirt.• Anti-static agent against dust.• Spray on / wipe off application.• Prevents stress cracking.


BM-13BM-13

PURySAN - HOLDING TANk TREATMENT ULTRA

PURyCLEAN - HOLDING TANk CLEANER / DISINfECTION

Holding TAnk CleAners


y06.0059 500 mL • Sanitary concentrate for holding tanks and camping toilets.• Equivalent to 1.5 litres of traditional concentrate.• Treats up to 500 litres. Easy to measure dispenser cap.• Disinfects and helps to break down solid waste material and toilet paper.• Provides clean and fresh scent. Contains no formaldehyde.• Complies with OECD method, more than 90% biologically degradable.


y06.1033 500 grams • For cleaning and disinfecting of waste water tanks and systems.• Eliminates unpleasant odour by disinfecting.• Removes most kinds of deposits.• Self acting, easy to use powder concentrate.• 500 grams treats tanks up to 500 litres

HOLDING TANk VENT IN-LINE fILTER

HEAVy DUTy BOAT WASH

Hull CleAners

Code Size Product Features & Specs

y06.1770 16 mm Hose

• Stop odours that escape from tanks, keep your boat smelling clean.• You don’t need any chemicals for the waste water tank any longer.• Lasts one full season.• For mounting in 5/8” / 3/4” standard-ventilation hose.• Length: (without barbs) 280mm, Diameter: 55mm


y02.0007 500mL • Heavy duty and concentrated boat cleaner.• Cleans all kind of materials.• Removes all kind of dirt and leaves protective coating.• More than 98% biologically degradable (OECD) method.• Use with fresh or salt-water

yELLOW STAIN REMOVER GEL


y02.0102 500mL • Removes organic discolouring from fibreglass, gelcoat and paint.• Designed to remove the “yellow wave” in the bow, water line and exhaust.• Removes algae and rust.• Easy to use gel-liquid, wipe-on rinse-off. No scrubbing or rubbing.




LIGHT DUTy WASH & CARNUBA WAX fINISH

MEDIUM DUTy HULL AND GELCOAT CLEANER


y02.1024 500mL • Quick and easy gloss every time you wash your boat.• For everyday care. Cleans and leaves a high gloss finish.• No hard rubbing or buffing needed.• For use on fibreglass, metal and painted surfaces.• Biodegradable (OECD method).


y02.2175y02.2175.5L

500mL5 litres

• Cleans fibreglass and gel coat surfaces on decks and hulls• Not for use on metal surfaces.• Removes stains from grassy marine growth, scum lines, rust stains and

organic discolouring.• No hard buffing required, just wipe on, let the product work and rinse off.

MEDIUM DUTy RUBBING OXIDATION REMOVER

sTAin & oxidATion removers

COLOUR RESTORER, OXIDATION REMOVER


y02.0734 500mL • Removes stains, medium oxidation, scratches from fibreglass, gel coat and painted surfaces.

• Restores your gel coat lustre with fast-cutting formula. • Easy to use, due to liquid formula. Hand or buffer application.• Removes all stains without scratching.• Protects surface with brilliant shine.


y02.2142 500 mL • Brings back original colour and lustre.• Removes medium oxidation, chalking and fading.• Seals surface to protect against future fading due to weathering.• Excellent for all coloured boats.• Easy to use.• Hand or buffer application.


BM-15BM-15

Hull PolisHes

MEDIUM DUTy MARINE POLISH - SILICONE fREE

PREMIUM POLISH - WITH TEfLON

PREMIUM HARD WAX - WITH TEfLON

Hull WAxes

MARINE WAX


y02.0009 500mL • Premium polish for all types of fibreglass, gelcoat and painted surfaces.• Outstanding protection against fading and oxidation.• Removes all kinds of dirt, stains and salt.• Great for hulls and under-water.• Hand or buffer application. Leaves a dazzling factory shine.• No hard rubbing required. Super slick finish.


y02.0135 500mL • Premium polish for all types of fibreglass, gelcoat and painted surfaces.• Outstanding protection against fading and oxidation.• Removes all kinds of dirt, stains and salt.• Great for hulls and under-water.• Hand or buffer application. Leaves a dazzling factory shine.• No hard rubbing required. Super slick finish.


y02.0469 500mL • Outstanding protection for all fibreglass, gel coat and painted surfaces.• Lasts much longer than conventional waxes.• Long lasting high-gloss protection against fading and oxidation.• Repels dirt, stains and salt. Contains UV inhibitors.• Super slick finish, no hard rubbing required.• Can increase speed and fuel efficiency. Water repellent.


y02.0735 300 grams paste

• High-grade Carnuba wax blended with artificial waxes for long lasting protection for all kinds of fibreglass, gel coat and painted surfaces.

• Easy to handle. Non abrasive.• For hand and buffer application.• Outstanding shine.• Contains UV inhibitors




SILICONE AND WAX REMOVER

CARNUBA BOAT WAX

CLEANER & WAX - SILICONE fREE

INfLATABLE BOAT CLEANER

inflATABle BoAT CAre

INfLATABLE BOAT REPAIR kIT


y02.1179 500 mL • This specially blended solvent provides easy cleanup of most types of adhesives.

• Removes waxes, polishes, silicone, grease, oil, tars and other dirt and grime quick and easy.

• Should be used before painting and application of new wax coating.• Safe for most surfaces.


y02.1191 500 mL • Designed to provide high gloss and protect fibreglass / gelcoat, topside paint, painted aluminium, and metal surfaces.

• Liquid formulation combines carnuba wax and special blend of waxes which will restore shine and protects in one application.

• Easy to handle, gives outstanding shine. Non abrasive. • Hand or buffer application. Contains UV inhibitors.


y02.2172 500 mL • Designed to remove light to medium oxidation, clean, polish and protect fibreglass gelcoat and painted surfaces.

• Easy to use. Does not contain silicone.• Liquid formulation combine a compound with a special blend of waxes

which restore shine and protect in one application.• For hand and buffer application.


y02.1177 500 mL • Cleans colour on all kind of rubber, PVC and Hypalon inflatable boats.• Cleans dirt, grime, scuff marks, oxidation waterline dirt and stains.• Easy to use.

Code Size Product Features & Specs

y02.2217 Standard • Ideal for lightweight dinghies, towables, pool toys and swimming pools

• Contains Patches: 2x 35mm Dia, • 1x 45mm Dia, 1x 73 x 78 mm• 1x 6 gram tube of glue• Emery paper & instructions


BM-17BM-17

MEDIUM DUTy METAL POLISH - WITH WAX

meTAl CleAners & PolisHes

ALUMINIUM POLISH - WITH WAX

HEAVy DUTy STAINLESS AND BRASS POLISH - WITH WAX

MEDIUM DUTy RUST CONVERTER

SEA SOAP


y02.0470 500 mL • Cleans polishes and protects stainless steel, chrome, copper and brass• One - Step application• Removes surface rust, light to medium oxidation, tarnishing and stains• Special wax formula gives outstanding protection that lasts for months• Will not leave ugly water spots or scratches• Gives new shine to all old surfaces


y02.0471 500 mL • Cleans, polishes and protects• Good for painted, anodized or bare aluminium• Removes light to medium surface oxidation, tarnishing and stains• Will not leave scratches• Will give a perfect shine• Cleaning and protecting formula gives the best protection to aluminium


y02.2128 500 mL • Cleans polishes and protects stainless steel and brass• One - Step application• Removes surface rust, light to medium oxidation, tarnishing and stains• Special wax formula gives outstanding protection that lasts for months• Will not leave ugly water spots or scratches• Gives new shine to all old surfaces


y02.2147 250 mL • Chemically designed to remove rust and corrosion without harming the metal

• Converts rust and corrosion to a stable, solid form• Protects against new rust and corrosion• Will give extra strong bond strength to future base coats and painting


y03.0018 300 mL • Shampoo and shower gel for salt and fresh water• Special components counteracting the drying effects of wind, sun & salt• Very mild pH 5.5 with mountain herbs• Super concentrated formula• Does not contain formaldehyde or dioxan• Perfect for sailors, surfers, campers, and swimmers




MULTI PURPOSE GREASE

WINCH GREASE

MARINE SPECIAL METAL PROTECTION SPRAy

greAses & luBriCAnTs

SEA DISH WASH - CONCENTRATE

WINCH GREASE SPRAy


y02.1183 250 grams • Lubricates, preserves & protects anything that slides, swivels, rotates, rolls or squeaks

• Highly resistant against extreme temperatures, salt water and corrosion• Stays where you put it, prevents seizing and won’t wash away• It retains its viscosity and consistency in all weather conditions• Impervious against dirt, dust and grime


y02.1184 250 grams • Lubricates, preserves and protects each part of the winch• Will seal all parts with a waterproof film• Highly resistant against extreme temperatures, salt water and weather• Will prolong the life of your winch• Prevents seizing and will not wash away• It retains its viscosity and consistency in all weather conditions


y02.1186 200 mL Aerosol

• Cares for and protects matt and polished metal surfaces• Leaves a long lasting protective film which allows water to run off in drops


y03.0740 250 mL • For dish washing in salt and fresh water• Works great in salt water• Very mild• Super concentrated formula• Dries without leaving stripes• No need to wipe dry


y02.1700 200 mL Aerosol

• Lubricates, preserves and protects all winches• Easy to grease all parts, and reach those hard to get places• Reduce friction and abrasion• Will not wash away, stays where you put it and lasts a long time• Comes with spray pipe for accurate spraying• Without FCKW, High temperature resistance -30 to 130+ degrees C


BM-19BM-19

TAPes & AdHesives

ANTI SkID TAPE

CAPTAIN TOLLy’S CREEPING CRACk CURE

THREAD LOCkING GAP fILLER

X-TREME TAPE MARINE - SELf BONDING RIGGING TAPE

Code Size Colour Product Features

y13.2915.01y13.2915.02

18 m x 50 mm18 m x 50 mm

BlackYellow

• Anti slip tape for safety around your boat• Water Resistant• Extra durable• For indoor and outdoor use


y11.1192 60 mL • This penetrating copolymer sealant is formulated to be so thin that by using capillary action it can find its way inside fine cracks and set to a clear flexible seal

• Use on wood, rubber, glass, metals, fibreglass, lexan, ceramic & concrete• Seals leaking windows and other hidden leaks


y11.2111 24 mL tube • Medium strength• Gap filling max 0.25 mm• Temperature range: -60 to 150 degrees C

Code Colour Product Features

PS-59061PS-59063

WhiteBlack

• X-Treme Tape® Marine is the essential, protective & repair wrap for all boaters, sailors & fishermen. X-Treme Tape® Marine can wrap rigging hardware, insulate & waterproof electrical wiring and whip ends of ropes.

• Forms a permanent air & water tight seal & prevents corrosion• Stretches to 3 times its length & conforms to irregular shapes• Tensile Strength of 600 psi, Remains Flexible to (-54°C)• Insulates to 8000 V (for a single wrap), won’t melt up to +260°C• 1” Wide x 10’ Long




Code Size Products Features & Specs

y06.0534y06.0535 100 mL refill

• Cleans & deodorizes bowl, lines, and helps to breakdown solid waste material with every flush

• For clean and fresh scent• Easy to mount, Fits all 1/2” and 3/4” lines• Lasts up to 400 flushes• No formaldehyde, the best solution for your head!


y06.1031 100 mL • Keep your marine head working smoothly, condition / preserve pump leathers

• Removes salt deposits and keeps drain valves lubricated• Gets deep inside the pump mechanism to clean & lubricate all parts• Environmentally safe, as it is based on a natural oil• Also for slide valves in camping toilets


y01.0726.08 Small• Filters out sand, rust, sludge and all other small parts from the water• Best as pre-filter• Micron rating: 5 micron, Material: polypropylene fibre• Temperature range: 0 - 74°C• Size: 9 3/4″ fits 10″ housing max recommended. flow rate: 38L/min• Size: 4 7/8″ fits 5″ housing max recommended. flow rate: 19L/min


y01.1769.01y01.1769.02

13 mm exit10 mm exit

• Freshwater filter for easy installation in your water system• Remove chlorine, phosphate, organics, taste and odour• With active carbon granulate• With barbs (13mm) each side• Length (without barbs) 195mm, Diameter 55mm

Code Size Products Features & specs

y01.0722.01y01.0722.02

BigSmall

• A complete and easy to mount filter system, Containing:• 10” / 5” solid housing made of reinforced polypropylene • Filter• Polypropylene fittings with 13mm exit• Mounting bracket with screws• Two sizes Big: 300 x 120 mm Small: 180 x 120 mm

ToileT mAinTenAnCe

PURyTECH HEAD TREATMENT DEODORISER SySTEM

TOILET LUBRICATING AND CLEANING OIL

WATer TAnk filTers & Purifiers

CERAMIC CARTRIDGE - WITH CARBON

IN-LINE WATER fILTER

WATER fILTER SET


BM-21BM-21

Code Size Amount of water treated Compelling Benefits

y01.0001 100 mL 1000 litres • Kills bacteria (like cholera, salmonella etc.)• Conserves drinking water and potable water for up to 6 months• Neutral in odour and taste• Contact time: 2 hours• Conserves drinking water on silver base

y01.0002 100 tablets 1 tablet per litrey01.0004 100 grams 10,000 litresy01.0129 50 mL 500 litresy01.0705 100 tablets 1 tablet per 20 litres


y01.1032 500 grams • Removes calcareous deposits in water systems, improves taste & odour• Non toxic as it works only with natural citric acid• Should be used whenever calcareous and other deposits plug your system• Easy to use. Use with AQUA CLEAN for purification & long storage• After successful use you should disinfect your whole drinking system with

PURA TANK, to kill algae and germs


y01.0005 500 mLTreats 160 L

• For cleaning and disinfection of water tanks, pipes, pumps & outlets• Active By Oxygen, Kills algae and bacteria• Good for all kinds of materials, Easy to use and neutral in taste and odour• A clean disinfected water tank is essential for safe drinking water• We recommend to disinfect your water tank once or twice a year and use

AQUA CLEAN to keep your water purified

WATer TAnk TreATmenT

AqUA CLEAN - NO CHLORINE

CLEAN-A-TANk

y01.0001 y01.0129 y01.0004 y01.0002 y01.0705

PURA-TANk - NO CHLORINE WATER TANk CLEANER




Shut Off Valve(included)

Permanon Boat Shampoo 2-in-1Mild cleaning and effective coating product suitable for all varnished and metallic surfaces, for interior and exterior use especially for sensitive boat surfaces. No yellowing from UV exposure as with wax based products.Permanon Boat Shampoo only contains silicon and polymers in a water based solution. Competing products usually contain silicone oils or fluoric silane, combined with polymers and / or solvents.

500ml of concentrate makes a ready-mixed solution of 20 litres using a 2% concentration. Permanon products do NOT undergo any chemical reaction with the material to be coated.

Advantages: Easy handling, product saving, no more waxing

Permanon PS Paste is a completely different (and very effective) product based on a mixture of high quality soaps instead of the conventional abrasive compounds usually found in cleaners. • Almost PH neutral when applied- between PH 7 and 7.6 and is non-abrasive. • It cleans more effectively than more aggressive cleaning products, it removes all

difficult organic fouling without damaging surfaces or even removing shine. • Great for sensitive surfaces and heavily soiled areas.• Named as magic soap in the French press, it beats all by its sheer

effectiveness, use PS Paste once, and you will be convinced.

Non toxic, non-flammable, solvent-free and completely biodegradable

When wiped once with undiluted Permanon Silicon sealer, polyurethene topcoat for yachts experienced a decrease in gloss units of only 23% compared to a loss of 39% on the untreated sample after 5000 hours in the Weather-o-meter test chamber.

• Highly UV resistant. Extends the life of polyurethane topcoats, FRP and glass, steel, leather, etc. • Provides a long lasting high gloss surface protection allowing up to 50% faster wash-downs and longer lasting top coats.• No Polish marks or buffing, its easily applied and leaves a brilliant shine.• Non-toxic, non-flammable, as well as solvent free and completely bio-degradable. • Resistant to most acids, alkaline solutions, salts, contaminants and solvents. Easy to remove for repaints, does not con-

tain silicone or wax and is temperature resistant up to 300°C (572°F).

Permanon yacht Supershine Professional

Permanon Boat Supershine is a high-tech maintenance formula for all exterior and interior boat surfaces. Boat Supershine is resistant to saltwater and freshwater and provides a long lasting, durable shine at the same time. It is easy on the finish and results in significantly less dirt and grime accumulation. Effective against lime scale and other aggressive soils. Resistant to most acids, alkaline solutions and solvents and effectively resists UV rays.

Boat Supershine is non-toxic, non-flammable as well as solvent free and completely biodegradable.

• No polish marks.• Highly UV and temperature resistant up to 472°F.• Very easy to remove for repainting.• Reduces wash-down time by up to 50%• Does not contain silicone or wax.• Leaves a brilliant shine.• No polishing or waxing• Very easy to apply.

PermAnon ProduCTs

B O A T O P E R A T I N G E q U I P M E N T

BO-1BO-1

AuToPiloT PumPseTs - reversing

REVERSING PUMPSET

Heavy Duty Ball Bearing Motor

Shut Off Valve(included)

Flow Adjustment

Moulded Rubber Mounting Foot

Code Description

OC-AF12121706 1.2 litre, 12 Volt Octopus Reversing PumpOC-AF12241706HK 1.2 Litre, 24 Volt Octopus Reversing PumpOC-AF20121706 2.0 Litre, 12 Volt Octopus Reversing PumpsetOC-AF20241706 2.0 Litre, 24 Volt Octopus Reversing Pumpset

Reversing Pumps are used when hydraulic steering is fitted on boats up to 65 feet L.O.A. (depending on rudder torque). The pumps are switched on by the automatic pilot and make a steering correction to left or right determined by the direction of rotation of the pump motor. The motors are of the permanent magnetic type and reversing direction is accomplished by reversing the motor input current.

The pump has only three moving parts and requires no complicated check valves to prevent rudder movement when de-energized. Output flow is completely adjustable to 50% of rated flow allowing the pump output to be adjusted precisely to the volume of steering cylinder fitted. The pump is exceptionally reliable and delivers more than twice the hydraulic output per watt of input than gear pumps manufactured by competitors.

Motors are heavy duty, a full 85 mm in diameter with long brushes and sealed ball bearings for long service life. The moulded rubber mounting foot can be rotated to allow the pump to be mounted on any surface. Supplied with three flexible hoses terminating in ¼ inch JIC swivel fittings which can be easily adapted to piping systems.

A useful range of accessories can be used to enhance the pump by incorporating added valves and solid state FET switching.

Optional Accessories: ▪ Solid state switch - CR-30 ▪ Shut off Valve - SV ▪ By-pass Valve - BP12V & BP24V ▪ Unbalanced Valve - UB




BO-2 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nzBO-2

AuToPiloT PumPseTs - ConTinuous

CONTINUOUS RUNNING PUMPSETS (MED)

MODEL CRB

Steering Port

DirectionControl Valve

Pressure Gauge

Pressure Relief

WiringPenetration

Hydrolic OilReservoir

Filler PortsVented Cover

ElectricalMotor

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Octopus CRB pumpsets are heavy duty continuous running D.C. or A.C. motor driven pumpswhich are used for autopilot service on larger yachts and commercial vessels. Thesepumpsets can be used on steering cylinders up to 200 cu. in. (3500 cu. cm.) in volume.All models are fitted with an adjustable pressure relief valve and pressure gauge. They canbe supplied as a simple pump unit, a motor and reservoir combination to replace an enginedriver pump or fitted with a direction solenoid valve. Adjustable flow control and dual speedoptions are also available. Electric motors are heavy duty ball bearing type. A mechanical seal is used between themotor and pump rather than the usual lip seal, this ensures a long service life without“grooving” the shaft. Reservoirs are large capacity to ensure cool running in all climates.

STANDARD FEATURES1. COMPACT EFFICIENT DESIGN – The units are custom built for the marine

environment.

2. LONG LIFE MECHANICAL SEAL – Between the pump and the motor, will notdamage shaft after long service unlike more usual lip seal, which wears agroove in the shaft.

3. PRESSURE GAUGE – Useful to show steering pressures.

4. ADJUSTABLE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE – Factory set at 950 psi, adjustablebetween 100 to 1200 psi.

CONTINUOUS RUNNING PUMPSETSOctopus CRB pumpsets are heavy duty continuous running D.C. or A.C. motor driven pumps which are used for autopilot service on larger yachts and commercial vessels. These pumpsets can be used on steering cylinders up to 200 cu. in. (3500 cu. cm.) in volume.

All models are fitted with an adjustable pressure relief valve and pressure gauge. They can be supplied as a simple pump unit, a motor and reservoir combination to replace an engine driver pump or fitted with a direction solenoid valve. Adjustable flow control and dual speed options are also available.

Electric motors are heavy duty ball bearing type. A mechanical seal is used between the motor and pump rather than the usual lip seal, this ensures a long service life without “grooving” the shaft. Reservoirs are large capacity to ensure cool running in all climates.

Optional Accessories:• PRESSURE GAUGE: A pressure gauge can be fitted

to show steering pressures.• FLOW CONTROL (Model CRA02 only) Flow Control

allows operator to adjust flow between 0.3 and 0.5 gpm (1300 to 2000 cc/min)

• PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE: Adjustable between 50 to 900 psi (4 to 60 bar)

Optional Accessories:• FLOW CONTROL – An adjustable flow

control can adjust flow to approx 50% of rated flow.• TWO SPEED – An adjustable second lower speed

option can be fitted. With this option the pump runs normally in lower speed, higher speed is engaged by energizing an auxiliary selonoid valve. This is useful for hand jog applications were fast response is desirable.

CONTINUOUS RUNNING PUMPSETS (HEAVy)

General Description

Octopus CRA Pumpsets are continuously running D.C. motor driven pumps which are used for autopilot drive service on larger yachts and small commercialvessels. These pumpsets can be used on steering cylinders up to 60 cu.in. (1000 cu.cm.) in volume. Unlike reversing pumps, which in sizes over 1/2 gallon/min (2000 cc/min) are rarely capable of delivering full steering pressure, these pumps deliver over 500 psi (35 bar) and are very economical in power consumption. Rudder control is achieved by energizing coils in a solenoid valve. As these coils draw only 12 watts it is possible to drive the pump directly from the autopilot control without a power switch. This significantly reduces the cost of the automatic pilot.

Standard features

1. LOW POWER CONSUMPTION: Pumpsets typically draw under 150 watts.

2. WIDE VOLTAGE RANGE: 12 volt, 24 volt and 32 volt motors are available.

3. WIDE FLOW RANGE: Units are available in 0.5 gpm, 0.75 gpm and 1.0 gpm (2000 cc/min, 3000 cc/min and 4000 cc/m)

4. COMPLETELY WATERPROOF CONSTRUCTION: The motor, solenoid valve, starting relay and terminal connections are all enclosed in a waterproof cover. Ample space makes wiring easy.

5. MANIFOLDED HYDRAULIC CONNECTION WITH SHUT OFF VALVES Servicing this unit is easy as it can be disconnected from the steering system by closing three shut-off valves and removing the pump without draining the steering system.

6. RUNNING INDICATOR LAMP: A running indicator lamp shows the motor is running. The lamp also indicates correct motor polarity.

Octopus CRA Pumpsets are continuously running DC motor driven pumps used for autopilot drive service on larger yachts and commercial vessels. These pumpsets can be used on steering cylinders up to 60 cu.in. (1000 cc.) displacement.

Hydraulic oil is cooled as it returns to the reservoir keeping the whole pump system cool during extended passages.

Rudder control is achieved by energizing coils in a solenoid valve. As these coils draw only 12 watts it is possible to drive the pump directly from the autopilot with a 2.0 amp output.

Code Description

OC-AFCRB0224BST 2 Litre, 24 Volt HD Pumpset, Single speed, Short TankOC-AFCRB03121 3 Litre, 12 Volt HD Pumpset, single speedOC-AFCRB03242 3 Litre, 24 Volt HD Constant Running Pumpset w/flow controlOC-AFCRB042424B 4 Litre, 24 Volt HD Constant Running Pumpset w/flow control

Note: Sizes up to 13 litres are available.

Code Description

OC-AFCRA0212 2 Litre, 12 Volt Constant Running PumpsetOC-AFCRA0212F 2 Litre, 12 Volt Constant Running Pumpset c/w Flow ControlOC-AFCRA0224 2 Litre, 24 Volt Constant Running PumpsetOC-AFCRA0324 3 Litre, 24 Volt Constant Running PumpsetOC-AFCRA0412 4 Litre, 12 Volt Constant Running PumpsetOC-AFCRA0424 4 Litre, 24 Volt Constant Running Pumpset


BO-3BO-3

General Description

Octopus CRA Pumpsets are continuously running D.C. motor driven pumps which are used for autopilot drive service on larger yachts and small commercialvessels. These pumpsets can be used on steering cylinders up to 60 cu.in. (1000 cu.cm.) in volume. Unlike reversing pumps, which in sizes over 1/2 gallon/min (2000 cc/min) are rarely capable of delivering full steering pressure, these pumps deliver over 500 psi (35 bar) and are very economical in power consumption. Rudder control is achieved by energizing coils in a solenoid valve. As these coils draw only 12 watts it is possible to drive the pump directly from the autopilot control without a power switch. This significantly reduces the cost of the automatic pilot.

Standard features

1. LOW POWER CONSUMPTION: Pumpsets typically draw under 150 watts.

2. WIDE VOLTAGE RANGE: 12 volt, 24 volt and 32 volt motors are available.

3. WIDE FLOW RANGE: Units are available in 0.5 gpm, 0.75 gpm and 1.0 gpm (2000 cc/min, 3000 cc/min and 4000 cc/m)

4. COMPLETELY WATERPROOF CONSTRUCTION: The motor, solenoid valve, starting relay and terminal connections are all enclosed in a waterproof cover. Ample space makes wiring easy.

5. MANIFOLDED HYDRAULIC CONNECTION WITH SHUT OFF VALVES Servicing this unit is easy as it can be disconnected from the steering system by closing three shut-off valves and removing the pump without draining the steering system.

6. RUNNING INDICATOR LAMP: A running indicator lamp shows the motor is running. The lamp also indicates correct motor polarity.

AuxiliAry ProPulsion uniT

AUXILIARy PROPULSION UNIT (APU)

Hydraulics Tank Design Leads the Industry. WESMAR’s advanced design hydraulic tank incorporates hydraulic manifold, high-pressure filter and cooler in one system. They are all mounted and plumbed together. The use of centralized components greatly reduces installation time and potential for error.

For Vessels Without Central Hydraulic SystemsOptional 10 Gallon Hydraulic Reservoir Tank With Centralized ComponentsVertical or Horizontal Setup

SAE-A 2 bolt SAE-B 2-bolt

orSAE-C 4-bolt

Optional Hydraulic Pump

Two APU Models*APU Model 200 Maximum HP Rating 25HP/19kW Maximum Propellor Shaft Diameter 2.38 inches/60.45mmAPU Model 300 Maximum HP Rating 100/75kW Maximum Propellor Shaft Diameter 3.38 inches/85.85mm

*For a no-obligation quote, send transmission make and model, shaft diameter, generator KW rating, PTO size, prop diameter and pitch to [email protected].

APU System Design

APU Patent # US6558209

PRODUCT WARRANTYCommercial warranty and consumer limited warranty, disclaimer, and remedies. Seller warrants title, materials, and workmanship on equip-ment, except components manufactured by others for which seller assigns, as permitted, the original manufacturer’s warranty. Seller’s war-ranty period for all applicable express or implied warranties shall be ninety (90) days after installation or one (1) year after date of shipment to the original buyer, whichever time period expires first. Nonconforming equipment reported to seller during the applicable warranty period and returned to seller at buyer’s expense and risk shall be repaired, or replaced at seller’s option. If seller is unable or unwilling to repair or replace such reported and returned nonconforming equipment within a reasonable time, then buyer shall be entitled to a refund of the purchase price of the equipment as buyer’s sole remedy. This paragraph sets forth buyer’s exclusive remedies for nonconforming goods. This commercial war-ranty and consumer limited warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including design, course of dealing, merchantability, and fitness for a particular purpose. NOTE: LIMITATION OF SELLER’S COMMERCIAL AND CONSUMER LIABILITY. Seller shall not be liable on any claim for loss of use, revenue, or profit, for injury, or for any other incidental or consequential damages, regardless of the basis for buyer’s claim(s), including, but not limited to, the law of contract, warranty, or tort. In no case shall seller’s liability on any claim(s) exceed the amount paid to seller for the purchased goods.

WESMAR Western Marine ElectronicsTelephone: (425) 481-2296 - Fax: (425) 486-0909

E-mail: [email protected] or [email protected]

Standardize on WESMAR

WESMAR’s Roll fin stabilizers are the choice of boat-

ers around the world looking for comfort and

control while cruising. Wesmar’s unique lightning

fast gyro samples vessel roll 1000 times per second.

WESMAR’s all stainless steel bow and stern thrusterslead the idustry in rugged reli-ability. They are the solution to docking in crowded marinas, narrow slips and congested waterways.

WESMAR brings over four decades of design and manufacturing to the marine industry, providing equipment to commercial, private and government operations around the world. WESMAR’s network of support includes over 350 trained service personnel, dealers and distributors who are dedicated to customer support. The APU systems join a wide range of roll fin stabilizers, hydraulics systems and rugged bow and stern thrusters.

The APU Automatically Engages from the Helm

In Standby

Helm control

Engaged and ready for operation

• Provides continuous propulsion in the event of a main engine failure.• Low shift RPM for trolling, manoeuvring, and sight-seeing.• Quiet operation for late night and early morning departures resulting in

minimal disturbances to guests and neighbours.• Quiet trolling speeds for fishing.• The APU can be a dedicated hydraulic unit, and also fits perfectly with

WESMAR’s other hydraulically driven products, which are uniquely designed to improve comfort and control for users around the world.

• Operates with a helm-mounted safety key lock.

WESMAR’s Auxiliary Propulsion Units come in two sizes the APU Model 200 and the APU Model 300. They offer an instant, reliable alternative source of power with minimal maintenance.

Powered by your vessel’s generator or stand-alone engine, the APU allows fuel efficient, continuous operation, giving the ability to bring the boat to port in the event of mechanical failure, and the abil-ity to quietly cruise without the use of the main engine. Simplicity and practicality are the focus of this ‘get-home’ system.

The compact, rugged design of the APU ensures reliability with robust, corro-sion-resistent operation. And, as with all WESMAR products, the APU is built of the most durable materials and powder coated to ensure a long life.

Easy to Engage Right from the Helm

Standard System and OptionsAPU Drives Hydraulic Motor Shaft Coupling ArrangementOn-Off Key LockFriction Joystick for Forward and Aft Propulsion.

Provides continuous propulsion in the event of

a main engine failure.

Low shift RPM for trolling, maneuvering, and

sight-seeing.

quiet operation for late night and early morning

departures resulting in minimal disturbances

to guests and neighbors.

Quiet trolling speeds for fishing.

The APU can be a dedicated hydraulic unit,

and also fits perfectly with WESMAR’s other

hydraulically driven products, which are uniquely

designed to improve comfort and control for

boaters around the world.

Operates with a helm-mounted safety key lock.

Complete control from the helmusing state-of-the-art electronics. The WESMAR

APU systems can be operated right from the bridge by simply turning the key and using the proportional

joystick for forward and aft propulsion. Once the system is engaged with the key lock at the helm, the

system is activated and you are immedialy in control and underway. No need to visit the engine room at all.

Engage & Standby LEDsWESMAR Hydraulic Reservoir (Optional)Hydraulic Pump (Optional)Hydraulic Proportional Valve (Optional)

WESMAR APU systems can be operated from the bridge by simply turning the key and using the joystick. No need to

visit the engine room at all.

WESMAR’s Auxiliary Propulsion Units come in two sizes the APU Model 200 and the APU Model 300. They offer an instant, reliable alternative source of power with minimal maintenance.Powered by your vessel’s generator or stand-alone engine, the APU allows fuel efficient, continuous operation, giving the ability to bring the boat to port in the event of mechanical failure, and the ability to quietly cruise without the use of the main engine. Simplicity and practicality are the focus of this ‘get-home’ system.

MORE INfORMATION ABOUT WESMAR PRODUCTS IS AVAILABLE ON REqUEST

CUSTOMER REPORT

WESTERN MARINE ELECTRONICS14120 NE 200th Street, Box 7201, Woodinville, WA 98072-4001 USA

Phone: (425) 481-2296 / Fax: (425) 486-0909 / Email: [email protected] / Web: www.wesmar.com

‘Get Home System’ Sea Trials At an Impressive 4.5 knots

The peace of mind offered by a ‘Get Home’ system has been well documented. Boat owners like to know they have backup should they lose their engine. WESMAR’s new APU Auxiliary Propulsion System,* popularly referred to as a ‘get home’ system uses hydraulic power from the vessel’s generator to drive the propeller shaft, to get you home.

The compact, rugged design of the APU has caught the eye of customers around the world.

A story reached us recently from our Technical Team Specialist in China, David Yen, who reported an amazing 4.5 knot speed during sea trials of the WESMAR APU, Central Hydraulics and Roll Fin Stabilizers on a 60-foot Queenship Passagemaker yacht.

Yen reported that using a hydraulic pump powered by a 20KW Genset, the APU achieved a boat speed of 4.5 knots. The boat, recently commissioned, is currently on its way to the West Coast of the U.S. and will be delivered to its new owner in February.

The elegant yacht was built in China by Hershine Marine and the WESMAR APU, along with WESMAR Central Hydraulics and Stabilizer Systems were installed at the factory. Adding the APU only involved an

additional valve on the Central Hydraulics.

The beauty of WESMAR’s new APU is that it can be operated right from the bridge by simply turning the key and using the proportional joystick for forward and aft propulsion. Once the system is engaged with the key lock at the helm the system is activated and you are immediately in control andunderway.

It is highly desirable for many other uses as well, such as maneuvering while sight-seeing with little cost in fuel, quiet operation for late night and early morning departures, and quiet trolling speeds for fishing.

What has not been widely reported is that the speed provided is impressive as well. In addition to back up safety, imagine the fuel savings in using the generator to propel the boat when high speed is not necessary.

This beautiful Queenship Passagemaker 60, built in China, will make its debut into the US in February with a cruising package that includes a WESMAR ‘get home’ APU system, WESMAR Central Hydraulics, and WESMAR Roll Fin Stabilizers. Recent sea trials clocked the ‘get home’ system at 4.5 knots.

APU Patent # US6558209

60’ Sparkman & Stephens Queenship Passagemaker 60 has the WESMAR ‘get home’ APU system. Recent sea trials clocked the ‘get home’ system at 4.5 knots.

Helm Control

PRODUCT WARRANTYCommercial warranty and consumer limited warranty, disclaimer, and remedies. Seller warrants title, materials, and workmanship on equip-ment, except components manufactured by others for which seller assigns, as permitted, the original manufacturer’s warranty. Seller’s war-ranty period for all applicable express or implied warranties shall be ninety (90) days after installation or one (1) year after date of shipment to the original buyer, whichever time period expires first. Nonconforming equipment reported to seller during the applicable warranty period and returned to seller at buyer’s expense and risk shall be repaired, or replaced at seller’s option. If seller is unable or unwilling to repair or replace such reported and returned nonconforming equipment within a reasonable time, then buyer shall be entitled to a refund of the purchase price of the equipment as buyer’s sole remedy. This paragraph sets forth buyer’s exclusive remedies for nonconforming goods. This commercial war-ranty and consumer limited warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including design, course of dealing, merchantability, and fitness for a particular purpose. NOTE: LIMITATION OF SELLER’S COMMERCIAL AND CONSUMER LIABILITY. Seller shall not be liable on any claim for loss of use, revenue, or profit, for injury, or for any other incidental or consequential damages, regardless of the basis for buyer’s claim(s), including, but not limited to, the law of contract, warranty, or tort. In no case shall seller’s liability on any claim(s) exceed the amount paid to seller for the purchased goods.

WESMAR Western Marine ElectronicsTelephone: (425) 481-2296 - Fax: (425) 486-0909

E-mail: [email protected] or [email protected]

Standardize on WESMAR

WESMAR’s Roll fin stabilizers are the choice of boat-

ers around the world looking for comfort and

control while cruising. Wesmar’s unique lightning

fast gyro samples vessel roll 1000 times per second.

WESMAR’s all stainless steel bow and stern thrusterslead the idustry in rugged reli-ability. They are the solution to docking in crowded marinas, narrow slips and congested waterways.

WESMAR brings over four decades of design and manufacturing to the marine industry, providing equipment to commercial, private and government operations around the world. WESMAR’s network of support includes over 350 trained service personnel, dealers and distributors who are dedicated to customer support. The APU systems join a wide range of roll fin stabilizers, hydraulics systems and rugged bow and stern thrusters.

The APU Automatically Engages from the Helm

In Standby

Helm control

Engaged and ready for operationIn Standby

Engaged and ready for operation




WESMAR Western Marine ElectronicsTelephone: (425) 481-2296 Fax: (425) 486-0909E-mail: [email protected] www.wesmar.com

PRODUCT WARRANTYCommercial warranty and consumer limited warranty, disclaimer, and remedies. Seller warrants title, materials, and workmanship on equipment, except components manufactured by others for which seller assigns, as permitted, the original manufacturer’s warranty. Seller’s warranty period for all applicable express or implied warranties shall be ninety (90) days after installation or one (1) year after date of shipment to the original buyer, whichever time period expires first. Nonconforming equipment reported to seller during the applicable warranty period and returned to seller at buyer’s expense and risk shall be repaired, or replaced at seller’s option. If seller is unable or unwilling to repair or replace such reported and returned nonconforming equipment within a reasonable time, then buyer shall be entitled to a refund of the purchase price of the equipment as buyer’s sole remedy. This paragraph sets forth buyer’s exclusive remedies for nonconforming goods. This commercial warranty and consumer limited warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including design, course of dealing, merchantability, and fitness for a particular purpose.NOTE: LIMITATION OF SELLER’S COMMERCIAL AND CONSUMER LIABILITY. Seller shall not be liable on any claim for loss of use, revenue, or profit, for injury, or for any other incidental or consequential damages, regardless of the basis for buyer’s claim(s), including, but not limited to, the law of contract, warranty, or tort. In no case shall seller’s liability on any claim(s) exceed the amount paid to seller for the purchased goods.

DC Pro ThrusTer series

Counter Rotating Dual Propellers with No Thermal Shutdown and Proportional Control

Stainless Steel Thrusters For Vessels 30 to 60 Feet

Up to 6 proportional control stations can be provided.

Bow & Stern Thruster Controls

WESMAR Stern Thruster TunnelsAvailable for the V2-7 M and V2-12 M

Single Control Bow/Stern Control

WESMAR Quality Products

2/2009

In addition to powerful and long lasting thrusters, WESMAR offers a wide range of other rugged and reliable products for vessels including:

Roll Fin StabilizeRSWESMAR’s cutting-edge roll fin stabilizers vastly improve vessel handling and safety, save fuel, and provide exceptional comfort for passengers and crew. WESMAR’s stabilizers electronically adjust to

correct up to 90% of the rolls, resulting in more efficient and relaxed traveling.

auxiliaRy PRoPulSion unitFor an instant, reliable, and alterna-tive source of power with minimal maintenance, WESMAR offers its Auxiliary Propulsion Unit (APU’s). The APU system provides continuous

propulsion when quiet slow speed travel is desired or in the event of a main engine failure.

anchoR WindlaSSWESMAR’s stainless steel anchor windlass is uniquely designed with an electronically driven magnetic chain counter that is imbedded in the housing. Low maintenance and

reliable operation of all stainless steel hardware are the primary objectives behind WESMAR’s anchor windlass.

FiSh detection, navigation and SecuRity SonaRWESMAR’s wide range of precision searchlight sonar, designed for yachts and sport fishing boats, gives 360 degrees of detailed information

beneath and around the vessel. WESMAR’s high tech sonar is a must for every vessel on the open water for unequaled fish detection, navigation, and safe travel.

WESMAR PRoducES ThRuSTERS uP To 600hP

imPoRtant advantageS oF

WESMAR Thrusters Extremely efficient electric motors eliminate the possibility of early thermal shutdown

Fully proportional control for safe and gentle docking; or full power if the conditions dictate

Durable stainless steel gearbox and propellers resistant to electrolysis

Counter rotating dual propellers provides up to 40 percent more thrust with the same input power

Easy retrofit drop-in installation for existing thruster tunnels

High quality AGMA 9 matched and lapped spiral bevel gears for quiet operation.

Proportional motor and control

upgrades available for WESMAR’s

conventional on/off DC Systems.

Important Advantages of WESMAR Thrusters

• Extremely efficient electric motors eliminate the possibility of early thermal shutdown

• Fully proportional control for safe and gentle docking; or full power if the conditions dictate

• Durable stainless steel gearbox and propellers resistant to electrolysis

• Counter rotating dual propellers provides up to 40 percent more thrust with the same input power

• Easy retrofit drop-in installation for existing thruster tunnels

• High quality AGMA 9 matched and lapped spiral bevel gears for quiet operation.

• Proportional motor and control upgrades available for WESMAR’s conventional on/off DC Systems.

DC PRO THRUSTER SERIES

V2-8 NS24 or 48 VDC Proportional

Tunnel Size: 8 in24 VDC 6 HP Brushless

48 VDC 13 HP

V2-7 M V2-8 NSV2-10 M

Retrofits: Designed for Easy Mount WESMAR Standard DC Pro

For Replacement of Existing Old Technology Thrusters

Proportional Systemsto Fit Existing Metric Sized Tunnels

For New Installation and WESMAR Standard Retrofits

V2-10-48/13 or V2-12-48/13 V2-12-48/23Tunnel Size: 10 or 12 in

48 VDC 13 HPTunnel Size: 12 in48 VDC 23 HP

eaSy RetRoFit

Upgrading your vessel has never been easier. WESMAR’s two bolt design allows for a simple drop-in installation on existing metric sized tunnels. Both the V2-7 and V2-10 M Models replace Max Power, Side Power, and Vetus Thrusters.

continuouS oPeRation and PRoPoRtional contRol

WESMAR’s proportional DC electric thrusters provide the advantages of continuous operation and proportional control available in hydraulic systems. This allows the operator to apply the appropriate thrust for the docking operation without the worry of thermal shutdown of conventional DC systems.

V2-12-48/13 V2-12-48/23

V2-10 M48 VDC ProportionalTunnel Size: 250 mm

48 VDC 13 HP

24 or 48 VDC ProportionalTunnel Size: 185 mm

24 VDC 6 HP Brushless48 VDC 13 HP

V2-7 M

BoW & sTern THrusTers


BO-5BO-5











2/2009































2/2009































2/2009































2/2009





















V2-8 NS24 or 48 VDC Proportional

Tunnel Size: 8 in24 VDC 6 HP Brushless

48 VDC 13 HP

V2-7 M V2-8 NSV2-10 M

Retrofits: Designed for Easy Mount WESMAR Standard DC Pro

For Replacement of Existing Old Technology Thrusters

Proportional Systemsto Fit Existing Metric Sized Tunnels

For New Installation and WESMAR Standard Retrofits

V2-10-48/13 or V2-12-48/13 V2-12-48/23Tunnel Size: 10 or 12 in

48 VDC 13 HPTunnel Size: 12 in48 VDC 23 HP

eaSy RetRoFit

Upgrading your vessel has never been easier. WESMAR’s two bolt design allows for a simple drop-in installation on existing metric sized tunnels. Both the V2-7 and V2-10 M Models replace Max Power, Side Power, and Vetus Thrusters.

continuouS oPeRation and PRoPoRtional contRol

WESMAR’s proportional DC electric thrusters provide the advantages of continuous operation and proportional control available in hydraulic systems. This allows the operator to apply the appropriate thrust for the docking operation without the worry of thermal shutdown of conventional DC systems.

V2-12-48/13 V2-12-48/23

V2-10 M48 VDC ProportionalTunnel Size: 250 mm

48 VDC 13 HP

24 or 48 VDC ProportionalTunnel Size: 185 mm

24 VDC 6 HP Brushless48 VDC 13 HP

V2-7 M

BoW & sTern THrusTers




.

so-PAC mArine, sTeering sPeCiAlisTs

Wagner Engineering Ltd is now owned by Jastram. Wagner Engineering is also manufacturer of high quality Wagner Steering Products, a name that has earned a solid reputation throughout the marine industry over the past sixty years. From hydraulic steering gears to control systems, rudder angle indicators and accessories.

So-Pac stocks a wide range of spare parts for Wagner steering equipment, some of which has been in service for over 30 years.

Edson is a world leading manufacturer of yacht steering and accessories.

Edson’s mechanical yacht steering systems (Sprocket & drive, sheaves and mounts) are used by luxury yachts and racing yachts throughout the world and are considered by many to be the world’s best. Edson began manufacturing steering systems and diaphragm pumps in 1879.

09/01

Small yacht &

Aluminum Cylinder

Pleasure Craft Steering

Series A150

The model A-150-7

Cylinder was designed with

smaller recreational crafts

in mind. Individually tested

at the factory and designed

for long dependable service

the A Cylinder provides

small vessels with the

same type of quality

Jastram product that

commercial operators have

come to expect.

The A Cylinder can be

installed in single or

multiple cylinder

configurations to meet the

torque requirement of the vessel.

The A-150-3 model cylinder was specifically designed to steer smaller "jet" boats that

require a 3” stroke.

Design features

• Installation is greatly simplified with an oversized self- aligning stainless steel rod end

bearing.

• Low friction seals allow for smooth movement of the stainless steel cylinder rod under

relatively light loads.

• Cylinder bleed ports are located at each end of the cylinder to facilitate rapid system

fill.

• High quality piston rod wipers ensure reliable long lasting performance.

For details please refer to the technical manual MAN 00201.

Part number Description

Port sizeDispl

in3

Lbs (kg)

JA-931001-1A-150-3 cylinder

¼ NPT 4.4

64. (2.9)

JA-931001-2A-150-7 cylinder

¼ NPT10.2

7.7 (3.5)

So-Pac Marine has supplied hydraulic and mechanical steering systems to the NZ Marine industry since the late 1980s. We’ve had input into the design/specification and provided steering solutions for super yachts, launches, yachts, ferries and production boats. We are leaders because of the range of systems and the volume we supply. We stock steering solutions for all craft up to 25 m LOA requiring rudder torque up to 1300 kgm; backed by our knowledge to ensure that your steering requirements are specifically met, even in extreme offshore conditions.

In a nutshell So-Pac can be relied on because:• We usually can deliver ex stock steering packages for boats up to 25 metres LOA requiring rudder torque up to 1300 kgm.• Our range of hydraulic and mechanical steering solutions is probably the most comprehensive available from a single company in Australasia. • We have the experience, having had input into designing, specifying and supplying since the late 1980s

Since 2000, we have supplied and commissioned over 30 steering systems on pleasure and commercial craft projects between 25 and 60 metres in New Zealand. The above surely permits us to claim the title “Steering Specialists”.

Note that the following four brands are a selection of our range.

09/01

Commercial Steering Helm Pump H60/H90/H110

Reliable operation of a steering system depends upon the quality and performanceof the helm pump. The Jastram "H" series manually operated helm is a precision made axial piston pump specifically designed to operate effectively at a very slow turning rate.The H60, 90 and 110 are among the largest helm pumps made and provide excellent primary or backup steering for large steering systems.

Design features

• The helm pump includes an external back mounted "lock valve." This feature isolates each helm and locks the rudder into position by preventing unwanted feedback.

• Thrust bearing support at both ends of the pump insures smooth operation even under a heavy load.

• Industry standard 1" diameter straight stainless steel shaft for the steering wheel.• Pump housing is powder coated cast aluminum providing excellent corrosion

protection.

For further details, please consult the technical manual MAN 00302.

Part number Description Displin3/rev

Lbs (kg)

JA-301002-1 H60 helm pump 6.0 41.9 (19.0)JA-301002-3 H90 helm pump 9.0 41.9 (19.0)JA-301002-2 H110 helm pump 11.0 41.9 (19.0)

12/03

05/02

Yacht & Autopilot Interface Commercial Steering API 180 The API 180 is a stand-alone solenoid operated hydraulic manifold. This allows for the interface of electric steering controls to hydraulic steering systems. The API manifold is equipped with a single speed 4-way directional solenoid valve, relief valve. The API 180 is suitable for an input flow rate of up to 12 gpm and an adjustable output flow rate of up to 3 gpm. Design Features

• Anodized aluminum body. • Single speed. • Available in 12, 24, 32 VDC and 110, 220 VAC.

For further details please consult the technical manual MAN 00702. Part number Description Voltage Lbs (Kg) JA-401051-11 API 180 auto pilot interface 12 VDC 4.4 (2.0)JA-401051-12 API 180 auto pilot interface 24 VDC 4.4 (2.0)JA-401051-13 API 180 auto pilot interface 32 VDC 4.4 (2.0)JA-401051-14 API 180 auto pilot interface 110 VAC 4.4 (2.0)

02/04

Commercial Steering Rudder Angle Indicator

RAI 3300 The Series 3300 Panoramic Rudder Angle Indicator provides an accurate and continuously updated indication of your rudder position. With three dial faces and a three-color decal easy reading of the rudder position is possible at many viewing angles. An integral dimmer control enables the operator to adjust the lighting to the desired level during day or night operations. In conjunction with a power supply (to be ordered separately) the RAI 3300 can be used with standard RFU 300 or RFU 2000 follow-up units. Installation is easy and requires only a shielded 3 conductor wire, 20 AWG between the wheelhouse and the rudder follow-up unit. Design Features

• Three large and easy to read analog reading displays. • Long-life LED backlit dial face for ease of reading, built -in dimmer. • Indicators functions as a “stand-alone”’ units. (RFU 300 or RFU 2000

or autopilot drive required). • Maximum current draw (113mA / indicator). • CE approved, IP54 protection to IEC 529 and EN 60529.

• AC/DC power supply (110/220V, 50/60HZ input, DC output), stand-alone unit, complete with DIN rail.

(DC/DC power supply also available). Part number Description Lbs (Kg) JB-801030 RAI 3300 indicator 3.3 (1.5)JB-819003 RAI 3300 power supply (AC/DC) 1.0 (0.5)

Jastram Engineering Ltd. was established in 1989 for the sole purpose of commercially rated steering systems to the marine industry. The main office is located in North Vancouver , Canada.

Jastram Engineering designs and manufactures digital and hydraulic steering systems, steering controls and motor starters with alarms for simple manual steering to digitally controlled twin independent with DPS interface. Systems are carefully matched to ensure long life and exceptional performance in all operating conditions. Cylinders are ABS approved and Jastram will cooperate with all approval societies.

With world wide representation and an in house ability to communicate in twenty-one languages, customers can be assured that any question will be answered quickly.


BO-7BO-7

Jastram Model B Steering GearJastram B Model Actuators are double-acting equal displacement cylinders, which are directly connected to a tiller. When the B Model is actuated it moves the tiller, which in turn moves the rudder.The actuator sizing is primarily dependent on the maximum rudder torque required. Once the required rudder torque is known the appropriate actuator size can be selected.Calculating the rudder torque is complex. An incorrect calculation can result in failure of the steering system. Torque calculations should be confirmed by a naval architect or designer.

HeAvy duTy Cylinders





BO-9BO-9Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz



08/04

Comparison Chart Brass Cylinder by Manufacturer

Cylinder Displ in3 Torque ft-lb Cylinder Displ in3 Torque ft-lb HyNAUTIC K1 1.5x9 12.1 710 B-150-9 13.1 800K2 1.75x9 17.6 1050 B-200-9 23.9 1450K3 2.0x9 23.1 1360 B-200-9 23.9 1450K4 2.0x12 30.5 1820 B-200-12 31.9 1880K8 2.5x9.5 39.2 2330 B-300-9 52.4 3110 kOBELT 7040-B7.5 11.0 650 B-150-7 10.2 6207040-B10 14.6 870 B-150-9 13.1 8007050-B7.5 20.2 1200 B-200-7 18.6 11007050-B10 26.9 1600 B-200-9 23.9 14507050-B12 32.3 1900 B-200-12 31.9 18807080-B7.5 43.8 2600 B-300-9 52.4 31107080-B12 70.1 4160 B-300-12 69.9 41207080-B16 93.4 5550 B-300-16 93.3 5550 WAGNER N40-120 7.7 450 B-40-120 * 6.9 372N40-190 12.2 720 B-40-190 * 11.0 594N50-190 19.1 1160 B-50-190 * 19.1 1160N50-300 30.2 1820 B-50-300 * 30.2 1820N65 6.0 355 B-40-120 * 6.9 372N80-190 49.0 2890 B-80-190 * 43.6 2573N80-300 77.3 4550 B-80-300 * 68.8 4052N80-382 100.3 5787 B-80-382 * 87.6 5144N85 7.8 466 B-150-7 10.2 620N175-750 14.7 880 B-150-9 13.1 800N175-1000 19.6 1170 B-200-7 18.6 1100N250-800 33.0 1950 B-200-12 31.9 1880N250-1000 41.5 2440 B-200-15 39.8 2370N250-1300 53.6 3150 B-300-9 52.4 3110N350-1200 94.0 5480 B-300-16 93.9 5550N350-1600 126.0 7420 B-300-20 116.4 6930N400-1500 152.5 9100 N400-2000 203.8 12100

( * see drop-in replacements)


BO-11BO-11

The Jastram Model S Actuators are specifically certified for use in commercial marine hydraulic steering systems. Their rugged steel construction includes many standard features resulting from our long experience in the manufacture, operation and service of steering systems.

Model S Actuators include features many manufacturers do not provide but are essential to a high quality, reliable steering gear for commercial marine application:

• Micro-honed heavy wall cylinder barrel• Precision ground, chrome-plated piston rod• Oversize piston and piston rod bearings• Piston rod wiper • Tie-rod construction• Self-aligning spherical bearings• SAE outlet ports

Type Approved Product; see details on back page

Jastram Model S Steering Gear

Photo courtesy of ChingFu Shipyard.

Engineered For Life At Sea




Dim

ensi

ons

A-M

are

all

in m

illim

eter

s

¹ M

odel

S2

indi

cate

s 2

actu

ator

s ar

e us

ed. S

4 in

dica

tes

4 ac

tuat

ors

² Oth

er s

teer

ing

angl

es a

re a

lso

avai

labl

e

³ Oth

er a

ctua

tor s

troke

leng

ths

are

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t *

Thes

e ac

tuat

ors

requ

ire 6

tail

mou

ntin

g bo

lts (K

on

char

t)A

ll ot

her a

ctua

tors

requ

ire 4

tail

mou

ntin

g bo

lts (K

)

Dim

ensi

ons

A-M

are

all

in in

ches

¹ M

odel

S2

indi

cate

s 2

actu

ator

s ar

e us

ed. S

4 in

dica

tes

4 ac

tuat

ors

² Oth

er s

teer

ing

angl

es a

re a

lso

avai

labl

e

³ Oth

er a

ctua

tor s

troke

leng

ths

are

avai

labl

e up

on re

ques

t *

Thes

e ac

tuat

ors

requ

ire 6

tail

mou

ntin

g bo

lts (K

on

char

t) A

ll ot

her a

ctua

tors

requ

ire 4

tail

mou

ntin

g bo

lts (K

)

NO

. OF

AC

TUA

TOR

SS

2=Tw

o st

eel a

ctua

tors

S4=

Four

ste

el a

ctua

tors

I

n T.

M. x

10

NO

. OF

RU

DD

ER

S

MO

DE

L S

STE

ER

ING

GE

AR

CO

DE

Exa

mpl

e: S

2 -

320

- 2

- 3

5

RU

DD

ER

AN

GLE

TO

RQ

UE

Des

crip

tio

n o

f M

od

el S

2-32

0-2-

35 S

teer

ing

Gea

r:

Tw

o S

-800

-31

actu

ato

rs p

rod

uci

ng

a t

orq

ue

of

32.0

T.M

. on

tw

o r

ud

der

s at

2 x

35°

No

te: H

oses

, shu

t-off

valv

es a

nd ti

ller p

ins

are

not s

uppl

ied

with

Mod

el S

Act

uato

rs

No

te: H

oses

, shu

t-off

valv

es a

nd ti

ller p

ins

are

not s

uppl

ied

with

Mod

el S

Act

uato

rs

T.M.

LBF.F

T.L

M (Max

Dia)

LM (Max

Dia)

2,130

2,098

3,343

3,294

4,310

4,244

5,359

5,277

6,735

6,637

8,456

8,325

10,78

310

,619

13,47

013

,290

17,51

817

,272

21,56

521

,254

24,25

323

,909

29,64

429

,218

33,69

233

,200

43,13

142

,508

53,88

053

,110

67,38

366

,433

84,93

483

,721

107,7

9410

6,253

134,7

3413

2,817

TORq

UE R

ATIN

G IS

DET

ERMI

NED

AT 15

00 P

SI (1

03 B

AR)

533

598

460

515

423

474

365

409

191

M36

677

823

2562

2562

462

657

495

555

427

478

393

440

339

380

457

512

394

442

363

407

313

351

423

474

365

409

336

377

290

325

393

440

339

380

312

350

269

301

365

409

315

352

290

325

250

280

335

377

289

325

266

299

229

258

322

361

278

311

256

286

220

247

301

338

260

291

239

268

206

231

290

325

250

280

230

258

198

222

271

303

234

261

215

240

186

207

248

277

213

239

196

220

169

190

230

258

198

222

182

204

157

176

212

237

183

205

168

188

145

162

197

220

169

190

156

175

134

151

182

204

157

176

145

162

125

140

169

190

146

164

134

151

116

130

106

119

92 103

156

174

134

150

123

138

106

119

134

150

115

129

254

267

533

457

537

653

2255

2255

366

521

1½"S

AE4-b

oltfla

nge

733

1,043

860

1,045

2962

2962

586

834

1,074

1,306

3434

3434

146

M24

537

653

1993

1993

366

522

671

816

2287

2287

458

652

191

203

406

330

420

510

1735

1735

286

407

1¼"S

AE4-b

oltfla

nge

114

M20

537

653

1861

1861

366

521

657

798

2123

2123

448

637

159

159

305

260

478

580

1730

1730

326

463

1" S

AE4-b

oltfla

nge

92M2

043

052

214

2114

2129

341

755

967

917

0417

0438

154

2

116

129

421

512

1322

1322

216

178

344

418

1232

1232

234

334

1 1/16

"-12

SAE

straig

htthr

ead

178

146

182

259

336

408

1135

1135

229

326

267

325

983

983

67M1

6

78

215

261

869

869

147

209

11/16

"-12

SAE

straig

htthr

ead

287

409

9498

TWIN

RUDD

ERS

JK (Bolt Dia)

296

360

958

958

202

287

78

189

230

¾"-1

6SA

Estr

aight

threa

d

56

E

SING

LERU

DDER

724

724

129

183

HB

C

140

117

M12

STEE

RING

SyS

TEM

SPEC

IfICA

TIONS

(MET

RIC)

STEE

RING

GEAR

MODE

L

RATE

D TO

RQUE

STEE

RING

ANGL

EAC

TUAT

ORMO

DEL

DISP

L.A

DF

G

S-30

0-17

S2-11

S2-16

1.1 1.68,1

3011

,450

45 35S2

-18S2

-251.8 2.5

12,73

717

,931

45 35

S-30

0-11

S-40

0-12

S2-28

S2-40

2.8 4.020

,469

28,78

745 35

S-40

0-15

S2-23

S2-32

2.3 3.216

,441

23,14

645 35

S-40

0-19

S2-45

S2-63

4.5 6.332

,259

45,35

145 35

S-40

0-24

S2-36

S2-50

3.6 5.025

,699

36,16

545 35

S-50

0-20

S2-71

S2-10

07.1 10

.051

,391

72,33

045 35

S-50

0-25

S2-57

S2-80

5.7 8.041

,084

57,86

445 35

S-50

0-32

S2-11

4S2

-160

11.4

16.0

82,23

911

5,728

45 35S-

600-2

7*

S2-94

S2-13

09.4 13

.067

,629

94,02

945 35

S-60

0-31*

S2-15

6S2

-220

15.6

22.0

113,0

5215

9,126

45 35S-

600-3

8*

S2-12

8S2

-180

12.8

18.0

92,58

313

0,194

45 35

S-80

0-24*

S2-22

8S2

-320

22.8

32.0

164,5

5123

1,456

45 35S-

800-3

1*

S2-17

6S2

-250

17.6

25.0

127,3

0118

0,825

45 35

S-80

0-38*

S2-35

5S2

-500

35.5

50.0

256,9

8936

1,651

45 35S-

1000

-31*

S2-28

4S2

-400

28.4

40.0

205,4

1828

9,321

45 35

S-10

00-39

*

S2-56

8S2

-800

56.8

80.0

411,1

2457

8,641

45 35S-

1000

-49*

S2-44

8S2

-630

44.8

63.0

323,8

9445

5,680

45 35

S-10

00-62

*S2

-711

S2-10

0071

.110

0.051

3,906

723,3

0145 35

T.M.

LBF.F

T.L

M (Max

Dia)

LM (Max

Dia)

130

128

204

201

263

259

327

322

411

405

516

508

658

648

822

811

1,069

1,054

1,316

1,297

1,480

1,459

1,809

1,783

2,056

2,026

2,632

2,594

3,288

3,241

4,112

4,054

5,183

5,109

6,578

6,484

8,222

8,105

21.00

23.53

18.10

20.29

16.67

18.68

14.37

16.10

19.49

21.85

16.81

18.83

15.47

17.34

13.34

14.95

18.00

20.17

15.52

17.39

14.29

16.01

12.32

13.80

16.67

18.68

14.37

16.10

13.23

14.83

11.40

12.78

15.47

17.34

13.34

14.95

12.28

13.76

10.58

11.86

14.37

16.10

12.38

13.88

11.40

12.78

9.83

11.01

13.19

14.83

11.37

12.78

10.47

11.77

9.02

10.14

12.68

14.21

10.93

12.25

10.06

11.28

8.67

9.72

11.86

13.29

10.22

11.45

9.41

10.55

8.11

9.09

11.40

12.78

9.83

11.01

9.05

10.14

7.80

8.74

10.68

11.92

9.21

10.28

8.48

9.46

7.31

8.16

9.75

10.92

8.40

9.42

7.74

8.67

6.67

7.47

9.05

10.14

7.80

8.74

7.18

8.05

6.19

6.94

8.35

9.35

7.19

8.06

6.62

7.42

5.71

6.40

7.74

8.67

6.67

7.47

6.14

6.88

5.29

5.93

7.17

8.03

6.18

6.93

5.69

6.38

4.91

5.50

6.67

7.47

5.75

6.44

5.29

5.93

4.56

5.11

6.12

6.86

5.28

5.92

4.86

5.45

4.19

4.70

5.27

5.91

4.54

5.09

4.18

4.69

3.61

4.04

5.75

1

10.00

10.50

21.00

18.00

7.50

1½

3.63

¾

6.25

6.25

12.00

10.25

4.50

¾

4.56

5.06

TORq

UE R

ATIN

G IS

DET

ERMI

NED

AT 15

00 P

SI (1

03 B

AR)

7.50

8.00

16.00

13.00

18.18

25.88

23.08

32.84

28.85

41.06

1¼"S

AE4-b

oltfla

nge

1½"S

AE4-b

oltfla

nge

8.50

7.00

3.69

3.88

7.00

5.75

2.19

½

2.63

3.06

3.06

5.50

4.63

¾"-16 SAE

straig

htthr

ead

11/16

"-12

SAE

straig

htthr

ead

11/16

"-12

SAE

straig

htthr

ead

1" S

AE4-b

oltfla

nge

11.27

16.04

14.43

20.53

18.03

25.65

14.43

20.53

15.00

21.35

12.82

18.25

14.43

20.53

17.63

25.099.0

212

.8311

.3116

.09 9.23

13.13

11.54

16.425.0

77.2

27.9

511

.31 5.77

8.21

7.17

10.20

88.79

88.79

100.8

810

0.88

116.6

311

6.63

135.1

913

5.19

83.59

83.59

68.29

68.29

78.45

78.45

90.02

90.02

55.94

55.94

67.07

67.07

68.12

68.12

73.28

73.28

26.66

32.40

33.84

41.13

42.30

51.41

28.49

28.49

37.73

37.73

34.23

34.23

38.72

38.72

44.67

44.67

52.03

52.03

48.51

48.51

16.52

20.08

21.16

25.71

26.43

32.12

21.15

25.71

21.99

26.73

18.80

22.85

21.15

25.70

25.85

31.42

13.22

16.07

16.58

20.15

13.53

16.45

16.92

20.56

STEE

RING

GEAR

MODE

L

STEE

RING

ANGL

EAC

TUAT

ORMO

DEL

DISP

L.

STEE

RING

SyS

TEM

SPEC

IfICA

TIONS

(INCH

)RA

TED

TORQ

UE

EF

GH

AB

CD

SING

LERU

DDER

TWIN

RUDD

ERS

S-50

0-32

S-60

0-27*

JK (Bolt Dia)

7.44

9.04

11.65

14.16 8.4

610

.2810

.5112

.78

S-30

0-11

45 358,1

3011

,450

1.1 1.6S2

-11S2

-16S2

-18S2

-25S2

-23S2

-32S2

-28S2

-40S2

-36S2

-50S2

-45S2

-63S2

-57S2

-80S2

-71S2

-100

S2-94

S2-13

0S2

-114

S2-16

0S2

-128

S2-18

0S2

-156

S2-22

0S2

-176

S2-25

0S2

-228

S2-32

0S2

-284

S2-40

0S2

-355

S2-50

0S2

-448

S2-63

0S2

-568

S2-80

0S2

-711

S2-10

00

S-30

0-17

S-40

0-12

S-40

0-15

S-40

0-19

S-40

0-24

S-50

0-20

S-50

0-25

S-60

0-31*

S-60

0-38*

S-80

0-24*

S-80

0-31*

S-80

0-38*

S-10

00-31

*

S-10

00-39

*

S-10

00-49

*

S-10

00-62

*

45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35 45 35

1.8 2.5 2.3 3.2 2.8 4.0 3.6 5.0 4.5 6.3 5.7 8.0 7.1 10.0 9.4 13.0

11.4

16.0

12.8

18.0

15.6

22.0

17.6

25.0

22.8

32.0

28.4

40.0

35.5

50.0

44.8

63.0

56.8

80.0

71.1

100.0

12,73

717

,931

16,44

123

,146

20,46

928

,787

25,69

936

,165

32,25

945

,351

41,08

457

,864

51,39

172

,330

67,62

994

,029

82,23

911

5,728

92,58

313

0,194

113,0

5215

9,126

127,3

0118

0,825

164,5

5123

1,456

513,9

0672

3,301

205,4

1828

9,321

256,9

8936

1,651

323,8

9445

5,680

411,1

2457

8,641


BO-13BO-13

Jastram Engineering Ltd. 135 West Riverside Drive | North Vancouver BC | Canada V7H 1T6 | T 604 988 1111 | F 604 986 0334 E [email protected] | www.Jastram.com

Jastram Model S steering gears are supplied with either two or four Model S actuators and can be used with single, twin or multiple rudders. These actuators and tillers are are designed and manufactured to meet the standards of all major classification societies. Model S hydraulic actuators have passed rigorous inspection and testing and are CERTIFIED UNDER THE ABS, DNV & GL TYPE APPROVAL PROGRAMS.

Steering Gear Arrangements

The S Model Actuators are Type Approved for under the following standards:• ABS Type Approved Product under 2006 Building and Classing

Steel Vessels 4-3-4/7.3.• DNV Type Approved for Classification of Ships on the Model S-300,

S-400, S-500, S-600, S-800 & S-1000 hydraulic actuators.• GL Type Approved for "Rules for Classification and Construction"

Part 1, Chapter 2 Section 14A "Steering Gears", Edition 2008.

Note: Hoses, shut-off valves and tiller pins are not supplied with Model S Actuators

Single Rudder Twin Rudder

Four Actuators

Arrangement option 1

Arrangement Option 2

Two Actuators

Data is subject to change without notice.




A complete Jastram steering system will include some or all of our Input Devices combined with the appropriate control and hydraulic systems. Analog Input Devices can be used with either the Jastram Digital or Analog control systems. The current line of Jastram Analog Input Devices include:

• Helm Pumps • Jog Levers • Lever Controllers • Electric Wheel Controllers

Jastram Analog Input Devices

Photo courtesy of Bumi Armada



BO-15BO-15

H S

erie

s H

elm

Pum

psJo

g Le

vers

(JO

100,

JO

300)

Hel

m p

umps

are

the

stan

dard

form

of

inpu

t dev

ice.

The

H m

odel

hel

m is

a

prec

isio

n ax

ial p

isto

n pu

mp

for

man

ual s

teer

ing

syst

ems

or a

uxili

ary

back

up.

For m

ore

deta

ils o

n Ja

stra

m h

elm

pu

mps

ple

ase

see

the

H M

odel

te

chni

cal c

ut s

heet

.

The

Dig

ital H

elm

is a

uni

que

inpu

t de

vice

whi

ch a

cts

as a

man

ual h

elm

pu

mp

in e

mer

genc

y m

ode.

Ple

ase

see

the

Jast

ram

Dig

ital I

nput

Dev

ice

cut s

heet

for m

ore

info

rmat

ion.

The

Jast

ram

Jog

Lev

er p

rovi

des

non

follo

w-u

p (ti

me

depe

nden

t) el

ectri

c co

ntro

l. Ja

stra

m

Jog

Leve

rs o

pera

te e

ither

com

plet

ely

on (a

s lo

ng a

s th

e sw

itch

is a

ctiv

ated

) or c

ompl

etel

y of

f (w

hen

it is

rele

ased

).

• C

ompa

tible

with

all

of J

astra

m’s

ele

ctro

-hyd

raul

ic s

teer

ing

syst

ems

and

mos

t thi

rd p

arty

au

topi

lots

•

Four

ver

sion

s av

aila

ble

* JO

100-

1 co

ntai

ns o

ne s

et o

f mic

rosw

itche

s*

JO10

0-2

cont

ains

two

sets

of m

icro

switc

hes

* JO

300-

1 ya

cht s

tylin

g w

ith o

ne s

et o

f mic

rosw

itche

s*

JO30

0-2

yach

t sty

ling

with

two

sets

of m

icro

switc

hes

• Th

e sp

ring

load

ed jo

g sw

itch

retu

rns

to c

ente

r whe

n re

leas

ed (T

he ru

dder

rem

ains

w

here

pos

ition

ed w

hen

the

leve

r is

rele

ased

)•

Wat

erpr

oof a

nd c

orro

sion

resi

stan

t hou

sing

s, w

ith a

n IP

66

ratin

g•

Supp

lied

with

5ft

(1.5

m) o

f cab

le

The

Jast

ram

Lev

er C

ontro

ller p

rovi

des

full

follo

w-u

p (w

ay d

epen

dent

) ele

ctric

con

trol.

Whe

n th

e st

eerin

g le

ver i

s m

oved

to th

e de

sire

d ru

dder

ang

le, t

he ru

dder

will

follo

w-u

p to

the

posi

tion

requ

este

d by

the

leve

r.

• Sm

ooth

er a

nd m

ore

accu

rate

ste

erin

g th

an jo

g st

eerin

g•

Com

patib

le w

ith a

ll Ja

stra

m F

ull F

ollo

w-u

p st

eerin

g sy

stem

s an

d m

ost t

hird

par

ty a

utop

ilots

• Th

e ru

dder

pos

ition

is d

ispl

ayed

by

an in

dica

tor s

trip

belo

w th

e le

ver a

rm o

f the

LC

. (A

rudd

er o

rder

indi

cato

r is

not r

equi

red.

)•

Four

ver

sion

s ar

e av

aila

ble:

* LC

100-

1 pr

oduc

es o

ne o

utpu

t sig

nal

* LC

100-

2 pr

oduc

es tw

o ou

tput

sig

nals

- th

e se

cond

sig

nal c

ontro

ls a

sec

ond

ampl

ifier

or a

n al

arm

circ

uit

* LC

300-

1 ya

cht s

tylin

g; p

rodu

ces

one

outp

ut s

igna

l*

LC30

0-2

yach

t sty

ling;

pro

duce

s tw

o ou

tput

sig

nals

- th

e se

cond

sig

nal c

ontro

ls a

sec

ond

ampl

ifier

or a

n al

arm

circ

uit

• W

ater

proo

f and

cor

rosi

on re

sist

ant h

ousi

ngs,

with

an

IP 6

6 ra

ting

• Su

pplie

d w

ith 5

ft (1

.5m

) of c

able

Cab

le R

equ

irem

ents

: 18

AW

G, 3

Con

duct

or, S

tand

ard,

Cop

per w

ireVo

ltag

e:

12

, 24

or 3

6 VD

C

Co

mm

and

Po

ten

tio

met

er

Res

ista

nce

:

1kO

hmL

inea

rity

:

+/-

1.5%

Cab

le R

equ

irem

ents

: 18

AW

G, 3

Con

duct

or, S

tand

ard,

Cop

per w

ireVo

ltag

e: 1

2, 2

4 or

36

VDC

Leve

r C

ontr

olle

rs (L

C10

0, L

C30

0)





The EW provides full follow-up electric wheel control. When the traditional steering wheel is turned the EW produces an analog rudder command signal. The rudder will then follow-up to the position commanded by the movement of the wheel.

• Compatible with all Jastram Full Follow-up steering systems• Standard shaft size for customer supplied wheel• The EW200 provides 4 turns lock to lock• Multiple output signals are available to control a second amplifier or a rudder order indicator• Steering wheel "feel" is adjustable • The internal mechanism is protected by a slip clutch to prevent damage to the unit• Rudder Order Indicators driver boards are optional

* ROIs are recommended so the helmsman knows where the rudder will follow-up to• Waterproof and corrosion resistant housing, with an IP 66 rating

Electric Wheel Controllers (EW200)

Recommended Cable: 20 AWG, 3 Conductor, Standard, Copper wireShaft Size: Stainless steel shaft with 3/4" shaft, 1:12 Taper Voltage: 12, 24 or 36 VDC

Command PotentiometerQuantity: Up to 3Resistance: 1 kOhm +/-10%Linearity: 1.0%



BO-17BO-17

Photo courtesy of Eric Stapleton

The core of the Jastram Analog Control system is the Steering Control Amplifier (SCA). The SCA processes the signals from the input devices and directs the hydraulic power units, the steering gear and, ultimately, the rudder.

The SCA needs several other components to make up a steering control system. In order to structure a SCA control system in its most basic form the following items are needed: Input Device(s), Control Panel(s), a Command Input Selector (CIS), an electro-hydraulic interface, a Rudder Feedback Unit (RFU) and in certain cases a Conversion & Change-Over valve (CCO).

Jastram Analog Control System


CCO

RFU

CIS

Input DevicesCP

Electro-Hydraulic Interface

SCA




It is

impo

rtan

t to

note

the

diffe

renc

e be

twee

n th

e tw

o m

ain

type

s of

SC

A’s

avai

labl

e. T

he S

CA

200

is d

esig

ned

to c

ontro

l a

stan

dard

on

/ off

sole

noid

whi

le th

e SC

A 3

00 c

ontro

ls p

ropo

rtio

nal

sole

noid

val

ves.

• D

iffer

ent v

ersi

ons

are

avai

labl

e to

sui

t ste

erin

g ch

arac

teris

tics

of

vess

el•

Adj

ustm

ents

for:

* R

udde

r ang

le li

mit

*

Hel

m s

ensi

tivity

(dea

dban

d)*

Rud

der f

ollo

w-u

p tw

o sp

eed

resp

onse

tim

es•

Spla

shpr

oof a

nd c

orro

sion

resi

stan

t IP

66, N

EMA

4 e

nclo

sure

• Po

wer

con

sum

ptio

n 12

-36

VDC

±10

%, <

200

mA

mp

• Se

rvic

eabl

e •

Easy

to re

mov

e an

d re

plac

e•

Plug

Kits

are

sup

plie

d w

ith S

CA

Ste

erin

g C

ontr

ol A

mpl

ifier

(SC

A)

The

Jast

ram

Fee

dbac

k un

its p

rovi

de a

n el

ectri

cal s

igna

l giv

ing

the

actu

al p

ositi

on o

f the

rudd

er fo

r bot

h Ja

stra

m fu

ll fo

llow

-up

stee

ring

and

rudd

er a

ngle

indi

catio

n sy

stem

s.

• Th

e SC

A is

des

igne

d to

wor

k bo

th th

e R

FU 1

300

& 2

000

• Th

e R

FU

130

0 fe

atur

es s

olid

-sta

te c

ircui

try

and

a pr

ecis

ion

Hal

l Effe

ct d

evic

e to

acc

urat

ely

mon

itor t

he ru

dder

ang

le

* Th

e H

all E

ffect

dev

ice

is c

onta

ct-fr

ee, i

ncre

asin

g co

mpo

nent

life

• Th

e R

FU

20

00

com

es w

ith u

p to

4 p

oten

tiom

eter

s fo

r any

co

mbi

natio

n of

rudd

er o

rder

or s

epar

ate

inde

pend

ent r

udde

r an

gle

indi

catio

n•

Adj

usta

ble

limit

switc

hes

cut o

ff th

e po

wer

ste

erin

g at

a

sele

cted

rudd

er a

ngle

* T

hese

feed

back

s co

me

stan

dard

with

one

set

of l

imit

switc

hes

• Th

e R

FU

20

00

can

be s

uppl

ied

with

non

-sta

ndar

d op

tions

lik

e, c

ente

r Tap

Pot

entio

met

ers

for D

P sy

stem

s, H

all E

ffect

de

vice

s, h

igh

rudd

er a

ngle

s, e

tc...

• Vi

brat

ion

resi

stan

t, w

ater

proo

f con

stru

ctio

n*

Pow

der p

aint

ed m

etal

hou

sing

with

wat

ertig

ht c

onne

ctor

s*

Hea

vy d

uty

stai

nles

s st

eel s

haft

and

leve

r arm

with

sw

ivel

The

Con

trol P

anel

s ar

e sm

all p

anel

s us

ed to

act

ivat

e st

eerin

g co

ntro

l sta

tions

and

fulfi

ll th

e re

quire

men

ts o

f C

lass

Soc

ietie

s.

• Pa

nels

can

be

chan

ged

on th

e ve

ssel

in th

e ev

ent o

f a

refit

or s

yste

m re

confi

gura

tion

• R

otar

y sw

itch

for p

ositi

ve s

elec

tion

of s

teer

ing

cont

rolle

r•

Cus

tom

con

figur

atio

ns a

vaila

ble

• B

uilt-

in s

tatio

n ta

ke-o

ver a

vaila

ble

• D

imen

sion

s:

* 3

in. (

76 m

m) w

ide

by 6

in. (

152

mm

) hig

h, o

r*

6 in

. (15

2 m

m) w

ide

by 6

in. (

152

mm

) hig

h

Rud

der

Feed

back

Uni

ts (R

FU)

Con

trol

Pan

els

(CP

)

The

CIS

act

s as

the

gate

keep

er fo

r the

SC

A b

y pr

oces

sing

the

com

man

ds fr

om th

e in

put d

evic

es

and

cont

rol p

anel

s. I

t com

es h

ouse

d in

a IP

55,

NEM

A 1

2 en

clos

ure

and

is c

usto

m c

onfig

ured

for

each

app

licat

ion.

The

se C

IS E

nclo

sure

s co

me

in

two

stan

dard

siz

es.

Com

man

d In

put S

elec

tor

(CIS

)

Not

e: th

e C

IS e

nclo

sure

siz

e m

ay c

hang

e ba

sed

on th

e re

quire

men

ts o

f the

ves

sel.

AB

Dim

ensi

ons

CIS

Box

-111

13/

16

(300

)11

13/

16

(300

)

AB

Dim

ensi

ons

CIS

Box

-215

3/4

(4

00)

15 3

/4

(400

)


BO-19BO-19


U.S. Patent 5,146,745 / Cdn. Patent 2,051,294The Jastram CCO Manifold is an electric hydraulic steering input device for full follow-up wheel steering. The CCO converts hydraulic oil flow (when the helm is turned) into an electrical signal. This signal is transferred to the SCA amplifier which in turn controls the amount of oil flowing to the cylinders from the hydraulic power units.

In the event of power failure the CCO seamlessly “changes over” and connects the helm pump directly to the steering cylinder, thus providing manual hydraulic steering.

• Easy retrofitting for upgrading manual hydraulic steering to full follow-up power steering• Together with a hydraulic helm pump, provides seamless change-over to backup manual

steering if electrical power should fail• Multiple output signals are available to control a second amplifier or a rudder order

indicator• Compared to other full follow-up assemblies, the CCO:

* Is easy to install* Has fewer moving parts* Generates no heat (for longer unit life)

Conversion & Change-Over Manifold (CCO)





The Digital Control System consists of four basic components:• A Digital Steering Controller (DSC)• At least one Mode Control Processor (MCP)• At least one Steering Input Device• A Rudder Feedback Unit (RFU)

The core of the Jastram Digital Control System is the Digital Steering Controller (DSC). The DSC processes signals from the Mode Control Processors (MCP) and in turn controls the response of the hydraulic power units and, ultimately, the rudder. The MCP is a station processor which connects the signals from the station Input Devices and Control Panels to the DSC.

Type Approved Product; see details on back page

Jastram Digital Control System

Photo courtesy of POSH Semco Pte Ltd.



BO-21BO-21

Dig

ital S

teer

ing

Con

trol

ler

(DS

C)

Mod

e C

ontr

ol P

roce

ssor

(MC

P)

The

MC

P re

ceiv

es s

igna

ls fr

om th

e in

put d

evic

es &

con

trol

pane

ls th

en tr

ansm

its th

ese

sign

als

to th

e D

igita

l Ste

erin

g C

ontro

ller f

or p

roce

ssin

g. I

t als

o re

ceiv

es c

omm

ands

for t

he

RA

I, R

OI a

nd s

tatio

n tra

nsfe

r log

ic fr

om th

e D

SC, a

ll th

roug

h a

sing

le R

S485

cab

le.

• Ea

ch M

CP

has

the

capa

city

to p

roce

ss:

* Tw

o di

gita

l inp

uts

* Tw

o an

alog

inpu

ts

* O

ne n

on fo

llow

-up

inpu

t

• Pl

us th

e M

CP

can

driv

e *

Two

digi

tal a

nd tw

o an

alog

rudd

er o

rder

indi

cato

rs*

Five

rudd

er a

ngle

indi

cato

rs.

• C

omm

and

can

be tr

ansf

erre

d be

twee

n di

gita

l inp

uts

devi

ces

inst

anta

neou

sly,

with

out i

nter

rupt

ion

• A

llow

s bo

th ra

mpi

ng c

ontro

l and

bas

ic o

n /o

ff fo

r bac

kup

in

one

non

follo

w-u

p jo

g sw

itch

• In

divi

dual

adj

ustm

ent o

f ind

icat

ors

is p

rovi

ded

• Th

e ho

usin

g is

cor

rosi

on re

sist

ant

The

DSC

is d

esig

ned

spec

ifica

lly fo

r mar

ine

stee

ring.

It

cont

ains

a s

ophi

stic

ated

mic

ropr

oces

sor t

o pe

rfor

m a

ll co

mpu

tatio

ns fr

om th

e in

put d

evic

es in

ord

er to

mai

ntai

n ex

trem

ely

accu

rate

con

trol.

Con

figur

atio

n so

ftwar

e is

pro

vide

d to

allo

w e

ach

stee

ring

syst

em to

be

cust

omiz

ed s

peci

fical

ly to

the

char

acte

ristic

s of

ea

ch v

esse

l.

• U

p to

five

Mod

e C

ontro

l Pro

cess

ors

can

be c

onne

cted

at

the

sam

e tim

e al

low

ing

virt

ually

unl

imite

d co

nfigu

ratio

ns o

f m

ultip

le s

teer

ing

stat

ions

to b

e in

stal

led,

eve

n af

ter t

he

vess

el h

as b

een

com

mis

sion

ed•

Bui

lt-in

sel

f dia

gnos

tic s

oftw

are

with

full

follo

w-u

p fa

ilure

al

arm

ass

ist t

roub

lesh

ootin

g an

d sy

stem

ser

vici

ng•

No

rout

ine

mai

nten

ance

requ

ired

• O

ptio

nal w

ater

proo

f enc

losu

re a

vaila

ble,

IP55

, NEM

A 1

2 (A

s se

en in

pic

ture

to le

ft &

abo

ve)

Spec

ifica

tions

Encl

osur

e Pr

otec

tion:

IP 5

5, N

EMA

12

Ope

rabl

e A

mbi

ent T

empe

ratu

re:

-25°

C to

+70

°CSu

pply

Vol

tage

:Su

pplie

d fr

om D

SCPo

wer

Con

sum

ptio

n:D

epen

dent

on

syst

em c

onfig

urat

ion

appr

ox. 1

Wat

t, M

CP

only

EMC

Pro

tect

ion:

EN60

945,

200

5D

imen

sion

s:A

ppro

x. 1

2” x

8”

(300

mm

x 2

00m

m)

Wei

ght:

9 Lb

s. (4

.1 k

g)Sa

fe d

ista

nce

to c

ompa

ss:

2 Ft

. (0.

63 m

)Sh

ort C

ircui

t Pro

tect

ion:

Yes

1.5

Am

p fu

seM

ount

ing:

Bul

khea

d

Cab

le S

peci

ficat

ions

Cab

le:

2 tw

iste

d sh

ield

ed p

airs

, 120Ω

con

trolle

d im

peda

nce,

RS4

85 c

omm

unic

atio

n ca

ble,

B

elde

n 30

82A

, LA

PP 2

1703

40 o

r equ

iv.

Max

imum

cab

le le

ngth

:23

0m (7

50 ft

.)C

able

Bre

ak P

rote

ctio

nY

esC

onne

ctor

:3.

81m

m p

itch

plug

gabl

e sc

rew

term

inal

s

Spec

ifica

tions

Encl

osur

e Pr

otec

tion:

IP 2

2, N

EMA

2O

pera

ble

Am

bien

t Tem

pera

ture

:+5

°C to

+70

°CSu

pply

Vol

tage

:12

or 2

4VD

C, -

10%

+20

%Po

wer

Con

sum

ptio

n:D

epen

dent

on

syst

em c

onfig

urat

ion

appr

ox. 7

Wat

ts, D

SC o

nly

EMC

Pro

tect

ion:

EN60

945,

200

5D

imen

sion

s:A

ppro

x. 1

3” x

10”

(330

mm

x 2

54m

m)

Wei

ght:

4.25

Lbs

. (1.

93 k

g)M

axim

um ru

dder

spee

d8

seco

nds (

on-o

ff)

5 se

cond

s (pr

opor

tiona

l)R

udde

r pos

ition

acc

urac

y±½

°Sa

fe d

ista

nce

to c

ompa

ss:

2 Ft

. (0.

63 m

)Sh

ort C

ircui

t Pro

tect

ion:

Con

trolle

r (F1

), 4

Am

psD

irect

iona

l Sol

enoi

d (F

2), 4

Am

psD

HM

/Spe

ed S

olen

oids

(F3)

, 4 A

mps





This unit provides direct button selection of the available steering control modes. It is configured for each system installation. Mode selection is located at every steering station as required by Classification Societies.

• Single button panels can be supplied for steering stations requiring only one option

• Selected mode of steering is illuminated• Control Panel face is backlit and includes a built-in dimmer

control. • Fault light and audible alarm are built in• Black Lexan face panels are:

* 3 in. (76mm) wide by 6 in. (152mm) high, or* 3 in. (76mm) wide by 3 3/4 in. (95mm) high

• Panels can be modified on the vessel in the event of a refit or system reconfiguration

• Selection panels can also be supplied by others for integration into an integrated bridge

Control Panel (CP33, CP36)

The key features of the Jastram Digital Steering Control System are:

• Optional VDR (Vessel Data Recorder) Interface• Autopilot, Joystick or DP systems are easily interfaced• Custom configurations can be easily accommodated including:

* Twin independent systems for DP & Joystick complance* Duplicate Full Follow-up systems for redundancy* Proportional hydraulics

• The RFU 2000 is the suggested feedback for the Digital system • All Jastram Digital and Analog Input Devices work with the Digital

Steering system• DNV Type Approved for Classification of Ships, High Speed &

Light Craft and DNV Offshore Standards• GL Approval Certificate Guidelines for the Performance of Type

Approvals Part 2, Edition 2003, IEC 60945 (2002)

Jastram Digital Control System Summary

DSC

RFU

MCPCP36

Input Devices



BO-23BO-23

A complete Jastram steering system will include some or all of our input devices combined with the appropriate control and hydraulic systems. The Jastram Digital Input Devices can only be used with the Jastram Digital Control system.

The current line of Jastram Digital Input Devices include:

• Digital Helms (with Digital Helm Manifolds)• Digital Wheels

Jastram Digital Input Devices

Photo courtesy of AF Theriault & Portland Fire Deprt. / City of Portland

Engineered For Life At SeaEquipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz




Digital Wheels are unique input devices which provide full follow-up digital electric control. The two main features of the Digital Wheel over the standard electric wheel are:

1. A programmable number of wheel turns from ¼ to 10 turns lock to lock and2. When taking over control of the steering system the Digital wheel takes over at the present position of the rudder

Under power steering, the steering wheel is turned producing a rudder command signal. The rudder then follows up to the position requested by the wheel.

• Only compatible with Jastram Digital steering systems • Two version of the DW are available:

* DW-1 is the standard unit and produces one output signal* DW-2 produces two output signals - the second signal for control redundancy, or for operation of a second steering system where

independent twin steering gears are installed• Effort to turn the wheel does not change regardless of operating conditions

Digital Wheel (DW)

Mechanical information:

Warning: Do not use brake �uid or transmission oil

• Requires Hydraulic Oil ISO Grade 32• Housing:

* High strength cast aluminum * Powder painted housings * Waterproof and corrosion resistant, IP 66

Steering Wheel:The wheel is not supplied with the digital wheel.

DW shaft dimensions are: • 1” by 1 7/8” shaft with a ¼” square key

Speci�cations:Output Voltage: 12 or 24 VDCConnector: DIN connectorsRecommended Cable: 16 AWG 2 wire, not shielded


digiTAl inPuT deviCesA complete Jastram steering system will include some or all of our input devices combined with the appropriate control and hydraulic systems.The Jastram Digital Input Devices can only be used with the Jastram Digital Control system.The current line of Jastram Digital Input Devices include:• Digital Helms (with Digital Helm Manifolds)• Digital Wheels


BO-25BO-25

Dig

ital H

elm

(DH

36)

Dig

ital H

elm

Man

ifold

(DH

M)

The

Dig

ital H

elm

Man

ifold

(DH

M) i

s a

smal

l, co

mpa

ct m

anifo

ld

whi

ch p

rovi

des

seam

less

tran

sfer

from

fly-

by-w

ire s

teer

ing

to

emer

genc

y m

anua

l hyd

raul

ic s

teer

ing

in th

e ev

ent o

f a p

ower

fa

ilure

. •

To b

e us

ed in

con

junc

tion

with

the

Jast

ram

Dig

ital H

elm

• W

ithin

cer

tain

par

amet

ers,

a s

ingl

e D

HM

can

ser

vice

mul

tiple

D

H-3

6 he

lms

Sp

eci�

cati

on

s:O

utpu

t Vol

tage

:

12 o

r 24

VDC

Con

nect

or:

D

IN C

onne

ctor

sR

ecom

men

ded

Cab

le:

16 A

WG

2 w

ire, n

ot s

hiel

ded

U.S

. Pat

ent 6

,564

,739

/ C

dn. P

aten

t 2,3

53,0

53Th

is p

aten

ted

hybr

id h

ydra

ulic

/ el

ectri

c un

it pr

ovid

es fu

ll fo

llow

-up

digi

tal e

lect

ric c

ontro

l as

wel

l as

emer

genc

y m

anua

l hyd

raul

ic

cont

rol.

Und

er p

ower

ste

erin

g, th

e st

eerin

g w

heel

is tu

rned

pro

duci

ng a

rudd

er c

omm

and

sign

al th

e ru

dder

then

follo

ws

up to

the

posi

tion

requ

este

d by

the

whe

el.

In th

e ev

ent o

f a p

ower

failu

re th

e di

gita

l hel

m s

eam

less

ly tr

ansf

ers

to m

anua

l hyd

raul

ic s

teer

ing.

U

nder

em

erge

ncy

man

ual h

ydra

ulic

ste

erin

g th

e nu

mbe

r of t

urns

dep

ends

on

the

size

fo th

e ac

tuat

ors.

• C

ompa

tible

with

the

Jast

ram

Dig

ital s

teer

ing

syst

em•

To b

e us

ed in

con

junc

tion

with

a D

igita

l Hel

m M

anifo

ld (D

HM

)•

Und

er p

ower

ste

erin

g m

ode:

* A

djus

tabl

e nu

mbe

r of w

heel

turn

s, p

rogr

amm

able

from

1/4

turn

to 1

0 tu

rns

lock

to lo

ck*

Effo

rt to

turn

the

whe

el d

oes

not c

hang

e re

gard

less

of o

pera

ting

cond

ition

s•

Whe

n ta

king

ove

r con

trol o

f the

ste

erin

g sy

stem

the

Dig

ital w

heel

take

s ov

er a

t the

pre

sent

pos

ition

of t

he ru

dder

. Oth

er s

yste

ms

usua

lly m

ove

the

rudd

er b

ack

to c

ente

r bef

ore

acqu

iring

con

trol o

f the

ste

erin

g.•

Cap

able

of M

anua

l ste

erin

g

Wh

eel:

A w

heel

is n

ot s

uppl

ied

with

the

digi

tal h

elm

.

DH

36 s

haft

dim

ensi

ons

are:

•

1” b

y 1

7/8”

sha

ft w

ith a

¼”

squa

re k

ey

Two

ver

sio

ns

avai

lab

le:

• D

H36

- 1

is th

e st

anda

rd u

nit a

nd p

rodu

ces

one

outp

ut

sign

al•

DH

36 -

2 pr

oduc

es tw

o ou

tput

sig

nals

- th

e se

cond

sig

nal

for c

ontro

l red

unda

ncy,

or f

or o

pera

tion

of a

sec

ond

stee

ring

syst

em w

here

inde

pend

ent t

win

ste

erin

g ge

ars

are

inst

alle

d

No

tes:

War

nin

g: D

o n

ot

use

bra

ke �

uid

or

tran

smis

sio

n o

il

• R

equi

res

Hyd

raul

ic O

il IS

O G

rade

32

• Th

e D

H36

has

a d

ispl

acem

ent o

f 3.6

cub

ic in

ches

per

re

volu

tion

• SA

E O

-rin

g fit

tings

are

use

d fo

r hyd

raul

ic c

onne

ctio

ns•

Wat

erpr

oof a

nd c

orro

sion

resi

stan

t hou

sing

, IP

66

Sp

eci�

cati

on

s:O

utpu

t Vol

tage

:

12 o

r 24

VDC

Con

nect

or:

Te

rmin

al B

lock

Rec

omm

ende

d C

able

: 16

AW

G 2

wire

, not

shi

elde

d

Dig

ital H

elm

(con

t)




Jastram manufactures custom and pre-engineered Hydraulic Power Units (HPU) to meet a wide range of requirements. HPUs produce and direct the fluid movement in the steering system.

Custom HPUs are available to meet specific design challenges or requirements of the vessel owner, naval architect or shipyard. Pre-engineered power units are available in limited sizes for faster delivery while maintaining our commitment to quality.

Jastram Hydraulic Power Units

Photo courtesy of Eric Stapleton



BO-27BO-27

Pre

- e

ngin

eere

d H

PU

s

The

Jast

ram

pre

-eng

inee

red

HPU

inte

rfac

es th

e ve

ssel

’s

hydr

aulic

ste

erin

g ge

ar w

ith it

s el

ectri

c co

ntro

l sys

tem

. Th

ese

pow

er u

nits

are

opt

imiz

ed to

wor

k w

ith J

astra

m c

ylin

ders

and

co

ntro

l sys

tem

s.

If th

ere

are

any

chan

ges

beyo

nd th

e sp

ecifi

ed o

ptio

ns to

a

Pre-

engi

neer

ed H

PU it

wou

ld b

ecom

e a

cust

om H

PU a

s en

gine

erin

g su

ppor

t wou

ld b

e ne

eded

.

Stan

dard

feat

ures

of P

re-e

ngin

eere

d H

PUs

are:

• Lo

ckva

lve

• Ve

nted

Res

ervo

ir •

Adj

usta

ble

flow

con

trol

• Pr

essu

re g

auge

• R

etur

n lin

e fil

ter

• Lo

w le

vel s

enso

r•

Push

to re

ad S

ight

/ Te

mp.

gau

ge•

Filte

r clo

ggin

g se

nsor

•

Eith

er 5

0Hz

or 6

0Hz

Mot

or

• Si

ngle

spe

ed d

irect

iona

l val

ve

• Ja

stra

m B

lue

is th

e on

ly c

olor

ava

ilabl

e

Use

onl

y St

anda

rd IS

O g

rad

e 32

hyd

rau

lic o

il in

all

Jast

ram

ste

erin

g sy

stem

s.

WA

RN

ING

: DO

NO

T U

SE

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

OR

BR

AK

E

FL

UID

Oil

Tem

per

atu

re

The

max

imum

ope

ratin

g te

mpe

ratu

re fo

r the

hyd

raul

ic o

il m

ust n

ot

exce

ed 6

5˚ C

(150

˚ F).

If o

pera

tiona

l or a

mbi

ent c

ondi

tions

cau

se

the

hydr

aulic

oil

to e

xcee

d th

is te

mpe

ratu

re th

en a

dequ

ate

cool

ing

mus

t be

prov

ided

.

The

min

imum

ope

ratin

g te

mpe

ratu

re is

40˚

C (1

04˚ F

). If

con

ditio

ns

are

such

that

the

oil t

empe

ratu

re is

bel

ow th

is te

mpe

ratu

re c

onsu

lt th

e fa

ctor

y.

The

min

imum

sta

rt u

p oi

l tem

pera

ture

is 0

˚ C (3

2˚ F

). If

the

star

t up

oil t

empe

ratu

re is

bel

ow o

r rem

ains

nea

r 0˚ C

for m

ore

than

a b

rief

inte

rval

, con

sult

the

fact

ory.

Cus

tom

HP

Us

Jast

ram

Pre

-eng

inee

red

HPU

Spe

cific

atio

ns

HPU Mod

el

Part N

umbe

r

Motor H

P

Hz

Reserv

oir

Size (U

S Gall

ons)

Max Flow

Rate

Out (G

PM)Pow

er Consu

mption

(Amp)

Pow

er Sup

ply

3

phas

e Max

Work

ing

Pressu

re

HPU

-051

-21

JA-5

0101

6-1

160

51.

463.

7020

8-23

0/46

010

00H

PU-0

51-1

1JA

-501

016-

21

505

1.20

3.10

220/

380/

440

1000

HPU

-101

-21

JA-5

0101

7-1

360

102.

928.

9020

8-23

0/46

015

00H

PU-1

01-1

1JA

-501

017-

23

5010

2.38

7.80

220/

380/

440

1500

HPU

-201

-21

JA-5

0101

8-1

560

204.

3815

.40

208-

230/

460

1500

HPU

-201

-11

JA-5

0101

8-2

550

204.

7514

.80

220/

380/

440

1500

HPU

-401

-21

JA-5

0102

0-1

1060

408.

0028

.00

208-

230/

460

1500

HPU

-401

-11

JA-5

0102

0-2

1050

408.

0028

.40

220/

380/

440

1500

HPU

-501

-21

JA-5

0102

1-1

1060

5010

.33

28.0

020

8-23

0/46

015

00H

PU-5

01-1

1JA

-501

021-

210

5050

9.73

28.4

022

0/38

0/44

015

00

HPU

-511

-21

JA-5

0102

2-1

1560

5011

.73

40.0

020

8-23

0/46

015

00H

PU-5

11-1

1JA

-501

022-

215

5050

12.1

341

.00

220/

380/

440

1500

In a

dditi

on to

the

Pre-

Engi

neer

ed H

PU’s

Jas

tram

sup

plie

s cu

stom

H

PU’s

upo

n re

ques

t to

fit a

ny s

ize

and

spec

ifica

tion

incl

udin

g:

• Sp

ecia

l tan

k sh

ape

• Ta

nk c

apac

ity•

Spec

ial m

otor

s•

Cus

tom

man

ifold

s•

Cus

tom

pai

nt c

olor

s

Plea

se c

onta

ct y

our l

ocal

Jas

tram

Dea

ler f

or a

quo

tatio

n.

Hyd

raul

ic F

luid





Pre-engineered HPU Overall Dimension Drawings

HPU-051

HPU-(101 to 511)



BO-29BO-29

Series 300 RAIKnow your rudder angle at all times! The Jastram Series 300 Rudder Angle Indicator System provides continuous, accurate indication of your rudder’s position.

Every Jastram RAI system requires a feedback unit and at least one rudder angle indicator. In a system up to five indicators can be used with a mixture of forward and reverse scale meters.

The 2 main components in a Jastram RAI system are:1. Rudder Angle Indicator 2. Rudder Feedback Unit

Jastram Rudder Angle Indicators

Photo courtesy of All American Marine

















• 75mm (3in) face diameter• The Series 300 are IP 56 to the face• Indicator readings are not affected by low or

fluctuating supply voltage• Reverse polarity protected• Backlight for increased visibility of the scale• Optional Backlight Dimmer available • Each indicator has a gain adjustment for easy

synchronization• Reverse scale indicators are available for aft facing

stations • Indication up to 50 degrees port and starboard• A high quality construction, anodized housings • Fast Response time; up to 5 second rudder speeds

Rudder Feedback Unit

• High-impact, waterproof housings • Fitted with plug-in connector for easy wiring and exchange

of units in the field • Internal gain adjustment controls the maximum pointer

deflection of all system indicators• Resistant to heavy vibration • Some models can provide rudder position signal to an

autopilot• Unit must be mechanically linked to the rudder stock • Corrosion-resisting brass lever linkage and swivels are

supplied w/ RFU 400• Optional Rudder Stock Clamp is available• Supply Voltage; 12, 24 & 36 VDC


Rudder feedbacks for the Series 300 RAI system are:RFU 400 Commercial potentiometer and driver boardRFU 1300 Hall effect device, driver board and limit switches

(used with control system)RFU 2000 Commercial potentiometer, driver board and limit

switches (used with control system)

Series 300 Indicator

Series 300 Indicator housings• Cases are standard SAE size • Optional Flushmount Bezel (IP56 to the face)

supplied with a seal for splashproof installation • Optional bulkhead mount Waterproof Housing for

outside stations (IP66)

RAI Signal Inputs: 400 ohms movement0 volts @ 0 degrees±1 mA / 50 degrees

Power Supply: 12, 24, 36 VDCCable: 18 AWG, 4 wire, shielded



BO-31BO-31

X80 Series The X80 Series Rudder Angle Indicators are produced to fill the requests of vessels operators and to meet Classification Societies’ requirements.

The X80 Indicators come in 3 sizes to fit all bridge applications. In a system up to five indicators can be used with a mixture of forward and reverse scale meters.

The 2 main components in a Jastram X Series RAI system are:1. Rudder Angle Indicator(s) 2. Rudder Feedback Unit (RFU)

RAI 3300The largest of the series is the 3300 overhead three faced panoramic indicator. These are stand alone systems comprised of three main components:

1. A three faced panoramic Rudder Angle Indicator (RAI 3300)2. RAI 3300 power supply3. Rudder Feedback Unit


Photo courtesy of Bumi Armada





• Accurately shows the position of the rudder on three large scale analog displays

• Built-in dimmer allows for adjustment of the backlight• Deckhead mounted at any convenient location in the wheelhouse• Two Power Supply options are available

* Input voltage of 12-24 VDC and outputs 24 VDC* Input voltage of 100- 40 VAC and outputs 24 VDC

• Cable requirements 16 AWG, 3 wire, shielded


The X80 Series

IP Ratings:• X80’s are rated for IP52 protection (to the face)• Optional seal kits available for IP66 protection (to the face)

• Optional 580 Bulkhead Mount version available for IP66 to the whole indicator

Rudder Feedback Units for the X80 Series are:RFU 400 Commercial potentiometer and driver boardRFU 1300 Hall effect device, driver board and limit

switches (used with control system) RFU 2000 Commercial potentiometer, driver board and

limit switches (used with control system)

Rudder Feedback Units for the RAI 3300 are:RFU 300 Commercial potentiometer RFU 2000 Commercial potentiometer, driver board and

limit switches (used with control system)

The RAI 3300

X80 Signal Inputs: 0 Volts at 0 Degrees±1 Volts at ±50 Degrees1 kΩ input resistance

Power Supply: 24VDC, Max 150 mACable: 18 AWG, 4 wire, shielded

280 380 580

X80 Models & OADs

• Wheelmark and MED Approved• Dimmable backlit analog display• Designed to be flush-mounted into any convenient panel

or console• Reverse scale indicators are available for aft facing

stations• Indication up to 50 degrees port and starboard• Drive up to five indicators from one feedback



BO-33BO-33


The SP - 36 panels are dedicated to starting and stopping the steering gear hydraulic power units motors at the vessels local and remote stations.

• Rotary switch for remote start / stop of interlocked HPU motors• Multiple panels can be installed in system• Motor start and stop functions for 2 Hydraulic Power Units• Dimensions:

* 3” x 6” (76mm x 152mm)

Starter Panels (SP-36)

SpecificationsContact Format Maintained Action, Normally Open Number of Contacts 4Maximum Switching Capacity 5.5 Amps, 240 VAC (AC11)Connector M3.5 (Metric) screw terminals


moTor sTArTer & AlArm sysTemsMotor starter & alarm (msa) systems control and monitor the Function of hydraulic power units. In essence, they start and stop the electric motor which drives the hydraulic pump powering the steering gear.The Jastram MSA system consists of three main components:• The motor starter and alarm box• The alarm panels• The starter panel




Mot

or S

tart

ers

& A

larm

Box

This

uni

t is

the

cont

rol a

nd m

onito

ring

cent

er o

f the

MSA

sys

tem

. •

MSA

sys

tem

is d

esig

ned

to m

eet a

ll m

ajor

Cla

ssifi

catio

n So

ciet

ies’

requ

irem

ents

•

Each

MSA

box

ser

vice

s on

e hy

drau

lic p

ower

uni

t•

Star

t / S

top

capa

bilit

ies

at lo

cal a

nd re

mot

e st

atio

ns•

The

MSA

box

con

nect

s to

mul

tiple

rem

ote

alar

m p

anel

s

• Th

e tw

o m

ain

type

s of

pan

els

are

the

alar

m p

anel

(AP)

and

the

star

ter p

anel

(SP)

* Pa

nels

use

d to

indi

cate

the

stat

us o

f the

ste

erin

g ge

ar a

larm

s (A

P-36

, AP-

33)

* To

sta

rt a

nd s

top

the

HPU

mot

or (A

P-36

, SP-

36)

* A

P pa

nels

are

fitte

d w

ith in

depe

nden

t dim

min

g co

ntro

ls•

MSA

mot

or in

terlo

ckin

g pr

even

ts tw

o m

otor

s, c

onne

cted

to tw

o M

SA u

nits

, fro

m b

eing

ru

n si

mul

tane

ousl

y•

HPU

Low

Oil

Sens

or s

igna

l is

a dr

y co

ntac

t inp

ut re

pres

entin

g th

e oi

l lev

el in

the

HPU

re

serv

oir

• Sp

are

Ala

rm S

enso

rs s

igna

ls a

re d

ry c

onta

ct in

puts

for u

p to

four

spa

re a

larm

s•

Aut

omat

ic tr

ansf

er to

bac

kup

pow

er s

uppl

y up

on fa

ilure

of p

rimar

y po

wer

kee

ps th

e st

eerin

g al

arm

s ac

tive

• A

utom

atic

rest

art t

imer

• Vi

sual

indi

cato

rs a

t bot

h lo

cal a

nd re

mot

e pa

nels

to w

arn

of e

vent

s ta

king

pla

ce in

the

stee

ring

syst

em•

Opt

ions

:*

VDR

inte

rfac

e ca

n be

add

ed to

MSA

sys

tem

for C

lass

requ

irem

ents

*

Ship

’s A

C S

uppl

y ou

tput

for D

ehum

idifi

er in

HPU

mot

or*

Seria

l Out

put f

or th

ird p

arty

sys

tem

s, i.

e., S

hip’

s C

entra

l Mon

itorin

g Sy

stem

* A

mm

eter

, Hou

r Cou

nter

, Eng

inee

r’s D

elay

ed A

larm

, Hyd

raul

ic L

ock

Ala

rm

Spec

ifica

tions

Indi

cato

r Com

mon

PWM

con

trolle

d si

nkin

g to

gro

und

Indi

cato

r Sig

nal F

orm

at24

VD

C fr

om M

SAPW

M F

requ

ency

78 H

zO

utpu

t Cur

rent

750m

A (M

ax.)

per i

ndic

ator

Con

nect

or6m

m sp

acin

g sc

rew

term

inal

s

Spec

ifica

tions

Encl

osur

e Pr

otec

tion:

IP 6

6, N

EMA

4O

pera

ble

Am

bien

t Tem

pera

ture

:0°

C to

+55

°CM

ain

AC

Sup

ply

Vol

tage

:20

8 –

575

VA

C, 3

pha

se, 5

0 H

z or

60

Hz

Emer

genc

y D

C S

uppl

y V

olta

ge:

24V

DC

, -10

% +

20%

HPU

Mot

or H

orse

pow

er1

Hp

to 4

0 H

p (N

ote:

Mot

ors l

arge

r tha

n 46

0 V

/40

Hp

requ

ire a

larg

er e

nclo

sure

size

)M

ain

3 ph

ase

supp

ly fu

ses:

3 A

mps

Con

trol F

use

(F4)

8 A

mps

Stee

ring

Con

trol

Pow

er

Supp

ly O

utpu

t24

VD

C (4

Am

p M

ax.)

Aux

iliar

y D

CSu

pply

Cur

rent

Dra

w30

mA

nor

mal

ope

ratio

n2.

5 A

mps

(max

.) em

erge

ncy

oper

atio

nD

imen

sion

s:A

ppro

x. 2

0” x

27”

x 1

1” (5

08m

m x

686

mm

x 2

69m

m)

Wei

ght:

67 L

bs. (

30.5

kg)

(Max

.)M

ount

ing:

Bul

khea

d an

y or

ient

atio

n

Thes

e cu

stom

ized

pan

els

prov

ide

visu

al a

nd a

udib

le a

larm

s at

bot

h lo

cal a

nd

rem

ote

stat

ions

.

• D

edic

ated

Pus

hbut

tons

to te

st a

nd s

ilenc

e th

e A

larm

Pro

cess

ing

Uni

ts

indi

cato

rs•

Ded

icat

ed b

utto

ns fo

r dim

min

g an

d br

ight

enin

g th

e ba

cklig

htin

g•

Push

butto

ns a

nd In

dica

tor o

ptio

ns in

clud

e*

Up

to 1

1 st

anda

rd s

teer

ing

gear

ala

rms

and

indi

cato

rs a

re p

rovi

ded

* A

P - 3

3 ca

n be

pop

ulat

ed w

ith u

p to

9 b

utto

ns*

AP

- 36

can

be p

opul

ated

with

up

to 1

8 bu

ttons

• LE

D v

isua

l ind

icat

ors

disp

lay

norm

al o

pera

ting

and

failu

re m

odes

• M

ultip

le p

anel

s ca

n be

inst

alle

d in

the

MSA

sys

tem

• O

ptio

nal M

otor

sta

rt a

nd s

top

capa

bilit

y•

Dim

ensi

ons:

*

AP

- 36

is 3

” x

6” (7

6mm

x 1

52m

m),

* A

P - 3

3 is

3 in

. (76

mm

) wid

e by

3 3

/4 in

. (95

mm

) hig

h

Ala

rm P

anel

s (A

P-3

3, A

P-3

6)


BO-35BO-35

This high quality, precision axial piston pump features proven designs and marine grade materials. The H pumps are designed to operate in ‘non-pressurized’ hydraulic systems requiring only two lines from the helm pump to the cylinder. The Model H helm pumps include the following standard features:

• An external lockvalve to isolate with helm and prevent rudder feed-back

• A pressure rating for the lockvalve of 1,875 PSI• A powder coated, high strength cast aluminum housing which

provides corrosion and abrasion resistance• A flexible mounting pattern allowing any angle between the vertical

and horizontal axis• An internal capacity to act as a small vented oil reservoir

Jastram Model H Helm Pumps

Recommended Wheel Sizes for the Model H helm pumps

Photo Courtesy of Victoria Shipyard


MODELmin diameter max diameter

H20 14” 24”H26, H36 20” 30”H58 30” 36”H60, H90, H110 36” 60”

STEERING WHEEL SIZE




Recommended line sizes and lengths are based on the combined distance of both lines


*The H58, which requires a header tank or auto-fill system

Standard ISO Grade 32 Hydraulic oil must be used within a Jastram hydraulic steering system.

WARNING: DO NOT USE TRANSMISSION OIL OR BRAKE FLUID

Jastram Helm pumps are serviceable, seal kit part numbers are:

• JA-950000-1; covers Model H helms H20, H26, H36 and H58

• JA-950001-1; covers Model H helms H60, H90 and H110

G* = Length of key for steering wheel:H20 has 3/16" x 1" long sq. key on a 3/4" dia. Taper (1" per foot) shaft.H20 has a 5/16" NC wheel bolt.

All other pumps have 1/4" sq. key on a 1" dia. Straight shaft.All other pumps have a 1/2" NC stainless steel wheel bolt.

Helm Pump Model 50FT 65FT 95FT Tube Dia. Wall

H20/H26/H36 1/2" 5/8" 5/8" 1/2" 0.035"H58 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 5/8" 0.049"H60/H90 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 0.049"H110 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 0.065"

Distance between Helm & Cylinder Min Wall Thickness

Weight Weight (LBS) (Kg)

H20 JA-301001-3 2.0 11.9 5.4H26 JA-301001-1 2.6 11.9 5.4H36 JA-301001-2 3.6 11.9 5.4H58* JA-301007-1 5.8 12.8 5.8H60 JA-301002-1 6.0 41.9 19.0H90 JA-301002-3 9.0 41.9 19.0H110 JA-301002-2 11.0 41.9 19.0

Helm Pump Model Part Number Cubic Inch Displacement Per

Revolution


Helm Pump Model

Helm Pump Displacement (IN³) A B C Dia. D E F G H1 H2 H3

H20 2.0 5 5/8" 4 3/8" 9/32" 8 5/8" 1 17/32" 2 13/32" 3/16" sq key x 1" LG 1/4" NPT 3/8" NPT -

H26/ 36/ 58 2.0 / 2.6 / 3.6 / 5.8 5 5/8" 4 3/8" 9/32" 9 17/64" 2 5/32" 2 27/64" 1/4" sq key x 1 1/2" LG 1/4" NPT 3/8" NPT -H60/ 90/ 110 6.0 / 9.0 / 11.0 7 1/2" 5 7/8" 13/32" 15 27/64" 4 1/4" 3 27/32" 1/4" sq key x 1 25/32" LG 1/2" NPT - 3/4" UNF

HELM PUMP OVERALL DIMENSIONS (INCHES)


BO-37BO-37

09/01

yacht & Safety Relief ValveCommercial Steering DARB

The DARB (Double Acting Relief and Bypass)Valve is a protective device.

Each steering gear system, regardlessof its size, should be equipped with a DARB to protect the rudder and the actuator from possible external damage due to grounding or excessive wave force action.

Design features

• The Double Acting Relief Bypass Valve is available in three models (10 gpm, 30 gpm and 50 gpm).

• The DARB valve has two modes of operation:In the normal mode the crossover relief valve protects the steering system against hydraulic shock and over-pressurization. If impact occurs between the rudder and an underwater object, or if there is an internal pressure build-up that causes the hydraulic pressure to exceed the pre-set limit of the relief valve the DARB Valve allows oil to bypass. This helps prevents damage to the steering gear or its associated equipment.In the bypass mode the DARB Valve opens across the port and starboard linesallowing for emergency steering. This is also very helpful when “bleeding” (purging) the hydraulic steering system of air.

For further details please consult the technical manual MAN 00401.

Part number Description Capacitygpm

Lbs (kg)

JA-401003-1 DARB 10 * 10 6.6 (3.0)JA-401003-2 DARB 30 30 6.8 (3.1) JA-401047-1 DARB 50 50 28.0 (12.7)


HeAvy duTy Helm vAlves




09/01

yacht & Commercial Header TankSteering Accessories

A Header or Expansion Tank installed at the highest point of the steering system ensures that the system will always remain full of fluid. The fluid in the tank compensates for the slight expansion of the fluid in the system due to heat. A header tank also helps with proper filling and bleeding of the system. It’s highly recommended when multiple steering stations are incorporated into a steering system.

The sight gauge on the tank allows the operator to observe the level of fluid in the system. If a leak develops it will be immediately apparent.

Design features

• Lightweight aluminum housing dissipatesheat.

• 1.5 liter (90 in3) oil capacity.• Black epoxy paint.• Suitable for indoor or outdoor installation.

Part number Description Lbs (kg)

JA-521011-1 Header tank 3.1 (1.4)

HeAvy duTy HeAder TAnk


BO-39BO-39

05/02

Yacht & Autopilot Interface Commercial Steering API 180 The API 180 is a stand-alone solenoid operated hydraulic manifold. This allows for the interface of electric steering controls to hydraulic steering systems. The API manifold is equipped with a single speed 4-way directional solenoid valve, relief valve. The API 180 is suitable for an input flow rate of up to 12 gpm and an adjustable output flow rate of up to 3 gpm. Design Features

• Anodized aluminum body. • Single speed. • Available in 12, 24, 32 VDC and 110, 220 VAC.

For further details please consult the technical manual MAN 00702. Part number Description Voltage Lbs (Kg) JA-401051-11 API 180 auto pilot interface 12 VDC 4.4 (2.0)JA-401051-12 API 180 auto pilot interface 24 VDC 4.4 (2.0)JA-401051-13 API 180 auto pilot interface 32 VDC 4.4 (2.0)JA-401051-14 API 180 auto pilot interface 110 VAC 4.4 (2.0)

AuToPiloT inTerfACe




09/01

yacht & Jog LeverCommercial Steering JO200

(for Non follow-up Electric Steering)The JO200 “non-follow-up” power steering lever offers an economical and effective means of steering your vessel with minimal effort. Just by moving the handle, you send an electric signal to the directional valve on the hydraulic power unit. This, in turn, sends fluid to your steering cylinder, causing the vessel to turn to port or starboard as desired. Jog levers, unlike “full follow-up” levers, have a spring loaded handle that always returns to center when released. They make an excellent addition to your hydraulic helm pump at the main steering station or as an economical means of installing as many secondary control stations as you might require.

Design features

• Large handle. Easy to use even with gloved or cold hands.• Available with either one or two sets of internal micro switches. • Jog levers are made from tough molded plastic and stainless steel, ensuring trouble

free operation for a very long time. • Compatible with most autopilots and existing steering systems. • Waterproof, suitable for indoor and outdoor use. • Same mounting arrangement as Wagner jog.



JA-701005-9 JO200-1W jog lever * 0.4 (0.9)JA-950078-1 Adaptor kit * (converts JO100 into Wagner jog JO200) -


09/01

yacht & Jog LeverCommercial Steering JO100

(for Non follow-up Electric Steering)The JO100 “non follow-up” power steering lever offers an economical and effective means of steering your vessel with minimal effort. Just by moving the handle you send an electric signal to the directional valve on the hydraulic power unit. This, in turn, sends fluid to your steering cylinder, causing the vessel to turn to port or starboard as desired. Jog levers, unlike full follow-uplevers, have a spring loaded handle that always returns to center when released.They make an excellent addition to your hydraulic helm pump at the main steering station or as an economical means of installing as many secondary control stations as you might require.

Design features

• Large handle. Easy to use even with gloved or cold hands.• Available with either one or two sets of internal micro switches. • Jog levers are made from tough molded plastic and stainless steel, ensuring trouble

free operation for a very long time. • Compatible with most autopilots and existing steering systems. • Waterproof, suitable for indoor and outdoor use.



JA-701005-1 JO100-1 jog lever, 1 set micro switches 0.9 (0.4)JA-710005-3 JO100-1D jog lever, 1 set micro switches, dodge contact 0.9 (0.4)JA-701005-2 JO100-2 jog lever, 2 sets micro switches 0.9 (0.4)JA-710005-4 JO100-2D jog lever, 2 sets micro switches,dodge contact 0.9 (0.4)JA-950078-1 Adaptor kit * ( converts JO100 into Wagner jog JO200) -


yacht & Commercial Steering Jog Lever JO100 / JO200(For Non Follow-up Electric Steering)

The JO100 “non follow-up” power steering lever offers an economical and effectivemeans of steering your vessel with minimal effort. Just by moving the handle you sendan electric signal to the directional valve on the hydraulic power unit. This, in turn, sendsfluid to your steering cylinder, causing the vessel to turn to port or starboard asdesired. Jog levers, unlike full follow-up levers, have a spring loaded handle thatalways returns to centre when released.They make an excellent addition to your hydraulic helm pump at the main steeringstation or as an economical means of installing as many secondary control stations as you might require.Design Features· Large handle. Easy to use even with gloved or cold hands.· Available with either one or two sets of internal micro switches.· Jog levers are made from tough molded plastic and stainless steel, ensuring troublefree operation for a very long time.· Compatible with most autopilots and existing steering systems.· Waterproof, suitable for indoor and outdoor use.


JO100

JO200 - SAME MOUNTING AS WAGNER JOG JO200

Jog levers


BO-41BO-41

yacht & Commercial Steering Rudder Angle Indicator RAI 301The Series 301 Rudder Angle Master Indicator provides an accurate andcontinuously updated indication of your rudder position.Up to five additional extra RAI 300 indicators can operate at the sametime in conjunction with the standard RAI 301 indicator in a stand-alonesystem. Installation is easy and requires only shielded 2 conductor wire, 24 AWG for cable runs up to 65’ (20 meters).Picture shown includes optional bezel.

Design Features· Maximum current draw (1mA / indicator).· Five indicators maximum. For applications withmore than 5 indicators please contact the manufacturer.· All indicators are polarity protected.· Operate on 12, 24 or 32 VDC. Only the light bulb mustbe chosen according to the exact voltage.· The RAI 301 meter requires a RFU 150 or RFU 300 follow-up unit.For further details please consult the technical manual MAN 01205.

A B C

A. JA-JB-801008 The RAI bezel provides a frame appearance for the rudder angle indicator as well as additional protection against spray and weather.B. JA-950078-1 The jog switch adapter plate provides a drop-in fit for Jastram jog switches when replacing Wagner jog switches.C. JA-1011005-4 This RAI waterproof mount houses the RAI for exposed outdoor applications

Housings & AdAPTers




09/01

yacht & Rudder follow-up UnitCommercial Steering RfU 150 / 300Knowing the position of the rudder enhances safety and is a great help while docking or maneuvering. Designed for commercial use, the RFU 150/300 is ruggedly built to resist water and damage caused by vibration from rough seas and mechanical systems. The RFU 300 features a high quality, long life potentiometer. The RFU 150 features a light duty potentiometer. Both units have large heavy-duty gears. A RAI 301 must be used in conjunction with both follow-up units. For multiple station applicationsall extra stations must use RAI 300 meters.Both units are equipped with 50’ (15 meters) of 3 conductor, shielded, and heat resistant cable.

Design features

• Up to three indicators can operate at the same time• No adjustment required for 12, 24 or 32 VDC systems, unit operates on any voltage

between 10 - 32 VDC.• Construction is of molded plastic, brass and stainless steel. • Waterproof design with unique double sealed shaft and waterproof electrical

connections.• 1% linearity heavy-duty potentiometer (RFU 300).• 2% linearity light duty potentiometer (RFU 150).



JA-701065-1 RFU 300, c/w 50’cable * 2.6 (1.2) ( * see drop-in replacements)

09/01

yacht & Rudder follow-up UnitCommercial Steering RfU 150 / 300Knowing the position of the rudder enhances safety and is a great help while docking or maneuvering. Designed for commercial use, the RFU 150/300 is ruggedly built to resist water and damage caused by vibration from rough seas and mechanical systems. The RFU 300 features a high quality, long life potentiometer. The RFU 150 features a light duty potentiometer. Both units have large heavy-duty gears. A RAI 301 must be used in conjunction with both follow-up units. For multiple station applicationsall extra stations must use RAI 300 meters.Both units are equipped with 50’ (15 meters) of 3 conductor, shielded, and heat resistant cable.

Design features

• Up to three indicators can operate at the same time• No adjustment required for 12, 24 or 32 VDC systems, unit operates on any voltage

between 10 - 32 VDC.• Construction is of molded plastic, brass and stainless steel. • Waterproof design with unique double sealed shaft and waterproof electrical

connections.• 1% linearity heavy-duty potentiometer (RFU 300).• 2% linearity light duty potentiometer (RFU 150).



JA-701065-1 RFU 300, c/w 50’cable * 2.6 (1.2) ( * see drop-in replacements)

rudder folloW-uP uniT


BO-43BO-43

12/03 reversing PumPseTs




12/03


BO-45BO-45

09/01

yacht & Constant Running PumpsetCommercial Steering HPU 180The HPU 180 continuous running adjustable flow pump set is suitable for medium duty applications on vessels up to 50’. Upon activation by the helmsman the pumpset’s electric motor will run constantly. When it receives a port or starboard command from the autopilot the attached 4-way directional solenoid valve diverts oil to the appropriate actuator ports.

Design features

• Available in 12 or 24 VDC supply (voltage must be specified at time of order).• Adjustable flow between 0 –170 in3/min.• Built-in pressure relief, factory set at 500 psi.• Built-in lock valve to prevent hydraulic feedback from rudder or helm.• All connecting ports to hydraulic lines are ¼” NPT for ease of installation.• Rugged, ball bearing equipped motor and pump are connected via a 4-bolt flange

arrangement and a heavy-duty aluminum shaft coupling.• The pump set consists of a rugged 2 wire, permanent magnet motor with

exchangeable brushes, directly coupled to piston pump. • Electrical junction box with start relay, thermal breaker and oversized terminal strips

for easy electrical connections.• The pump set is fitted with vibration foot mounts for quieter operation.


Part number Description Displin3/min

VDC Ampno load

fuserating

Lbs (kg)

JA-501005-11 HPU 180 pumpset 180 12 7 20 10 (4.5)JA-501005-22 HPU 180 pumpset 180 24 4 15 10 (4.5)

( * see pump set comparison)




09/01

yacht & Reversing Pumpset DriverCommercial Steering RPD 300The RPD 300 is an H-Bridge Motor drive intended for use with marine autopilots or other small electric motor based control systems. This unit is compatible with 12 VDC and 24 VDCmotors rated up to 100 watts (1/8 HP) and is capable of delivering up to 300 watts to handle motor starting currents.Dynamic braking forces the motor to stay stopped when no drive signal is applied. The unit features an overload shut-off, which cuts off drive to the motor if the current rises to an unsafe level such as when the vessel rudder is forced against the stops. The overload protection is reset, by simply removing the drive signal from the input of the unit.This unit is activated by a switched power or clutch drive output which “turns on” the electronic circuits. The port and starboard inputs from the autopilot must be switched “low” to activate the motor.

Design features• Supply voltage: 10 – 30 VDC. • Supply fuse: AGC 25A (fuse will blow if supply reversed). • Motor output: 300 watts (25 amps @ 12 VDC or 12.5 amps @ 24 VDC).• Dynamic braking: both motor outputs switched low when no input applied & enable

input is high.• Port and starboard inputs: active low (switch to ground to activate motor).• Enable input: active high (switch to 10 - 30 VDC to activate motor drive).• Temperature range: 0 - 40 deg C.


JB-814047 RPD 300 reversing pumpset driver 1.0 (0.5)


BO-47BO-47

HydraulicSteering

WAgner HydrAuliC sTeering




Hydraulic SteeringType N


BO-49BO-49

Hydraulic SteeringType N

The Type NCylinder





BO-51BO-511.508.995.9711 57

Featured On:

Farr 40 ®

Edson Ultra-Light Racing System™Designed and built in cooperation with the most respected performance yacht builders in the world, the Ultra-Light Racing System is an extremely lightweight and strong steering system for the modern racing yacht. Edson’s engineers have optimized the design of the Radial Drive, Steering Wheel, Steering Drum and Line System to achieve a remarkable strength-to-weight ratio. Race-proven in numerous ILC, IMS,IRM and One-Design Winners, the Edson ULRS’s combination of Large-Diameter Steerer, Ultra-Light or Carbon Wheels and Lightweight Radial Drive makes it the lightest, strongest, FASTEST steering system available today.

• Total system weighs as little as 28 Pounds including wheel! • Utilizes 5⁄16” Vectran® Line for Strength, Weight Savings and Low

Stretch. • Large Diameter Hollow Drum Hub & Shaft for Load Distribution

and Weight Savings.• Engineered Wheel Spoke Pattern to Optimize Strength and Add

To Lightness.• Super-Lightweight “Butterfly” Radial Wheel.

ULRS Features

Farr 40

Phot

o C

ourt

esy

KO

S/S

TRA

TEG

IC

Ultra-Light Flange Steerer

Grand Prix Pedestal Insert Steerer

•Ultra-Lightdesignforuseonperformanceboats.

•Twosizesavailable:1”wheelshaftforboats up to 40’ or 1-1/4” wheel shaft for larger boats with higher steering loads.

•BlackHardcotealuminummountingflangesand sprocket.

•StainlessWheelShaft,Needle Bearings & Bearing Liners provide exceptional feel and sensitivity.

•Equippedwitheitherastandard1”tapered wheel shaft with 3/16” key or 5¼” wheel flange.

•Specifywheeltypetobeusedwhenordering.

•Customshaftlengthsavailable.

TP-52 Orlanda relies on Edson’s Race-Proven Ultra-Light Steerer sand Carbon Tri-Spoke Wheels

Forward View

* Standard sprocket size unless otherwise requested. Call for additional sprocket sizes. Straight Wheel Shafts are still available on special order. Contact Edson Customer Service.

GRAND pRIx STEERER ORDERING INFORmATION Chain Sprocket No of Weight Steerer Type Order # Size Pitch Teeth lbs kg 1” Shaft - Sprocket for 5/8” Chain 435-100-2-11T* 5⁄8 2.2” 11 2.5 1.13 1” Shaft - Sprocket for 3/4” Chain 435-100-3-10T* 3⁄4 2.4” 10 2.75 1.25

Phot

os c

ourte

sy o

f Lat

ini M

arin

e

#435ST-2-15TGrand Prix Steerer

Optional Carbon Racing Pedestal

Optional Wheel FlangeOrder #698FL - see pg. 8


ULTRA-LIGHT FLANGE STEERER ORDERING INFORmATION Chain Sprocket No of Weight Steerer Type Order # Size Pitch Teeth lbs kg 1” Shaft - Size 1 425-100-2-11T* 5⁄8 2.2” 11 3.16 1.44 ‘D’ = 4” (102mm), ‘C’=4.13”(102mm) 425-100-2-13T* 5⁄8 2.6” 13 3.2 1.46 425-100-2-15T* 5⁄8 3.0” 15 3.25 1.48 1-1/4” Shaft - Size 2 425-125-3-10T* 3⁄4 2.4” 10 4.27 1.94 ‘D’ = 4.5” (114mm), ‘C’=5.138”(130.5mm) 425-125-3-13T* 3⁄4 3.1” 13 4.60 2.09 425-125-3-15T* 3⁄4 3.6” 15 4.82 2.19

•Extremelycompact-4”(102mm)x7”(178mm)•Lightweight-2.5lbs(1.2kg)•5/8”and3/4”sprocketsavailable•FitsEdson#430CarbonRacingpedestal

‘D’

‘C’

1.508.995.9711 57

Featured On:

Farr 40 ®






ULRS Features

Farr 40

Phot

o C

ourt

esy

KO

S/S

TRA

TEG

IC











Forward View



Phot

os c

ourte

sy o

f Lat

ini M

arin

e







‘D’

‘C’

1.508.995.9711 57

Featured On:

Farr 40 ®






ULRS Features

Farr 40

Phot

o C

ourt

esy

KO

S/S

TRA

TEG

IC











Forward View



Phot

os c

ourte

sy o

f Lat

ini M

arin

e







‘D’

‘C’

yACHT sTeering sysTems

www.edsonmarine.com50

CD-i® Geared Steering Systems

Maximum Rudder Rake = 20° from Vertical

Working Angle of Drag Link = ± 10° Max. from Horizontal with Rudder Amidships.

Max. Rudder Torque Load = up to 3,400 ft. lbs. (467 mkg)

Typical Installations Suitable for Aft Cockpit Sailboats up to 50 Feet LOA (15.25 m)

Rudder Stops and Edson’s Stop RingRudder Stops are a mandatory fitting for any steering arrangement. They insure that loads transmitted through the rudder never exceed the design limit of the steering pedestal and gear. Edson’s Integral Stop Ring/Backing Plate provides an alternative to conventional rudder stops that is much simpler to install and adds additional reinforcement to the cockpit sole. All Edson Stop Rings are marked with angle-indicators for easy installation and adjustment and allow for 72º of total rudder travel.Note: Conventional rudder stops and cockpit reinforcement should still be installed in conjunction with the stop ring whenever possible.

Installation Requirements

Classic Base Dimensions

CD-i Below Deck Components

6"/1

52m

m

6"/152mm

6"/152mm

14"/356mm

10.5

"/267

mm

5.25"/133mmVision Series Base Dimensions

14”(5.6 CM)

6”(15.2 cm)

6”(15.2

cm)

6” (15.2 cm)

10.5”(26.7 cm)

51⁄4”(13.3 cm)

• For boats up to 50’ (15.25m). • Classic, Vision Series™ and Internal Pedestal designs available.• Large variety of Wheels and Accessories.• Highest quality marine-grade Stainless, Bronze and Aluminum components.• Tiller-to-wheel conversion kits available.• 360º Circular Rack Gear – 3 Times the Life Span of Conventional Rack Gears.• 1.8 Wheel Turns Hard-Over to Hard-Over through 72º of rudder travel.• Gleason Coniflex™ Gears for Ultra-High Strength.• Gear teeth easily accessible for lubrication and inspection.• Large 3¼”/83 mm Torque Tube for Superior Strength, Stiffness.• Turnbuckle-Style Drag Link for Easy Adjustment.• Large 3½“/89 mm Diameter Stainless Bearings for Long Life.• Designed and Built to ISO Standards.• CE Compliant.• Low Maintenance.

Edson’s classic Rack and Pinion system utilizes a simple, direct linkage from tiller to wheel. All CDi Geared Steerers feature exceptional feel, easy installation and a wide range of mounting options.So-Pac Marine are proud to be sole New Zealand agents for Edson, unquestionably one of the world

leaders in steering for over a century. So-Pac Marine offer a complete design and installation service with the confidence that can only come by being backed by Edson and their team.

1.508.995.9711 51

ALL CD-i STEERING SYSTEMS COME COMPLETE WITH:

• Pedestal (including wheel shaft, gears and torque tube)

• Thru-Shaft Wheel Brake• Output Lever machined

to specs.• Stop Ring• Drag Link of appropriate length.• Tiller Arm machined to specs.• Contemporary Styling.• Compact Design and Footprint.• Vision Series Pedestals include

Pedestal Guard and Single Lever Engine Control.

Add your choice of Edson Wheel and Accessories to complete your system.

Note: Overall Height does not include compass or guard. See pg. 68 for optional Classic Pedestal Guards.

ClassicOrder #464-6T

Vision “MV”Order #450-MV-T

Vision “MA”Order #450-MA-T

Today’s modern racing and cruising designs don’t have to be limited to production steering systems. With CD-i Steering System Components and the capabilities of Edson’s design and manufacturing teams, boat builders and naval architects are limited only by their imaginations. Shown are just a few of the solutions Edson‘s Engineers have designed to accommodate custom installation requirements. If you have custom requirements, please contact Edson Customer Service at 508-995-9711.

L

Custom Design Options

Twin RuddersInternal Console SteererWheel Wells

Classic™ Series PedestalVision™ Series Pedestal

pedestals shown with optional accessories. Instruments not included.

Overall Shaft Head Base Faceplate Height Height Size Size Weight SizePedestal Type Order # in mm in mm in mm in mm lbs. kg width height

Classic™ CD-i 464-6T 29.5” 750 mm 28” 710 mm 8” 203 10” 254 35 16 n/a n/a

Vision Series™ - MV 450-MV-T 40.5” 1028 mm 28” 710 mm 17.5”x13.25” 445x337 14”x10.5” 356 x267 88 40 14.5” 8.25”

Vision Series™ - MA 450-MA-T 42” 1063 mm 28” 710 mm 20.8”x14.6” 527 x370 14”x10.5” 356 x267 89 40.5 18” 14.3”

Visit www.edsonmarine.

com - Tech Support to

download a CDi Steering System

Installation Worksheet.

EDSON CDI GEARED STEERING pEDESTAL SELECTION GUIDE

www

1.508.995.9711 51

ALL CD-i STEERING SYSTEMS COME COMPLETE WITH:

• Pedestal (including wheel shaft, gears and torque tube)

• Thru-Shaft Wheel Brake• Output Lever machined

to specs.• Stop Ring• Drag Link of appropriate length.• Tiller Arm machined to specs.• Contemporary Styling.• Compact Design and Footprint.• Vision Series Pedestals include

Pedestal Guard and Single Lever Engine Control.

Add your choice of Edson Wheel and Accessories to complete your system.

Note: Overall Height does not include compass or guard. See pg. 68 for optional Classic Pedestal Guards.

ClassicOrder #464-6T

Vision “MV”Order #450-MV-T

Vision “MA”Order #450-MA-T

Today’s modern racing and cruising designs don’t have to be limited to production steering systems. With CD-i Steering System Components and the capabilities of Edson’s design and manufacturing teams, boat builders and naval architects are limited only by their imaginations. Shown are just a few of the solutions Edson‘s Engineers have designed to accommodate custom installation requirements. If you have custom requirements, please contact Edson Customer Service at 508-995-9711.

L

Custom Design Options

Twin RuddersInternal Console SteererWheel Wells

Classic™ Series PedestalVision™ Series Pedestal

pedestals shown with optional accessories. Instruments not included.

Overall Shaft Head Base Faceplate Height Height Size Size Weight SizePedestal Type Order # in mm in mm in mm in mm lbs. kg width height

Classic™ CD-i 464-6T 29.5” 750 mm 28” 710 mm 8” 203 10” 254 35 16 n/a n/a

Vision Series™ - MV 450-MV-T 40.5” 1028 mm 28” 710 mm 17.5”x13.25” 445x337 14”x10.5” 356 x267 88 40 14.5” 8.25”

Vision Series™ - MA 450-MA-T 42” 1063 mm 28” 710 mm 20.8”x14.6” 527 x370 14”x10.5” 356 x267 89 40.5 18” 14.3”

Visit www.edsonmarine.

com - Tech Support to

download a CDi Steering System

Installation Worksheet.

EDSON CDI GEARED STEERING pEDESTAL SELECTION GUIDE

www











6"/1

52m

m

6"/152mm

6"/152mm

14"/356mm

10.5

"/267

mm


14”(5.6 CM)

6”(15.2 cm)

6”(15.2

cm)

6” (15.2 cm)

10.5”(26.7 cm)

51⁄4”(13.3 cm)


Edson’s classic Rack and Pinion system utilizes a simple, direct linkage from tiller to wheel. All CDi Geared Steerers feature exceptional feel, easy installation and a wide range of mounting options.

Custom SystemsEdson has the experience and knowhow to design and build custom systems for boats from 18′(5m) to 200′(60m) and up.• Custom Wheels• Fabricated quadrants to meet

specific rudderload requirements.• Mega-yacht systems.• Multi-Speed and Geared

reduction systems.• Dual-Wheel Systems.

So-Pac Marine with Edson has extensive experience in developing and manufacturing Steering Systems for all types of sailboats from daysailors to megayachts. Depend on us from the earliest design stages of the design process and we can help you develop a steering system custom tailored to your boat. If you have custom requirements, please contact So-Pac Marine at 09 448 5900 or [email protected].

Geared CD-i SystemsEdson’s updated version of the classic rack and pinion system utilizes a simple, direct linkage from tiller to wheel.• Exceptional feel• Easy installation.• For boats up to 50′ (15.25m).• Classic, Vision Series™ and Internal Pedestal designs available.• Large variety of Wheels and Accessories.• Highest quality marine-grade stainless and aluminium components.• Tiller-to-wheel conversion kits available.

Ultra-Light Racing SystemsEdson builds the strongest, lightest and most versatile systems for racing boats. Race-proven on numerous ILC, IMS, IRC and One-Design Winners.• Lightweight Carbon and Aluminium Wheels• Vectran Line Drives• Ultra-light, ultra-sensitive radials, steerers and sheaves.




1.508.995.9711 35

Autopilot Tiller Arms for J-Boats

•Designedforracingboatswhereweightsavingsiscritical.•SolidCastAluminumConstruction•BlackHard-CoteAnodizedfordurability•Forrudderpostsupto7”(175mm)indiameter.

10” (254 mm) Autopilot Tiller Arm

#926AL-10

15” (381mm) Autopilot Tiller Arm

#926AL-15

ALUmINUm TILLER ARm ORDERING GUIDE Tiller Arm Max Size Weight Length Pilot Bore Max Bore Keyway Each ORDER # inches mm inches cm inches cm inches cm lbs kg 926AL-10-610 10 254 0 0 31⁄4 8.3 1⁄2 1.3 4.2 1.9 926AL-10-14 10 254 31⁄4 8.3 5 12.7 5⁄8 1.6 5.6 2.5 926AL-15-610 15 381 0 0 31⁄4 8.3 1⁄2 1.3 6 2.7926AL-15-14 15 381 31⁄4 8.3 5 12.7 5⁄8 1.6 7.6 3.4926AL-15-57 15 381 5 12.5 7 17.5 3⁄8 1 13 5.9

G O T O

See Tech Tip on page 65 for information on securing Tiller Arm to Ruddershaft and request Engineering Bulletin #373-97-2 “Tiller Arm Worksheet”.

CHART TO DETERmINE AUTOpILOT ATTACHmENT pOINT ON TILLER ARm

Distance from CL Rudderpost Distance from CL Rudderpost to CL Autopilot Attachment to CL Autopilot Attachment Ram 70˚ of 80˚ of 90˚ of Ram 70˚ of 80˚ of 90˚ of travel rudder travel rudder travel rudder travel travel rudder travel rudder travel rudder travel 7” (17.8 cm) 61⁄16” (15.4 cm) 57⁄16” (13.8 cm) 5” (12.7 cm) 12” (30.5 cm) 101⁄2” (26.7 cm) 93⁄8” (23.8 cm) 81⁄2” (21.6 cm) 8” (20.3 cm) 7” (17.8 cm) 61⁄4” (15.9 cm) 55⁄8” (14.3 cm) 13” (33.0 cm) 111⁄2” (29.2 cm) 101⁄8” (25.7 cm) 913⁄16” (24.9 cm) 9” (22.9 cm) 77⁄8” (20.0 cm) 7” (17.8 cm) 63⁄8” (16.2 cm) 14” (35.6 cm) 121⁄8” (30.8 cm) 107⁄8” (27.6 cm) 10” (25.4 cm) 10” (25.4 cm) 83⁄4” (22.2 cm) 713⁄16” (19.8 cm) 71⁄8” (18.1 cm) 15” (38.1 cm) 131⁄16” (33.2 cm) 1111⁄16” (29.7 cm) 10” (25.4 cm) 11” (27 9 cm) 95⁄8” (24.4 cm) 85⁄8” (21.9 cm) 77⁄8” (20.0 cm) 16” (40.6 cm) 14” (35.6 cm) 121⁄2” (31.8 cm) 111⁄4” (28.6 cm)

Because of their unique rudderpost shape, J-Boats require a specially shaped tiller arm. It is designed to clamp onto the fiberglass rudderpost directly above the Radial Drive Wheel. For J-Boats from 35’ to 53’. Wt. 5.8 lbs (2.6 kg).Autopilot Tiller Arm for J-37, J-40, J-42, J-44, J-46, J-105, J-120, & J-130 - Order #836AL-J-12Autopilot Tiller Arm for J-160 - Order #836AL-J-160

J-Boat Autopilot Tiller Arm #836AL-J-12

CHART TO DETERmINE AUTOpILOT ATTACHmENT pOINT ON TILLER ARmWhen Ordering Specify:• Rudderpost Diameter• Keyway size and location• If a thru-bolt will be used

instead of a key• For additional installation

information, please request Engineering Bulletin EB-97-373.

NOTE: Attachment point will ultimately be determined by the torque output of your autopilot versus your boat’s rudder loads. Refer to your autopilot manufacturers installation instructions for mounting distance of the autopilot drive arm along the tiller arm. Your autopilot must not be used as the rudderpost stop.

NOTE: Pilot Bore of “0” = solid casting - no pre-bored hole.

NOTE!

Tiller Arm Installation Information

Dimensions for #836AL-J-12

Tiller Arms are available for all J-Boats. Use #926AL if your boat is not listed. Contact Edson for more information if yours is not shown.

Aluminum Tiller Arms

1.508.995.9711 35

Autopilot Tiller Arms for J-Boats

•Designedforracingboatswhereweightsavingsiscritical.•SolidCastAluminumConstruction•BlackHard-CoteAnodizedfordurability•Forrudderpostsupto7”(175mm)indiameter.


#926AL-10

15” (381mm) Autopilot Tiller Arm

#926AL-15

ALUmINUm TILLER ARm ORDERING GUIDE Tiller Arm Max Size Weight Length Pilot Bore Max Bore Keyway Each ORDER # inches mm inches cm inches cm inches cm lbs kg 926AL-10-610 10 254 0 0 31⁄4 8.3 1⁄2 1.3 4.2 1.9 926AL-10-14 10 254 31⁄4 8.3 5 12.7 5⁄8 1.6 5.6 2.5 926AL-15-610 15 381 0 0 31⁄4 8.3 1⁄2 1.3 6 2.7926AL-15-14 15 381 31⁄4 8.3 5 12.7 5⁄8 1.6 7.6 3.4926AL-15-57 15 381 5 12.5 7 17.5 3⁄8 1 13 5.9

G O T O

See Tech Tip on page 65 for information on securing Tiller Arm to Ruddershaft and request Engineering Bulletin #373-97-2 “Tiller Arm Worksheet”.

CHART TO DETERmINE AUTOpILOT ATTACHmENT pOINT ON TILLER ARm

Distance from CL Rudderpost Distance from CL Rudderpost to CL Autopilot Attachment to CL Autopilot Attachment Ram 70˚ of 80˚ of 90˚ of Ram 70˚ of 80˚ of 90˚ of travel rudder travel rudder travel rudder travel travel rudder travel rudder travel rudder travel 7” (17.8 cm) 61⁄16” (15.4 cm) 57⁄16” (13.8 cm) 5” (12.7 cm) 12” (30.5 cm) 101⁄2” (26.7 cm) 93⁄8” (23.8 cm) 81⁄2” (21.6 cm) 8” (20.3 cm) 7” (17.8 cm) 61⁄4” (15.9 cm) 55⁄8” (14.3 cm) 13” (33.0 cm) 111⁄2” (29.2 cm) 101⁄8” (25.7 cm) 913⁄16” (24.9 cm) 9” (22.9 cm) 77⁄8” (20.0 cm) 7” (17.8 cm) 63⁄8” (16.2 cm) 14” (35.6 cm) 121⁄8” (30.8 cm) 107⁄8” (27.6 cm) 10” (25.4 cm) 10” (25.4 cm) 83⁄4” (22.2 cm) 713⁄16” (19.8 cm) 71⁄8” (18.1 cm) 15” (38.1 cm) 131⁄16” (33.2 cm) 1111⁄16” (29.7 cm) 10” (25.4 cm) 11” (27 9 cm) 95⁄8” (24.4 cm) 85⁄8” (21.9 cm) 77⁄8” (20.0 cm) 16” (40.6 cm) 14” (35.6 cm) 121⁄2” (31.8 cm) 111⁄4” (28.6 cm)

Because of their unique rudderpost shape, J-Boats require a specially shaped tiller arm. It is designed to clamp onto the fiberglass rudderpost directly above the Radial Drive Wheel. For J-Boats from 35’ to 53’. Wt. 5.8 lbs (2.6 kg).Autopilot Tiller Arm for J-37, J-40, J-42, J-44, J-46, J-105, J-120, & J-130 - Order #836AL-J-12Autopilot Tiller Arm for J-160 - Order #836AL-J-160

J-Boat Autopilot Tiller Arm #836AL-J-12

CHART TO DETERmINE AUTOpILOT ATTACHmENT pOINT ON TILLER ARmWhen Ordering Specify:• Rudderpost Diameter• Keyway size and location• If a thru-bolt will be used

instead of a key• For additional installation

information, please request Engineering Bulletin EB-97-373.

NOTE: Attachment point will ultimately be determined by the torque output of your autopilot versus your boat’s rudder loads. Refer to your autopilot manufacturers installation instructions for mounting distance of the autopilot drive arm along the tiller arm. Your autopilot must not be used as the rudderpost stop.

NOTE: Pilot Bore of “0” = solid casting - no pre-bored hole.

NOTE!

Tiller Arm Installation Information

Dimensions for #836AL-J-12

Tiller Arms are available for all J-Boats. Use #926AL if your boat is not listed. Contact Edson for more information if yours is not shown.

Aluminum Tiller Arms

AuToPiloT Tiller Arm AdAPTers

Custom SystemsEdson has the experience and knowhow to design and build custom systems for boats from 18′(5m) to 200′(60m) and up.• Custom Wheels• Fabricated quadrants to meet

specific rudderload requirements.• Mega-yacht systems.• Multi-Speed and Geared

reduction systems.• Dual-Wheel Systems.

So-Pac Marine with Edson has extensive experience in developing and manufacturing Steering Systems for all types of sailboats from daysailors to megayachts. Depend on us from the earliest design stages of the design process and we can help you develop a steering system custom tailored to your boat.

Bronze Tiller ArmsSpecifically designed for use with linear drive autopilot systems.• Keeps Autopilot independent of Steering System.• Makes Autopilot an “Electronic Emergency Tiller”• Available in 10″ (254 mm) and 15″ (381 mm) lengths for use with most of the

autopilots on the market today.• 1″ (25 mm) wide slot to accept ball end fitted with 1⁄2″ or 12 mm diameter pins.• Accommodates rudderposts to 5″ (127cm).• Custom pin sizes are available upon request.• Constructed of Manganese Bronze or Anodized Aluminium.• Variable attachment points to allow for proper positioning of the attachment

point of the autopilot.

New Updated Design! • Wider jaw accepts more autopilot rams.• Stronger

Aluminium Tiller Arms• Designed for racing boats where weight savings is

critical.• Solid Cast Aluminium Construction• Black Hard-Cote Anodized for durability• For rudderposts up to 7″ (175mm) in diameter

Needle Bearing Shelf Steerers Stainless Bulkhead Steerer

1.508.995.9711 53

Compass Chain Sprocket No of Weight Pedestal Type Order # Size Size Pitch Teeth lbs kg 6-7/8” Top Diameter 336-5-211T* 5” 5⁄8 2.2” 11 15 6.8 336-5-215T* 5” 5⁄8 3.0” 15 15 6.8 336-5-310T 5” 3⁄4 2.4” 10 16 7.3 8” Top Diameter 402-6-211T* 6” 5⁄8 2.2” 11 16 7.3 402-6-215T 6” 5⁄8 3.0” 15 16 7.3 402-6-310T 6” 3⁄4 2.4” 10 17 7.7 Vision II - Compact Base 476-211T* 4” or 5” 5⁄8 2.2” 11 58 26 (see ImpORTANT 476-215T 4” or 5” 5⁄8 3.0” 15 58 26 note below) 476-310T 4” or 5” 3⁄4 2.4” 10 59 26.5 Vision Series -MV 490-MV-211T* 4” or 5” 5⁄8 2.2” 11 58 26 490-MV-215T 4” or 5” 5⁄8 3.0” 15 58 26 490-MV-310T 4” or 5” 3⁄4 2.4” 10 59 26. Vision Series -MA 490-MA-211T* 4” or 5” 5⁄8 2.2” 11 60 27 490-MA-215T 4” or 5” 5⁄8 3.0” 15 60 27 490-MA-310T 4” or 5” 3⁄4 2.4” 10 62 28*Standard sprocket size unless otherwise requested Straight Wheel Shafts are still available on special order. Contact Edson Customer Service.

Clas

sic

Serie

sVi

sion

Serie

s

Vision II™ PedestalClassic Series Pedestal

IMPORTANT: Vision II (#476) Pedestal requires a special compact idler. Please see page 61 for ordering information. Contact customer service for details.

For Related Steering Products:•SteeringWheels–Pgs.8-15•PedestalMountingBolts-Pg.73•Compasses–Pg.42

•EngineControls–Pg.74-76•PedestalGuards–Pg.72•CockpitTablesandDrinkHolders–Pg.18-21•LeatherWheelCovers–Pg.17

EDSON CHAIN & WIRE STEERING pEDESTAL SELECTION GUIDE

ClassicOrder #336

Vision “MV”Order #490-MV

Vision “MA”Order #490-MA

Note: pedestals shown with optional accessories. Instruments not included.

When ordering a pedestal, please specify the steering wheel that you will be using. This will ensure that the steering wheel shaft properly mates to your wheel.

I m p o r t a n t !

Vision II CompactOrder #476

•SteeringHardware–Pg.58-77•Maintenance&SparesKits-Pg.69•CustomSystems–Pg.47

1.508.995.9711 53

Compass Chain Sprocket No of Weight Pedestal Type Order # Size Size Pitch Teeth lbs kg 6-7/8” Top Diameter 336-5-211T* 5” 5⁄8 2.2” 11 15 6.8 336-5-215T* 5” 5⁄8 3.0” 15 15 6.8 336-5-310T 5” 3⁄4 2.4” 10 16 7.3 8” Top Diameter 402-6-211T* 6” 5⁄8 2.2” 11 16 7.3 402-6-215T 6” 5⁄8 3.0” 15 16 7.3 402-6-310T 6” 3⁄4 2.4” 10 17 7.7 Vision II - Compact Base 476-211T* 4” or 5” 5⁄8 2.2” 11 58 26 (see ImpORTANT 476-215T 4” or 5” 5⁄8 3.0” 15 58 26 note below) 476-310T 4” or 5” 3⁄4 2.4” 10 59 26.5 Vision Series -MV 490-MV-211T* 4” or 5” 5⁄8 2.2” 11 58 26 490-MV-215T 4” or 5” 5⁄8 3.0” 15 58 26 490-MV-310T 4” or 5” 3⁄4 2.4” 10 59 26. Vision Series -MA 490-MA-211T* 4” or 5” 5⁄8 2.2” 11 60 27 490-MA-215T 4” or 5” 5⁄8 3.0” 15 60 27 490-MA-310T 4” or 5” 3⁄4 2.4” 10 62 28*Standard sprocket size unless otherwise requested Straight Wheel Shafts are still available on special order. Contact Edson Customer Service.

Clas

sic

Serie

sVi

sion

Serie

s

Vision II™ PedestalClassic Series Pedestal

IMPORTANT: Vision II (#476) Pedestal requires a special compact idler. Please see page 61 for ordering information. Contact customer service for details.

For Related Steering Products:•SteeringWheels–Pgs.8-15•PedestalMountingBolts-Pg.73•Compasses–Pg.42

•EngineControls–Pg.74-76•PedestalGuards–Pg.72•CockpitTablesandDrinkHolders–Pg.18-21•LeatherWheelCovers–Pg.17

EDSON CHAIN & WIRE STEERING pEDESTAL SELECTION GUIDE

ClassicOrder #336

Vision “MV”Order #490-MV

Vision “MA”Order #490-MA

Note: pedestals shown with optional accessories. Instruments not included.

When ordering a pedestal, please specify the steering wheel that you will be using. This will ensure that the steering wheel shaft properly mates to your wheel.

I m p o r t a n t !

Vision II CompactOrder #476

•SteeringHardware–Pg.58-77•Maintenance&SparesKits-Pg.69•CustomSystems–Pg.47


Chain, Wire Rope & Fittings

Edson Chain and Wire Rope Kit

#774

Edson Chain Kit#886

Edson Wire Rope Kit#885

Edson’s Chain and Wire Rope KitOne length of roller chain and two lengths of wire are assem bled in the sizes and lengths you request. The connections between wire and chain are covered in clear shrink plastic to prevent fouling. All roller chain and wire rope are stainless, and the chain end fittings are cotter-pinned for ease of maintenance. Now includes connecting hardware!Chain & Wire Rope Assembly - Order #774 - Specify Size(See Selection Guide below and Price Page for Sizes).

Edson’s Chain KitConsists of the specified length of chain, two chain-to-wire adapters and two lengths of shrink wrap to cover the chain-to-wire adapters. When ordering, please note the size of wire to which the chain is being attached so that we can provide the proper sized end fittings.Chain Kit - Order #886 - Specify Size (See Selection Guide below and Price Page for Sizes)

Custom Chain and Wire KitsEdson can custom build Chain & Wire Kits, Chain Kits or Wire Kits to your specifications. The chart below can be used to specify the correct combination of Chain, Wire and Fittings.Custom Chain & Wire Kit - Order #774 - Specify SizeCustom Chain Kit - Order Product #886 - Specify SizeCustom Wire Kit - Order Product #885 - Specify Size

Roller Chain Connector Type Length of Diameter of Length of Size Chain S. S. Wire Rope Each Wire 1 = 1⁄2 in # 40 15 = 1.5 ft B = 3⁄16” Dia

2 = 5⁄8 in #50 S = #736 SS Clevis 2 = 2 ft D = 1⁄4” Dia in Feet

3 = 3⁄4 in # 60 B = #635 Heavy Duty Adapter 25 = 2.5 ft E = 5⁄16” Dia

Edson’s Wire Rope KitConsists of one length of the specified length of wire, preassembled and nico-pressed together with the thimble and chain adapter as shown, as well as one length of shrink wrap to cover the chain-to-wire connection. Two lengths required per steering installation. Wire Rope Kit - Order #885 - Specify Size (See Selection Guide below and Price Page for Sizes)

All Edson Steering Chain, Wire and Fittings are constructed of the highest quality marine-grade, non-magnetic materials. For replacements, measure your existing Chain and Wire Rope sizes and lengths. Or contact Edson or your local dealer for the original equipment specification on your boat.

CUSTOm CHAIN AND WIRE kIT SIZE SELECTION GUIDE

Example: If you need a 11⁄2’ section of #50 chain and two 7’ pieces of 3/16” wire rope, you would order #774-2S15B7. 2=5/8” Chain, S=Stainless Clevis, B=3/16” WIre Rope, 7=Two lengths of 7’ wire

Wa r n i n g

For safety, Edson recommends replacing your Chain and Wire Kit every 5 years. Clean it up, inspect it and if it is in good working condition, keep it on board for an emergency backup. On all boats, especially those in Charter Service or sailing in the tropics, the chain and wire MUST be lubricated and inspected monthly. The effects of sun, saltwater and inexperienced users can be severe and must be compensated for by increased inspection and maintenance schedules.

Measuring Roller ChainRoller Chain is measured from pin-center to pin-center along its length. Common Sizes used on boat steering systems are 1/2” (#40), 5/8” (#50), 3/4” (#60) and 1” (#80). These sizes are usually stamped on the side of the chain links.

Te c h T i p

Roller Chain Connector Type Length of Diameter of Length of Each Size Chain Wire S.S. Wire Rope Order # 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Clevis #736 1.5’/.46 m 3⁄16“/5 mm 7’/2 m #774-2S15B7 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Clevis #736 1.5’/.46 m 3⁄16“/5 mm 9’/2.75 m #774-2S15B9 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Clevis #736 1.5’/.46 m 3⁄16“/5 mm 13’/4 m #774-2S15B13 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Clevis #736 2’/.6 m 3⁄16“/5 mm 7’/2 m #774-2S2B7 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Clevis #736 2’/.6 m 3⁄16“/5 mm 9’/2.75 m #774-2S2B9 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Clevis #736 2’/.6 m 3⁄16“/5 mm 13’/4 m #774-2S2B13 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Adapter #635 2’/.6 m 1⁄4“/6.4 mm 9’/2.75 m #774-2B2D9 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Adapter #635 2’/.6 m 1⁄4“/6.4 mm 26’/8 m #774-2B2D26 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Adapter #635 2.5’/.75 m 1⁄4“/6.4 mm 9’/2.75 m #774-2B25D9 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Adapter #635 2.5’/.75 m 1⁄4“/6.4 mm 26’/8 m #774-2B25D26

* A master link is centered in each chain on preassembled kits.

CHAIN AND WIRE kIT ORDERING GUIDE

Roller Chain Connector Type Length of Size Chain Order # 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Clevis #736 1.5’/.46 m #886-2S15 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Clevis #736 2’/.61 m #886-2S2 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Adapter #635 2’/.61 m #886-2B2 5⁄8” - #50 Stainless Adapter #635 2.5’/.76 m #886-2B25

CHAIN kIT ORDERING GUIDE

Connector Type Diameter of Length of S.S. Wire Rope Wire Order #Stainless Clevis #736 3⁄16“/5 mm 7’/2 m #885-SB7 Stainless Clevis #736 3⁄16“/5 mm 9’/2.75 m #885-SB9Stainless Clevis #736 3⁄16“/5 mm 13’/4 m #885-SB13Stainless Adapter #635 1⁄4“/6.4 mm 9’/2.75 m #885-BD9Stainless Adapter #635 1⁄4“/6.4 mm 26’/8 m #885-BD26

WIRE kIT ORDERING GUIDE

Chain & Wire Rope Kits now include Take-Up Eyes, Wire Thimbles and Wire Rope Clamps!

Chain and Wire Rope KitsWire Rope Tensioning Kits

1.508.995.9711 59

ORDERING INFORmATION/ FITTINGS SpECIFICATIONS

Figure 1Consists of the standard Edson

assembly of a Roller Chain and Wire Rope Kit when using 5/8” #50 Roller Chain with 3/16” (4.8mm) Wire Rope.

Figure 2Consists of the standard Edson

assembly of a Roller Chain and Wire Rope Kit when using 5/8” #50, 3/4” #60 or 1” #80 Roller Chain with 1/4”

(6.35mm) or 5/16” (8.0mm) Wire Rope.

Roller Chain#630

Roller Chain#630

Stainless Clevis#736

Heavy Duty Chain Adapter#635B

Nico Press Fitting#730

Nico Press Fitting#730

Stainless Thimble#643 Stainless Thimble

#643

Wire Rope#634

Wire Rope#634

Master Link#632

Chain and Wire are specified and connected in several different configurations, depending on the rudderloads that the boat will experience. Typically, boats in the 25’–42’ (7.6m –12.8m) range see rudder loads that require 3/16” or 1/4” wire rope and 5/8” Roller Chain and are connected with a stainless clevis as shown in Figure 1.Larger boats with higher rudder loads often require 1/4” or 5/16” wire rope and 3/4” roller chain, connected with a Heavy Duty Stainless or Bronze Adapter as shown in Figure 2.

#630 STAINLESS ROLLER CHAIN

Size Breaking Weight Per Ft. Order # Inches mm Strength Lbs kg

630-40 1⁄2 12.70 2800 lbs .4 .18

630-50 5⁄8 15.87 5000 lbs .6 .27

630-60 3⁄4 19.05 7000 lbs .9 .40

630-80 1 25.40 10000 lbs 1.6 .72

#632 STAINLESS MASTER LINK

Chain Size Breaking Order # Inches mm Strength

632-40 1⁄2 12.70 2600 lbs

632-50 5⁄8 15.87 4700 lbs

632-60 3⁄4 19.05 6800 lbs

632-80 1 25.40 10000 lbs

#633 STAINLESS ROLLER CHAIN HALF LINKS Chain Size Breaking Order # Inches mm Strength

633-40 1⁄2 12.70 2800 lbs

633-50 5⁄8 15.87 4450 lbs

633-60 3⁄4 19.05 6000 lbs

#634 STAINLESS WIRE ROPE

Diameter Breaking Type

Order # Inches mm Strength Construction 634-187 3⁄16 4.76 2900 lbs 7x19 634-250 1⁄4 6.35 4900 lbs 7x19 634-312 5⁄16 8.00 7600 lbs 7x19

#635 HEAVY DUTY CHAIN ADAPTER

Chain Size Tested Max. Wire Order # Inches mm Strength Rope Size

635ST-50 5⁄8 15.87 5000 lbs 1⁄4 6.35 mm

635BR-60 3⁄4 19.05 7000 lbs 3⁄8 9.52 mm

635BR-80 1 25.40 9000 lbs 3⁄8 9.52 mm

#643 STAINLESS THIMBLES

Thimble Size Max Wire Max Load Order # Inches mm Rope Size Rating

643-187 3⁄16 4.76 3⁄16 2220 lbs

643-250 1⁄4 6.35 1⁄4 3660 lbs

643-312 5⁄16 8.00 5⁄16 4560 lbs

#665ST STAINLESS WIRE ROPE CLAMPS

Clamp Size Max Load Min Clamps Order # Inches mm Rating per side

665ST-187 3⁄16 4.76 3120 lbs 2

665ST-250 1⁄4 6.35 5280 lbs 2

665ST-312 5⁄16 8.00 7600 lbs 3

#730 NICO PRESS FITTINGS - INSTALLED (For fittings only - see price list #747)

Size Wire Tested Strength Order # Inches mm Rope Using only 1 Fitting

730-187 3⁄16 4.76 3⁄16 2900 lbs

730-250 1⁄4 6.35 1⁄4 5000 lbs

730-312 5⁄16 8.00 5⁄16 7600 lbs

#736 STAINLESS ROLLER CHAIN CLEVIS

Size Breaking Max. Wire Order # Inches mm Strength Rope Size

736-50 5⁄8 15.87 3500 lbs 3⁄16 4.76 mm

Edson’s Take-Up Eyes accept Wire Rope up to 3⁄8” (9.5mm) in diameter, making adjustment of steering cable tension easy. For use with both Quadrants and Drive Wheels.

Edson’s Stainless Wire Rope Clamps are used to secure the end of the wire rope after it goes through the Take-Up Eye on Quadrants and Drive Wheels. Two each are required for each take-up eye, or four total for a steering installation.

Edson’s Wire Rope Tensioning Kits inlcude (2) Stainless Take-Up Eyes, (2) Stainless Thimbles and (4) Stainless Wire Rope Clamps, sized for either 3/16” or 1/4” wire rope.

#618 Take-Up Eye

#665 Wire Rope Clamps

WIRE ROpE CLAmp ORDERING GUIDEStainless

Wire Size Order # 3/16” 665ST-187

1/4” 665ST-250

5/16” 665ST-312

WIRE TENSIONING kITORDERING GUIDEOrder # Wire Size 773-187 3/16”

773-250 1/4”

Chain, Wire Rope and Fittings

*Working End (live)

Non-Working End (dead)

2 Nuts Locked Together

* When fastening a Wire Rope clamp, “Never saddle a dead horse.” Always put the open/saddle side of the clamp on the side of the wire that is working or “live.”

Te c h T i p

TAkE-Up EYE ORDERING GUIDEOrder # Wire Size Bolt Dia. 618-1-312 3/16”, 1/4” 5/16” 618-2-375 1/4”, 5/16” 3/8”

618-0-250 3/16” 1/4”


Wire Rope Sheaves & Assemblies

Max. Aluminum Bronze Safe Break Sheave Base Height Wire Pin Sheave Sheave Working Strength Order # Dia. (Approx.) Overall Size Dia. Weight Weight Load-Lbs. Lbs. 4” 53⁄4” x 31⁄4” 51⁄4” 1⁄4” 3⁄8” 3.7 lbs n/a 4,000 lbs 8,000 lbs 622ST-4 AL 10.2 cm 14.6 x 8.3 cm 13.3 cm 6 mm 10 mm 1.68 Kg 1,814 Kg 3628 Kg 6” 53⁄4” x 31⁄4” 71⁄4” 5⁄16” 5⁄8” 4 lbs

n/a 5,000 lbs 8,000 lbs

622ST-6 AL 15.2 cm 14.6 x 8.3 cm 18.4 cm 8 mm 16 mm 1.82 Kg 2,268 Kg 3628 Kg 8” 53⁄4” x 31⁄4” 51⁄4” 1⁄4” 3⁄8” 9.5 lbs 13.1 lbs 10,000 lbs 15,000 lbs 622ST-8 (*) 20.3 cm 14.6 x 8.3 cm 13.3 cm 6 mm 10 mm 4.3 Kg 6.9 Kg 4,536 Kg 6,800 Kg 10” 53⁄4” x 31⁄4” 71⁄4” 5⁄16” 5⁄8” 11.0 lbs 18.1 lbs 10,000 lbs 15,000 lbs 622ST-10 (*) 25.4cm 14.6 x 8.3 cm 18.4 cm 8 mm 16 mm 5.0 Kg 8.2 Kg 4,536 Kg 6,800 Kg 4” 53⁄4” x 5” 51⁄4” 1⁄4” 3⁄8” 6.55 lbs n/a 4,000 lbs 8,000 lbs 626ST-4 AL 10.2 cm 14.6 x 12.7 cm 13.3 cm 6 mm 10 mm 2.98 Kg 1,814 Kg 3,628 Kg 6” 53⁄4” x 5” 71⁄4” 5⁄16” 5⁄8” 7.65 lbs n/a 5,000 lbs 8,000 lbs 626ST-6 AL 15.2 cm 14.6 x 12.7 cm 18.4 cm 8 mm 16 mm 3.48 Kg 2,268 Kg 3,628 Kg

ARTICU-LOCk™ SHEAvE ASSEmbLY ORDERING GUIDE

4” Single - #622ST-4AL


Single

Double

•SingleorDoubleStylesavailable.•Sheavescanarticulatethrough180ºforeaseof

installation and alignment.•Availablein4”,6”,8”and10”models.•Stainless Needle Bearings, Pins and Races virtually

eliminate friction and wear.•High-Strength,InvestmentCast316StainlessBaseand

Uprights.•Large-footprintmountingbaseforextrasupportand

strength.•CastAluminumorBronzeSheavesavailable.•Positivelockwhendesiredsheaveangleisdetermined.•Idealforperformancesailboats,cruising/racing

catamarans and high-tech cruising yachts.•Extra-deepgroovedsheavesforextremelysafewireseat.•8”and10”modelsfeatureintegralgreasefittings.

* - specify AL (aluminum) or BR (bronze). 6” Sheave available with bronze oilite or stainless needle bearing - see price page.


Two Single Articu-Lock Sheaves installed. Each can be mounted and adjusted

independently for optimum cable lead.

6” Double - #626ST-6AL

8” Single - #622ST-8BR

Edson’s Articu-Lock Sheaves – Ideal for performance sailboats, cruising/racing catamarans and high-tech cruising yachts above 27 feet. Edson engineers have designed this new sheave to be lightweight, strong and extremely easy to align and lock in place. NOTE: Order AL for aluminum or BR for bronze sheaves.

NOTE: Sheaves must be locked in place when adjustment is complete.

Edson Articu-Lock™ Sheave Assemblies

1.508.995.9711 61

Racing/Cruising Idler#711BR-6AL(6” shown)

4” Compact Idler#713AL-FL

4” Compact Crossed-Wire Idler

#713AL-FL

4” Adjustable Idler #711AL-4AL

6” Adjustable Idler #711AL-6AL

IDLER SpECIFICATIONS AND ORDERING GUIDE Boat Idler Size Dia Wire Max Width Max Depth Weight Part No. Length in(cm) in(cm) in(cm) in(cm) lbs(kg)

711AL-4AL to 36’ 4 (10.2) to 1⁄4 (.64) 9.5 (24.1) 5.0 (12.7) 6.5 (2.9) 711AL-6AL 37’-44’ 6 (15.2) to 3⁄8 (.95) 13 (33.0) 7.25 (18.4) 9.0 (4.1) 711BR-4AL to 36’ 4 (10.2) to 1⁄4 (.64) 9.5 (24.1) 6.0 (15.2) 8.0 (3.6) 711BR-6AL 35’-48’ 6 (15.2) 3⁄8 (.95) 9.5 (24.1) 7.5 (19.0) 13.0 (5.9) 776AL-4AL to 36’ 4 (10.2) to 1⁄4 (.64) 8.25 (21.0) 5.0 (12.7) 7.0 (3.2) 776AL-6AL 37’-44’ 6 (15.2) to 3⁄8 (.95) 12.5 (31.8) 7.25 (18.4) 9.5 (4.3) 776BR-4AL to 36’ 4 (10.2) to 1⁄4 (.64) 9.5 (24.1) 6.0 (15.2) 8.0 (3.6) 776BR-6AL 35’-48’ 6 (15.2) to 3⁄8 (.95) 9.5 (24.1) 7.5 (19.0) 13.0 (5.9)

Racing/Cruising Crossed-Wire Idler

#776BR-6AL(6” shown)

Edson’s Compact Idler - designed especially for Edson’s #476 Vision II Compact Pedestal. Recessed versions also available.4” Adjustable Compact Idler – Order 713AL-FL-4AL 6” Adjustable Compact Idler – Order 713AL-FL-6AL*(Compact Idlers compatible ONLY with 476 pedestals)

Edson’s Compact Crossed-Wire Idler - designed especially for Edson’s #476 Vision II Compact Pedestal. Recessed versions also available.4” Cross Wire Compact Idler – Order 712AL-FL-4AL6” Cross Wire Compact Idler – Order 712AL-FL-6AL*(Compact Idlers compatible ONLY with 476 pedestals)

Edson’s Adjustable Crossed-Wire Idler - for use on boats where the quadrant is aft of the rudderpost or on Radial Drive Steering Systems when the pedestal is located forward of the rudderpost. This exclusive Edson design crosses the wire within the pedestal column and the slanted sheaves, correctly aiming the wires at the sprocket for proper alignment of the wire to the sheaves, reducing the risk of chaffing. The sheaves are fully adjustable between 10° and 155° aft and lock in place to maintain the desired setting. They also feature anodized aluminum bases, stainless uprights, anodized aluminum sheaves and sheave guards. Heavy Duty Racing/Cruising version with Solid Bronze base also available for boats with higher rudderloads.4” Adjustable Crossed-Wire Idler – Order #776AL-4AL6” Adjustable Crossed-Wire Idler – Order #776AL-6AL*4” Adjustable Racing/Cruising Crossed-Wire Idler – Order #776BR-4AL6” Adjustable Racing/Cruising Crossed-Wire Idler– Order #776BR-6AL*

Edson’s Adjustable Idler - designed for boats having the quadrant on the forward side of the rudderpost, and the pedestal either forward or aft of the rudderpost. They can be used for Radial Drive Steering Systems when the pedestal is located aft of the rudderpost. Feature anodized aluminum bases, stainless uprights, anodized aluminum sheaves and sheave guards. Heavy Duty Racing/Cruising version with Solid Bronze base also available for boats with higher rudderloads.4” Adjustable Idler – Order #711AL-4AL6” Adjustable Idler – Order #711AL-6AL4” Adjustable Racing/Cruising Idler – Order #711BR-4AL6” Adjustable Racing/Cruising Idler – Order #711BR-6AL*

4” Crossed-Wire Idler #776AL-4AL 6” Crossed-Wire Idler

#776AL-6AL

All Edson Idlers now come standard with Sheave Guards!

WARNING! Larger steering wheel diameters impart higher loads on the complete steering system. All components including chain, wire and idlers should be up-sized. Adjustable sheave uprights must be locked in place with supplied bolts and nuts after installation.

6” Idlers 4” Idlers

Adjustable Idlers

Adjustable Crossed-Wire Idlers

* NOTE: 6” Sheaves available with bronze oilite or stainless needle bearing - see price page.

Wire Rope Sheaves and Assemblies

1.508.995.9711 63

RADIAL DRIvE ORDERING GUIDE Boat Size Drive Wheel Outside Pilot Max Max Size Order L.O.A. Radius Diameter Bore Bore Keyway Weight # feet in (cm) in (cm) in (cm) in (cm) in (cm) lb (kg) 777-6.5 to 30 6.5 (16.5) 13 (33.0) 15⁄16 (2-3) 3 (7.6) 3⁄8 (.95) 6.5 (2.9) 777-8 to 35 8 (20.3) 16 (40.6) 15⁄16 (2.3) 2.5 (6.4) 3⁄8 (.95) 7.5 (3.4) 777-10 36-41 10 (25.4) 21 (53.3) 1.5 (3.8) 33⁄8 (8.6) 1⁄2 (1.3) 10.5 (4.7) 777-12 42-48 12 (30.5) 25 (63.5) 1.5 (3.6) 33⁄8 (8.6) 1⁄2 (1.3) 22 (10) 777-15 48-55 15 (38.1) 30 (76.2) 1.5 (3.8) 33⁄8 (8.6) 1⁄2 (1.3) 26 (11.8) 800-8 to 35 8 (20.3) 16 (40.6) 2.5 (6.4) 3.5 (8.9) 3⁄8 (.95) 8 (3.6) 800-10 36-41 10 (25.4) 21 (53.3) 33⁄8 (8.6) 4.5 (11.4) 1⁄2 (1.3) 13 (5.9) 800-12 42-48 12 (30.5) 25 (63.5) 33⁄8 (8.6) 4.5 (11.4) 1⁄2 (1.3) 23 (10.4) 800-15 48-55 15 (38.1) 30 (76.2) 33⁄8 (8.6) 4.5 (11.4) 1⁄2 (1.3) 27 (12.2) 802-8 to 35 8 (20.3) 17 (43.2) 33⁄8 (8.6) 6 (15.2) 3⁄8 (.95) 14 (6.4) 802-10 36-41 10 (25.4) 21 (53.3) 43⁄8 (11.1) 6 (15.2) 3⁄8 (.95) 16 (7.3) 802-12 42-48 12 (30.5) 25 (63.5) 43⁄8 (11.1) 7 (17.8) 3⁄8 (.95) 23.5 (10.7)

•Idealforboatsupto55’(17m)withverticalrudderpostswhere cables can be led directly from the pedestal idler to the drive wheel.

•Threehubsizestofitrudderpostsfrom1”(25mm)to7”(178mm).•Workswellforboatswithlimitedspacebeneathcockpitfloor.•Easyinstallation—splitdesignclampsaroundrudderpost.•Reducessheaveandsteeringfriction.•CanbeusedwithPedestalandBulkheadSteerers.•HeatTreatedAnodizedAluminumConstruction.•Dishedshapeforextrastrength.•Canbemountedupordownforincreasedversatilityand

space savings.•EachDriveWheelisCustomBoredtoyourexact

specification.•MustbesecuredwithKey,ThroughBolt

or Set Screws.•RudderstopIncluded.•Steerercanbeinstalledforwardoraftof

the rudderpost with appropriate idler.•UniqueWireTether-StyleRudderStopAvailableNOTE: All Radial Wheels must be mechanically

affixed to rudderpost. See Tech-Tip pg 20. Larger custom radial drives can be produced for

large and rectangular rudderposts.

Te c h T i p1) If pedestal is forward of the rudderpost, use the #776AL Idler

and cross the cables inside the pedestal for proper steering direction.

2) Boats with high rudder loads require independent rudderpost stops.

3) Max. keyway size is the maximum keyway that can be used with the maximum bore.4) Use #684 stainless keys only.5) 1⁄4”-20 stainless bolts and nuts are supplied and must be installed

in the holes supplied on the outside of the radius.6) For additional Radial Drive installation instructions, see Edson

Steering Installation Guide.

A = Hub Thickness B = Offset or Dish Part No. Size in (cm) in (cm) 6.5 17⁄8 (4.8) 11⁄4 (3.2) 8 15⁄8 (4.1) 15⁄8 (4.1) 777 10 21⁄4 (5.7) 13⁄8 (3.5) 12 21⁄4 (5.7) 13⁄8 (3.5) 15 21⁄4 (5.7) 13⁄8 (3.5) 8 15⁄8 (4 1) 15⁄8 (4 1)

800 10 21⁄4 (5.7) 13⁄8 (3.5)

12 21⁄4 (5.7) 13⁄8 (3.5) 15 21⁄4 (5.7) 13⁄8 (3.5) 8 2 (5.1) Flat 802 10 2 (5.1) Flat 12 21⁄2 (6.4) Flat

NOTE: Selection Guide is to be used with specific recommendations approved by your naval architect.

#800-8 shown

#777-6.5 shown

# 802-10 shown

1⁄4”-20 S.S. bolts and nuts are supplied and must be installed.

All Radial Drive Wheels are supplied with #862-2 Rudder Stop.See #862 on price page for replacement and additional sizes of rudderstops.

Requires two Take-Up Eyes #618. Place nuts on same side and tighten together.

NOTE:

Measurements are based on use with #776AL-4” Idler, minimum distances are for 4” sheaves (add 2” for 6” sheaves). Greater distances are possible – contact Edson.

RADIAL DRIvE SpECIFICATIONS

Tether-Style Rudder Stop* - Order #862-wire

* Customer supplied wire.

Replacement Stainless Rudder Stop - Order #862-2

Radial Drive Wheels

Radial Drive wheels and Quadrants


Quadrants

Edson’s Standard Quadrants Cast in Manganese Bronze or weight-saving Aluminum, in 18” and 24” radiuses, these quadrants are substantially proportioned to withstand the most severe steering strains and shocks. The #676 Quadrants are available to fit rudder posts up to 31⁄2”(8.9 cm) in diameter.Order #676, Specify Bore and Key (see Ordering Guide).

Edson’s Extra Large Bore Quadrants Designed for boats with larger-diameter rudderposts. Cast in both weight-saving Aluminum and Manganese Bronze with strengthening webs through the center section of the quadrant , these quadrants handle rudderposts from 31⁄2”(8.9 cm) to 6”(15.2 cm) in diameter.Order #835, Specify Material, Bore and Key (see Selection Guide).

Standard Quadrant#676BR

Extra Large Bore Quadrant

#835BR

Standard QuadrantsEdson’s Standard Quadrants are cast Manganese Bronze or 356-T6 heat-treated Aluminum. Available in 8” through 36” radius sizes, the Edson Quadrant is effective whether mounted fore or aft of the rudderpost. The quadrants are machined to accept #618 Take-Up Eyes, making installation and adjustment of steering cables easy. All bearing surfaces are machined, a positive fit is assured by the Edson Capped Hub, and the clamping action allows installation without having to remove the rudder. NOTE: All Quadrants must be mechanically affixed to rudderpost. See Tech-Tip pg 65.

ExTRA ExTRA LARGE bORE QUADRANT ORDERING GUIDE Boat Quadrant Hub Pilot Max Max Order # Material Size Radius Height Bore Dia Bore Dia Keyway Weight L.O.A. in (cm) in (cm) in (cm) in (cm) in (cm) lbs (kg) 835BR-14 Bronze 45-55 14 (35.6) 21⁄2 (6.4) 31⁄2 (8.9) 5 (12.7) 1⁄2 (1.3) 25 (11.3) 835AL-14 Aluminum 45-55 14 (35.6) 21⁄2 (6.4) 31⁄2 (8.9) 5 (12.7) 1⁄2 (1.3) 12 (5.4) 835BR-16 Bronze 50-60 16 (40.6) 21⁄2 (6.4) 31⁄2 (8.9) 5 (12.7) 1⁄2 (1.3) 28 (12.7) 835BR-18 Bronze 55-65 18 (45.7) 21⁄2 (6.4) 31⁄2 (8.9) 5 (12.7) 1⁄2 (1.3) 35 (15.8) 835AL-18 Aluminum 55-65 18 (45.7) 21⁄2 (6.4) 31⁄2 (8.9) 5 (12.7) 1⁄2 (1.3) 17 (7.7) 835BR-20 Bronze 60-75 20 (50.8) 21⁄2 (6.4) 31⁄2 (8.9) 5 (12.7) 1⁄2 (1.3) 40 (18.1) 835BR-24 Bronze 70-90 24 (61) 21⁄2 (6.4) 31⁄2 (8.9) 5 (12.7) 1⁄2 (1.3) 49 (22.2) 835AL-24 Aluminum 70-90 24 (61) 21⁄2 (6.4) 31⁄2 (8.9) 5 (12.7) 1⁄2 (1.3) 21 (9.5) 835AL-30 Aluminum 80-100 30 (76.2) 33⁄4 (9.5) 31⁄2 (8.9) 6 (15.2) 1⁄2 (1.3) 56 (25.4) 835AL-36 Aluminum 90-120 36 (91.4) 33⁄4 (9.5) 31⁄2 (8.9) 6 (15.2) 1⁄2 (1.3) 73 (33.1)

Note: When specifying a square bore in a quadrant, please note that the maximum bore dimension is 1⁄2” (1.3 cm) smaller.

STANDARD QUADRANT ORDERING GUIDE Boat Quadrant Hub Pilot Max Max Order # Material Size Radius Height Bore Dia Bore Dia Keyway Weight L.O.A. in (cm) in (cm) in (cm) in (cm) in (cm) lbs (kg) 676BR-8 Bronze up to 35’ 8 (20.3) 19⁄16 (4.0) 1 (2.54) 31⁄2 (8.9) 1⁄2 (1.3) 12 (5.4) 676BR-10 Bronze 35-45 10 (25.4) 19⁄16 (4.0) 1 (2.54) 31⁄2 (8.9) 1⁄2 (1.3) 13 (5.9) 676BR-12 Bronze 40-50 12 (30.5) 19⁄16 (4.0) 1 (2.54) 31⁄2 (8.9) 1⁄2 (1.3) 15 (6.8) 676BR-14 Bronze 45-55 14 (35.6) 19⁄16 (4.0) 1 (2.54) 31⁄2 (8.9) 1⁄2 (1.3) 17 (7.7) 676BR-16 Bronze 50-60 16 (40.6) 21⁄2 (6.4) 1 (2.54) 31⁄2 (8.9) 1⁄2 (1.3) 36 (16.3) 676BR-18 Bronze 55-65 18 (45.7) 21⁄2 (6.4) 1 (2.54) 31⁄2 (8.9) 1⁄2 (1.3) 36 (16.3) 676AL-18 Aluminum 55-65 18 (45.7) 21⁄2 (6.4) 1 (2.54) 31⁄2 (8.9) 1⁄2 (1.3) 15 (6.8) 676BR-20 Bronze 60-70 20 (50.8) 21⁄2 (6.4) 1 (2.54) 31⁄2 (8.9) 1⁄2 (1.3) 40 (18.1) 676BR-24 Bronze 70-90 24 (61.0) 21⁄2 (6.4) 1 (2.54) 31⁄2 (8.9) 1⁄2 (1.3) 46 (20.9) 676AL-24 Aluminum 70-90 24 (61.0) 21⁄2 (6.4) 1 (2.54) 31⁄2 (8.9) 1⁄2 (1.3) 19 (8.6)Note: When specifying a square bore in a quadrant, please note that the maximum bore dimension is 1⁄2” (1.3 cm) smaller.

Important!

Edson highly recommends installing an autopilot independent of the primary steering system. This provides for a redundant/backup system in the event of steering gear or cable failure - in effect an “Electronic Emergency Tiller”. Edson’s Autopilot Tiller Arm allows the autopilot to be mounted independently of the primary steering system and should be used to attach an autopilot to the rudderpost.

IN NO CASE SHOULD THE AUTOPILOT BE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO THE QUADRANT OR RADIAL DRIVE WHEEL! See Pg 34-35 for

Autopilot Tiller Arms

Custom quadrants in aluminum and bronze available.


AA

Autopilot Tiller Arm Adapters

Important!

•Specificallydesignedforusewithlineardriveautopilotsystems.•KeepsAutopilotindependentofSteeringSystem.•MakesAutopilotan“ElectronicEmergencyTiller”•Availablein10”(254mm)and15”(381mm)lengthsforusewith

most of the autopilots on the market today.•1”(25mm)wideslottoacceptballendfittedwith1⁄2 ” or 12 mm

diameter pins.•Accommodatesrudderpoststo5”(127cm).•Custompinsizesareavailableuponrequest.•ConstructedofManganeseBronzeorAnodizedAluminum.•Variableattachmentpointstoallowforproperpositioningofthe

attachment point of the autopilot.


#926BR-10

#926-10 #926-15

bRONZE TILLER ARm ORDERING GUIDE Tiller Arm Max Size Weight Length Pilot Bore Max Bore Keyway Each ORDER # inches mm inches cm inches cm inches cm lbs kg926BR-10-610 10 254 0 0 31⁄4 8.3 1⁄2 1.3 10.5 4.8926BR-10-14 10 254 31⁄4 8.3 5 12.7 5⁄8 1.6 14 6.4926BR-15-610 15 381 0 0 31⁄4 8.3 1⁄2 1.3 15 6.8926BR-15-14 15 381 31⁄4 8.3 5 12.7 5⁄8 1.6 19 8.6

A = Dimension, pivot center line to drilled pin hole (by Edson or customer) from 6”/152mm to 10”/254mm.

Autopilot Tiller Arm Dimensions

Edson highly recommends installing an autopilot independent of the primary steering system. This provides for a redundant/backup system in the event of steering gear or cable failure—in effect an “Electronic Emergency Tiller”. Edson’s Autopilot Tiller Arm allows the autopilot to be mounted independently of the primary steering system and should be used to attach an autopilot to the rudderpost.

IN NO CASE SHOULD THE AUTOPILOT BE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO THE QUADRANT OR RADIAL DRIVE WHEEL!

Edson Tiller Arms are now available in Bronze and Anodized Aluminum.Bronze - used for cruising boats and boats with stainless or bronze rudderposts.Aluminum - used for racing boats or boats with aluminum or composite rudderposts.See ordering guide for available sizes and materials.

NOTE: Pilot Bore of “0” = solid casting - no pre-cast hole.

Bronze Tiller Arms


#926BR-15

Updated Design!• Wider jaw accepts more autopilot rams.• Stronger


AA


Important!

•Specificallydesignedforusewithlineardriveautopilotsystems.•KeepsAutopilotindependentofSteeringSystem.•MakesAutopilotan“ElectronicEmergencyTiller”•Availablein10”(254mm)and15”(381mm)lengthsforusewith

most of the autopilots on the market today.•1”(25mm)wideslottoacceptballendfittedwith1⁄2 ” or 12 mm

diameter pins.•Accommodatesrudderpoststo5”(127cm).•Custompinsizesareavailableuponrequest.•ConstructedofManganeseBronzeorAnodizedAluminum.•Variableattachmentpointstoallowforproperpositioningofthe



#926BR-10

#926-10 #926-15

bRONZE TILLER ARm ORDERING GUIDE Tiller Arm Max Size Weight Length Pilot Bore Max Bore Keyway Each ORDER # inches mm inches cm inches cm inches cm lbs kg926BR-10-610 10 254 0 0 31⁄4 8.3 1⁄2 1.3 10.5 4.8926BR-10-14 10 254 31⁄4 8.3 5 12.7 5⁄8 1.6 14 6.4926BR-15-610 15 381 0 0 31⁄4 8.3 1⁄2 1.3 15 6.8926BR-15-14 15 381 31⁄4 8.3 5 12.7 5⁄8 1.6 19 8.6



Edson highly recommends installing an autopilot independent of the primary steering system. This provides for a redundant/backup system in the event of steering gear or cable failure—in effect an “Electronic Emergency Tiller”. Edson’s Autopilot Tiller Arm allows the autopilot to be mounted independently of the primary steering system and should be used to attach an autopilot to the rudderpost.

IN NO CASE SHOULD THE AUTOPILOT BE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO THE QUADRANT OR RADIAL DRIVE WHEEL!

Edson Tiller Arms are now available in Bronze and Anodized Aluminum.Bronze - used for cruising boats and boats with stainless or bronze rudderposts.Aluminum - used for racing boats or boats with aluminum or composite rudderposts.See ordering guide for available sizes and materials.


Bronze Tiller Arms


#926BR-15


www.edsonmarine.com

34

A

A


Important!

•Specificallydesignedforusewithlineardriveautopilotsystems.

•KeepsAutopilotindependentofSteeringSystem.

•MakesAutopilotan“ElectronicEmergencyTiller”

•Availablein10”(254mm)and15”(381mm)lengthsforusewith

most of the autopilots on the market today.

•1”(25mm)wideslottoacceptballendfittedwith1⁄2 ” or 12 mm

diameter pins.•Accommodatesrudderpoststo5”(127cm).

•Custompinsizesareavailableuponrequest.

•ConstructedofManganeseBronzeorAnodizedAluminum.

•Variableattachmentpointstoallowforproperpositioningofthe


10” (254 mm) Autopilot Tiller Arm#926BR-10

#926-10

#926-15

bRONZE TILLER ARm ORDERING GUIDE

Tiller Arm Max Size Weight

Length Pilot Bore Max Bore Keyway Each

ORDER # inches mm inches cm inches cm inches cm lbs kg

926BR-10-610 10 254 0 0 31⁄4 8.3 1⁄2 1.3 10.5 4.8

926BR-10-14 10 254 31⁄4 8.3 5 12.7 5⁄8 1.6 14 6.4

926BR-15-610 15 381 0 0 31⁄4 8.3 1⁄2 1.3 15 6.8

926BR-15-14 15 381 31⁄4 8.3 5 12.7 5⁄8 1.6 19 8.6



Edson highly recommends installing an autopilot independent of

the primary steering system. This provides for a redundant/backup

system in the event of steering gear or cable failure—in effect an

“Electronic Emergency Tiller”. Edson’s Autopilot Tiller Arm allows the

autopilot to be mounted independently of the primary steering system

and should be used to attach an autopilot to the rudderpost. IN NO CASE SHOULD THE AUTOPILOT BE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO

THE QUADRANT OR RADIAL DRIVE WHEEL!

Edson Tiller Arms are now available in Bronze and

Anodized Aluminum.Bronze - used for cruising boats and boats with

stainless or bronze rudderposts.Aluminum - used for racing boats or boats with

aluminum or composite rudderposts.See ordering guide for available sizes and materials.


Bronze Tiller Arms

15” (381 mm) Autopilot Tiller Arm#926BR-15



BO-53BO-53

yACHT PedesTAls


Steering Pedestal Options

The Vision Series “MV” Pedestal(10.5” x 14” base)

The new Vision II Pedestal*(10.5” x 8.5” base)

Optional Compass & Bowl shown

The Vision Series™• Three styles to choose from.• Allows Mounting of Engine Controls, Instrumentation and many

Electronics Right in the Console.• Fiberglass Console Head with Extruded Aluminum Column.• Available in CD-i Geared or Chain & Wire.

• Convenient Thru-Shaft Wheel Brake.

• Removable Head with Waterproof Gasket for Easy Service.

• Durable White Linear Urethane Coating on Aluminum Column.

• Integral 20” Guard Pipe.

• Optional Compass Bowl available.

• Single-Lever Engine Control included.

• Smooth Surface Design — No Mounting Bolts Showing.

• Removable faceplates for easy instrument mounting and replacement.

The Vision Series “MA” Pedestal(10.5” x 14” base)

Optional Compass & Bowl shown

Vision Series Pedestal on Fontaine 65 built by Dana Robes Boatbuilders, Round

Pond , ME. photo courtesy of mast Supplier Composite Solutions, Hingham, mA* Vision II Pedestal available in Chain and Wire version only. Faceplate dimension: 11-1/4” x 8-1/8” (285mm x 206mm) - mounting surface slightly less.

Edson’s Wheel Pilot Installation Kit allows you to mount a Raymarine wheel mounted autopilot on an Edson Vision II (#476) Console Pedestal. It comes complete with all the necessary parts required for the installation, including fasteners and touch-up paint.

Edson Wheel Pilot Installation Kit - Order #925-426V

Vision II Pedestal Wheel Pilot Installation Kit

Engine Control Included!The Morse Single-Lever Engine Control (#910-SL3-Taper) comes preinstalled in the pedestal, ready to be attached to the engine control cables.




1.508.995.9711 49

G O T O

The Classic Series• Classic Yacht Design Increases Usable Cockpit Space.• Convenient Thru-Shaft Wheel Brake.• Available in CD-i Geared or Chain & Wire.• For Sailboats from 22’ (6.7 m) and up.• Durable Glossy White Baked-on Urethane Finish.• Stainless Wheel Shafts and Sprockets.**• Three Guard Styles Available.• Stainless Needle Bearings.• Large Selection of Edson Accessories such as Pedestal Guards,

Instrument Housings, Drink Holders and Tables.• Stainless Wheel Nut Included.• All Non-Magnetic Construction.• Hex Head Recesses in Base hold Edson’s Aluminum Bolts for Easy

One-Person Installation.• Pedestal Top Pre-Drilled for Compass and Pedestal Guard Top Plates.• Accepts all Styles of Edson Wheels. ** Standard sprocket sizes are stainless, other sizes are brass

NOTE: Pedestals shown with optional accessories.

402/464 Series Pedestal

336 Series Pedestal

• 8” Diameter Top• Large Diameter Pedestal Top with Triple Needle Bearings and Stainless Bearing Liners.• Available in Chain & Wire and CDi Geared. • Typically used on boats 40’ and up.• Thru-Shaft Brake Standard• Wheel Brake with Stainless Knob Included• Fits all compasses up to 6” Card size• For use with Windvane Self Steerers

• 6 7⁄8“ Diameter Top• Ideal for Boats from 22’ to 42’ (6.7 m - 12.8 m).• Thru-Shaft Brake Standard.• Fits all compasses up to 5” Card Size.• Replaces Edson’s #334 & #335 Pedestals• Available in Chain & Wire Only

For Geared CD-i Steerer ordering info see pages 50-51.

For Chain & Wire Steerer ordering info see pages 52-68.

336 Series Classic Pedestal 464 Series Classic Pedestal

Optional “Vision Series” Housing for Classic Pedestals - See pg. 24


BO-55BO-55











6"/1

52m

m

6"/152mm

6"/152mm

14"/356mm

10.5

"/267

mm


14”(5.6 CM)

6”(15.2 cm)

6”(15.2

cm)

6” (15.2 cm)

10.5”(26.7 cm)

51⁄4”(13.3 cm)


Edson’s classic Rack and Pinion system utilizes a simple, direct linkage from tiller to wheel. All CDi Geared Steerers feature exceptional feel, easy installation and a wide range of mounting options.





Cockpit TablesEdson’s Cockpit Tables increase the versatility of your Edson Pedestal and turn the cockpit into the social centre of your boat. The many different styles available are all constructed of Solid Teak or White Poly and come complete with stainless mountinghardware. Edson’s Cockpit Tables have earned the reputation as the highest quality, best built tables on the market!

yACHT PedesTAl ACCessories

Cast from solid marine grade 316 stainless


Instrument Housings & Mounts

Safely and conveniently mount your instruments right at the helm! Edson’s new Vision Series™ Instrument Housings look great, are strong and durable and will keep your sailing and engine instruments, autopilot controls, radar and chart displays and other important instruments within easy reach and viewing distance of the helmsman.

Large Variety of Mounting Options!

• Easily mounts to Pedestal Guards or Consoles.

• Angled For Easy Viewing

• Stainless Trim Ring for Protection

• White High-Gloss Thermoformed ABS Housing

• Instruments mount to removable faceplate for easy service.

• UV resistant - won’t fade or crack.

• Mounts to 1”, 1-1/8” or 1-1/4” Pedestal Guards

• Weatherproof

• Fits Straight, Angled and Offset Guards.

• Conceals and protects instrument wiring.

• Multiple mounting options for maximum versatility.

• Beveled housing design allows for additional room for plug and wiring.

The Vision Series™

The Vision Series™Edson’s new Vision Series™ Instrument Housings look great, are strong and durable and will keep your sailing and engine instruments, autopilot controls, radar and chart displays and other important instruments within easy reach and viewing distance of the helmsman.• Easily mounts to Pedestal Guards or Consoles.• Angled For Easy Viewing• Stainless Trim Ring for Protection• White High-Gloss Thermoformed ABS Housing• Instruments mount to removable faceplate for easy service.• UV resistant - won’t fade or crack.• Mounts to 1″, 1-1/8″ or 1-1/4″ Pedestal Guards• Weatherproof• Fits Straight, Angled and Offset Guards.• Conceals and protects instrument wiring.• Multiple mounting options for maximum versatility.• Beveled housing design allows for additional room for

plug and wiring.


Instrument Housings & Mounts

Safely and conveniently mount your instruments right at the helm! Edson’s new Vision Series™ Instrument Housings look great, are strong and durable and will keep your sailing and engine instruments, autopilot controls, radar and chart displays and other important instruments within easy reach and viewing distance of the helmsman.

Large Variety of Mounting Options!

• Easily mounts to Pedestal Guards or Consoles.

• Angled For Easy Viewing

• Stainless Trim Ring for Protection

• White High-Gloss Thermoformed ABS Housing

• Instruments mount to removable faceplate for easy service.

• UV resistant - won’t fade or crack.

• Mounts to 1”, 1-1/8” or 1-1/4” Pedestal Guards

• Weatherproof

• Fits Straight, Angled and Offset Guards.

• Conceals and protects instrument wiring.

• Multiple mounting options for maximum versatility.

• Beveled housing design allows for additional room for plug and wiring.

The Vision Series™

1.508.995.9711 23

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

Optional Mounting Hardware

Single Housing Housing Only Order #2000-55x55Housing with (1) Clamp-On Mount (shown) Order #2010-55x55Housing with (1) Side-Mount Arm Order #2020-55x55Housing with (1) Ball Mount Order #2030-55x55Replacement Faceplate Order #833-V55

Double HousingHousing Only Order #2000-105x65 Housing with (1) Side-Mount Arm (shown) Order #2020-105x65Housing with (2) Ball Mounts Order #2030-105x65Replacement Faceplate Order #833-V105

Triple HousingHousing Only Order #2000-15x55

Housing with (2) Clamp-On Mounts (shown) Order #2010-15x55Housing with (2) Ball Mounts Order #2030-15x55Replacement Faceplate Order #833-V15

Quad Housing Housing Only Order #2000-205x55 Housing with (2) Clamp-On Mounts (shown) Order #2010-205x55Housing with (2) Ball Mounts Order #2030-205x55Replacement Faceplate Order #833-V205

Vision Series Instrument Housing Selection Guide

Ball Mountfor 1”, 1-1/8” & 1-1/4” Guard Pipes

#831ST-BALLClamp-On Mount

for 1” & 1-1/8 Guard Pipes#861-100

Side Mount Arm1”, 1-1/8” & 1-1/4” Guard Pipes

#831ST-100

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

Clamp-On U-Mountfor 1”, 1-1/8” & 1-1/4” Guard Pipes

#861-100-125

G O T O

See Pages 72 for our new larger diameter guard pipes.

Now more room for wiring!

Accomodates most square wind, depth, speed instruments and autopilot control heads.

Fits two standard square instruments or one rectangular autopilot control head.

Perfect for most popular 3 sail instrument bundles.

Ideal for 4 square sailing instrument packages.

1.508.995.9711 23

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"










for 1” & 1-1/8 Guard Pipes#861-100


#831ST-100

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"


#861-100-125

G O T O







1.508.995.9711 23

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"










for 1” & 1-1/8 Guard Pipes#861-100


#831ST-100

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"


#861-100-125

G O T O







1.508.995.9711 23

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"










for 1” & 1-1/8 Guard Pipes#861-100


#831ST-100

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"

4-5/8"

8-3/4""

9.5"

5-1/2"

5-3/4"

4-5/8"

14-1/2"

20-3/8"4-5/8"

2.5"

3"

3"

2"

5.5"

3.25"

10-1/2"


#861-100-125

G O T O







Large variety of mounting options and assessories!

Drink HoldersBuilt from high quality materials, Edson’s attention to detail make these holders functional, strong and look great on any boat.

Vertical mountPolyethylene


BO-57BO-57

yACHT PedesTAl HArdWAre kiT

more info / CATAlogues

1MegaYachts & Tenders • Power & Sail • Center Consoles & Sportfish • Cruisers & Racers

Since 1859

DistinctiveYA C H T W H E E L S

W-1


Carbon, Racing and Custom Wheels

Pro-Series™ Carbon Fiber Wheel

• Ultra-light weight - under 10 pounds!• Available from 36” (900mm) to 60” (1525mm)• Large Diameter 1-5/8” wheel rim.• Virtually no flywheel effect.• High Gloss Clear Coat Carbon Fibre Finish• Ergonomic Forked Tri-Spoke Design• Monocoque Construction for Strength

Tri-Spoke Carbon Fiber Wheel

• Reach-Through Design• Leather Covered Aluminum or Teak

and Holly Rims.• Extremely lightweight• Virtually no flywheel effect.• Available from 32”(813mm) to 48”

(1219mm) diameter• Ultra-Modern 3 spoke design.• Supplied with clear, white or black

finish.• Fits standard Edson 1” tapered

wheel shaft.

TP-52 Orlanda

Teak & Holly Rim Available!

Ordering Information35” Pro-Series Carbon Fibre Wheel - Order #659-0900-35 (6.74lbs / 3.06kg)40” Pro-Series Carbon Fibre Wheel - Order #659-1000-40 (7.36lbs / 3.34kg)44” Pro-Series Carbon Fibre Wheel - Order #659-1100-44 (7.66lbs / 3.47kg)48” Pro-Series Carbon Fibre Wheel - Order #659-1200-48 (7.95lbs / 3.61kg)52” Pro-Series Carbon Fibre Wheel - Order #659-1300-52 (8.25lbs / 3.74kg)55” Pro-Series Carbon Fibre Wheel - Order #659-1400-55 (8.85lbs / 4.02kg)59” Pro-Series Carbon Fibre Wheel - Order #659-1500-59 (9.21lbs / 4.18kg)

32” Tri-Spoke Carbon Fiber Wheel - Order #637-3236” Tri-Spoke Carbon Fiber Wheel - Order #637-3640” Tri-Spoke Carbon Fiber Wheel - Order #637-4044” Tri-Spoke Carbon Fiber Wheel - Order #637-4448” Tri-Spoke Carbon Fiber Wheel - Order #637-48Specify LE or CG for Leather or Comfort Grip Rim Cover(Specify Buck Tan or Dove Gray)

Wheel Flange Adapter#698FL-B-929

Edson’s Wheel Flange Adapter allows Edson’s lightweight Diamond Series and Carbon Fiber flanged mount steering wheels to mount directly onto Edson’s tapered Wheel Shafts. It is recessed to allow room for tightening the wheel nut and can be used with Edson’s convenient Thru-Shaft Wheel Brakes. Investment cast and polished 316 Stainless. Wt. 2 lb (.9 kg).Wheel Flange Adapter - Order #698FL (See price page for sizes).

Wheel Flange Adapter

Sailboat Products 2008Yacht (Power and Sail) Wheels

Steering systemsSo-Pac Marine in conjunction with Edson offer full engineering and design services. We are happy to be involved in the early stages of your boat’s design and can provide you with the best system to meet your needs. Please contact So-Pac Marine’s steering specialists and

Edson components, accessories and more...Edson’s range is extensive, only a summary is presented in this catalogue; Edson’s catalogues carry their full range.

For more information on Edson products, contact So-Pac Marine on (09) 448 5900 or [email protected].

Powerboat Products 2008

Hardware KitsEdson’s “Hardware Only” Kits are to enable custom design and build cockpit tables or accessories based on Edson’s tried and true designs. Select the size table you prefer and match with the hardware shown here. All kits are complete with instructions and stainless hardware.

1.508.995.9711 21

Order # Used On Wt lbs (kg) 785-737-95 #737 Drop Leaf Table w/ 9.5” Guards (includes Hinges) 3 (1.4) 785-737-125 #737 Drop Leaf Table w/ 12.5” Guards (includes Hinges) 3 (1.4) 785-737-95-125 #737 Drop Leaf Table w/ 9.5” Guards and 11⁄4” dia. (includes Hinges) 2 (.9) 785-761-95 #761 Luncheon Tables w/ 9.5” Guards 2 (.9) 785-761-125 #761 Luncheon Tables w/ 12.5” Guards 3 (1.4) 785-761-95-125 #761 Luncheon Tables w/ 9.5” Guards and 11⁄4” dia. 2 (.9) 785-761-C28 #737 Drop Leaf and #761 Luncheon Tables for Consoles 2 (.9) 859-8 All Glass Holders .2 (.1) 860-100 Clamp-On Table Mounting Hardware for 1”- 11⁄8” Guards .17(.3) 860-125 Clamp-On Table Mounting Hardware for 11⁄4” Guards .17(.3)

Hardware Kits for Do-It-Yourselfers

#785-761 Table Hardware

Edson’s “Hardware Only” Kits are for the handyman who wishes to design and build his own cockpit table or accessories based on Edson’s tried and true designs. Select the size table you prefer and match with the hardware shown here. All kits are complete with instructions and stainless hardware.

HARDWARE kIT ORDERING GUIDE

#859-8

Edson’s Swing-Out Drink Holders are an all-new addition to the versatile line of Edson Drink Holders. A convenient and simple to install clamp-on design attaches to any 1”, 11⁄8” or 11⁄4” vertical pipe. When mounted on a pedestal guard, the swivel design allows the holders to extend forward of the pedestal to be easily reached by the crew, or stored near the pedestal for protection and easy access to the helmsman. Available in single or double versions. Constructed of white polyethylene and can be mounted either port or starboard by simply removing the wire-form and turning upside down. Sized for cans in Koozies™ or larger cups.Single Swing-Out Drink Holder for 1” - 11⁄8” Tubing - Order #820WH-100-1Single Swing-Out Drink Holder for 11⁄4 “ Tubing - Order #820WH-125-1Double Swing-Out Drink Holder for 1” - 11⁄8” Tubing - Order #822WH-100-2Double Swing-Out Drink Holder for 11⁄4” Tubing - Order #822WH-125-2

10” (25.4 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

61⁄2” (16.5 cm)

960-A-1259 Wire Form

960-A-871A 1” Table Clip960-A-871B

11⁄8” Table Clip

960-A-2097 SS Hinge

960-A-678 SS Wire Clip

960-A-1340 SS Hook 960-A-2174

SS Hinge Strap

960-A-1309LG SS Hinge Pin

860-100 SS Collar Bracketfor 1” - 11⁄8” Guards

860-125 SS Collar Bracket

for 11⁄4” Guards(4 req’d)

#860-100

#860-125

Great Gift Idea!

1.508.995.9711 21






#859-8


10” (25.4 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

61⁄2” (16.5 cm)


960-A-871A 1” Table Clip960-A-871B


960-A-2097 SS Hinge


960-A-1340 SS Hook 960-A-2174

SS Hinge Strap





#860-100

#860-125

Great Gift Idea!

1.508.995.9711 21






#859-8


10” (25.4 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

61⁄2” (16.5 cm)


960-A-871A 1” Table Clip960-A-871B


960-A-2097 SS Hinge


960-A-1340 SS Hook 960-A-2174

SS Hinge Strap





#860-100

#860-125

Great Gift Idea!

1.508.995.9711 21






#859-8


10” (25.4 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

61⁄2” (16.5 cm)


960-A-871A 1” Table Clip960-A-871B


960-A-2097 SS Hinge


960-A-1340 SS Hook 960-A-2174

SS Hinge Strap





#860-100

#860-125

Great Gift Idea!

1.508.995.9711 21






#859-8


10” (25.4 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

61⁄2” (16.5 cm)


960-A-871A 1” Table Clip960-A-871B


960-A-2097 SS Hinge


960-A-1340 SS Hook 960-A-2174

SS Hinge Strap





#860-100

#860-125

Great Gift Idea!

1.508.995.9711 21






#859-8


10” (25.4 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

31⁄2” (9 cm)

61⁄2” (16.5 cm)


960-A-871A 1” Table Clip960-A-871B


960-A-2097 SS Hinge


960-A-1340 SS Hook 960-A-2174

SS Hinge Strap





#860-100

#860-125

Great Gift Idea!




sTABilisers

WESMAR’s electronic system cycles at 1000 times per second delivering lighting speed reaction for exceptional performance. The electronic gyro sensor sends information about roll velocity and acceleration directly to WESMAR’s proportional valves, which react instantaneously to rotate the fins. When a desired lift is achieved to counteract the rolling force of a wave, WESMAR’s closed proportional hydraulic system instantly interacts with the electronic gyro to correct the rolling. This coordinated response stabilizes the vessel immediately.

The WESMAR Advantage• No hydraulic hose to the gyro compared to as many as 6

additional hose on competitive hydraulic gyros.• Fins can be electronically/hydraulically centred to least

resistance for true null position, required on haul out.• No moving parts in electronic including the gyro.• No gyro adjustments• No electronic maintenance • No horizon adjustment• Easy to install• Plug and play proportional driver card- proportional driver card

pre-wired harness.

WESMAR’S Roll Fin Stabilizer – 2.5 to 22 sq. Ft. fins• Optional heel control on command.• Console sensitivity adjustment for fin reaction time.• LED dimmer control switch.• Waterproof switch and LEDs.• Optional remote switch.• Unique electronic gyro.• Electronically adjusts for 90% of the rolls.• Rugged, triple layer fin construction.• Pleasure boat applications.• Commercial applications.• Electronic upgrade packages.• 12 or 24 VDC system available.

ROLL fIN STABILISERS

Electric Gyro ConsoleRemote Station

Advanced Technology Design• Lightning speed reaction time. Superior performance.

Exceptional comfort.• WESMAR stabilizers add comfort and control to your cruising.• Over 35 years of marine manufacturing experience.

Comfort At your fingertipsWith the WESMAR stabilizer system, the captain has heel/trim* control at all times along with full control of the fin’s reaction time with the sensitivity control. WESMAR has conveniently positioned them on the main console. This allows for immediate control over a wide variety of constantly changing sea conditions and ensures quick and accurate corrections. The optional adjustable heel control feature allows trimming of the vessel on demand.

More information about Wesmar products is available on request. email [email protected]

More information about Wesmar products is available on request. email [email protected]


BO-59BO-59

INSTATRIM TRIM TAB kITS

Wiring• Colour-coded wiring in 8 to 12 metre lengths with quick connects fittings.Solenoids• Custom designed for Insta-Trim, epoxy sealed and humidity resistant,

thereby preventing shorting out. The solenoids lock the tabs in any position, eliminating driftback.

Motor• A powerhouse with coated wiring and a thermal overload that resists

temperature and amperage build-up. 1 3/4” stack windings and top mounting eliminates oil leakage. The motor is mounted with stainless steel nuts and bolts, and is easily disassembled.

Brackets • Swivel type brackets allow cylinders to be mounted and adjusted to any

angle. Knockout pins act as shear pins if tab strikes an object.Pump• Designed and engineered exclusively by Instatrim. The built-in bypass

is factory set at 400 P.S.I. Tolerance held to .00025. Amperage doesn’t exceed 16 because the unit circulates oil, rather than stalling out or trying to pump additional pressure.

Cylinders• Impact resistant, fibreglass reinforced nylon cylinders eliminate expansion

and resist ultra-violet rays. Two expanding type seals, plus O-ring, eliminate high and low pressure leaks. A stainless steel spring retracts the cylinder when the boat is not in motion.

Motor Cover• 4 1/2” D x 6” W x 11”H, high impact ABS plastic cover with a built-in oil

reservoir mounts easily with two screws. The filler is located in front. Our cover protects the motor from occasional wash down.

Instatrim, the original hydraulic boat leveller, provides a better ride every time you leave the dock. A simple rocker type control permits you to correct a bow high or list condition on any shaped hull, from 5 to 20 metres. Easy to install Instatrim boat levellers are strong and durable, and come in lengths to fit most boats. Custom sizes are also available. Instatrim’s 40 years commitment to the boating industry assures you of a quality product that performs excellently.

Trim Tabs• 12 gauge 304 stainless steel trim tabs are available in standard and

custom lengths. They are guaranteed against electrolysis, remaining strong and secure. Insta-Trim’s hinges prevent most spray and can be used for transom or bottom mounting.

Hose• Designed and manufactured exclusively for Insta-Trim with nylon-

reinforced webbing and protective PVC coating. Rated at 2000 lb. burst pressure, 5 m of hose is supplied for your system. Entering the transom 150 mm above the water line, the hoses are held securely with hose trim and stainless steel clamps.

Rocker Type Controls• Mounted on the dash they are easy to operate. 2TP Micro switch

with silver contact points adjust the tabs for maximum control and performance.

• One pint of Insta-Trim biodegradable transmission oil, funnel and mounting hardware is supplied.

Installation• Installation of Instatrim trim tabs is quick and easy. What little hardware

that is needed is supplied and the components of the system arrive pre-assembled. The system can be installed on fibreglass, aluminium, steel or wood hulls in any design, flat, round or deep-V. Colour-coded wiring makes the electronic installation simple. Tabs can be painted to prevent growth.

Trim TABs

Bow high or listingTABS Off

Corrected bow and listTABS ON

MADE INTHE USA



Code Description

N2002TTCBffB Waterproof trim tab switch w/flywire - black faceN2002TTCBfGB Waterproof trim tab switch - black face

Code Colour Harness Length

N29000BWL Black 7.6 mN29000WBL White 7.6 mN29002BWL Black 15.2 mN29002WBL White 15.2 m

N29002WBL C White with chrome bezel 15.2 m

Code Description

N12700UNV Universal Motor pump

UNIVERSAL MOTOR PUMP

WATER PROOf SWITCHES

ELECTRONIC TAB LOCATOR kITS

Insta-Trim have released a new universal motor pump that fits all brands of hydraulic trim tab motor pumps.• Pump has adjustable pressure relief valve set at 400psi• Built in Bypass so fluid circulates to prevent the pump from stalling• Motor has thermal overload protection• Includes all necessary fittings for a 12V single cylinder system• Kit contains biodegradable oil and funnel• Heavy duty solenoid valves to lock cylinders in place• 18” wire harness with colour coding instructions for other brands

• Easily installed with a 38 mm hole saw• Adapt easily to other brands of trim tabs• Sealed between the switch and the dashboard• No interrupter relays needed• Drop in replacement for all factory Insta-Trim switches

• Clearly shows the position of your trim tabs• Instrument designed to match your rocker type controls and its

smart display adjusts brightness to sunlight• Simple Installation with no moving parts• The hard wearing detectors mount easily on each hydraulic cylinder


INSTA-TRIM TAB SETS

Kits include everything you need for installation (except basic tools)

Swivel type brackets allow InstaTrim boat levelers installed at any angle, even under platforms and transoms which are slanted aft.

Code Approx. boat length Cylinders per tab Tab Size (mm)

N248000 7 to 8.5 M Single 500 x 200N301000DC 8.5 to 10 M Dual 750 x 250N308000 8.5 to 9.7 M Single 750 x 200N368000 10 to 12 M Single 900 x 200N368000DC 10 to 12 M Dual 900 x 200N408000 12 to 13.7 M Single 1000 x 200N408000DC 12 to 13.7 M Dual 1000 x 200N468000DC 13.7 to 16.7 M Dual 1150 x 200N50100DC 16.7 to 18.7 M Dual 1250 x 250N508000DC 16.7 to 18.3 M Dual 1250 x 200N558000DC 18.3 to 21 M Dual 1400 x 200N601000DC 20 M and longer Dual 1500 x 250N608000DC 20 M and longer Dual 1500 x 200


N2002TTCBFFB N2002TTCBFGB

BO-61BO-61

SPARE PARTS BREAkDOWNMADE INTHE USA




PART # TAB LOCATOR PARTS PART # TAB LOCATOR PARTSN29010BWL ROUND BLACK INDICATOR PANEL N12635 OIL SUMP TUBE N29010WBL ROUND WHITE INDICATOR PANEL N12609 OIL RESERVOIR PLUG

N29028 Y-CONNECTOR, BLACK JUNCTION BOX N12610 INSTA-TRIM BIODEGRADABLE OIL N29030 OUTSIDE SENSOR AND 6’ CABLE N12611 FUNNEL FOR BIODEGRADABLE OIL

N29024-25 WIRE HARNESS, 25’ WITH PLUG. FITS Y-CONNECTOR TO PANEL

N12612 INSTA-TRIM BIODEGRADABLE OIL & FUNNEL KIT

N29024-50 WIRE HARNESS, 50’ WITH PLUG. FITS Y-CONNECTOR TO PANEL

N12709 STAINLESS STEEL SOLENOID HOSE FITTING CLAMP

N29040 INSIDE SENSOR FOR PISTON CAP N12728 HYDRAULIC HOSE 2,000 POUNDS BURST PRESSURE, PER FOOT

N29040-A BRASS SCREW FOR INSIDE SENSOR N12729 HOSE TRIM WITH SCREWS PER EACH N29202 BRACKET FOR LIGHT PANEL N12729-S SHORT HOSE TRIM WITH SCREWS PER EACH N29203 NUT FOR LIGHT PANEL N12727-A

N12727ATBL204 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER W/HOSE PER EACH

HYDRAULIC CYLINDER W/ HOSE W/SENSOR FOR SYSTEMS WITH TAB LOCATORS

N12700UNIV UNIVERSAL MOTOR PUMP CONVERTS TO FIT OTHER BRANDS

N12730 CYLINDER PINS

N12700-12 COMPLETE MOTOR PUMP UNIT 12 VOLT N12731 HOSE COLLARS N12700-A-12 12 VOLT WITH TEES FOR 4 CYLINDERS &

HOSES N2002TTCBFGB WATERPROOF SWITCHES BLACK FACE GRAY

BUTTONS N12700-24 COMPLETE MOTOR PUMP UNIT 24 VOLT N2002TTCBFFB WATERPROOF SWITCHES BLACK FACE WITH

WIRE FOR FLYBRIDGE N12700-A-24 24 VOLT WITH TEES FOR 4 CYLINDERS &

HOSES N2002TTCBFGB-G WATERPROOF SWITCHES BLACK FACE GRAY

BUTTONS NO LOGO N12700-32 COMPLETE MOTOR PUMP UNIT 32 VOLT N12725 ONE COMPLETE SET OF SWITCHES (BLACK

PLATE) N12700-A-32 32 VOLT WITH TEES FOR 4 CYLINDERS &

HOSES N12725-A ONE SWITCH ONLY

N12662-12 12 VOLT MOTOR ONLY N12725-B ONE SET SWITCHES WITH WIRE FOR FLY BRIDGE N12662-24 24 VOLT MOTOR ONLY N12725-C WATER RESISTANT COVER FOR SWITCH

ASSEMBLY N12662-32 32 VOLT MOTOR ONLY N12726 20 AMP FUSE WITH WIRE

N12702 HYDRAULIC PUMP WITH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

N13001 ONE SWITCH PLATE WITH SCREWS (BLACK)

N12657 OUTSIDE HOUSING & RESERVOIR WITHOUT FEMALE WIRE RECEPTACLE

N13001-A ONE SWITCH PLATE FOR WATER RESISTANT COVER W/SCREWS (BLACK)

N12657-A WHITE RESERVOIR N12735 25' WIRE HARNESS N12657-B OUTSIDE HOUSING ONLY WITHOUT FEMALE

WIRE RECEPTACLE N12737 40' WIRE HARNESS

N12641-12 SOLENOID VALVE WITH WHITE WIRE, 12 VOLT

N13000 14' WIRE HARNESS FOR FLY BRIDGE CONTROLS


N12688 FEMALE WIRE RECEPTACLE


N13302 18" WIRE HARNESS FOR CONVERTING OLD STYLE MOTOR PUMP TO NEW STYLE

N12701-12 SOLENOID VALVE WITH GREEN WIRE, 12 VOLT

N12732 NYLON CYLINDER BRACKETS (4 PIECES-COMPLETE SET)


N12732-A NYLON CYLINDER BRACKET (1 PIECE)


N12738 12738-A STAINLESS STEEL TABS WITH HINGE, PER SQUARE INCH H.D. 1/4 INCH STAINLESS STEEL

PLATE RAVEN GLOSS BLACK, PER SQUARE INCH N12715 SOLENOID HOSE FITTING BARB TYPE N12739 STAINLESS STEEL TAPPING SCREW 10 X 1 N12668 BRASS NIPPLE FROM PUMP TO SOLENOID N12740 STAINLESS STEEL 1/4 X 5/8 BOLT N12743 BRASS T CONNECTION SET FOR DUAL

CYLINDER APPLICATION N12741 STAINLESS STEEL LOCKWASHER FOR 5/8 BOLT

N12634 MOTOR TO SHAFT COUPLING N12742 STAINLESS STEEL 1 /4 X 20 HEX NUT

MADE INTHE USA Tab Locator Parts

S T E E R I N G W H E E L SS T E E R I N G W H E E L S

SW-1

edson Pro-series PoWer WHeels


S T E E R I N G W H E E L S

SW-2 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz

CUSTOM YACHT WHEELS FOR POWER AND SAIL

www.edsonwheels.com16


17

This wheel is a classic stainless wheel design that is as comfortable on the eyes as it is on the hands. The bi-spoke design gives it superior rigidity and robustness - ideal for offshore sailing.

These wheels feature Edson’s ergonomic “D” shaped wheel rim for helmsman comfort and it is sized to feel right on hands that are both large and small. These wheels can be covered in Edson’s super- smooth orthopedic cowhide, in either tan or light gray colors. For the discerning owner, who wants the warmth and look of a wood rim, Edson can provide these wheels on a custom basis with teak and holly laminated rims.

Bi-Spoke Destroyer Wheel• 5 spoke design• Available from 36” (915mm) to 60” (1525mm)• Buck Tan or Dove Gray Leather rim covers available• Teak & Holly Rim available on special order• Item #649TK

The classic Edson Destroyer® Wheel will add distinction and value to any boat. Available in sizes ranging from 18” (457mm) to 60” (1520mm), they feature an attractive dished shape

and tapered hollow spokes. Elegant yet strong, these wheels have a timeless appearance that will look great on any style of sailboat. The “D” shaped rim is comfortable in your hands and the optional Leather Wheel Rim Cover will make those long hours at the helm less tiresome. Edson Destroyer Wheels are available with either a 1” straight hub or a tapered hub, both precision machined to ensure an exact fit to your steering shaft.

Stainless Destroyer Wheels• Ideal Delivery Wheel.• Marine Grade Stainless• Tapered, Hollow spokes for light weight• Available from 18” (457mm) to 60” (1520mm)• Leather or Comfort Grip rim covers available• Buck Tan or Dove Gray Leather available• Item #645/647 for Sail • Item #1750 for Power

Edson’s Teak Rim Destroyer Wheels are warm to the touch, elegant in appearance and feather light. They feature hollow, tapered stainless spokes and a highly polished hub, just like their

stainless cousins, but with a ergonomically shaped solid laminated 1-1/4” (32mm) natural teak rim, sanded smooth, ready for the finish of your choice. These wheels are the perfect way to upgrade the look of any power boat helm or sailboat cockpit . They will add a beautiful centerpiece to your yacht.

Teak Rim Destroyer Wheel• Straight or Tapered hub• 16”(406mm) - 48” (1210mm) diameters.• Solid Teak Rim• Item #645TK/647TK for Sail • Item #1750TK for Power

The Ultra-Light Aluminum Racing Wheel has become a favorite on the grand-prix racing circuit because of its low weight, sleek styling and sensitive feel. Popularized on the Farr

40 fleet, the Ultra-Light Wheel is available in symmetrical and non-symmetrical designs from 44” (1118mm) to 80” (2032mm). Welded aluminum construction give the best in strength and rigidity. The airfoil-shaped spokes contribute to fore and aft rigidity and the oversized circular wheel rim provides a comfortable grip in heavy seas and when wearing gloves. For the ultimate in durability, each Ultra-Light Wheel is coated in Edson’s renowned baked on urethane powdercoat, in either white or black, or in custom colors to match your racing boat’s color scheme.

Ultra-Light Aluminum Racing Wheel• Symmetrical and Non-Symmetrical designs• Airfoil shaped spokes for rigidity• Sleek dual spoke dished design• Black, White or custom powder coat colors available• Available from 44” (1100mm) to 80” (2030mm)• Leather or Comfort Grip Wheel rim covers available• Custom Engraving available on faceplate




15

Created by third-generation master craftsmen, the skills and artistry that go in to making Edson’s Classic Teak Yacht Wheel with Teak Rim have been passed down from generation

to generation, ensuring a consistency and quality that can only be attained by the hand-crafted talents of their builders. The laminated 1” diameter destroyer-type rim is installed with stainless fasteners and holly bungs to the solid teak spokes. This creates an elegant wheel that keeps the traditional look yet has a modern appearance and styling.

This wheel will be the centerpiece of your cabin or cockpit and the first thing visitors to your yacht will notice.

Classic Teak Yacht Wheel with Teak Rim• Solid Teak Construction• 26” (660mm) to 38” (965mm) diameters• Bronze or Chrome Hub available* 1” Straight bore• Item #603

The Edson Clutched Bi-Spoke Destroyer Wheel offers the ability to disengage the wheel from the wheel shaft and steering mechanism while under autopilot. This greatly reduces the

“Flywheel Effect,” which puts tremendous load on the autopilot. The Clutched Wheel features twin, tapered spokes for an elegant and attractive appearance. This spoke arrangement also adds a tremendous amount of fore and aft strength and rigidity to the wheel, making it an excellent choice for the offshore passagemaker. Custom faceplate engraving is also available to add a personalized touch.

Clutched Bi-Spoke Wheel• Integral hub clutch• 48” (1220mm), 54” (1372mm) and 60” (1525mm) diameters• Buck Tan or Dove Gray Leather available• Teak & Holly Rim available on special order• Item #650

This wheel features the same hub and spoke costruction as the Teak Rim version shown above, but has a wheel rim constructed of a lightweight alloy material and is attached to the spokes

with a high tech material that serves as both the structural joint, as well as an isolator, to properly separate the carbon and alloy materials. The rim comes with a standard gray orthopedic cowhide cover for the ultimate tactile grip.

Composite Hybrid Wheels - Leather Covered Alloy Rim• Thru-Shaft Brake Optional• Dove Gray or Buck Tan Leather Rim Cover• 30” (762mm) to 52” (1320mm) diameter• Clear coat Awl-Grip®, black or white finish• Item #637LE or #637CG

Edson’s Tri-Spoke Composite Hybrid Wheels offer the ability to easily reach through the wheel to access pedestal mounted instruments - free from interference from wheel spokes. The Tri-

Spoke Wheels features a unique blend of materials to achieve significant weight savings with a contemporary styled wheel. The hub and spokes are molded in carbon and feature a structural component designed to give the wheel spokes rigidity and strength. The rim is hand-made by master craftsmen and shaped for the perfect fit in your hand.

Composite Hybrid Wheel - Teak or Teak & Holly Rim• Thru-Shaft Brake Optional• Teak & Holly Rim• 30” (762mm) to 52” (1320mm) diameter• Clear coat Awl-Grip®, black or white finish• Item #637TK




13

The Carbon/Wood Inlay Wheel is an example of our most dramatic and finely crafted wheel to date. These wheels were originally crafted for a custom Baltic 97 and feature a

48”(1220mm) custom molded carbon fibre wheel that has recesses molded in to accept an exquisite lamination of teak with a highlighting border of holly. The spokes gently blend into the rim with an artistic visual segue of carbon fibre. The wheel rim is crafted in alternating layers of teak and holly with a touch of exposed carbon fibre for contrast. The wheel hub features an optional Edson wheel clutch set into a carbon fibre hub. The entire wheel is coated with multiple layers of clear Awl-Grip® for a mirror finish. Custom faceplate engraving available.

Carbon/Wood Inlay Wheel• Integral hub clutch optional• 48” (1220mm) diameter• Clear coat Awl-Grip® for a mirror finish• Item #654

This exquisite wheel features teak and holly wood laminates, together with areas of beautifully clear-coated carbon-weave laminate. The spokes are carefully sculpted into the teak and

holly rim for a very comfortable grip for the helmsman, as well as a robust connection of the spokes to the wheel rim. The wheel rim is constructed of alternating layers of teak and holly creating a beautiful contrast of two classic maritime woods. The level of construction and finish in these wheels is unmatched, and as a result, they quickly become the focal point on the finest vessels. These wheels are coated with multiple layers of clear Awl-Grip® for a mirror finish. They are available with or without Edson’s wheel clutch. Custom faceplate engraving available.

Carbon/Wood Laminate Wheel• Integral Hub Clutch optional• 48” (1220mm) diameter standard, other sizes to suit• Clear coat Awl-Grip® for a mirror finish• Item #652

Edson’s Molded Carbon Fibre Wheels are as elegant as they are lightweight. They are as comfortable on the race course as they are in the cockpit of the well-appointed yacht.

Constructed in carbon, the material is hand laid into the mold to enhance the look of the woven carbon fabric. Great care in the design stage was taken to ensure excellent ergonomics for the comfort of the helmsman. The rim is just the right shape and diameter, and the angle of the spokes where they join the rim are at a comfortable 45° angle so your wrist is in a comfortable position when steering from the rail. All molded carbon wheels come standard with a clear Awl-Grip® finish, custom Awl-Grip® colors are available. These wheels can also be fitted with Edson wheel clutches. Custom faceplate engraving available.

Molded Carbon Fibre Wheel• Integral Hub Clutch optional• 40” - 80” (1220mm) diameter• Available in custom colors or clear coat Awl-Grip®• Item #639

Edson’s Carbon / Wood Laminated Wheel features alternating layers of Teak, Holly and Carbon Fibre to form a unique blend of traditional and modern building materials. Hand

built by master craftsmen, each wheel is custom built to your specifications. You can choose wood to match your boat’s brightwork, deck or interior styling. Custom faceplate engraving available.

Carbon / Wood Laminated Wheel• Integral Hub Clutch optional• 40” - 80” (1220mm) diameter• Custom inlay designs available• Item #653




15

Created by third-generation master craftsmen, the skills and artistry that go in to making Edson’s Classic Teak Yacht Wheel with Teak Rim have been passed down from generation

to generation, ensuring a consistency and quality that can only be attained by the hand-crafted talents of their builders. The laminated 1” diameter destroyer-type rim is installed with stainless fasteners and holly bungs to the solid teak spokes. This creates an elegant wheel that keeps the traditional look yet has a modern appearance and styling.

This wheel will be the centerpiece of your cabin or cockpit and the first thing visitors to your yacht will notice.

Classic Teak Yacht Wheel with Teak Rim• Solid Teak Construction• 26” (660mm) to 38” (965mm) diameters• Bronze or Chrome Hub available* 1” Straight bore• Item #603

The Edson Clutched Bi-Spoke Destroyer Wheel offers the ability to disengage the wheel from the wheel shaft and steering mechanism while under autopilot. This greatly reduces the

“Flywheel Effect,” which puts tremendous load on the autopilot. The Clutched Wheel features twin, tapered spokes for an elegant and attractive appearance. This spoke arrangement also adds a tremendous amount of fore and aft strength and rigidity to the wheel, making it an excellent choice for the offshore passagemaker. Custom faceplate engraving is also available to add a personalized touch.

Clutched Bi-Spoke Wheel• Integral hub clutch• 48” (1220mm), 54” (1372mm) and 60” (1525mm) diameters• Buck Tan or Dove Gray Leather available• Teak & Holly Rim available on special order• Item #650

This wheel features the same hub and spoke costruction as the Teak Rim version shown above, but has a wheel rim constructed of a lightweight alloy material and is attached to the spokes

with a high tech material that serves as both the structural joint, as well as an isolator, to properly separate the carbon and alloy materials. The rim comes with a standard gray orthopedic cowhide cover for the ultimate tactile grip.

Composite Hybrid Wheels - Leather Covered Alloy Rim• Thru-Shaft Brake Optional• Dove Gray or Buck Tan Leather Rim Cover• 30” (762mm) to 52” (1320mm) diameter• Clear coat Awl-Grip®, black or white finish• Item #637LE or #637CG

Edson’s Tri-Spoke Composite Hybrid Wheels offer the ability to easily reach through the wheel to access pedestal mounted instruments - free from interference from wheel spokes. The Tri-

Spoke Wheels features a unique blend of materials to achieve significant weight savings with a contemporary styled wheel. The hub and spokes are molded in carbon and feature a structural component designed to give the wheel spokes rigidity and strength. The rim is hand-made by master craftsmen and shaped for the perfect fit in your hand.

Composite Hybrid Wheel - Teak or Teak & Holly Rim• Thru-Shaft Brake Optional• Teak & Holly Rim• 30” (762mm) to 52” (1320mm) diameter• Clear coat Awl-Grip®, black or white finish• Item #637TK




13
















13
















17
















17
















19

Edson’s Polished Bronze Wheel with Teak Handles add distinction to any traditional boat. The bronze wheel body is delivered highly polished and with regular maintenance will retain

its attractive gleam, or it can be left to age gracefully and take on a classic patina appearance. Available in sizes from 20” (508mm) to 30” (762mm) in diameter, the Bronze Wheel features varnished teak handles and a 1” straight shaft bore. The solid teak handles are held securely with stainless carriage bolts, which can be easily replaced if needed.

Polished Bronze Wheel• Cast in Edson’s own foundry• Made of solid bronze• Hand polished to a mirror finish• Varnished Teak Handles* 1” straight bore• Item #602BR

Our Tan Character Wheels are patterned after the traditional heavy cast iron wheels of yesteryear, only ours have been updated with modern materials and construction methods.

Cast in marine-grade 356-T6 Aluminum and powder-coated tan, this up-to-date version is much lighter than the original, yet retains its strength and beauty for years to come. To ensure a precise fit to the wheel shaft, a machined stainless insert is pressed into the hub.

The Tan Character Wheel features Edson’s classic Teak handles and is available with a 1” straight bore. Available in sizes from 20” (508mm), 25” 635mm), 30” (762mm) and 35” (890mm).

Character Wheel• Cast in Edson’s own foundry• Lightweight 356 aluminum construction• Varnished Teak Handles• Heat treated to T-6 hardness• Tan baked-on urethane powder coating• 1” straight bore• Item #688

Simplicity is the keynote for Edson’s Classic Bronze Wheel. The tumbled bronze body will age to an attractive patina over time, yet the wheel will maintain it’s strength and durability

after years of use in a working environment. Six 5” teak handles are held securely in place with stainless carriage bolts and can be easily replaced. The overall diameter is 19” (483mm) and the hub is available in either a 1” straight or a 3/4” tapered bore. A true workhorse with the classic good looks of a thoroughbred.

Classic Bronze Wheel• Teak handles and tumbled bronze finish• Measures 19” tip to tip• Varnished Teak Handles• Stainless carriage bolts for convenient handle replacement• Straight or tapered bores available• Item #971

Edson’s Classic Teak Yacht Wheel is the Original. In production for over 125 years, this is a wheel that belongs on any classic yacht or stately passagemaker. Created by third-

generation master craftsmen, the skills and artistry that go in to making these wheels have been passed down from generation to generation, ensuring a consistency and quality that can only be attained by the hand-crafted talents of their builders. Although extremely elegant, the Classic Teak Yacht Wheel is not just a showpiece for a wall. It is handcrafted to the highest offshore-quality standards, and will provide years of service for the classic yacht. It features solid teak spokes and felloes rigidly secured with stainless fasteners and holly bungs. Delivered fully varnished.

Classic Teak Yacht Wheel • Solid Teak Construction• 24” (610mm) to 36” (915mm) diameters• Bronze or Chrome Hub available* 1” straight bore• Item #601




19

Edson’s Polished Bronze Wheel with Teak Handles add distinction to any traditional boat. The bronze wheel body is delivered highly polished and with regular maintenance will retain

its attractive gleam, or it can be left to age gracefully and take on a classic patina appearance. Available in sizes from 20” (508mm) to 30” (762mm) in diameter, the Bronze Wheel features varnished teak handles and a 1” straight shaft bore. The solid teak handles are held securely with stainless carriage bolts, which can be easily replaced if needed.

Polished Bronze Wheel• Cast in Edson’s own foundry• Made of solid bronze• Hand polished to a mirror finish• Varnished Teak Handles* 1” straight bore• Item #602BR

Our Tan Character Wheels are patterned after the traditional heavy cast iron wheels of yesteryear, only ours have been updated with modern materials and construction methods.

Cast in marine-grade 356-T6 Aluminum and powder-coated tan, this up-to-date version is much lighter than the original, yet retains its strength and beauty for years to come. To ensure a precise fit to the wheel shaft, a machined stainless insert is pressed into the hub.

The Tan Character Wheel features Edson’s classic Teak handles and is available with a 1” straight bore. Available in sizes from 20” (508mm), 25” 635mm), 30” (762mm) and 35” (890mm).

Character Wheel• Cast in Edson’s own foundry• Lightweight 356 aluminum construction• Varnished Teak Handles• Heat treated to T-6 hardness• Tan baked-on urethane powder coating• 1” straight bore• Item #688

Simplicity is the keynote for Edson’s Classic Bronze Wheel. The tumbled bronze body will age to an attractive patina over time, yet the wheel will maintain it’s strength and durability

after years of use in a working environment. Six 5” teak handles are held securely in place with stainless carriage bolts and can be easily replaced. The overall diameter is 19” (483mm) and the hub is available in either a 1” straight or a 3/4” tapered bore. A true workhorse with the classic good looks of a thoroughbred.

Classic Bronze Wheel• Teak handles and tumbled bronze finish• Measures 19” tip to tip• Varnished Teak Handles• Stainless carriage bolts for convenient handle replacement• Straight or tapered bores available• Item #971

Edson’s Classic Teak Yacht Wheel is the Original. In production for over 125 years, this is a wheel that belongs on any classic yacht or stately passagemaker. Created by third-

generation master craftsmen, the skills and artistry that go in to making these wheels have been passed down from generation to generation, ensuring a consistency and quality that can only be attained by the hand-crafted talents of their builders. Although extremely elegant, the Classic Teak Yacht Wheel is not just a showpiece for a wall. It is handcrafted to the highest offshore-quality standards, and will provide years of service for the classic yacht. It features solid teak spokes and felloes rigidly secured with stainless fasteners and holly bungs. Delivered fully varnished.

Classic Teak Yacht Wheel • Solid Teak Construction• 24” (610mm) to 36” (915mm) diameters• Bronze or Chrome Hub available* 1” straight bore• Item #601

Carbon/Wood Laminate Wheel• Integral Hub Clutch optional• 48″ (1220mm) diameter standard, other sizes

to suit• Clear coat Awl-Grip® for a mirror finish

In 1859 Jacob Edson started a tradition that they are proud to continue today, 149 years later. It is a tradition based on the timeless values of innovation, integrity, quality and value. Edson Quality can be seen in every product they manufacture, products that will unquestionably stand up to the unforgiving marine environment. Edson Value relates to the price you pay for a product, its features, its benefits, and most important — its life expectancy.

Edson’s Steering Wheel brochure (pictured left) is available.

To discuss your application or to obtain more information contact us on phone 09 448 5900, [email protected] or at www.sopac.co.nz.

Composite Hybrid Wheels - Leather Covered Alloy Rim• Thru-Shaft Brake Optional• Dove Gray or Buck Tan Leather Rim Cover• 30″ (762mm) to 52″ (1320mm) diameter• Clear coat Awl-Grip®, black or white finish

Teak Rim Destroyer Wheel• Straight or Tapered hub• 16″(406mm) - 48″ (1210mm) diameters.• Solid Teak Rim

Stainless Destroyer Wheels• Ideal Delivery Wheel.• Marine Grade Stainless• Tapered, Hollow spokes for light weight• Available from 18″ (457mm) to 60″ (1520mm)• Leather or Comfort Grip rim covers available• Buck Tan or Dove Gray Leather available

Classic Teak Yacht Wheel• Solid Teak Construction• 24″ (610mm) to 36″ (915mm) diameters• Bronze or Chrome Hub available• * 1″ straight bore

Polished Bronze Wheel• Cast in Edson’s own foundry• Made of solid bronze• Hand polished to a mirror finish• Varnished Teak Handles• * 1″ straight bore

Clutched Bi-Spoke Wheel• Integral hub clutch• 48″ (1220mm), 54″ (1372mm) and

60″ (1525mm) diameters• Buck Tan or Dove Gray Leather available• Teak & Holly Rim available on special order

S T E E R I N G W H E E L S

SW-3

leATHer WHeel rim Covers


C O O k I N G & G A L L E yC O O k I N G & G A L L E y

CG-1

mAgmA griddle / HoT PlATesTake charge of mealtime and serve like a pro with the New Magma “Non-Stick” Griddles. These griddles are constructed entirely of heavy duty 400 series cast aluminum and feature a “Non-Stick” coating for effortless meal preparation and clean up. Extremely durable, versatile, and available in a selection of sizes to meet your individual needs they are perfect on the grill or on the stove top. Reversible, the griddle is ideal for breakfasts with family and friends; flip it over and you’ve got a grill for cooking sizzling meats and veggies. A deep drainage channel on the grilling side keeps the grease away from the cooking surface; while the griddle has a high tapered rim to keep the food on the griddle and reducing the amount of cooking mess. A removable, rubber coated, stainless steel handle lets you cook and serve with ease. Dishwasher and oven safe. You’ll never run out of recipes to try on these handy cooking tools.

A10-195 RECTANGULAR REVERSIBLE GRIDDLE

8”X 17” (20 CM X 43 CM)

• fOR CHEfSMATE & NEWPORT BBqS

A10-196 ROUND REVERSIBLE GRIDDLE

ROUND, 12” (30.5 CM) DIA.

• fOR ALL ROUND BBqS

A10-197 RECTANGULAR REVERSIBLE GRIDDLE

12” X 18” (31 CM X 46 CM)

• fOR CATALINA & MONTEREy BBqS


C O O k I N G & G A L L E y

CG-2 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz

mAgmA round BBQs

Code Lid Type Type Grill Size (Diameter)

A10-205L Hinged LPG 380 mm (15″)A10-206G Hinged GAZ 380 mm (15″)A10-215L Hinged LPG 430 mm (17″)A10-216G Hinged GAZ 430 mm (17″)

BUDGET BBq - HINGED LID

This grill was designed for economy without sacrificing functionality. Made of 100% 18-9 mirror polished stainless steel, it will give you the safety, durability and performance required of a marine grill. It uses our time-tested, highly efficient radiant plate heat distribution system in conjunction with convection heating technology to achieve hot, even temperatures while using a minimum of fuel. It comes to temperature very quickly and is great for searing steaks or just grilling some burgers.The patented swiveling turbo venturi tube allows you to adjust the control valve inboard, outboard, left or right wherever it is most convenient to you. This design also allows for quick safe fuel canister changes even while grilling. The turbo venturi tube in combination with the newly designed burner virtually eliminates blow-outs. The grill quickly disassembles without tools for easy clean-up.

• Mounts and fuel canisters sold separately• Now with patented Radiant Plate and Dome System• Attached grill and lid. Lid acts as wind shield in gusty wind conditions.• Magma’s patented design utilizes convection cooking to give the hottest

temperature with the least amount of fuel• Newly designed, swiveling, wind proof turbo venturi & control valve design

virtually eliminates blow-outs and places the fuel & valve where it is convenient to you allowing safe and easy fuel changes.

• Uses standard, disposable propane canisters or can adapt to on-board LPG or CNG systems.• Magma offers the largest selection of mounting options and accessories to customize your

grill for your application.

Notes• Requires grill mounting hardware for complete installation. • All replacement parts are in stock and readily available.

Available 2009.

CHARCOAL BBq LOOSE LID

Code Description Grill Size Diameter

A10-004 Original Size 375 mm (14 1/2″)A10-014 Party Size 430 mm (17″)

Meticulously crafted of 100% 18-9 mirror polished stainless steel for maximum corrosion resistance. Starts easily in windy conditions by using the lid as a windshield. Adjustable height cooking grill and variable temperature draft control door. “Marine Kettle” design allows oven type baking to enhance the grill flavour while retaining the natural juices in the food. It will cook more food faster on less grill area than any other charcoal grill. Safety and efficiency are obtained by closing the temperature draft control door and extinguishing the coals for future use.

• Attached grill and lid. Lid acts as wind shield in gusty wind conditions.• Attached, rotating adjustable cooking grill. • Complete temperature control.• Lower charcoal grate and sealed ash compartment.

Notes• Requires grill mounting hardware for complete installation. • Replacement parts are stocked in NZ and readily available.• Mounts sold separately.


CG-3

Code Description Grill Size Diameter

A10-207L Marine Kettle II BBQ for LPG only – Original Size 380 mm (15″)A10-208G Marine Kettle II BBQ for GAZ only – Original Size 380 mm (15″)A10-217L Marine Kettle II BBQ for LPG only – Party Size 430 mm (17″)A10-218G Marine Kettle II BBQ for GAZ only – Party Size 430 mm (17″)

MARINE kETTLE II HINGED LID

The Marine Kettle 2 is user friendly -- even in the wind. Its dependability in a stiff breeze is due to a virtual blow-out proof turbo venturi and valve system. It includes a front mounted piezo igniter, as well as a patented burner and heat distribution system that reduces flares-ups. The burner also adds years of life to the grill by directing more heat to the cooking surface. These grills have full, double lined inner safety shells to keep the outside of the grill cooler. A mirror polished, 18-9 marine-grade stainless exterior finish provides superior corrosion resistance. On the top is a polished, stainless “Stay Cool” handle. The hinged lid is balanced so it won’t slam shut as the boat rolls. Magma’s patented plate and dome system make it the only boat grill that is truly a grill, stove or oven -- a great advantage to boats without a galley, or if the first mate just wants to cook outdoors.

The grills feature a new cast stainless indexing bracket and clamp to provide easier, more positive level mounting. It uses standard, disposable, canisters or will easily adapt to the boat’s existing onboard LPG system. The newly designed valve system adjusts left, right, inboard or outboard for easy heat control access and fuel-bottle change.

• The newly designed, swiveling, wind proof turbo venturi valve design eliminates blow-outs and places the fuel & valve where it is convenient to you, allowing for safe & easy fuel changes.

• The hinged lid is balanced and will not slam shut.• Reliable Piezo Igniter. Dependable push button lighting.• High tech radiant plate & dome heat distribution design means less flare

up, even heat distribution & longer grill life.

• Use as a grill, stove or oven. Perfect even heat as a grill or direct open flame cooking as a stove.

• “Stay Cool” handle with air cooled supports. Cast 18-9 Stainless.• Cast 18-9 stainless L-bracket mount clamp, indexed for non-slip

level mounting.• Double lined stainless steel inner safety

shell. Cooler for safety. Guards against discolouration. Adds years of life to the grill.

• Magma’s patented design utilizes convection cooking to give the hottest temperature with the least amount of fuel.

• Runs on standard, disposable propane canisters or can adapt to on-board LPG systems.

Notes• Requires grill mounting hardware for complete installation. • Radiant burner plate & dome system, indexing bracket and clamp, and turbo venturi tube are available to upgrade earlier Magma Gas grills. • Replacement parts are stocked in NZ and readily available.• Mounts and fuel canisters sold separately




Code Colour To Fit

A10-191fG ForestGreen

Original SizeA10-492fG Party SizeA10-191PB Pacific

BlueOriginal Size

A10-492PB Party SizeA10-191BU

BurgundyOriginal Size

A10-492BU Party SizeA10-191JB Jet

BlackOriginal Size

A10-492JB Party SizeA10-191RB Royal

BlueOriginal Size

A10-492RB Party SizeA10-191CN Captains

NavyOriginal Size

A10-492CN Party Size

ROUND BBq COVERS

round BBQ Covers

5 year warranty covers the fabric becoming

unserviceable because of loss of strength

from normal exposure conditions including

sunlight, mildew, rot and atmospheric chemicals. 1 year warranty on all other

components.

Water and fade resistant Sunbrella® boat cover material resists damage from sunlight and mildew.


CG-5

DECk SOCkET MOUNT

This mount is made of 18-8 stainless steel and triple chrome plated brass.A stainless detent pin lets the grill rotate and lock in four different posi-tions. The rod portion of mount quickly disconnects for compact storage. Some fasteners required for installation.

SqUARE RAIL / BULkHEAD MOUNT

Mount to any vertical flat surface such as bulkheads, hulls, transoms or cabin sides. Also mounts to square or flat rails. Fits horizontal rails up to 2-1/4” (57 mm) high by any depth or vertical rails up to 1- 5/8″ (41 mm) wide by any depth. The rod portion of mount quickly disconnects for easy storage. Some fasteners required for installation.

Code Fits

A10-650 All Magma Round BBQs

ON SHORE LEGS

Cook onshore with this 18-8 stainless steel and brass grill stand. It easily collapses for flat compact storage without tools. Not for use on boats.

Code Fits

A10-120 All Magma Round BBQs

Code Size

A10-240 Fits Rails up to 2-1/4″ (57 mm) high

Code Size

A10-140 Adds 8″ (200 mm) to any ‘A10’ series mounting bracket

Code Size

A10-175 Fits all standard rod holders

Code Rail Size

A10-080 1″ (22 or 25.5 mm)A10-085 1-1/4″ (28.5 or 32 mm)A10-090 1-1/2″ (38 mm)

MOUNT EXTENSION

This all 18-8 stainless steel extension adds 8” (20 cm) to all Magma “A10” series “Marine Kettle”® grill mounting brackets.

POW’R GRIP ROD HOLDER MOUNT

Made of 18-8 stainless steel and durable all weather plastic, this vastly improved versatile mount fits most cylindrical type rod holders. It allows grills to mount in any direction from the rod holder. Its unique quick disconnect system allows instant installation or storage after use without tools. Rod holder not included.

round BBQ mounTs

Fits any angle railing & detaches quickly for storage without tools to leave no hardware on the rail when not in use.

ROUND RAIL MOUNT




CATALINA GOURMET BBq

• Full size inner safety shell funnels grease into front-access grease tray reducing flare-up and heat discolouration.

• Reliable piezo crystal ignition for instant start up.• 100% 18-9 mirror polished stainless steel for lasting

beauty and superior corrosion resistance.• Convenient snap-out dual radiant plate allows quick,

easy clean-up and perfect even heat distribution.• Large upper grill for slow grilling or for warming.• Easy to read all stainless steel hermetically sealed

thermometer with 400° C safety glass.• Oversized perfectly balanced lockable lid

won’t slam shut and secures all inner components for transport.

• Full-length handle gives access from either side and makes mounting and transport of the grill easy.

• Swiveling valve regulator for quick gas bottle exchange.

• Can be supplied to operate from either LPG or camping GAZ cylinders.

Code Description Main Grill Size 2nd level Grill Size

A10-1218L Catalina BBQ for LPG only 460 x 300 mm (18 x 12″) 460 x 150 mm (18 x 6″)A10-1218G Catalina BBQ for GAZ only 460 x 300 mm (18 x 12″) 460 x 150 mm (18 x 6″)

Note: Mounts and gas bottles are not supplied with BBQ.

mAgmA gourmeT BBQs

Code Description Sizewidth x depth

A10-918L Newport BBQ for LPG only 460 x 230 mm (18″ x 9″)A10-918G Newport BBQ for GAZ only 460 x 230 mm (18″ x 9″)


• Full size inner safety shell funnels grease into front-access grease tray reducing flare-up and heat discolouration.

• Reliable piezo crystal ignition for instant start up.

• 100% 18-9 mirror polished stainless steel for lasting beauty and superior corrosion resistance.

• Convenient snap-out dual radiant plate allows quick, easy clean-up and perfect even heat distribution.

• 9″ x 18″ cooking grill with tightly spaced grid struts, perfect for grilling food of all sizes.

• Easy to read all stainless steel hermetically sealed thermometer with 400° C safety glass.

• Oversized perfectly balanced lockable lid won’t slam shut and secures all inner components for transport.

• Full-length handle gives access from either side and makes mounting and transport of the grill easy.

• Swiveling valve regulator. Allows quick gas bottle exchange.

• Can be supplied to operate from either LPG or camping GAZ cylinders.

NEWPORT GOURMET BBq


CG-7

MONTEREy GOURMET BBq

Large enough to provide a banquet for even the hungriest crew, the Monterey offers features usually only found in the largest back yard grills, yet is designed specifically for use on your boat. The Monterey mounts easily and disassembles quickly for cleaning. The fuel efficient primary grill comes to high, even temperatures very quickly for searing steaks and roasts. The secondary grill is perfect for slow grilling of fish, vegetables or warming breads. The Monterey certainly “cooks as good as it looks.” Uses low pressure, pre-regulated on-board LPG (propane) systems. We recommend the “Heavy Duty” Mounting hardware on this model.

• Full size inner safety shell funnels grease into front-access grease tray reducing flare-up and heat discolouration.• Reliable piezo crystal ignition for instant start up.• 100% 18-9 mirror polished stainless steel for lasting beauty and superior corrosion resistance.• Convenient snap-out dual radiant plate allows quick, easy clean-up and perfect even heat distribution.• Large cooking grill with tightly spaced grid struts, perfect for grilling food of all sizes.• Large upper grill for slow grilling or for warming.• Easy to read all stainless steel hermetically sealed thermometer with 400° C safety glass.• Oversized perfectly balanced lockable lid won’t slam shut and secures all inner components for transport.• Full-length handle gives access from either side and makes mounting and transport of the grill easy.• Swiveling valve regulator for quick gas bottle exchange.

Code Description Main Grill Size 2nd level Grill Size

A10-1225L Monterey BBQ for LPG only 610 x 300 mm (24 x 12″) 610 x 140 mm (24 x 6″)





Shown with A10-902 Serving Shelf. Serving shelf and fuel canister are sold separately.

Code Description Lid Type Grill SizeA10-801L TrailMate BBQ for LPG only Hinged 230 x 305 mm (9 x 12″ )A10-802G TrailMate BBQ for GAZ only Hinged 230 x 305 mm (9 x 12″ )

Code Description Lid Type Grill SizeA10-803L ChefsMate BBQ for LPG only Hinged 230 x 460 mm (9 x 18″)A10-804G ChefsMate BBQ for GAZ only Hinged 230 x 460 mm (9 x 18″)

TRAILMATE™ GAS GRILL

CHEfSMATE™GAS GRILL

Small compact and powerful, the TrailMate is perfect for on-board or on-shore use. Fold-down legs give this grill the go-anywhere capability to enhance your outdoor activities. ‘Wind tested’ for perfect even heat distribution. The TrailMate matches the high grilling performance standards set by Magma larger grills. Designed for beauty and performance, the TrailMate is constructed flawlessly from mirror-polished all marine grade stainless steel for years of dependable service.

• Fold-Away legs - perfect for that quick picnic on shore.• Inner Safety Shell.• Funnels grease into front access grease tray - reducing

flare-up and heat discolouration.• 100% 18-9 mirror polished stainless steel for lasting

beauty and superior corrosion resistance.• Convenient Snap-out radiant plate allows quick,

easy clean-up and perfect even heat distribution.• Oversized perfectly balanced lockable lid so it won’t slam

shut and secures all inner components for transport.• Full-length handle - gives access from either side and makes

mounting and transport easy.• Front access, lock-in-place grease tray.

Meticulous attention to even the smallest details creates the finest value grill available. Wind tested for perfect even heat distribution, this grill offers the cooking performance usually only found in large back yard grills costing much more. Easily transported, the Fold-Away legs are out of the way on-board, but readily available for that quick picnic on shore. The Snap-out radiant plate provides easy access for clean up yet allows the flame kissed flavour that makes for really memorable meals on onboard or ashore. Designed for beauty and performance, you’ll find that the Chef’sMate is constructed flawlessly for years on dependable use.

• Fold-Away legs - perfect for that quick picnic on shore.

• Inner Safety Shell.- funnels grease into front access grease tray reducing flare-up and heat discolouration.

• 100% 18-9 mirror polished stainless steel for lasting beauty and superior corrosion resistance.

• Convenient Snap-out radiant plate. This allows for quick, easy clean-up and perfect even heat distribution.

• Oversized perfectly balanced lockable lid which won’t slam shut and secures all inner components for transport.

• Full-length handle - gives access from either side and makes mounting and transport easy.

• Front access, lock-in-place grease tray.• Swiveling valve/ regulator - allows quick and safe gas

bottle exchange.

Notes• The fold-away legs are not recommended for use on-board.• Optional mounting hardware is available for mounting for on-board use.• All replacement parts are in stock and will be readily available.• Serving shelf and fuel canisters are sold separately.

Notes• The fold-away legs are not recommended for use on-board.• Optional mounting hardware is available for mounting for on-board use.• All replacement parts are in stock and readily available.• Mounts and fuel canisters sold separately

Shown with A10-902 Serving Shelf. Serving shelf and fuel canister are sold separately.

With T10-185 Pedestal mount (sold separately)

Connoisseur gAs grills


CG-9

gourmeT & Connoisseur mounTs

Extremely strong and features 2-way adjustment for perfect horizontal levelling. Quickly detaches without tools for compact storage leaving no hardware on the rail.

LOCkING fLUSH DECk SOCkET MOUNT

This attractive mirror polished 18-8 stainless steel flush deck socket set features a push button lock pin and includes a flange gasket with integral flip-up water seal cap. Some fasteners required for installation.

Code Type Fits

T10-326 Single NewportT10-526 Dual Catalina, Monterey

“POW’RGRIP™ LEVELOCk”™ DOUBLE LOCkING

Code Description

T10-375 “Pow’rGrip™ LeveLock”™ Double Locking Fish Rod Holder Mount

Just when you thought it couldn’t get any better… this mount adjusts and locks in place at both ends. We’ve joined the T10-355 “LeveLock” Adjustable Fish Rod Holder Mount above, with the “Pow’rGrip” Adjustable Fish Rod Holder Mount. This allows the “Pow’rGrip portion of the mount to adjust to any size rod holder and lock in place, while the “LeveLock” portion of the mount, adjusts and locks your Magma rectangular grill: Tournament Series Table; or Traditional Single Mount Table to any desired position. With larger Tournament Series tables, use the “LeveLegz”™ Table Support Legs to level and support even the largest bait or fillet project. This patented mount is the strongest, most corrosion resistant, most versatile mount in the industry.

Code Fits

T10-355 Newport only

Code Type Size Rail Size

T10-380 Single Small 1″ (22 or 25.5 mm)T10-385 Single Large 1-1/4″ (28.5 or 32 mm)

LEVELOCk ROD HOLDER MOUNT

HORIZONTAL ROUND RAIL MOUNT

Made of heat treated stainless steel and hard anodized aluminium this is one of the strongest mounts available. The quick release cam-action lever allows instant levelling without tools. Fits most cross pin type rod holders. Folds flat for compact storage with the grill.

LOCkING SURfACE DECk SOCkET MOUNT

This attractive mirror polished 18-8 stainless steel deck socket set features a push button locking pin and a water drainage hole in the side of the socket. Some fasteners required for installation.

Code Type Fits




Code Type Fits


SqUARE RAIL / BULkHEAD MOUNT

This mount attaches to flat surfaces such as bulkheads, hulls, transoms or cabin sides. Also mounts to square or flat rails. Fits horizontal rails up to 2-1/4″ (57 mm) high by any depth or vertical rails up to 1-5/8″ (41 mm) wide by any depth. Some fasteners required for installation.

ON SHORE STAND

Use your Gourmet Series Grill on-shore, on the dock, at home or camping with these all 18-8 stainless steel legs. They are extremely strong and rugged making them a great camping accessory. Not recommended for use on boats.

Code Fits

T10-655 Fits all gourmet BBQs

LEVELOCk - VERTICAL ROUND RAIL MOUNT

Code Size Dimensions

T10-780 Small 1″ (22 or 25.5 mm)T10-785 Large 1-1/4″ (28.5 or 32 mm)

This mount combines the versatility of the popular “LeveLock”® all-angle mount for instantaneous levelling, with our sturdy out-over-the-water vertical Round Rail Mount. Quickly disassembles without tools and leaves no hardware on the rail.

Not Recommended for the A10-1225 ‘Monterey’


T10-680 Small 1″ (22 or 25.5 mm)T10-685 Large 1-1/4″ (28.5 or 32 mm)

EXTENDED HORIZONTAL ROUND RAIL MOUNT

This round rail mounting bracket allows mounting of Gourmet Grills out over the water. The quick-disconnect system allows quick removal without leaving any hardware on the rail.

Not Recommended for the A10-1225 ‘Monterey’

SOCkET TyPE MOUNT

Socket mount for Tempress Fish On & Roberts Rod Holder Sockets.Quickly disconnect without tools for compact storage with the grill. Rod holder sockets not included.

Code Type Fits

A10-160 Single Newport Only



GOURMET BBq COVERS

Code Colour To Fit

A10-990fGForestGreen

Newport

A10-1290fG Catalina

A10-1291fG Monterey

A10-990PBPacificBlue

Newport

A10-1290PB Catalina

A10-1291PB Monterey

A10-990BUBurgundy

Newport

A10-1290BU Catalina

A10-1291BU Monterey

A10-990JBJet

Black

Newport

A10-1290JB Catalina

A10-1291JB Monterey

A10-990RBRoyalBlue

Newport

A10-1290RB Catalina

A10-1291RB Monterey

A10-990CNCaptains

Navy

Newport

A10-1290CN Catalina

A10-1291CN MontereyWater and fade resistant Sunbrella® boat cover material resists damage from sunlight and mildew.

5 year warranty covers the fabric becoming unserviceable because of loss of strength from normal exposure conditions including sunlight, mildew, rot and

atmospheric chemicals. 1 year warranty on all other components.

DOUBLE LOCkING “STOWABLE” PEDESTAL MOUNT 28” (71 CM)

Code Size Description

T10-185 71 cm (28″) Double Locking “Stowable” Pedestal Mount

Mount any Magma “Gourmet Series” or “Connoisseur Series” Gas Grill or any Magma “Single Mount” Table with this “easy-on/easy-off” pedestal mount. A great way to mount a Magma Rectangular Grill or Table to a swim step, a Pontoon/Party Boat, or even to a deck or patio at home. Surface mounted so there’s no large hole to drill.

Shown with T10-420 Tournament Series Table.

T10-185 with A10-1218 “Catalina”.

CG-11Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz


BBQ ACCessories

vAlves

CArTridges

Code Description

A10-270 Cook book

Code Description

GCA 1012 GAZ 470 Cartridge (450gm)

From Cornish game hens to great hamburgers, this book contains 130 pages of easy to prepare barbecue delights, useful recommendations, techniques, hints and accessory ideas for a better grilling experience.Recipes are designed to use a minimum of ingredients and are exclusively prepared for the “Marine Kettle”® Grill.

MARINE CUISINE BBq COOk BOOk

The mix is recommended for better performance at low temperatures.

• Contains Butane/Propane mix

SERVING SHELf WITH CUTTING BOARD

Code Fits

A10-902 All Gourmet BBQs & Connoisseur Grills

18-8 Stainless Steel detachable Serving Shelf with U.V. Stabilized High-Density, FDA approved Polyethylene cutting board.

Attaches and detaches instantly for quick and easy clean-up or storage. Stores inside of grill when not in use.

For pre-regulated, low pressure, on-board LPG (propane) and CNG (natural gas) systems, this stainless steel and brass control valve is designed to connect to the low pressure side of the regulator. Hose and fittings not included.

REGULATOR VALVES BBQ/Grill Valve

A10-007L 10-221NA10-008G 10-267A10-017L 10-221NA10-018G 10-267A10-105L 10-221NA10-106G 10-267A10-205L 10-221NA10-206G 10-267A10-207L 10-221NA10-208G 10-267A10-215L 10-221NA10-216G 10-267A10-217L 10-221NA10-218G 10-267A10-801L 10-221NA10-801G 10-267A10-803L 10-221NA10-803G 10-267A10-804G 10-267A10-918L 10-221NA10-918G 10-267A10-1218L 10-223A10-1218G 10-269A10-1225 10-224

5th Edition.

Code Description 10-267 GAZ Low Output 10-269 GAZ Medium Output

Code Description 10-221N LPG Low Output 10-223 LPG Medium Output 10-224 LPG High Output

Note: Each regulator valve is colour coded: - No paint denotes for low output - Green paint denotes for medium output - Yellow paint denotes for high output



For grilling flaky fish, vegetables, and small food items, or use it inside the Wok as a steamer tray. Keeps small delicacies from falling through the grill. The removable, rubber coated handle makes the tray easy to use and to stow. The non-stick version is coated with Teflon® Select for unsurpassed durability.

fISH & VEGE GRILL TRAy

Code Material Diameter

A10-295 304 Stainless Steel 349 mm (13 3/4″)A10-296 304 Stainless Steel with Teflon 349 mm (13 3/4″)

The ancient culinary art of wok cooking is now available in 100% 18-8 stainless steel. This high quality, beautiful wok is perfectly proportioned to fit the Magma Marine Kettles® or your in-home or on-board appliances.

STAINLESS STEEL WOk WITH LID

Code Diameter

A10-290 419 mm (16 1/2″)

9 PIECE S/STEEL ‘NESTING’ COOkWARE SET

Code Material

A10-360 Stainless SteelA10-365 Stainless Steel with Teflon

A Magma quality 18-10 stainless steel cook-ware set that nests for storage in less than 1/2 cubic foot of cabinet space. The set includes: • 3x saucepans (1-1/2 qt., 2 qt., and 3 qt.)• 1x lid that fits all three saucepans• 1x 5 qt. Stock Pot• 1x 9-1/2 inch diameter Saute Pan (also serves as a lid for the Stock Pot)• 2x removable handles With a convenient “Bungee” storage cord. All have perfectly flat triple clad bottoms (ss-aluminium-ss) for even heat distribution on gas, electric or ceramic cooktops. Oven safe and dishwasher friendly. Yacht quality cookware at a value price.

ECONOMATE BAIT & fILLET TABLE

The versatile Econo-Mate bait and fillet table is made of FDA approved, UV stabilized, high-density polyethylene for mildew free, crack free, and maintenance free use. It won’t absorb fish odours, It attaches and detaches instantly with a stainless steel push/pull pin and folds completely flat for compact storage.

Fillet knife and pliers not included.


T10-310 Large 510 x 410 mm (20 x 16″)T10-311 Small 310 x 410 mm (12 x 16″)

mAgmA BAiT TABles



BAIT/fILLET MATE CUTTING & SERVING TABLE

This table features 2 fillet knife holders and a handy receptacle for your fishing pliers. The slot at the back of the table permits water drainage from the work surface. The “Bait/Fillet Mate” is virtually indestructible. It doesn’t absorb fish odour, will not crack or mildew and is maintenance free. Made of the finest commercial cutting board material available; FDA approved and UV stabilized high-density polyethylene.

fIRST MATE - DUAL MOUNT TABLE

A much larger version of the “Single-Mount” tables and a perfect compliment to your Magma BBQ. The heavy-duty “Dual-Mount” design gives you the strength of a work bench with the convenience of Magma’s quick mount system for compact storage. Features large water drainage slots, two fillet knife holders, a receptacle for your fishing pliers, and 4″ high side and back guard rails. Virtually indestructible,


T10-503 Small 320 x 790 mm (12 1/2 x 31″)T10-504 Large 320 x 1040 mm (12 1/2 x 41″)

doesn’t absorb fish odour, will not crack, or mildew and is maintenance free. Made with FDA approved and UV stabilized high-density polyethylene. Fillet knives and pliers not included.


T10-302 Small 325 x 510 mm (12 3/4 x 20″)T10-303 Large 320 x 790 mm (12 1/2 x 31″)

TOURNAMENT SERIES™ BAIT/fILLET™ TABLE W/“LEVELOCk”™ ADJUSTABLE fISH ROD HOLDER MOUNT

Code Description

T10-421 Tournament Series™ Bait/Fillet™ Table with “LeveLock”™ Adjustable Fish Rod Holder Mount

This injection molded polyethylene bait and fillet table is U.V. stabilized a hard anodized T10-355 “LeveLock”™ adjustable fish rod holder mount included. It will not fade, chip, crack, or hold fish odours. It is strong and lightweight and includes slots for pliers and fillet knives and a molded-in ruler for measuring fish. It can be used with Magma’s single or dual mounts for rectangular grills or tables that you already stock.

51 cm (20″) long, 41 cm (16″) deep & 11 cm (4-1/2″) high

Note: Not compatible with T10-350 “old style” “LeveLock”™ Adjustable Rod Holder Mounts. Available from Oct 2008

TOURNAMENT SERIES™ BAIT/fILLET™ TABLE WITH POW’RGRIP™ LEVELOCk™ ADJUSTABLE fISH ROD HOLDER MOUNTInjection molded polyethylene bait table with a T10-375“Pow’rGrip™ LeveLock”™ Double Locking Adjustable Fish Rod Holder Mount included. This fillet table is U.V. stabilized and will not fade, chip, crack, or hold fish odours. It is strong and lightweight and includes slots for pliers and fillet knives and a molded-in ruler for measuring fish. It can be used with Magma’s single or dual mounts for rectangular grills or tables that you already stock.


Note: Not compatible with T10-350 “old style” “LeveLock”™ Adjustable Rod Holder Mounts. Available from Oct 2008

Code Description




TOURNAMENT SERIES™ BAIT/fILLET™ TABLE WITH “LEVELOCk”™ ADJUSTABLE fISH ROD HOLDER MOUNT

Code Description


This injection molded polyethylene bait and fillet table is U.V. stabilized with a hard anodized T10-355 “LeveLock”™ adjustable fish rod holder mount included. It will not fade, chip, crack, or hold fish odours. It is strong and lightweight and includes slots for pliers and fillet knives and a molded-in ruler for measuring fish. It can be used with Magma’s single or dual mounts for rectangular grills or tables that you already stock. The perfect table for bait preparation, filleting fish, or food service.


Note: Not compatible with T10-350 “old style” “LeveLock”™ Adjustable Rod Holder Mounts.

Available 2009.

Code Type Fits

T10-326 Single Single Mount TablesT10-526 Dual Dual Mount Tables

Code Type Fits

T10-321 Single Single Mount TablesT10-521 Dual Dual Mount Tables

LOCkING SURfACE DECk SOCkET MOUNTFeaturing a push button locking pin and a water drainage hole in the side of the socket. Some fasteners required for installation.

BAiT TABle mounTs

LOCkING fLUSH DECk SOCkET MOUNTFeaturing a push button lock pin and includes a flange gasket with integral flip-up water seal cap. Some fasteners required for installation.

Code Type Fits

T10-360 Single Single Mount Tables only

SOCkET TyPE ROD HOLDER MOUNTFits Tempress Fish-On® & Roberts Rod Holder Sockets (sold separately)

“POW’RGRIP™ LEVELOCk”™ DOUBLE LOCkING

Code Description

T10-375 “Pow’rGrip™ LeveLock”™ Double Locking Fish Rod Holder Mount

Just when you thought it couldn’t get any better… this mount adjusts and locks in place at both ends. We’ve joined the T10-355 “LeveLock” Adjustable Fish Rod Holder Mount above, with the “Pow’rGrip” Adjustable Fish Rod Holder Mount. This allows the “Pow’rGrip portion of the mount to adjust to any size rod holder and lock in place, while the “LeveLock” portion of the mount, adjusts and locks your Magma rectangular grill: Tournament Series Table; or Traditional Single Mount Table to any desired position. With larger Tournament Series tables, use the “LeveLegz”™ Table Support Legs to level and support even the largest bait or fillet project. This patented mount is the strongest, most corrosion resistant, most versatile mount in the industry.



Code Type Fits

T10-320 Single Single Mount Tables

SINGLE DECk SOCkET MOUNT

This mount is made of 18-8 stainless steel and triple chrome plated brass. A stainless detent pin lets the table rotate and lock in four different positions.

Some fasteners required for installation.

Code Fits

T10-355 Fits all single mount bait tables

Quick release cam-action design allows convenient all angle adjustment. The 1-1/2” (38 mm) 18-8 stainless steel tube fits into most “cross pin” type rod holders in 8 different rotational positions. Folds flat for compact storage.

LEVELOCk ROD HOLDER MOUNT

Code Type Size RailSize

T10-380 Single Small 1″ (22 or 25.5 mm)T10-385 Single Large 1 1/4″ (28.5 or 32 mm)T10-580 Dual Small 1″ (22 or 25.5 mm)T10-585 Dual Large 1 1/4″ (28.5 or 32 mm)

HORIZONTAL ROUND RAIL MOUNT

Code Extension Fits

T10-511 150 mm (6″) Dual Deck Socket Mount TablesT10-512 300 mm (12″) Dual Deck Socket Mount Tables

TABLE HEIGHT EXTENSION kIT

DOUBLE LOCkING “STOWABLE” PEDESTAL MOUNT

Code Size Description

T10-185 71 cm (28″) Double Locking “Stowable” Pedestal Mount

Mount any Magma “Gourmet Series” or “Connoisseur Series” Gas Grill or any Magma “Single Mount” Table with this “easy-on/easy-off” pedestal mount. A great way to mount a Magma Rectangular Grill or Table to a swim step, a Pontoon/Party Boat, or even to a deck or patio at home. Surface mounted so there’s no large hole to drill.

Shown with T10-420 Tournament Series Table.

Code Type Rail Size Fits

T10-340 Single up to 2-1/4″ (57 mm) Single Mount TablesT10-540 Dual up to 2-1/4″ (57 mm) Dual Mount Tables

SqUARE RAIL / BULkHEAD MOUNTAttaches to any vertical flat surface such as bulkheads or mounts to square or flat rails. Fits horizontal rails up to 57 mm (2-1/4″) high by any depth or vertical rails up to 41 mm (1-5/8″) wide by any depth.

Some fasteners required for installation.



10-010Knob & Finger

Guard Assembly

Marine Kettle Replacement Parts

© 2003 MAGMA PRODUCTS, INC. 11/03

MAGMA PRODUCTS, INC. • 3940 PIXIE AVE. • LAKEWOOD, CA 90712 • TEL (562) 627-0500 • FAX (562) 627-0550email: [email protected] • Website: www.magmaproducts.com

MA

GMA PRODUCTS

MARINE KETTLE

A10-004ORIGINAL SIZE

A10-014PARTY SIZE

CHARCOAL BBQ

10-030Draft Door Assembly

MA

GMA PRODUCTS

MARINE KETTLE

10-100Lid Assembly

Complete

10-040Cooking Grill

10-0508" Lower

Charcoal Grill

10-060Bowl Assembly

10-070L-Bracket & Clamp

Assembly

10-010Knob & Finger

Guard Assembly


10-400Lid Assembly

Complete

10-441Cooking Grill

10-44210" Lower

Charcoal Grill

10-461Bowl Assembly


Assembly

10-010Knob & Finger

Guard Assembly




MA

GMA PRODUCTS

MARINE KETTLE


A10-014PARTY SIZE

CHARCOAL BBQ


MA

GMA PRODUCTS

MARINE KETTLE

10-100Lid Assembly

Complete

10-040Cooking Grill

10-0508" Lower

Charcoal Grill

10-060Bowl Assembly


Assembly

10-010Knob & Finger

Guard Assembly


10-400Lid Assembly

Complete

10-441Cooking Grill

10-44210" Lower

Charcoal Grill

10-461Bowl Assembly


Assembly

mAgmA BBQ rePlACemenT PArTs



10-152 Lid Assembly,

Complete

10-161Grease Catch Pan

10-160TurboVenturi

Tube

10-267Control Valve

Regulator with International Collar

10-151Knob & FingerGuard Assembly


MAGMA PRODUCTS, INC. • 3940 PIXIE AVE. • LAKEWOOD, CA 90712 • TEL (562) 627-0500 • FAX (562) 627-0550email: [email protected] • www.MagmaProducts.com

A10-006 GAS BBQ (Export)

10-253Cooking Grill

10-155Retainer Pins

10-154Ceramic Briquets

10-258Flame Deflector

10-259Outer Bowl

10-164L-Bracket &Clamp Assembly

10-156Radiant Screen & Retainer Pin

10-268 Connect Collar"Camping Gaz"


10-657Universal Replacement Burner

OR

10-221NLPG Pre - Regulated Valve

A10-005/6 Marine Kettle Gas Grill Pre 2007


Complete


10-160TurboVenturi

Tube

10-267Control Valve






10-253Cooking Grill

10-155Retainer Pins



10-259Outer Bowl








1 0 -1 5 2 Lid Assembly,

Complete

1 0 -1 6 1G rease Catch Pan

1 0 -1 6 0TurboV enturi

Tube

1 0 -2 6 7Control V alve

Regulator w ith International Collar

1 0 -1 5 1K nob & FingerG uard Assembly

© 2004 MAGMA PRO DUCTS, INC. 5/04

MA G MA PRO DUC TS, INC . • 3940 PIXIE AV E. • LA KEW O O D, C A 90712 • TEL (562) 627-0500 • FA X (562) 627-0550e ma il: M a il@ M a g ma Pro d uc ts.c om • www.M a g ma Prod uc ts.c om

A 1 0 -0 0 6 G A S B B Q (E xport)

1 0 -2 5 3Cooking G rill

1 0 -1 5 5Retainer Pins

1 0 -1 5 4Ceramic B riquets

1 0 -2 5 8Flame Deflector

1 0 -2 5 9O uter B ow l

1 0 -1 6 4L-B racket &Clamp Assembly

1 0 -1 5 6Radiant Screen & Retainer Pin

1 0 -2 6 8 Connect Collar"Camping G az"

M a rin e K ett le R epla cemen t P a rts

1 0 -6 5 7Universal Replacement B urner

OR

10-221N LPG Pre - Regulated Valve

A10-005/6 & A10-105/6 Marine Kettle Gas Grill 2007 - now

10-466Radiant Plate

10-164 / 10-664L-Bracket & Clamp Assembly


Complete


10-160TurboVenturi

Tube

10-267Control Valve






10-253Cooking Grill

10-155Retainer Pins



10-259Outer Bowl









COMBINATION GAS STOVE & GAS BBQ's (Export)

A10-018PARTY SIZE

10-153Cooking Grill


Complete

10-665Radiant Plate

& Dome

10-158Inner Fire Pan

10-159Outer Bowl


10-160Turbo Venturi

Tube

10-164L-Bracket &

Clamp Assembly

10-267Control Valve



10-151Knob & Finger

Guard Assembly

10-453Cooking Grill


Complete

10-665Radiant Plate

& Dome


10-459Outer Bowl


10-151Knob & Finger

Guard Assembly

© 2004 MAGMA PRODUCTS, INC. 0405



10-160Turbo Venturi

Tube

10-164L-Bracket &

Clamp Assembly

10-267Control Valve



10-657Universal

ReplacementBurner

10-657Universal

ReplacementBurner

OR

10-221NLPG

Pre - Regulated Valve

OR

10-221NLPG

Pre - Regulated Valve

A10-007/8 A10-017/8A10-008

ORIGINAL SIZE

COMBINATION GAS STOVE & GAS BBQ's (Export)

A10-018PARTY SIZE

10-153Cooking Grill


Complete

10-665Radiant Plate

& Dome


10-159Outer Bowl


10-160Turbo Venturi

Tube

10-164L-Bracket &

Clamp Assembly

10-267Control Valve



10-151Knob & Finger

Guard Assembly

10-453Cooking Grill


Complete

10-665Radiant Plate

& Dome


10-459Outer Bowl


10-151Knob & Finger

Guard Assembly




10-160Turbo Venturi

Tube

10-164L-Bracket &

Clamp Assembly

10-267Control Valve



10-657Universal

ReplacementBurner

10-657Universal

ReplacementBurner

10-164 / 10-664L-Bracket & Clamp

Assembly

10-164 / 10-664L-Bracket & Clamp

Assembly



10-267

OR


10-164

A10-207/8



A10-217/8

OR




“NEWPORT” MODEL A10-918



Gourmet Series Replacement Parts

10-952Lid with lock, hingefastener set & wrench(handle not included)

10-932Lid hinge fastener set with wrench

10-951Lid handle with fasteners

10-953�Grill grate (Sold each - 3 required for complete grill)

10-965Radiant plate

10-957Burner with screw

10-958Inner liner with electrode

10-959Outer shell

10-962Valve chamber coverwith screws

10-263Valve Regulator

10-960Piezo igniter with wire & ceramic electrodewith fasteners

10-961Grease catch pan

10-933Mounting fastener pack

10-045Rubber feet

10-267

10-221NLPG Pre - Regulated ValveOr

G/L

“NEWPORT” MODEL A10-918








10-965Radiant plate



10-959Outer shell






10-045Rubber feet

10-934 hatch kit with fasteners

10-953 Grill grate (sold each - 3 required for complete grill)

10-954 Grill grate (sold each - 3 required for complete grill)



“CATALINA” MODEL A10-1218


MAGMA PRODUCTS, INC. • 3940 PIXIE AVE. • LAKEWOOD, CA 90712 • TEL (562) 627-0500 • FAX (562) 627-0550email: [email protected] • www.magmaproducts.com


10-1270Thermometerwith fasteners

10-1252Lid with lock, hingefastener set & wrench(handle and thermometer not included)



10-1271Warming rack


10-965Radiant plate



10-1259Outer shell





10-045Rubber feet


10-269

10-223LPG Pre - Regulated ValveOr

G/L“NEWPORT” MODEL A10-918








10-965Radiant plate



10-959Outer shell






10-045Rubber feet

10-934 hatch kit with fasteners 10-1254

Grill grate (sold each - 3 required for complete grill)



10-1270Thermometerwith fasteners

10-1052Lid with lock, hingefastener set & wrench(handle and thermometer not included)



10-1071Warming rack


10-1065Radiant plate



10-1059Outer shell





10-045Rubber feet


x 8

x 4

“MONTEREY” MODEL A10-1225

x 4

10

05MAGMA PRODUCTS, INC. • 3940 PIXIE AVE. • LAKEWOOD, CA 90712 • TEL (562) 627-0500 • FAX (562) 627-0550

email: [email protected] • www.magmaproducts.com


10-270

10-224LPG Pre - Regulated ValveOr

G/L“NEWPORT” MODEL A10-918








10-965Radiant plate



10-959Outer shell






10-045Rubber feet

10-934 hatch kit with fasteners 10-954

Grill grate (sold each - 4 required for complete grill)



A10-801NZ-3 TrailMate Gas Grill Replacement Parts

http://magmaproducts.com/shopsite_sc/store/html/page301.html [14/07/2009 12:45:51 p.m.]

A10-803NZ-3 ChefsMate Gas Grill Replacement Parts

http://magmaproducts.com/shopsite_sc/store/html/page300.html [14/07/2009 12:47:35 p.m.]

10-95110-934

10-95510-964

10-95710-948

10-94910-961

Code Description

10-942 Lid w/Lock, Hinge Fastener Set & Wrench (Handle not included) 10-934 Latch kit w/ Fasteners10-951 Lid Handle w/ Fasteners 10-955 6” x 9” Grill Grate 9 Wire (3 required - sold individually)10-964 Radiant Plate10-957 Burner w/ Screw10-948 Inner Liner (two piece)10-949 Outer Shell w/Valve Chamber and Mounting Plate10-936 Lid Hinge Fastener Set w/ Wrench10-966 Cast Stainless Logo w/ Fasteners10-931 Rubber Feet Set of 410-961 Grease Catch Pan10-933 Mounting Fastener Pack10-221N LPG Pre-Regulated Valve10-267 Valve Regulator10-950 Leg Set w/ Fasteners

A10-803NZ-3 CHEfSMATE REPLACEMENT PARTS

Code Description

10-922 Lid w/Lock, Hinge Fastener Set & Wrench (Handle not included) 10-934 Latch kit w/ Fasteners10-936 Lid Hinge Fastener Set w/ Wrench10-921 Lid Handle w/ Fasteners 10-955 6” x 9” Grill Grate 9 Wire (2 required - sold individually)10-923 Radiant Plate10-927 Burner w/ Screw10-928 Inner Liner (two piece)10-929 Outer Shell w/Valve Chamber and Mounting Plate10-966 Cast Stainless Logo w/ Fasteners10-931 Rubber Feet Set of 410-924 Grease Catch Pan10-933 Mounting Fastener Pack10-221N LPG Pre-Regulated Valve10-267 Valve Regulator10-950 Leg Set w/ Fasteners

A10-801NZ-3 TRAILMATE REPLACEMENT PARTS

10-950 LEG SET AVAILABLE

10-92210-92110-934

10-95510-923

10-92710-928

10-929

10-221N 10-26710-924

10-950

10-942

10-221N 10-267


E L E C T R I C A L

10-221N 10-267

EL-1EL-1

E L E C T R I C A L

LIfELINE DEEP CyCLE BATTERIES Capacity ratings are stated at 25°C (77°F) to 1.75 volts per cell.

Capacity ratings are stated at 25°C (77°F) to 1.75 volts per cell.

LIfELINE AGM MARINE BATTERy BENEfITS

User Safety, Sealed construction, Non-spill.

Maintenance free, No adding water or repairing corroded terminalsExceptionally fast recharge, No current limitations with voltage regulated recharging

Deep Cycle, Thick positive plates to provide real deep cycle performance

Outstanding cranking performance - Aircraft class cell construction lowers internal resistance

Best charge retention (especially against flooded cell types)

Lowest discharge rates - Less that 3 percent per month unattended

Easily shipped - Even via UPS except GPL-8DL and GPL-4DL because of weight

Shock and vibration resistant - 100% of plates are covered with separator liners

Properly supported LIFELINE AGM batteries with absorbed electrolyte can be installed and operated on their side.

Terminals:GPL-24MT, GPL27MT & GPL-31MT are heavy-duty copper alloy Marine Terminals. The GPL-U1 is a 1/4″ -20 N.C. copper alloy threaded insert.All ‘T’ batteries supplied with brass bolts and washers. A= Automotive post.L= L bladed terminal 5/16″ bolt hole, supplied with bolts and washers.

Handles: “T” models have handles built into the cover. GPL-24MT and GPL-27MT also incorporate strap handles. Handles not available on part numbers GPL-4CT. Models GPL-4DL & GPL-8DL are equipped with rope handles.


Code Volts Dimensions (mm) Weight

Kg

CCA

(0° C)

CapacityAmp

HoursL W H

GPL-U1 12 196 132 175 10.9 215 33GPL-24MT 12 283 172 235 25.5 550 80GPL-27MT 12 333 172 235 29.5 575 100GPL-31MT 12 328 172 236 31.4 600 105GPL-30HT 12 279 166 304 43.5 700 150GPL-4DL 12 527 222 266 61.2 1100 210GPL-8DL 12 526 278 260 73.6 1350 255GPL-4CT 6 261 181 294 30.0 750 220GPL-6CT 6 261 177 321 40.9 980 300GPL-L16T 6 279 175 395 54 1350 400GPL-4CT-2V 2 261 179 252 30 2025 660GPL-6CT-2V 2 261 179 329 40.8 2500 900GPL-L16T-2V 2 296 177 399 54 3645 1200GPL-31T-2V 2 328 171 236 31.4 3240 660

Code Volts Dimensions (mm) Weight

Kg

CCA

(0° C)

CapacityAmp

HoursL W H

GPL-1400T 12 249 132 174 14.5 550 57GPL-2400T 12 283 172 235 24.1 650 75GPL-2700T 12 333 172 235 28.6 755 95GPL-3100T 12 328 172 236 30.4 810 100

LIfELINE START BATTERIES

BATTeriesLIfELINE PRODUCES THE HIGHEST qUALITy AGM BATTERIES fOR MARINE AND RECREATIONAL

VEHICLE APPLICATIONS. EACH SEALED LEAD ACID BATTERy IS HAND CRAfTED IN THE USA.

Life Cycle Performance Against a Leading Gel Cell Battery

Temperature range - Operating -40° to 70°


E L E C T R I C A L

300 amp hours

(6 Volts. Rated Cap. Amp. Hrs 20 Hr Rate)

• Sealed non-spill construction• Maintenance free• 100% fast recharge• Deep Cycle• Outstanding cranking performance• Low internal resistance• Best charge retention• Lowest discharge rates • Shock & vibration resistant• Connect in series to make 12, 24 or 48 volt systems.


LIFELINE AGM batteries with absorbed electrolyte

can be safely installed and operated on their side, or

even up-side-down!.

EL-2 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nzEL-2

E L E C T R I C A L

EL-3EL-3

Engine Type Balmar Alternator Model

Bukh 621, 71-Series *Caterpillar Off Engine Only, Most Iso. Ground *Chrysler 60, 70, 621, 71-Series *Crusader 621, 71-Series * **Cummins Mounts vary by engine model.Detroit Dsl. 621, 712, 94 & 95-Series *Flagship 621, 71-Series *GMC 621, 71-Series *Greymarine 621, 71-Series *Hawk Marine 621, 71-Series *Hino 621, 71-Series *Indmar 621, 71-Series *Isuzu 621, 71-Series, some 60, 70-Series *John Deere 621, 71-Series, 604, 95, 97-Series *Lehman (Ford) 60, 621, 71-Series * ***Lehman (Sabre) 60-Series, requires tension arm mod.*Lugger Varies by model * ****MAN No standard *Mercedes 60, 70-Series (With Spacers) *Mercruiser Varies by model 60, 621, 712-Series *Mitsubishi 60, 70-Series (With Spacers) *MTU No standard *Nanni 60, 70-Series *OMC 621, 71-Series *Pathfinder 621, 712-Series * *****Perkins 4107, 4108 621, 712-Series *Perkins (other) 621, 71-Series * *****Perkins-Volvo M 60-Series (Isolated Ground)Pleasurecraft 621, 71-SeriesUniversal (Atomic) 621, 712-Series *Universal 30, 50 621, 71-Series *Vetus Denouden 60, 70-Series *Volvo 2001, 2003 621, 712-Series *Volvo Penta (gas) 622-Series*Westerbeke Varies 60, 70, 621, 71, 712-SeriesYanmar 60, 70-Series, 621-Series (Some 6cyl.)

* Mounting configuration may vary by model and year. Follow directions for determining proper replacement alternator by visual inspection described on following page. Cat 3208 may use 8-Series alternator.

** Some Crusader models may require alternator with an offset tensioning arm.

*** Dual belt models will require special Lehman pulley with 3/8” spacing between belts.

**** Use original alternator pulley.

***** Use 9mm x 4” pulley if belt is driven directly off of flywheel

AlTernATors

• 70, 100, 120 & 150 Amp models at 12 V & 70 Amp models for 24 V • High Performance Rated To 10,000+ RPM• Dual Internal Fans Improve Cooling Efficiency• Great As A Stand Alone Unit For Trailer Boats• Isolated Ground Terminal Ensures Proper Grounding• Meets USCG, ISO, SAE, CE Ignition Protection Stds.• Safe For Use On Gasoline Or Diesel Engines• With patented Smart Ready Technology - an inbuilt regulator that’s always

ready either as the primary regulator or as a backup in emergencies

6-SERIES ALTERNATORS

Want to improve your vessel’s charging system?Balmar continues to make it easier and more convenient for you to upgrade your charging system. New this year are several packages which pair alternators and regulators based on engine manufacturer and model. Packages include Balmar 6-Series Smart ReadyTM alternator, new ARS-5-H regulator with wiring harness, MC-TSA alternator temperature sensor, and MC-TS-B battery temperature sensor.Yanmar-specific, 60-YP-Series packages also include required mounting hardware.

DC Charging Basics - Why Invest In A Balmar Alternator?Most standard factory-installed alternators are engineered to meet the demands of an engine starting battery and associated electrical loads. In an automobile, the standard alternator is typically sufficient to the vehicle’s electrical demands. However, in most boating applications, the demands of house loads, inverter loads, lighting, refrigeration and heating/cooling can quickly overwhelm the limited capacity of the factory installed alternator -- resulting in dead batteries and a ruined cruise.Balmar high-output alternators and smart, multi-stage voltage regulators are specifically designed to provide sufficient charging power to meet the needs of modern recreational and commercial vessels.

How Do I Choose The Proper Alternator for My Vessel?Once battery capacity and battery type have been determined, the size of the alternator can be calculated. If the batteries used are standard or deep cycle flooded, the alternator output should be sized at 25 percent of the combined capacity of all house batteries. If your house battery capacity is 400 amp hours, for example, the alternator’s rated output should be

100 amps. If AGM or gel technology is used, the alternator output may need to be increased to 35% of the combined battery capacity, as those battery technologies will demand greater output.

What About Mountings?Nearly all engine manufacturers rely on one of four specific alternator mounting styles:1” Single foot (Motorola style) - Mounting arm at engine pivot point measures 1” from front to back. (See Image 1)2” Single foot (Delco style) - Mounting arm at engine pivot point measures 2” from front to back. (See Image 2) 3.15” I.D. Dual foot (Hitachi style) - Mounting arm at engine pivot point features two mounting feet, one in front, one in rear. Distance between mounting feet is 3.15”. (See Image 3)4” I.D. Dual foot (J-180 style) - Mounting arm at engine pivot point features two mounting feet, one in front, one in rear. Distance between mounting feet is 4”. (See Image 4)

The chart provides a general guideline for various engine applications, matching engine manufacturer and model to the corresponding alternator series and model. Unfortunately, actual mounting styles can vary based on model year, marinizer, and other factors.

Made in the USAWe strongly recommend consulting our technical department when choosing your alternator setup.


E L E C T R I C A L


• Safe For Use On Gasoline Or Diesel Marine Engines• Meets USCG, ISO, SAE Ignition Protection Standards• Efficient Dual Internal Fans Keep Alternator Running Cooler• Durable Powdercoat Finish Increases Corrosion Resistance

Dual internally fanned 7-Series 12-volt alternators are an excellent choice in applications where high output and extra cooling are needed.With the ability to run at a continuous 12,000 to 15,000 rpm, our rugged 7-Series alternators deliver impressive charging performance on high revving “muscle” engines. use or gasoline or diesel engines.


94-SERIES ALTERNATORS• Beefy 2” Mounting Foot Fits Delco-Style Mounts• In 12-Volt And 24-Volt Output Configurations• Bi-Directional Cooling Fan Standard• Meets USCG Title 33 Safety Standards• Isolated Ground

94-Series Alternators feature oversized components for better cooling and longer life. Rugged cast aluminium cases. Extra-heavy custom windings deliver excellent output response. A proven workhorse in systems supplying larger battery banks and house electrical loads.

97-SERIES ALTERNATORS• Safe, Rugged Brushless Construction• Excellent For Larger System Demands• Heavy-Duty J-180 Style Mounting

Extra-large 97-Series alternators ensure unexcelled output under the toughest marine conditions. This robust series of continuous duty alternators features oversized bearings for smoother, quieter rotation, high amperage diodes, bi-directional cooling, and isolated ground. Brushless models meet USCG Title 33,and international CE, SAE 8846 and ISO J-1171 ignition protection requirements.

98-SERIES ALTERNATORS• Charging Output To 5kW At 24 Volts• Heavy Duty J-180 Style Mounting• Safe, Rugged Brushless Construction, Excellent For Larger System DemandsBuilt to provide performance in league with auxiliary gensets, extra-large-frame 98-Series 12 V and 24 V extended-duty alternators deliver up to 5kW. Amperages range from 310 amps at 12 volts to 220 amps at 24 volts. Dual fan design improves cooling. Brushless construction eliminates key wear points, increases ignition protection and delivers greater field efficiency. Brawny J-180 mount. Precision cast aluminium case, powdercoated for added protection. Alternators meet USCG Title 33, and international CE, SAE 8846 and ISO J-1171 ignition protection safety requirements.

• Compact Case Makes Installation Easier In Tight Quarters• Isolated Terminal Ensures Optimal System Grounding• Heavy Duty J-180 Saddle-Style Mounting Foot• Custom Wound High Low-RPM Output Stator• Meets USCG Title 33 Standards

Originally designed for punishing military use, the 95-Series has proven itself in the field and on the water. Heavy windings, high-amperage diodes and sealed, extra-large bearings. Bi-directional fan for clockwise or counterclockwise engine rotations.


E L E C T R I C A L

EL-5EL-5

Code Description

BAL-MC612 Regulator Without Wiring HarnessBAL-MC612H Regulator With Wiring HarnessBAL-MC612HARN Wiring Harness Only

Code Description

BAL-ARS-5 -

Code Operating Volts

BAL-Cf-12-24 12 / 24

Code Heat Sink Dimensions (mm) Volts

L W H

BAL-DDC-12 120 80 40 12 / 24

• Amp Manager Helps Reduce Belt Wear• Can Be Used To Drive Dual Alternators• Advanced Programming Mode For Unparalleled User Control• Alternator and Battery Temperature Sensing with Optional Temperature Sensors

REGULATOR

• Programs for Gel, AGM, Deep-Cycle Flooded.• Spiral Wound and Standard Flooded Batteries.• Alternator and Battery Temperature Sensing with Optional Temperature Sensors.• Belt Load Manager matches alternator load to belt capacity.

• Maximizes Charging Output In Twin Engine Applications• Combines Output From Both Alternators When Both Engines Are Running• For Use On 12-Volt Or 24-Volt Charging Systems• Includes 15-Amp Fused Power Wires For Regulators

• Eliminates need for switches, isolators & combiners• Selectable programs for gel, agm, standard & deep- cycle flooded

batteries allow mixed battery types• Solenoid drive allows greater amperage output when used with high

capacity solenoid (solenoid not included)• Battery temperature sensing (requires optional sensor)

DIGITAL DUO CHARGE

ARS-5 REGULATOR

CENTERfIELDER

regulATors


E L E C T R I C A L


Charging System PackagesBalmar DC Charging System packages make it easier than ever to ensure a proper match, deliver better performance, save money and provide a more trouble-free installation. Simply select the alter-nator output and mounting configuration that matches your vessel’s engine, and you’re ready to beef up your charging power. Charging packages combine alternator, multi-stage voltage regulator, and temperature sensors for your alternator and batteries to ensure your batteries will receive the best and safest charge possible.

6-Series Charging PackagesBalmar’s Smart Ready™ internally regulated 6-Series 12-volt alternators, when paired with our smart, multi-stage regulators, deliver faster and safer charging, along with the added assurance of a built-in back up regula-tor. Select between the user friendly ARS-5 or premium MC-614 regulator to meet your preferred performance.

YP Packages fit most Yanmars, Mer-cruisers and other engines using a 3.15” saddle mount. VUP Packages fit most engines requiring 1” Motorola or 2” Delco style mounts, including Volvo, Universal, or GM blocks. All kits include alternator, voltage regulator, alternnator temperature sensor, battery temperature sensor, and wiring harness. Alternators meet USCG, CE, ISO and SAE ignition protection standards. YP packages also include mounting hardware kit. 1-year limited warranty. 60-YP-MC-100 Kit Shown

Kits Featuring Balmar ARS-5 RegulatorModel Amps ShWt MSRP

60-YP-70-SR-KIT 70 18 $1099.95

60-YP-100-SR-KIT 100 18 $1229.95

60-YP-120-SR-KIT 120 18 $1309.95

60-YP-150-SR-KIT 150 18 $1360.95

621-VUP-70-SR-KIT 70 18 $1079.95

621-VUP-100-SR-KIT 100 18 $1229.95

621-VUP-120-SR-KIT 120 18 $1299.95

621-VUP-150-SR-KIT 150 18 $1339.95

NOTE: All kits include alternator, regulator, wiring harness, alternator temperature sensor. battery temperature sensor, installation instructions and programming screwdriver. 60-YP kits include installation hardware.

Kits Featuring Balmar MC-614 RegulatorModel Amps ShWt MSRP

60-YP-MC-70-SR-KIT 70 18 $1129.95

60-YP-MC-100-SR-KIT 100 18 $1259.95

60-YP-MC-120-SR-KIT 120 18 $1339.95

60-YP-MC-150-SR-KIT 150 18 $1389.95

60-YP-MC-24-70-SR-KIT 70 18 $1389.95

621-VUP-MC-70-SR-KIT 70 18 $1109.95

621-VUP-MC-100-SR-KIT 100 18 $1229.95

621-VUP-MC-120-SR-KIT 120 18 $1329.95

621-VUP-MC-150-SR-KIT 150 18 $1369.95

NOTE: All kits include alternator, regulator, wiring harness, alternator temperature sensor. battery temperature sensor, installation instructions and programming screwdriver. 60-YP-MC kits include installation hardware.

E L E C T R I C A L

EL-7EL-7

7-Series Charging PackagesBalmar 80- and 110-amp 7-Series 12-volt alternators provide a powerful punch to these single foot or saddle mount kits. Select between our user friendly ARS-5 or our premium MC-612 regulator to meet your preferred level of perfor-mance.

YP Packages fit most Yanmars, Mer-cruisers and other engines using a 3.15” saddle mount. VUP Packages fit most engines requiring a 1” Motorola or 2” Delco style mount, including Volvo, Uni-versal, or GM blocks. All kits include alternator, voltage regulator, alternator temperature sensor, battery tempera-ture sensor, and wiring harness. Alter-nators meet USCG, ISO and SAE igni-tion protection standards. 1-year limited warranty.

Kits Featuring Balmar ARS-5 RegulatorModel Amps ShWt MSRP

70-YP-80-KIT 80 18 $1075.95

70-YP-110-KIT 110 18 $1175.95

712-VUP-80-KIT 80 18 $1075.95

712-VUP-110-KIT 110 18 $1175.95

NOTE: All kits include alternator, regulator, wiring harness, alternator temperature sensor. battery temperature sensor, installation instructions and programming screwdriver.

Kits Featuring Balmar MC-612 RegulatorModel Amps ShWt MSRP

70-YP-MC-80-KIT 80 18 $1125.95

70-YP-MC-110-KIT 110 18 $1225.95

712-VUP-MC-80-KIT 80 18 $1125.95

712-VUP-MC-110-KIT 110 18 $1225 .95

NOTE: All kits include alternator, regulator, wiring harness, alternator temperature sensor. battery temperature sensor, installation instructions and programming screwdriver.

Installation Hardware KitsModel For Engine Model ShWt MSRP

6-0020 GM, JH, Other than CX, LP 1.5 $27.95

6-0030 Yanmar 6CX 4 $129.95

6-0040 Yanmar 6LP 4 $129.95

Alternator Spacers

10-4047 1" Wide Spacer, 3/8" bore 1 $5.25

10-4000 1/2” Wide Spacer, 3/8” bore 1 $4.75

10-4048 1/4” Wide Spacer, 3/8” bore 1 $4.25

Hardware Kits / SpacersHardware kits simplify installations on vari-ous Yanmar engines. Yanmar 6CX and 6LP kits include replacement alternator pulleys.

70-YP-110-Kit Shown

6-0030 6CX Kit Shown

Charging System Packages


E L E C T R I C A L


Light-Duty, Small Case Alternators6-Series AlternatorsBuilt into the small case 6-Series alter-nator is a patented single stage Smart Ready internal regulator that’s always ready as a primary regulator, or as a back up in the unlikely event that your external regulator fails. The Smart Ready internal regulator can be left disconnected, or can be connected to the charging system with a simple, double-throw toggle switch for rapid deployment. Saddle and single foot mounts.

Alternators meet USCG Title 33, ISO J1171, SAE 8846 and international CE standards for ignition protection in gas or diesel engines. Isolated ground. D+ lamp circuit. 12,000 max RPM. 1-year limited warranty. ShWt. 14.

Hot & Cold Output Curves (By Alternator RPM - Engine RPM Varies By Pulley Ratio)Alt. RPM 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000

Alt.

Am

ps/

Volts

H C H C H C H C H C H C H C H C H C H C

70A/12V 14 24 57 69 61 73 61 74 62 74 62 75 62 76 63 76 63 77 64 78

100A/12V 16 41 71 84 80 105 82 108 83 108 84 110 85 110 87 110 86 109 84 109

120A/12V 21 37 72 91 85 108 90 115 101 117 105 120 106 121 108 123 110 123 112 122

150A/12V 18 20 61 80 100 120 120 140 129 151 130 155 136 157 142 158 144 157 149 155

70A/24V 5 6 28 39 43 52 50 57 49 61 47 65 48 68 50 70 50 70 52 71

Model Rated Amps Volts Mounting

StyleCase Dia.

Int. Reg.

Iso. Grnd.

Min. Belt Width MSRP

60-70-SR-IG 70 12 3.15" Saddle 5.75" 14.1V YES 3/8" $799.95

60-100-SR-IG 100 12 3.15" Saddle 5.75" 14.1V YES 1/2" $899.95

60-120-SR-IG 120 12 3.15" Saddle 5.75" 14.1V YES 1/2" (2) $999.95

60-150-SR-IG 150 12 3.15" Saddle 5.75" 14.1V YES 1/2" (2) $1175.95

60-70-24-SR-IG 70 24 3.15" Saddle 5.75" 28.2V YES 1/2" (2) $1175.95

621-70-SR-IG 70 12 1" or 2" S.F. 5.75" 14.1V YES 3/8" $799.95

621-100-SR-IG 100 12 1" or 2" S.F. 5.75" 14.1V YES 1/2" $899.95

621-120-SR-IG 120 12 1" or 2" S.F. 5.75" 14.1V YES 1/2" (2) $999.95

621-150-SR-IG 150 12 1" or 2" S.F. 5.75" 14.1V YES 1/2" (2) $1175.95

621-70-24-SR-IG 70 24 1" or 2" S.F. 5.75" 28.2V YES 1/2" (2) $1175.95

604-120-SR-IG 120 12 4" Saddle 5.75" 14.1V YES 1/2" (2) $999.95

604-150-SR-IG 150 12 4" Saddle 5.75" 14.1V YES 1/2" (2) $1175.95

604-70-24-SR-IG 70 24 4" Saddle 5.75" 28.2V YES 1/2" (2) $1175.95

E L E C T R I C A L

EL-9EL-9

Light-Duty, Small Case Alternators7-Series AlternatorsWith the ability to spin at speeds up to 15,000 RPM, 7-Series alternators deliver impressive light-duty charging performance on high-revving perfor-mance gasoline engines or on marine diesel engines.

Dual internal fans. Clockwise rota-tion . External 12-volt regulation is required. Sealed brush design com-plies with USCG Title 33, ISO J1171, and SAE 8846 ignition protection standards.

Available in 3.15’ ID saddle mount, 1” single foot, and 2” single foot mounts. Case ground. External field and stator terminals. 15,000 max RPM. 1-year limited warranty. ShWt. 14.


StyleCase Dia.

Int. Reg. Iso. Grnd. Min. Belt

Width MSRP

70-80 80 12 3.15" Saddle 5.25" NO NO 3/8" $725.95

70-110 110 12 3.15" Saddle 5.25" NO NO 1/2" $825.95

71-80 80 12 1" Sgl. Ft. 5.25" NO NO 3/8" $725.95

71-110 110 12 1" Sgl. Ft. 5.25" NO NO 1/2" $825.95

712-80 80 12 2" Sgl. Ft. 5.25" NO NO 3/8" $725.95

712-110 110 12 2" Sgl. Ft. 5.25" NO NO 1/2" $825.95



80A/12V 26 31 68 72 70 75 70 77 70 78 71 81 70 84 71 89 70 90 69 91

110A/12V 26 30 73 84 80 88 85 95 88 99 94 103 95 109 96 116 98 117 98 118

Circuit BreakersEngineered to conform to SAE J1171 electrical safety standards, 125A and 150A rated circuit breakers are designed for convenient, inline surface mounting. These circuit breakers are resettable and are de-signed to minimize the likelihood of unintentional tripping. 3,000-amp interrupt rating. Weather resistant.

DC Circuit BreakersModel Rated Amps Temp. Range Material Mount ShWt MSRP

1512 125A -25°C to +82°C Phenolic Surface 1 $83.95

1515 150A -25°C to +82°C Phenolic Surface 1 $129.95


E L E C T R I C A L


94-Series AlternatorsTwo-inch single foot 94-Series alternators fea-ture oversized bearings and extra high amperage diodes to ensure superior cooling and longer life. Custom stators, integrating larger gauge copper windings deliver outstanding low-end output and impressive performance across the powerband.

Bi-directional cooling fan. Isolated ground termi-nal. Maximum 6,500 RPM. Corrosion-resistant powdercoat. Meets USCG Title 33 standards for ignition protection. 1-year limited warranty. ShWt. 20.

Large Case Alternators


StyleCase Dia.

Int. Reg.

Iso. Grnd.


94-165-12-IG 165 12 2" Sgl. Ft. 6.0" NO YES 1/2" (2) $1599.95

94-210-12-IG 210 12 2" Sgl. Ft. 6.0" NO YES 1/2" (2) $1699.95

94-140-24-IG 140 24 2" Sgl. Ft. 6.0" NO YES 1/2" (2) $1699.95

94LY-165-12-IG 165 12 3.15”ID Saddle 6.0" NO YES 1/2" (2) $1699.95



LY-0050 Model 94LY Alternator Tensioner Hardware Kit (Includes tensioner and mounting bolts) $79.95



165A/12V 17 18 54 74 79 101 91 119 102 124 108 130 114 135 120 139 121 145 122 150

210A/12V 15 19 37 43 78 89 115 124 120 143 135 159 140 168 151 175 154 181 156 185

140A/24V 5 5 11 12 35 37 49 54 60 66 78 85 93 101 100 114 105 121 111 132

94LY-Series AlternatorsDesigned to be compatible with Yanmar’s 6LY3 engine and other engines using a Hitachi-style saddle mount and dual vee belts, 94LY alterna-tors feature custom wound stators, extra heavy diodes ad a clocked case which provides im-proved access to all terminal connections.

Bi-directional cooling fan. Isolated ground termi-nal. Maximum 6,500 RPM. Corrosion-resistant powdercoat. Meets USCG Title 33 standards for ignition protection. 1-year limited warranty. ShWt. 20.

E L E C T R I C A L

EL-11EL-11

95-Series AlternatorsModerately compact for its generous out-put curves, the 95-Series features an extra heavy duty stator winding with large gauge wire for added output at low RPM. Com-bine that with extra large sealed bearings, a massive .875” pulley shaft and high amper-age diodes for durability and long alternator life.

The 95-Series alternator features an isolated ground for sure continuity to system ground, and a brawny J-180 style saddle mount for plenty of resistance to twist and torque. Bi-directional cooling fan. 6,500 RPM maxi-mum rotation speed. Corrosion-resistant powdercoat finish. Meets US Coast Guard Title 33 safety standards. Requires external regulation. 1-year limited warranty. ShWt. 20.

Large Case Alternators


StyleCase Dia.

Int. Reg.

Iso. Grnd.


9504-150-12-IG 150 12 4" Saddle 5.75" NO YES 1/2" (2) $1499.95

9504-165-12-IG 165 12 4" Saddle 5.75" NO YES 1/2" (2) $1599.95

9504-210-12-IG 210 12 4" Saddle 5.75" NO YES 1/2" (2) $1699.95

9504-140-24-IG 140 24 4" Saddle 5.75" NO YES 1/2" (2) $1699.95


H C H C H C H C H C H C H C H C H C H C150A/12V 22 24 55 70 79 98 98 106 110 125 115 133 118 135 118 142 122 144 123 145

165A/12V 17 18 54 74 79 101 91 119 102 124 108 130 114 135 120 139 121 145 122 150

210A/12V 15 19 37 43 78 89 115 124 120 143 135 159 140 168 151 175 154 181 156 185

140A/24V 5 5 11 12 35 37 49 54 60 66 78 85 93 101 100 114 105 121 111 132

Transient Spike ProtectorsTSP-12 and TSP-24 spike protectors build in an additional level of system safety by ensuring an exit corridor to ground should an AC or DC spike in-vade the vessel’s charging system.

The TSP’s fused sacrificial diodes are designed to fail before alternator diodes can be damaged. 10A ATC fuse.

Transient Spike ProtectorsModel For Fuse ShWt MSRP

TSP-12 12-Volt 10A .5 $34.95

TSP-24 24-Volt 10A .5 $39.95


E L E C T R I C A L

Extra-Large Case Alternators

97-Series AlternatorsBuilt expressly for the demands of large, multi-battery house banks, inverter loads and other above-average electrical demands, extra-large case 97-Series alternators are scaled to deliver impressive output at all engine RPMs.

97-Series alternators are rated at 160 amps at 12 volt, or 110 to 140 amps at 24 volts. Brush-less 97-Series models meet US Coast Guard Title 33, CE, ISO J1171 and SAE 8846 safety standards. Maximum RPM: 6,500. ShWt. 36.

97EHD-Series AlternatorsWith even more mass and rated output, 97EHD-Series alternators are designed to support sub-stantial battery and service loads demanded by larger recreational, commercial, or military vessels.

97 EHD-Series alternators are available in 185 and 265-amp models in 12 volts, and 190 amps at 24 volts. Cast aluminum finish. Case ground. All models require external regulation. J-180 mount. 1-year limited warranty. ShWt. 42.

Model Rated Amps Volts Mount-

ing Style Brushless Iso. Grnd. Min. Belt Width MSRP

97-160-12-BL-IG 160 12 4" Saddle YES YES 1/2" (2) $1699.95


97 EHD-185-12 185 12 4" Saddle NO NO 1/2" (2) $1949.95

97 EHD-265-12 265 12 4" Saddle NO NO 1/2" (2) $2499.95

97 EHD-190-24 190 24 4" Saddle NO NO 1/2" (2) $2499.95



160A/12V 28 37 111 125 128 142 136 152 140 157 142 161 145 163 146 165 147 166 148 168

185A/12V 83 100 132 141 144 159 150 165 163 174 166 179 170 183 170 186 169 185 169 184

265A/12V 30 50 120 150 182 210 186 228 194 245 204 252 212 255 218 260 220 266 221 270

140A/24V 25 31 47 60 77 90 84 97 98 105 110 123 116 128 122 135 125 138 129 146

190A/24V 22 40 92 100 125 148 145 168 157 180 166 188 170 193 171 198 178 199 178 198


E L E C T R I C A L

EL-13EL-13

Extra-Large Case Alternators

98-Series AlternatorsAvailable in 310A/12V and 220A/24V models, the 98-Series alternator adds dual fans for enhanced cooling, high amperage diodes for efficient voltage rectification, over-sized shaft and pulley bearings for smoother, qui-eter operation, and brushless excitation for longer wear, reduced electrical noise and greater ignition protection.

The 98-Series alternator features dedicated, isolated ground, D+ lamp circuit, and cus-tom stator windings. Engineered for external voltage regulation only. Maximum rotation speed is 6,500 RPM. Meets USCG Title 33, CE, SAE 8846 and ISO J-1171 standards for ignition protection. Durable powdercoat fin-ish. 1-year limited warranty. ShWt 45.


Style Brushless Iso. Grnd.






310A/12V 34 36 142 150 189 234 216 261 230 278 244 288 251 296 254 308 262 315 268 322

220A/24V 30 33 91 100 138 148 152 167 164 180 170 185 178 193 183 204 185 218 184 221

Repair/Rebuild Kits For All Alternator SeriesModel For Alternator Series/Model ShWt MSRP

7060 6-Series / 12-Volt Models 1 $239.95

7060-24 6-Series / 24-Volt Models 1 $239.95

7070-80 7-Series / 80-Amp Models 1 $239.95

7070-110 7-Series / 110-Amp Models 1 $239.95

7090 9-Series 2 $239.95

7094 94-Series CALL CALL





E L E C T R I C A L


Multi-Stage Voltage Regulators

Max Charge Multi-Stage Regulator Features & Specifications

Model VoltsBat.

Temp. Sense

Alt. Temp. Sense

Wiring Har-ness

Bat. EQ.

Preset Bat.

Progs.

Dual Alts.

Belt Wear Control

Adv.Prog. Mode

DimensionsSh Wt

MSRP

MC-614 12 YES (2) YES NO YES 7 YES YES YES 4.8"x3.2"x1.5" 1 $409.95

MC-614-H 12 YES (2) YES YES YES 7 YES YES YES 4.8"x3.2"x1.5" 1.5 $429.95

MC-624 24 YES (2) YES NO YES 7 YES YES YES 4.8"x3.2"x1.5" 1 $479.95

MC-624-H 24 YES (2) YES YES YES 7 YES YES YES 4.8"x3.2"x1.5" 1.5 $499.95

MC-612-DUAL 12 YES (2) YES (2) NO NO 7 YES YES NO 4.8”x3.2”x1.5” 1 $469.95

MC-612-DUAL-H 12 YES (2) YES (2) YES NO 7 YES YES NO 4.8”x3.2”x1.5” 1.5 $499.95

NOTES: Optional MC-TS-A and MC-TS-B temperature sensors are required to enable advanced regulator temperature sensing functions. Balmar voltage regulators are designed for use with P-type alternators only. Install regulators in well ventilated location with ambient temperature <110˚F. See www.balmar.net for additional informa-tion on voltage regulators.

MC-614/MC-624 Multi-Stage Voltage RegulatorsMax Charge 12-volt and 24-volt multi-stage voltage regulators provide the ultimate in charging safety and control. Selectable preset programs for standard and deep-cycle flooded, gel, AGM, spiral wound (Op-tima) batteries, as well as systems requiring voltage sensitivity for halogen fixtures. Can be used to control dual alternators on a single engine, or on twin engines when used with the Centerfielder (see Page 13).

Regulators include: Stator/tach outputs, dash lamp and Aux. lamp terminals, Belt Load Management mode, small engine mode, programming tool, dual battery temperature sensor terminals, alternator tem-perature sensor terminal. (Temperature sensing requires optional sensors. See Page 15 for details.) For use on P-type alternators. MC-612-H and MC-624-H models include 54” harness. Limited 1-year warranty.

MC-612-DUAL Voltage RegulatorDesigned for use in single engine/dual alternator applications, the MC-612-DUAL makes it possible to connect two wiring harnesses to a single regula-tor, so wire splicing is unneeded when connecting dual alternators. The MC-612-DUAL also provides the option for temperature sensing at two alterna-tors and a single battery, or dual batteries and a single alternator. MC-612-DUAL-H models come complete with two 54-inch wiring harnesses for added convenience. 1-year limited warranty.

E L E C T R I C A L

EL-15EL-15

Multi-Stage & Single-Stage Voltage RegulatorsARS-5 Voltage RegulatorSimplified programming and a bright, easy-to-read 3-digit dis-play make the ARS-5 the easiest multi-stage regulator to in-stall and use. Selectable presets for five battery programs, in-cluding gel, AGM, Optima, deep-cycle and standard flooded, ensure proper time and voltage control. Belt Load Manager eliminates belt wear worries. Single alternator control only. ARS-5-H includes 54” harness. Alternator and battery tem-perature sensing with optional sensors. For P-type alternators. 1-year limited warranty.

BRS-2T Voltage RegulatorsAvailable in 12-volt and 24-volt models, the BRS-2 voltage regulator offers the ability to adjust target voltage to meet the needs of various battery types. Models with 54” wiring har-ness are indicated with “H” suffix. 1-year limited warranty.

ERS Voltage RegulatorsNon-adjustable, 14.1-volt regulators are ideal as an inexpensive stand alone, or as a compact back up for the toolbox or spares locker. Kit includes a generous assortment of wiring connectors to match most most alternator applications. 1-year limited warranty.

Multi-Stage Regulator Features & Specifications

Model VoltsBat.

Temp. Sense

Alt. Temp. Sense

Wiring Har-ness

Bat. EQ.

Preset Bat.

Progs.

Dual Alts.

Belt Wear Control

Adv.Prog. Mode

DimensionsSh Wt

MSRP

ARS-5 12 YES (1) YES NO NO 5 NO YES NO 4.1”x3.2”x1.5” 1 $369.95

ARS-5-H 12 YES (1) YES YES NO 5 NO YES NO 4.1”x3.2”x1.5” 1.5 $389.95

NOTES: Optional MC-TS-A and MC-TS-B temperature sensors are required to enable advanced regulator temperature sensing functions. DO NOT attempt to use the ARS-5 to control dual alternators. Balmar voltage regulators are designed for use with P-type alternators only. Install regulators in well ventilated location with ambient temperature <110˚F. See www.balmar.net for additional information on voltage regulators.

Single-Stage Regulator Features & SpecificationsModel Volts LED Display Wiring Harness Voltage Adjustment Dimensions Sh Wt MSRP

BRS-2T 12 YES NO YES 4.8"x3.2"x.75" 1 $229.95

BRS-2T-H 12 YES YES YES 4.8"x3.2"x.75" 1.5 $249.95

BRS-2T-24 24 YES NO YES 4.8"x3.2"x.75" 1 $259.95

BRS-2T-24-H 24 YES YES YES 4.8"x3.2"x.75" 1.5 $279.95

ERS-KIT 12 NO PIGTAIL NO 2.3"x1.3"x.70" 1 $38.95

Replacement54” Regulator

Wiring Harnesses

Model For Alternator Series/Model Volts ShWt MSRP

1010 6-Series, 9-Series 12 1 $61.95

1011 94-Series 12 1 $61.95

1012 6-Series, 9-Series 24 1 $61.95

1013 94-Series 24 1 $61.95

1014 7-Series, 97-Series, 98-Series 12 1 $61.95

1016 97-Series, 98-Series 24 1 $61.95


E L E C T R I C A L


Digital Duo Charge

Model Max. Amps Volts Program

PresetsBat.

Temp.Fused Wires

Sole-noid

Dimen-sions ShWt MSRP

DDC-12/24 30 12/244 (Gel, AGM, Std.

Fld., FDC)YES*

YES (30A)

OPT. 4.8”x3.2”x1.5” 1.5 $299.95

Digital Duo Charge - DDC-12/24 Dependable engine starting requires a dependable charge source for your starting battery. The Digital Duo Charge automatically tops off your starting bat-tery whenever your house battery is being charged – even if batteries are different technologies.

During charging, the Duo Charge mon-itors the house battery. When voltage exceeds the set minimum (typically 13 volts in a 12-volt system), the Duo Charge automatically engages, pro-viding up to 30 amps to the starting battery.

When no charge source is present, the Duo Charge separates the batter-ies, so the starting battery won’t suffer from unintentional discharge.

Optional solenoid control enables higher charging output when required (solenoid is not included). Includes input/output wiring. Preset programs for gel, AGM, standard and deep cy-cle flooded batteries allow mixing of house and start battery technologies.

Battery temperature sensing requires optional MC-TS-B sensor cable. See Limited 1-year warranty.

ON/OFFto House Battery

E L E C T R I C A L

EL-17EL-17

Centerfielder II Centerfielder II - CF-2-12/24Twin engine applications pose specific charging challenges and opportunities. Balmar’s unique Centerfielder II makes it possible to control the combined out-put of both engine alternators to charge a single batttery bank in a balanced manner without allowing port and starboard volt-age regulators to confuse each other. The result is optimal charging throughout the charge cycle.

The Centerfielder II monitors port and starboard voltage regulators. When both alternators and voltage regulators are working, the Centerfielder II enables the master regulator to control both alternators, making it possible to charge a single house battery bank with the combined output from both alternators.

The Centerfielder II works in both 12-volt and 24-volt applications, and includes detailed wiring in-structions along with larger gauge wire replacements for port and starboard regulator power wires. Not required for use on single-engine, dual-alternator applications. Use only with Max Charge MC-614 or MC-624 voltage regulators. Do not install in systems utilizing internally regulated alternators or ARS-5 voltage regulators. 1-year limited warranty.

Multi-Lite™ Utility FixtureUse with 12, 24, or 32-volt VDC or 115 or 220VAC lighting. Wir-ing and bulbs are not included. Uses standard, medium bulb base. Measures 7"x4.5"x4". Max. 40-watt bulb recommended. Not vapor proof. Includes fresnel lens and cage.

Model Switch Bulb ShWt MSRP

458 None Not Included 2.5 $61.95

458-S Rotary Dial Not Included 2.5 $67.95

Accessories

Model Volts Use With Display Lamp Outputs Fused Wires ShWt MSRPCF-2-12/24 12/24 MC-614 or MC-624 Color LEDs Port/Starboard YES (15A) 1.5 $289.95

Model For Length ShWt MSRP

MC-TS-A Alternator 54" 1 $49.95

MC-TS-B Battery 240" 1 $61.95

Temperature SensorsFor use with Max Charge and ARS-5 regulators, alternator and battery temperature sensors in-crease system response and pro-tection by enabling regulators to respond to ambient heat conditions. Battery temperature sensor can also be used with Digital Duo Charge.

Off-Engine Bracket (5276)Convenient mount for second alternator installation. Can be used with 2” Delco-style and 4” J-180 saddle mounts. Powdercoated cast aluminum. Includes 11” long Universal Adapter Arm.

Model Item ShWt MSRP

5276 Off Engine Bracket 1 $409.95

UAA Tensioning Arm Only 1 $44.95


E L E C T R I C A L


Alternator Dimensions By Series

REAR

TO CE

NTER

OF

INSI

DE SH

EAVE

OVER

ALL L

ENGT

H OF

AL

TERN

ATOR

<12

0A

OVER

ALL L

ENGT

H OF

AL

TERN

ATOR

>11

0A

OVER

ALL A

LTER

NATO

R HE

IGHT

BOLT

-TO-

BOLT

, TEN

SION

ER/M

OUNT

-IN

G FO

OT

CASE

DIA

MET

ER

FRON

T FOO

T WID

TH

(Fro

nt-To

-Bac

k)

SADD

LE W

IDTH

(In

side D

imen

sion)

REAR

FOOT

WID

TH

(Fro

nt-To

-Bac

k - In

clude

s Bus

hing

)

FRON

T FOO

T TO

CENT

EROF

INSI

DE SH

EAVE

STAN

DARD

PUL

LEY D

IAM

ETER

MOU

NTIN

G FO

OT B

ORE

TENS

IONI

NG A

RM B

OLT D

IAM

ETER

/TH

READ

COUN

T

STAT

OR P

OLES

(S

tato

r/Tac

h Pu

lse)

60-SERIES6.25"

15.8 cm6.6"

16.8 cm7.0"

17.8 cm7.3"

18.5 cm6.5"

16.5 cm5.7"

14.5 cm.55"

1.4 cm3.15"

8.0 cm.75"

1.9 cm1.0"

2.5 cm2.7"

6.9 cm10mm* M8 x 1.25 12

621-SERIES6.25"

15.8 cm6.6"

16.8 cm7.0"

17.8 cm7.3"

18.5 cm6.5"

16.5 cm5.7"

14.5 cm

1"/2"2.5 cm 5.0 cm

N/A N/A1.0"

2.5 cm2.7"

6.9 cm

.38"/.5" .97 cm 1.3 cm

M8 x 1.25 12

604-SERIES6.25"

15.8 cm6.6"

16.8 cm7.0"

17.8 cm7.3"

18.5 cm6.5"

16.5 cm5.7"

14.5 cm.55”

1.4 cm4.0"

10.2 cm6.25"

15.8 cm1.0"

2.5 cm2.7"

6.9 cm10mm* M8 x 1.25 12

70-SERIES6.25"

15.8 cm7.6"

19.3 cmN/A

7.4"18.8 cm

6.7"17.0 cm

5.25"13.3 cm

.55”1.4 cm

3.15”8.0 cm

.75"1.9 cm

1.0"2.5 cm

2.7”6.9 cm

10mm* 5/16" 12

71 & 712-SERIES

6.25"15.8 cm

7.6”19.3 cm

N/A7.4”

18.8 cm6.7"

17.0 cm5.25"

13.3 cm

1”/2”2.5 cm 5.1 cm

N/A N/A1.0"

2.5 cm2.7”

6.9 cm

.38”/.5” .97 cm 1.3 cm

5/16” 12

94-SERIES6.0"

15.2 cmN/A

7.0"17.8 cm

9.0"22.9cm

8.0"15.7 cm

6.0"15.2 cm

2”5.1 cm

N/A N/A1.0"

2.5 cm2.9"

7.4 cm.50"

1.3 cmM10 x 1.25 14

95-SERIES7.0"

17.8 cmN/A

6.25"15.8 cm

9.0”22.9cm

7.7"19.6 cm

6.25"15.8 cm

.52"1.3 cm

4.0”10.2 cm

.75"1.9 cm

1.0"2.5 cm

2.9”7.4 cm

.50”1.3 cm

6.25"15.8 cm

14

97-SERIES9.0"

22.9 cmN/A

10.6”27.0 cm

9.45"24.0 cm

8.4"21.3 cm

6.5"15.8 cm

.55"1.4 cm

4.0”10.2 cm

.75"1.9 cm

1.0"2.5 cm

2.9”7.4 cm

.50”1.3 cm

1/2”x 13

16

97 EHD-SERIES

9.25"23.5 cm

N/A11”

27.9 cm9.45"

24.0 cm8.4”

21.3 cm6.5"

15.8 cm51"

1.3 cm4.0”

10.2 cm.75"

1.9 cm1.0"

2.5 cm2.9”

7.4 cm.50”

1.3 cm1/2”x 13

16

98-SERIES9.2"

23.4 cmN/A

11"27.9 cm

9.6"24.4 cm

8.25"21.0 cm

8.25”21.0 cm

.58"1.5 cm

4.0”10.2 cm

.75"1.9 cm

1.25"3.2 cm

2.9”7.4 cm

.50”1.3 cm

1/2"x 13

12

NOTES:

Alternator dimensions are correct as of publication date. In order to ensure quality, Balmar reserves the right to make changes which may affect 1. alternator dimensions or specification. Visit www.balmar.net for any product updates. Balmar is not liable for any damages or injuries resulting from product installation. See warranty for details.

Small case 60 and 70 Series alternators are equipped standard with 10mm bore spacers and bushings. 8mm bore spacers and bushings are available for 2. those units. Call Balmar Customer Service at 360-435-6100.

621-Series alternators are equipped with a removable bushed 1” spacer for use in 2” installations. 1” mounts feature a .50” bore. 2” mounts feature a 3. .38” bore. Please specify mounting style for 7-Series alternators (71-Series is 1” foot. 712-Series is 2” foot.)

Always compare existing alternator & replacement alternator dimensions. Balmar cannot guarantee direct OEM replacement.4.

E L E C T R I C A L

EL-19EL-19

orCA led nAv ligHTs

• Boat type: Sail and power boats up to 65 feet (20m)

• Visibility: 3 nautical miles• Voltage: 10 to 36 V AC or

DC Systems• Current: 0.3 Amp at 12 V

DC• Construction: Anodized

aluminium, acrylic lens• Wiring: 2-conductor 20-gauge

marine grade (4ft cable sup-plied)

• Size: 70 x 70 mm• Weight: 300 g• Environment: Harsh marine:

Waterproof, submersible• Light Source: Two LEDs,

50,000 hour full-brightness life

• Warranty: 2 years

LED MASTHEAD (STEAMING) LIGHT

Code Description

470610 Selector Switch for TriAnchor Light470612 Reversing Switch for TriAnchor Light

SWITCHES fOR TRIANCHOR LIGHTS

Selector Switch:Rugged, rotary switch for 3-wire operation of the TriAnchor light. Four Positions: Off - Tricolour - Anchor - Strobe. Works on both strobe and non-strobe versions of TriAnchor light. Includes fuse.

Reversing Switch:Three-position toggle switch for 2-wire operation of OGM LED TriAnchor lights. Positions: Tricolour-Off-Anchor. Not for use on Strobe models of light.

LED ANCHOR LIGHT

Code Description Material

470625 Side Mounting Bracket 316 Stainless Steel470626 Top Mounting Bracket 316 Stainless Steel

MOUNTING BRACkETS

These mounting brackets are designed to mount OGM LED TriAnchor and Anchor lights to the side or the top of a mast or other vertical or flat surface. Multiple mounting holes allow rotation of bracket in various orientations. Constructed of 316 Stainless Steel.

Code Description Beam Angle

470620 LED Anchor Light 360° (Horizontal)470622 With Photodiode* 360° (Horizontal)

Rugged, waterproof LED Anchor light. White, 360° viewable. 2NM Visibility for power and sailboats up to 65 feet at anchor. US Coast Guard Approved. (Mounting bracket not included - see below) *Includes Photodiode to turn off automatically in daylight• Visibility: 2 Nautical Miles• Voltage Range: 8 to 36 V DC• Current Draw: 0.2 Amp at 12 V DC• Horizontal Viewing Angle: 360°, Vertical Viewing Angle: +/- 18°• Height: 70 mm Diameter: 70 mm Weight: 260g• Durability: Waterproof, submersible• Warranty: 2 years• Certifications: USCG 2NM, ABYC-A16, COLREGS 72

orCA led nAv ligHTs - ACCessories

Code Description Beam Angle

470630 Masthead Steaming Light 225° (horiz), >70° (vert)

Code Description

470600 LED TriAnchor Light470602 with Photodiode470604 with Strobe470608 with Photodiode and Strobe

LED TRI-ANCHOR LIGHT• Waterproof LED Tricolour /

Anchor combination light. US Coast Guard Approved for sailboats up to 65 feet (20m). Uses five times less power than comparable incandescent Tricolours.

• New - Waterproof quick-disconnect plug with mating cable

• Models with photodiode automatically turn anchor light off during daylight hours.

• Models with Strobe option - Strobe flashes once per second.


E L E C T R I C A L


AqUALUMA 1 SERIES

• No Lens seal to leak• Very low DC power consumption • Very low heat emission • Can be operated out of the water • Long life, high output LED light engine • High impact resistant polycarbonate housing.

Code Description Power(@ 12 V)

Overall length (mm)

Ø Hole size (mm)

Ø Front face (mm)

470700 Aqualuma Blue 1 Series Light (Pair) less than 0.5 Amps per light 113.25 (4″) 47.6 (1.87″) 69 (2.7″)470704 Aqualuma White 1 Series Light (Pair) less than 0.5 Amps per light 113.25 (4″) 47.6 (1.87″) 69 (2.7″)

• Master, Slave & Driver Set • Wide angle elliptical beam 12° x 50° • Light engine will accept 12 volt DC power source • Serviceable from inside the boat • Available in white, blue or green • Cabling to suit your application: IP68 connectors Master to Slave, your loom to Master • Ignition Protected • No bonding to anodes required (Housing cannot corrode)• 5 year Warranty • Easy install = low installation cost • *Aqualuma Sealant Supplied

underWATer ligHTing

E L E C T R I C A L

EL-21EL-21

AqUALUMA 3 SERIES

AqUALUMA 6 SERIES

LUMA-VU UNDERWATER CAMERA


Overall length (mm)

Ø Hole size (mm)

Ø Front face (mm)

470730 Aqualuma Blue 6 Series Light less than 1 Amp per light 145 (5.7″) 120 (4.72″) 76 (3″)470732 Aqualuma Green 6 Series Light less than 1 Amp per light 145 (5.7″) 120 (4.72″) 76 (3″)470734 Aqualuma White 6 Series Light less than 1 Amp per light 145 (5.7″) 120 (4.72″) 76 (3″)470740 Aqualuma Blue/White Tri Series Light less than 1 Amp per light 145 (5.7″) 120 (4.72″) 76 (3″)470742 Aqualuma Green/White Tri Series Light less than 1 Amp per light 145 (5.7″) 120 (4.72″) 76 (3″)470744 Aqualuma Blue/Green Tri Series Light less than 1 Amp per light 145 (5.7″) 120 (4.72″) 76 (3″)


Overall length (mm)

Ø Hole size (mm)

Ø Front face (mm)

470710 Aqualuma Blue 3 Series Light with Standard Lens 0.3 Amps per light 113.25 (4″) 58 (2.25″) 110 (4.33″)470712 Aqualuma Blue 3 Series Light with Wide Lens 0.3 Amps per light 113.25 (4″) 58 (2.25″) 110 (4.33″)470714 Aqualuma Green 3 Series Light with Standard Lens 0.3 Amps per light 113.25 (4″) 58 (2.25″) 110 (4.33″)470716 Aqualuma Green 3 Series Light with Wide Lens 0.3 Amps per light 113.25 (4″) 58 (2.25″) 110 (4.33″)470718 Aqualuma White 3 Series Light with Standard Lens 0.3 Amps per light 113.25 (4″) 58 (2.25″) 110 (4.33″)470720 Aqualuma White 3 Series Light with Wide Lens 0.3 Amps per light 113.25 (4″) 58 (2.25″) 110 (4.33″)

Code Description Power (@ 12 V) Power (@ 12 V)

470750 Aqualuma Luma VU Underwater Camera NTSC 130 130 mA470752 Aqualuma Luma VU Underwater Camera Pal less than 1 amp per light

• @ 12 volts or 0.3 of an amp @ 24 volts. • High impact resistant polycarbonate housing. • No bonding to anodes required. (Housing cannot corrode) • Light engine will accept 12 or 24 volt DC power source. • Serviceable from inside the boat. • Available in white or blue. • No bonding to anodes required (Housing cannot corrode)• Each Light comes with 3.7 metres (13 feet) of cable. • Easy install = low installation cost.

• Corrosion proof, injection molded polycarbonate housing.• Operating voltage - 12 or 24 volts DC• Operating current: less than 1 amp @ 12V or ½ an amp @ 24V.• Includes 3.7m/12ft of cabling & AQUALUMA Sealant• Available in Blue, Green or White

Tri Colour 6 Series• Available in Blue & Green, White & Blue or White & Green• Operating Current• - With 1 of either colours - less than ½ amp @ 12 volts• - With both colours - less than one amp @ 12 volts

• Hi Res Colour CCTV Camera• Hi Res 520 TV lines• NTSC or Pal Format• Scanning system NTSC 525 lines, PAL 625 lines• 3.6mm Lens = 92° Viewing Angle• Sony image sensor• Power source DC 12 volts (tolerance 10-15 volts)• Operating current 130 mA• Front face and sealing flange - 110mm/4.33”• Overall length - 110.5mm/4.35”• Hole saw size - 60mm/2 3/8”• The camera is supplied with 15m/49ft of video and power supply cable.• Includes AQUALUMA Sealant

6 Series

Tri Colour 6 Series

underWATer CAmerA


E L E C T R I C A L

LED POP-UP LIGHT (GREEN / RED)

• USCG approved 2 nautical miles. • The only Pop-Up® LED light on the market. • Keeps deck free of protruding lights, folds down

flush with deck when not in use. • Made of marine grade 316 stainless steel. • An optional plastic cup prevents unwanted water

runoff below deck.• Green / Red LED Lights

INSTALLATION• Drill a 3 1/2″ diameter hole using a hole saw. • Fasten with three #10 screws (not included).

Optional Waterproof CupMolded plastic cup prevents unwanted runoff below the deck. (Not pictured)

Code Description

415010 Pop-up light Green/Red 210-M415010-MC Waterproof cup for above

415011 Pop-up light Green/Red 211-M415011-MC Waterproof cup for above

Code Description

145001-B 130.6mm x 85.73mm UV resistant Pop-Up light, BLACK145001-W 130.6mm x 85.73mm UV resistant Pop-Up light, WHITE

PLASTIC BOW POP-UP LIGHT

STAINLESS STEEL POP-UP LIGHTS

Code Description

415004 Stainless Steel Bow Light 204-M415005 Stainless Steel Port Light 205-M415006 Stainless Steel Starboard Light 206-M415007 Stainless Steel Side Lights - Pair 207-M415002 Waterproofing Cup

• USCG approved 1 nautical mile. • Keeps deck free of protruding lights, folds down

flush with deck when not in use. • Made of marine grade 316 stainless steel.• Bow, port, starboard and side lights available• Uses a #78 bulb• MMA type accepted• Meets 72 Colregs


ACCon PoP-uP ligHTs

E L E C T R I C A L

EL-23EL-23

mounTs


E L E C T R I C A L


mAsT-mounT AnTennA PlATforms

E L E C T R I C A L

EL-25EL-25Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz

EL-26 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz

6 D E C k H A R D W A R EH A R D W A R E

HW-1

Tv lifT

H A R D W A R E



HW-2 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz

SLIDE BOLTBrass

This traditional design features highly polished brass construction, a large knob for easy operation and snug slide to prevent rattling.

CATCH - CABINET Brass

Made from extruded brass with all stainless balls and springs.Has adjustable spring-loaded bearings. Marine grade; will not rust.

BARREL BOLT316 Cast Stainless Steel

BARREL BOLTBrass or Chrome

Supplied with friction pad to eliminate rattle and to provide smooth operation.

BolTs & CATCHes

CATCH - CUPBOARDBrass or Chrome

Convenient handle with spring loaded catch. Features a stainless steel spring and long wearing parts.

CATCH - PUSH BUTTONBrass or Chrome

Push button release latch automatically latches when door is closed.Fits doors 16-35mm thick. Includes handle, mounting through

bolts, spring loaded catch and striker plate

BRASS CODE

CHROME CODE

BASE WIDTH MM

LENGTH MM

BOLT TRAVEL

MM

BOLT DIA MM

SCREW SIZE #

WEIGHT GRAMS

115132 32 102 20 8 4 85115134 115135 35 109 25 10 6 142

CODE BASE WIDTH MM

LENGTH / TRAVEL

MM

BOLT DIA MM

SCREW SIZE #

115130 38 92 / 19 9 4115140 38 108 / 33 9 4

CODE BASE MM LENGTH MM DEPTH MM TRAVEL

MM115154 40 111 38 14

CODE LENGTH MM WIDTH MM HEIGHT MM SCREW

#WEIGHT GRAMS

115160 50 10 14 4 28

BRASS CODE

CHROME CODE

LENGTH MM

WIDTH MM

SCREW SIZE #

WEIGHT GRAMS

115188 115189 67 44 8 198

BRASS CODE

CHROME CODE BASE MM SCREW

SIZE #WEIGHT GRAMS

115200 115201 20 x 51 8 85

CODEBASE

DIAMETER MM

WALL-DOOR DISTANCE

MM

SCREW SIZE

WEIGHT GRAMS

115460 51 95 6 180115447R RUBBER BUTTON fOR ABOVE DOOR

HOLDERS


HW-3

GEAR HAMMOCk & HOOkSWhite nylon mini-hammock that provides ventilated,

flexible storage for just about anything.Hooks designed to be used with “Gear Hammock” (Sold in pairs only.)

CATCH - CABINETPush Button

Easy to install, safe and attractive outline. Button trim and interior spring are made of stainless steel to avoid corrosion. Can be used for thickness from

12.5mm to 25 mm. Standard thickness 20mm.

CATCH - CABINET - REMOTEPush Button

Easy to install, safe and attractive outline. Button trim and interior spring are made of stainless steel to avoid corrosion. Can be used for thickness from

12.5mm to 25 mm. Standard thickness 20mm.

CODE DESCRIPTION115250 Chrome Plated (Silver)115251 Titanium Plated (Gold)

CODE DESCRIPTION115255 Chrome Plated (Silver)115256 Titanium Plated (Gold)

CODE LENGTH MM WEIGHT GRAMS115333 Hooks 32 x32 10

DOOR HOLDER - INTERIORBrass, Chrome or Stainless Steel

The spring loaded latch automatically catches the striker plate, holding the door firmly open against the rubber cushion.

No more rattling or slamming doors. Latch spring is 304 SS

CODEBASE

DIAMETER MM

WALL-DOOR DISTANCE

MM

SCREW SIZE

WEIGHT GRAMS

115460 51 95 6 180115447R RUBBER BUTTON fOR ABOVE DOOR

HOLDERS

DOOR BUMPER Brass or Chrome

Door bumper provides a cushion for door knob and protects bulkhead.

DOOR HOLDER - EXTERIOR316 Cast Stainless Steel

Spring loaded latch automatically catches the striker plate to hold the door firmly open against the rubber cushion.

No more rattling or slamming doors. Robust holders for heavier external doors.

CODE BRASS

CODE CHROME DIA HEIGHT

MMSCREW SIZE #

WEIGHT GRAMS

115445 115446 49 20 6 57

CODE SS BASE DIA MM

WALL-DOOR DISTANCE MM

SCREW SIZE #

WEIGHT GRAMS

115470 51 65 6 170




DRAWER kNOBBrass or Chrome

Cupboard or cabinet knob is easy to install. Includes 25 mm long brass screw.

door HArdWAre

CODE BRASS CODE CH BASE

WIDTH MMLENGTH

MMHEIGHT

MMSCREW SIZE #

WEIGHT GRAMS

115550 115551 14 92 22 6 35115554 - 20 121 29 8 50

DOOR HANDLEBrass or Chrome

Handle has rounded design with no sharp edges.

DOOR HANDLEBrass

Handle has rounded design with no sharp edges. Grip space is a full 35mm inside.

CODE BRASS

BASE WIDTH MM

LENGTH MM

HEIGHT MM

SCREW SIZE #

WEIGHT GRAMS

115570 48 152 46 14 227

CODE BRASS

CODE CHROME

kNOB DIA MM

BASE DIA MM

HEIGHT MM

115620 115621 25 16 21

DOOR LOCk SET316 Cast Stainless Steel

DOOR LOCk WITH TURN BUTTON316 Cast Stainless Steel

SUITABLE fOR EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL DOORS BETWEEN 26 AND 35MM THICkNESS. ALL PARTS ARE CAST 316 SS, POLISHED TO A HIGH GLOSSy fINISH.

door loCkseTs

CODE A MM B MM C MM D MM# E MM f MM115610 131 60 17 12 90 3

CODE A MM B MM C MM D MM# E MM f MM115611 182 60 17 12 138 3


HW-5

SLIDING DOOR LOCk & LATCH316 Cast Stainless Steel

SLIDING DOOR kEy LOCk & LATCH 316 Cast Stainless Steel

CODE A MM B MM C MM D MM# E MM f MM G MM115615 106 73 20 130 62 4 3

CODE A MM B MM C MM D MM# E MM f MM G MM115616 106 73 20 130 62 4 3

fLOOR PANEL ANCHORSBronze or 316 Cast Stainless Steel

Removable floor panel fasteners designed and engineered to secure floorboards to the cabin sole. The opening mechanism is a simple bayonet style, with 1/4 turn lock and

release that will not loosen with age.

PANEL ANCHORS TyPE 1 - LIGHT DUTyStainless Steel

Phillips head ¼ turn release panel anchors ideal for securing any type of removable panel.

Light Duty Stud - Type 1

Adjustable Receiver

PAnel AnCHors

CODE DESCRIPTION115630B Brass Floor Anchor for floorboards 13-19mm115630 SS Floor Panel Anchor115640 SS Floor Panel Anchor for 19-26mm panels115640B Brass Floor Anchor for floorboards 26-32mm115631 Installation Kit

PANEL ANCHORS TyPE 2 - HEAVy DUTyStainless Steel

Phillips Head ¼ turn release panel anchors ideal for securing any type of removable panel.

Heavy Duty Stud Type

Wide Flush Grommet

Floating Adjustable Receiver

CODE STUD DIA MM

GROMMET OD MM

GROMMET TyPE

PANEL THICkNESS

117455 3 13 Small flush 1.6-3

117456 3 13 Small flush 6(+-3)117457 3 13 Small flush 13(+-3)117450 Type 1 Adjustable Receiver allows for 10mm Adj

CODE STUD DIA MM

GROMMET OD MM

GROMMET TyPE

PANEL THICkNESS

117467 5 22 Wide flush 13(+-3)

117460 Type 2 Adjustable Receiver allows for 10mm Adj117461 Type 2 floating Receiver allows for some misalignment




HAsPs & sTAPles

HASP & STAPLE

CODE DESCRIPTION115656 26 x 64mm Hasp and Staple, pressed SS

TABLE LEG fASTENER

BRASS CHROME BASE SIZE117511 117512 38.1mm x 22.23mm

HASP & STAPLESBrass or Chrome

Spring-loaded padlock eye swivels to latch in place.

CODE WIDTH MM

LENGTH CLOSED

MM

PADLOCk HOLE DIA

MM

SCREW SIZE MM#

WEIGHT GM

115654 (BRASS)

26 76 11 6 71

HASP & STAPLES - HEAVy DUTyBrass or Chrome

Concealed fasteners. Accepts padlock up to 8mm

CODE WIDTH MM

LENGTH CLOSED

MM

PADLOCk HOLE DIA

MM

SCREW SIZE MM#

WEIGHT GM

115660 (BRASS)

41 109 13 8 312

HASP & STAPLES - SWIVEL EyEBrass, Chrome or Cast 316 SS

Spring-loaded padlock eye turns to lock latch in place

CODE WIDTH MM

LENGTH CLOSED

MM

PADLOCk HOLE DIA

MM

SCREW SIZE MM#

WEIGHT GM

115667 (SS) 26 76 10 6 85115665

(BRASS)26 76 10 6 85


HW-7

HATCH SPRING HOLDERStainless Steel

Rigid support for hatch or window when open. To close, simply apply side pressure to the coil to collapse the spring.

HATCH ADJUSTER TELESCOPINGBrass or ChromeEasily adjusts to any length and is securely positioned bythe positive locking mechanism. (Sold individually.)

HATCH ADJUSTER TELESCOPINGPressed Stainless Steel

Light duty support for small hatches and windows. Locked with black plastic knob

HATCH fiTTings

PORTLIGHT CHAIN, T-BAR CHROME

HATCH fASTENERStainless Steel“Over centre” can action to lock position. Distance between latch and lock is adjustable via threaded stem.

HATCH - CLAMP LATCHBrass or Chrome

Centre tensional device ideal for hatches, doors, cabinets, or wherever tension is needed.

CODE EXTENSION LENGTH MM

OVERALL LENGTH

MMDIA MM

115670 203 365 11

CODE CLOSED LENGTH MM

EXT. LENGTH MM

Screw size

TUBE DIA MM

Weightgrams

115680 (SS) 300 430 10 13 340

CODE SPRING LENGTH MM

OVERALL LENGTH MM

DIA MM

115700 254 260 11

115702 305 280 14

CODE DESCRIPTION

117801 8” PORTLIGHT CHAIN CHROME

CODE WIDTH MM OVERALL LENGTH MM

ADJUSTMENT LENGTH MM

SCREW SIZE

115722 40 155 45 10

CODE WIDTH MM LENGTH MM SCREW WEIGHT GM

115730 (BRASS) 41 83 8 113

115731 (CH) 41 83 8 113




CABINET HINGE - CUDDy DOORBrass or Chrome

Very heavy gauge. Precision machined and polished to a mirror finish (Sold in pairs only.)

CABINET HINGE - OffSET, SELf CLOSINGBrass or Chrome

Self-closing mechanism has heavy duty stainless steel springs on high impact nylon cam slide to provide a smooth and quiet action. (Sold in pairs only)

HATCH fASTENER - T BARBrass or Chrome

T-bar will not accidentally catch when hatch is closed from deck. Threads on end of stud are staked to prevent losing the wing nut.

HATCH - LOCkING CAM LATCHBrass or Stainless Steel

Centre latch tensions hatches, doors, cabinets and other itemsfor a tight seal. Will accept a 8mm diameter padlock.

CODEBRASS

CODESTAINLESS STEEL

MOUNT TyPE

LENGTH (MM)

WIDTH (MM)

SCREW SIZE

WEIGHTGRAMS

115750 115751 Reverse 108 36 10 142115752 - Open 127 36 10 142

HATCH fASTENER - kNOBBrass or Chrome

Knurled knob for easy grip. Threads on end of stud are staked to prevent the knob from falling off. Knob fits into recess on catch mount.

CODEBRASS

CODECHROME

CODE BRONZE

LENGTH OPEN (MM)

LENGTH CLOSED

(MM)

SCREW SIZE

WEIGHTGRAMS

115740 115741 115740A 102 63.5 8 198

CODECHROME

LENGTH OPEN (MM)

LENGTH CLOSED

(MM)

SCREW SIZE

WEIGHTGRAMS

115746 102 51 8 142

CODEBRASS

CODECHROME

OFFSET MM

LENGTH (MM)

GAUGE THICKNESS MM

SCREW SIZE

116015 116016 10 56 1.65 5

CODEBRASS

CODECHROME

LENGTH (MM)

WIDTH MM SCREW SIZE

WEIGHT GRAMS

116020 116021 76 33 8 156


HW-9

HINGE - DOOR316 Cast Stainless Steel

Thick hinged plates. Radiused edges, no sharp corners.

Code Width (mm) Length Open mm

Split mm Pin Height mm

Screw size #

116241 36 59 39/20 8 5

HINGE - SHORTSIDE DOOR 316 Cast stainless steel

LIfT-Off HINGE, RIGHT

CODE WIDTH (MM) LENGTH OPEN MM

MATERIAL

116305 48 95 Brass116307 48 95 Cast SS

CODE BRASS

CODE CHROME

LENGTH MM

WIDTH OPEN MM

SCREW SIZE #

WEIGHT GMS

116273 116274 38 38 6 71116282 116283 50 38 6 85116294 116295 70 38 6 142

HINGE - “H” (LIfT Off)Brass or Chrome

Includes brass pin and pivot. Please specify right or left direction when ordering (Sold in pairs only).

CODE MATERIAL WIDTH OPEN MM

LENGTH MM

SCREW SIZE #

WEIGHT GMS

116148 SS 51 51 8 142116140 Brass 41 41 6 85116143 Brass 41 50 6 99116152 Brass 64 64 8 241116155 Brass 41 76 6 142116161 Brass 76 76 10 269116144 Chrome 41 50 6 99116147 Chrome 51 51 8 142116153 Chrome 64 64 8 241116159 Chrome 51 76 8 283

HINGE - BUTT EXTRUDED fAST PINBrass or Stainless Steel

Removable pin. Very heavy gauge. Precision machined and polished to a mirror finish. Depending on size, hinges may have 2 or 3 holes. (Sold in pairs only)


Plate Thickness mm

Height Pivot mm

116230 82 101 4 11116234 102 102 4 12116236 127 127 4 12



HINGE CABIN CONCEAL STUD

HINGE BUTT CONCEAL STUD



Pin Height mm

Offset Screws #

Screw size #

116326T 38 53 10 15/37 5

HINGE OffSET

Code Length Open mm

Height mm

116080 38 38 Pair116087 50 53 Pair

BUTT HINGE CAST SS

316 Cast stainless steel 300 mm thick hinge plates. (Sold in pairs)

CODE LENGTH OPEN MM

WIDTH MM

DEPTH MM

116112 51 38 7116113 71 38 6

CODE LENGTH OPEN MM

WIDTH MM

DEPTH MM

116115 50 37 6116116 51 50 7116117 77 49 7116118 76 76 7

HINGE - STRAP Cast Brass or ChromeVery heavy gauge. Precision machine polished to a mirror finish. (Sold in pairs only.)

Code BRASS

CODE CHROME

Length Open mm

WIDTH MM

SCREW SIZE WEIGHT GRAMS

116345 116346 152 33 10 312


Pin Height mm

Screw size #

116251 38 75 10 5

HINGE - DOOR UTILITy 316 Cast stainless steel

CAST 316 SS DOOR UTILITy HINGE 71MM

Code Width (mm) Thickness mm

Pin Height mm

116248 71 5 37


CODE SS

WIDTH PLATE(MM)

LENGTH OPEN MM

116366 42 180 Pressed 304 SS

STRAP HINGE

HW-11

CODEBRASS

CODE CHROME

CODE SS

WIDTH PLATE(MM)

LENGTH OPEN MM

PIN LENGTH MM

SCREW SIZE #

116370 116371 62 102 38 8

HINGE - “T”Brass, Chrome or 316 Cast Stainless Steel

Very heavy gauge. Precision machine polished to a mirror finish. (Sold in pairs only.)

CODE SS

LENGTH O/A MM

SHORTSIDE HEIGHT MM

SHORTSIDE WIDTH MM

LONGSIDE WIDTH MM

PIN HEIGHT MM

116375 195 91 49 146 37

CODE WIDTH (MM) LENGTH OPEN MM

PIN HEIGHT MM

MOUNT SCREW SIZE C/S

116351 26 104 10 5

HINGE - STRAP316 Cast Stainless Steel

3mm thick hinged plates. Radiused edges, no sharp corners. (Sold in pairs.)116351

HINGE - “T” CAST SS

HINGE - TABLEBrass, Chrome or 316 Cast Stainless Steel

Hinges lock into place flush with surface when opened. Fold flat 180° when closed. (Sold in pairs only)

CodeBrass

CodeChrome

Width (mm)

Length open (mm)

Screw size #

116380 116381 13 64 6




LIfT HANDLEBrass or Stainless SteelHandle fits flush into plate which can be recessed into the hatch.Stainless Steel hinge pin.

LIfT HANDLE WITH CATCHBrass or Chrome

Handle fits flush into hatch door. Positive stainless steel spring locks catch and easily releases when handle is lifted. Includes striker plate.

lifT HAndles & rings

CODE MATERIAL. WIDTH MM LENGTH MM

SCREW WEIGHT GRAMS

116606 CHROME 70 95 8 241

CODE MATERIAL. WIDTH MM LENGTH MM

SCREW WEIGHT GRAMS

116615 BRASS 44 73 8 227116616 CHROME 44 73 8 227

LIfT RING PULL - ROUNDBrass or ChromeFlush mounting ideal for cabin sole or hatches

BRASS CABINET PULL

CODEBRASS

CODECHROME

CODE SS

WIDTH (MM)

LENGTH (MM)

DEPTH MM

SCREW SIZE #

WEIGHT GRAMS

116690 116691 - 30 38 10 5 30- 116697 38 47 10 5 35

116700 - - 51 67 13 6 85

LIfT RING PULL - RECTANGULARBrass, Chrome or Stainless Steel

Convenient flush fitting ring pull for cabinets, small doors and hatches.

CODE DESCRIPTION116610 41 x 67 mm Brass Cabinet pull

CODEBRASS

CODECHROME

OD DIA MM

DEPTH MM

SCREW SIZE

WEIGHT GRAMS

116725 116726 51 14 8 99

LIfT RING - SPRING LOADEDPressed Stainless SteelSingle finger, pressed stainless steel flush pull. Suitable for smaller boards, fridge lids, hatches, etc....

CODE WIDTH MM LENGTH MM

DEPTH MM

MOUNT SCREWS C/S

116680 38 44 10 4116682 56 66 11 4


ANTI-RATTLE LIfT RING 76MM SS

BOW ROLLER - fIXEDCast 316 Stainless Steel

Fixed Bow Roller, Traditional looking with cast SS roller.

BoW rollers

CODE LENGTH MM

MOUNT BASE. MM

WIDTH MM

110198 890 400 295

CODE LENGTH MM

MOUNT BASE. MM

WIDTH MM

110200 197 97 X 57 67110202 225 125 X 57 67

CODE LENGTH MM

MOUNT BASE. MM

WIDTH MM

110206 327 96 x 57 60110208 355 125 x 57 60110210 380 145 x 57 60

BOW ROLLER - fIXED WITH PINPressed Stainless Steel

One piece pressed, heavy gauge, stainless steel housing. Black delrin roller. Spring loaded, quick release captive pin to retain anchor warp.

BOW ROLLER - HINGED WITH PINPressed Stainless Steel

Formed from heavy gauge stainless steel. Double roller, hinged nose section designed to secure anchor as well as automatically deploy and retrieve the anchor. Spring loaded, quick release captive pin to retain anchor warp.

HW-13

CUSTOM LOCk316 Stainless Steel

Cylindrical custom lock with straight dog.

CODE DESCRIPTION193714 Anti-rattle lift ring 76mm ss

CODE fLANGE DIA MM

THREAD DIA MM

THREAD DEPTH MM

DOG LENGTH MM

117100 22 18 28 48

ANTI RATTLE SASH fASTENER - WINDOWBrass or Chrome

Locks sliding window in any position. Black rubber button is attached to threaded knurled knob which is easy to turn

CODEBRASS

CODE CHROME

BASE WIDTH MM

SHAfT LENGTH MM

SCREW SIZE WEIGHT GRAMS

117425 117426 29 51 8 170



IMAGE CODE DESCRIPTION NOTES

110079 Bimini Universal Hinge SS

110080 Bimini Top Hinge Quick Release

Low profile Quick Release 316 stainless steel hinge.Surface mount, no cut-outs are necessary.Easily remove or install top without having to keep track of screws and pins.The hinge snaps into base and stays attached to bimini when separated.

110081 Side Mount Quick Release Bimini Top Hinges

Universal hinge post for7/8” tubing

110082 Side Mount Quick Release Bimini Top Hinges

Universal Hinge mount for 1” tubing

110085 Flush Mounted Quick Release Hinge

SS Quick Release Hinge 38.1mm W x 69.85mm.

110086 Rail Mount Quick Release Hinge

SS Quick Release Hinge Fits 22.23mm & 25.4mm Rail

110087 Surface Mount Quick Release Hinge

SS Quick Release Hinge 63.5mm Round x 15.875mm High

110088 Bimini Top Flush Mounted Hinge for Square Tube

Designed to be installed on 31.75mm square tubing 63.5mm L x 24.6mm W

110089 Round Tube Adapter Quick Release Hinge

Tube adapter fits 1” bimini tops, flag poles or straight handrails. 63.5mm Round x 15.875mm

110091 Bimini Top Flush Oval Surface Mount for Round Tube

Tube adapter fits 1” bimini tops, flag poles or straight handrails.

110094 Bimini Top Flush Small Surface Mount for Round Tube

Tube adapter fits 1” bimini tops, flag poles or straight handrails.

110095 Bimini SS Bimini Strap Hinge

Holds down bimini straps


Bimini Hinges


HW-15

BOARDING LADDER TOP MOUNT TELESCOPING - WIDE MODEL

BOARDING LADDER TOP MOUNT TELESCOPING Stainless steel two, Three and Four Step, fold down telescopic ladders designed for mounting on the top of horizontal surfaces such as duck boards, transoms or pontoons. Grooved black nylon threads

Stainless steel three Step, Wider model with grooved nylon treads

BoArding lAdders

BOARDING LADDER UNDER MOUNT - TELESCOPING WITH SLIDE

BOARDING LADDERUNDER MOUNT - TELESCOPING - fIXED Three Step Ladder designed with slide to mount horizontally under duckboard

or transom. Telescoping mechanism retracts within the slide, when stowed. Grooved nylon treads. SS

SS two Step Ladder designed for fixed mounting under duckboard or transom. Grooved nylon treads.

CODE STEPS LENGTH MM

LENGTH EXT. MM

WIDTH RETRACTED

MM

GUDGEON MM

110052 3 889 385 254 180110054 4 1168 435 310 165


LENGTH EXT. MM

WIDTH RETRACTED

MM

GUDGEON MM

110066 3 812 381 432 145


LENGTH EXT. MM

WIDTH RETRACTED

MM

GUDGEON MM

110064 3 890 400 295 0


LENGTH EXT. MM

WIDTH RETRACTED

MM

GUDGEON MM

110070 2 562 343 280 -




BOLLARD - SPLITHighly Polished Cast 316 Stainless Steel

Heavy duty cast 316 grade stainless steel construction. Passivated and highly polished. The slotted centre shaft simply and effectively secures the anchor chain. Suitable for regular or long link chain.

CODEBRASS

CHAIN SIZE MM

EXTENDED PIN

HEIGHT MM WIDTH MM

110142 8-10 yes 84 62 x 62110146 10 - 13 yes 116 89 x 89

110146NP 10 - 13 no 116 89 x 89

BollArds

LADDER LOCkS, CHROME BRONZE PAIRCODE DESCRIPTION

110104

By attaching these Ladder Locks whether inside or outside of ladder, you are guaranteed that ladder will be held securely in place. Ladder cannot work loose, although it can be instantly removed.

CHOCkS - STRAIGHTChrome or Stainless Steel

Bronze also available

CHoCks

CODE MATERIAL LENGTH MM

WIDTH ROPE MM

110287 STAINLESS STEEL 127 6.5110290 STAINLESS STEEL 152 16110293 STAINLESS STEEL 228 30

CHOCkS PORT & STARBOARD Cast 316 Stainless Steel

Sold in pairsCODE LENGTH MM WIDTH ROPE MM

110295 110 19110296 152 26110298 229 44

CHOCkS LIfT UP Cast 316 Stainless Steel

Flush fitting SS chocks lift out when needed

CODE TyPE LENGTH MM

WIDTH MM

DEPTH BELOW DECk MM

EXTENDED HEIGHT ABOVE DECk MM

110310 PT & STB 115 38 66 20110311 PT & STB 152 38 66 20110315 STERN 115 38 66 20110316 STERN 152 38 66 20


HW-17

CODE LENGTH MM WIDTH MM

HEIGHT MM MOUNT SCREWS MM C/S

110372 254 85 60 8110373 330 100 75 10110374 360 110 85 12

CLEATS - MOORINGCast Alloy

Open base with radius on corners

SIZES RANGE BETWEEN 100 AND 375 MM (4” TO 15”).

WE STOCk A WIDE RANGE Of CLEATS. If THE CLEAT yOU REqUIRE IS NOT LISTED, PLEASE ASk.

CLEATS - MOORING Cast 316 Stainless SteelHeavy duty cast 316 grade stainless steel construction. Large open base for ease of line handling.

CLEATS SURfBOARD - fLATCast 316 Stainless Steel

New contemporary design, with flat top. Each includes studs, nuts, washers and alloy backing plate. Polished chafe plates are optional.

CleATs


HEIGHT MM MOUNT SCREWS MM C/S

110360 135 60 30 6110362 203 60 40 6110364 254 65 45 8110366 305 110 55 12110368 381 140 70 12

fLAT CLEAT kIT W/ CHAfE

PLATE

FLAT CLEAT KIT

LENGTH MM

STUD LENGTH

MM

110390 110391 115 53110392 110393 152 53110394 110395 203 63110396 110397 254 63110398 110399 305 63110400 110401 381 63

ROUND CLEAT W CHAfE PLATE

ROUND CLEAT KIT

LENGTH MM

STUD LENGTH

110414 110415 203 63110416 110417 254 63110418 110419 305 63

CLEATS SURfBOARD - ROUNDCast 316 Stainless Steel

New contemporary design, with slightly reversed curved top. Each includes studs, nuts, washers and alloy backing plate. Polished chafe plates are optional.



PRODUCT CLEAT LENGTH

MM

OVER ALL LENGTH

MM

WIDTH MM

DEPTH MM

HEIGHT ABOVE

DECk MM

CLEARANCE

110512 110 127 33 64 9 14

110512-C Waterproof Cup

110514 150 173 38 76 13 18


110516 203 229 51 104 17 25


110518 255 257 71 122 20 25



CODE LENGTH HEIGHT

110540 102 29110545 152 33110550 203 40110555 254 47110560 305 54

CODE LENGTH HEIGHT

110562 203 51110564 254 62110566 305 72110568 381 105

CLEATS - HERRESHOff Heavy Duty Cast 316 Stainless Steel

Traditional “Old faithful” but thicker overall for heavier duty mooring than the slim line versions. 450 mm available on indent.

CLEATS - HERRESHOff SLIMLINE Cast 316 Stainless Steel

Traditional “Old faithful”, slim line bar cleat. Bronze available on request.

CLEATS - SURfACE MOUNT fOLDING316 Cast Stainless Steel

Code Stud

Bolted

Length mm Width mm Height Above Deck mm

Clearance mm

110450 159 61 12 13.97110452 213 83 16 19.05110454 253 110 20 24.13

THRU-BOLTED

110458 114.3 48.26 10.16 11.43110460 159 61 12 13.97110462 152 83 16 19.05110464 253 110 20 24.13

CLEATS - SLIM LINE PULL UPCast 316 Stainless Steel

Narrower versions for use in tight spaces. Optional waterproof cups with drain spigot available.


PRODUCT SIZE WEIGHT LENGTH MM

WIDTH MM

DEPTH MM

CLEARANCE MM

110490 4.5” .45kg 133.4 47.6 76 22

110490-C Waterproofing Cup

110491 6” .68kg 171.5 58.7 76 25


110492 8” 1.13kg 228.6 66.7 95 27


110493 10” 1.91kg 276 85.7 114 35


fLUSH MOUNTED POP-UP CLEAT

CODE CLEAT LENGTH

MM

OVER-ALL

LENGTH MM

WIDTH MM

DEPTH MM

CLEARANCE MM

110500 110 138 48 70 19.5

110502 152 178 73 89 25

110504 203 229 25 120 35

110506 255 279 89 165 38

110510 375 432 180 135 45

CODE DESCRIPTION CLEAT LENGTH “

CLEAT LENGTH MM

110530 Lifting Cleat Complete 4

110531 Lifting Cleat Complete 6 152



110530-LH Lifting Hardware Only for 110500 - -




• Sealed base eliminates the need for a waterproofing cup. • Water can be drained through a fitting at the bottom of the unit. • Can be converted to a lifting cleat by inserting a connecting rod in the base of the unit and attaching the

rod to the bow eye. • Cleat is made of marine-grade stainless steel, type 316; all other parts are 304 ss. • Cleat is available in four sizes: 4 1/2”, 6”, 8” & 10”, with the 10” also available in stud mount, as part

number 209-10-s.

HW-19

CLEATS - PULL UPCast 316 Stainless Steel

The biggest flush mounted cleat available, rated for loads to 20,000 kg.Includes drain cup with spigot. Recess in the base for fingers to lift up cleat.

LIfTING CLEATSCast 316 Stainless Steel



OVAL LIfTING EyE W/ ALL HARDWARE

ROUND LIfTING EyE W/ ALL HARDWARE

SkI TOW EyE

52MM TIE DOWN, SS

SkI HOOk SS


CODE DESCRIPTION110525 Small compact unit.

Unit can be drained or sealed water tight. Hub pivots two ways to overcome a slight misalignment at installation. All stainless steel parts; eye and base are 316, lifting hardware is 304. The sling is a solid casting for increased strength. Requires less clearance under deck than our lifting cleats.. Fastens to deck with four #10 screws.

CODE DESCRIPTION110527 Complete lift eye assembly110528 Lift-eye w/ base

CODE DESCRIPTION111620 10 x 38mm Ski Tow Eye111624 13 x 89mm Ski Tow Eye Heavy Duty

CODE DESCRIPTION111625 Ski Hook SS

CODE DESCRIPTION111635 52mm Tie down, SS Flush Mounted111636 89mm Tie down, SS Flush Mounted


CODE TyPE MM

HOSE SIZE MM

CAP OD MM

CAP: NPT PIPE SIZE

MM

fLANGE DIA MM

SCREW SIZE

200150 GAS 38 45 30 75 10

200151 DIESEL 38 45 30 75 10

200152 WASTE 38 45 30 75 10

200154 WATER 38 45 30 75 10

200155 SPARE CAP

38

200160 GAS 50 50 38 88 10

200161 DIESEL 50 50 38 88 10

200165 SPARE CAP

50

200169 SPARE KEY

CODE TyPE MM

HOSE OD MM

CAP OD MM

fLANGE DIA MM

200200 DIESEL 38 45 76

200202 WASTE 38 45 75

200204 WATER 38 45 75

200210 DIESEL 50 50 82

200212 WASTE 50 50 82

200214 WATER 50 50 82

200215 DIESEL 50 50 82

3” DECk PLATE BRASS

HW-21

DECk fILLSCast 316 Stainless Steel

Highly polished deck fills are precision machined and include an “O” ring seal to ensure water tightness. Includes stainless steel deck key. “Gas”, “Diesel”, and “Water” have 38mm cap with chain attachment. “Waste” has a 51mm cap with a 38mm hose size and no chain attachment

deCk fillsDECk PIPES | DECk PLATES | DECk PRISMS | PLUMBING

DECk fILLS - MANSHIPCast 316 Stainless Steel

Highly polished deck fills are precision machined and include an “O” ring seal. Angled deck fills provide a solution for those special installation requirements, where space is a factor. Includes stainless steel deck key.

DECk PLATESCast 316 Stainless Steel

Flush surface mounting with “O” ring seal. Bronze available on indent.

CODE ID MM DECK PLATE OD MM

CUT OUT MM

110608 76 115 85110618 102 140 110110638 152 215 165

CODE DESCRIPTION110602 3” Deck Plate brass



HAnd rAils

CODE LENGTH MM STUD LENGTH MM HEIGHT ABOVE DECK MM

110756 235 45 39110758 310 45 39110760 365 45 39110762 465 51 39

HANDRAIL - W/ fLANGE & STUD Stainless Steel

with welded Whitworth Studs


DECk PLATE & DECk fILL kEyBent steel key. Accommodates most caps.

CODE HEIGHT WIDTH SCREW SIZE

110711 38 32 8

DECk PIPE - HINGEDCast 316 Stainless Steel

Highly polished. Opening allows large thimble to pass thru deck pipe and slot accommodates up to 10mm chain, remaining in place when cover is closed. Cover is hinged and spring loaded, eliminating rattle when in closed position. Cover slides and locks in an open position for convenient “hands free” feed of anchor rode.

fENDER HOOkChromeMount in convenient locations for hanging fenders. Hook will handle lines up to 9mm

fLAG POLE SOCkET10 degrees from vertical. Fits all standard sized flag poles.

CODE MATERIAL POLE SIZE MM HEIGHT MM BASE DIA

110732 Brass 26 45 67110733 Chrome 26 45 67110735 Chrome 32 51 70

110735B Brass

CODE BASE SIZE MM CUT-OUT SIZE MM PIPE HOLE MM

110665 143 X 103 105 X 70 95 X 62

CODE MATERIAL SPAN WIDTH MM OVER ALL LENGTH MM

110639 GkS Galv Steel 76-102 195110639 GkL Galv Steel 127-152 195`


HANDRAIL - W/ fLANGE & THREAD fOR BOLTStainless Steel

HW-23

CODE LENGTH MM HEIGHT ABOVE DECK MM

110764 390 38110765 645 38110766 900 38

lATCHes

LATCH SPRING SIDE 316 Stainless Steel

Spring loaded slide catch can be mounted in 12 - 25 mm thick doors. Designed for acrylic doors using a simple cut out for installation

CODE WIDTH LENGTH DEPTH

111260 54 93 12

HAWSE PIPE - TRIANGULAR

HAWse PiPes

HAWSE PIPE OVALStainless SteelSpigot is inserted into finish ring for smooth radius and can be trimmed to suit bulwark thickness. Finish ring is tapped for bolts (included).

CODE DESCRIPTION OPENING MAX FLANGE O.D. BULWARK THICKNESS

111201 Stainless Hawse 36 x 92 mm 67 x 129 mm 50 mm

HAWSE PIPE OVAL - WITH CLEATSCast 316 Stainless Steel

Spigot is inserted into finish ring for smooth radius, and can be trimmed to suit bulwark thickness. Finish ring is tapped for through bolting. Includes 6mm flat-head bolts.

Bronze available on request.

CODE DESCRIPTION OPENING MAX FLANGE O.D.

BULWARK THICKNESS

111213 Chrome Hawse with cleat 75 x 190 mm 133 x 244 mm 75 mm

Titan Gold available on request

CODE HEIGHT LENGTH DEPTH

111220 48 mm 250 mm 125mm




LATCH SPRING TRANSOM DOOR316 Stainless Steel

This product features a spring loaded adjustable length. SS slide satisfies many requirements found on marine door installations. Modern attractive design. Comes with strike plate.

CODE WIDTH LENGTH DEPTH

111265 51 122 20

Flush mount handle lifts and rotates on SS roll pin. “O” ring seal in mechanism assures leak-free operation. Locking arm has height adjustment that is secured with SS set screw.

LIfT HANDLE - TURNING LOCk - RECTANGULARBrass or Stainless Steel

LIfT HANDLE - TURNING LOCk316 Stainless Steel

Spring-loaded handle for anti-rattle operation. Locking option available, reversible stamped latch pawl included.116655 fasteners are hidden

CODE MODEL WITH OR WITHOUT LOCK

FACE MM HEIGHT MAX MM

HEIGHT MIN MM

111280 No 63 x 76 76 38111281 With 63 x 76 76 38

LATCH - SLAM 316 Cast Stainless Steel

Investment cast 316 SS. Operated by lift handle to open, spring loaded latch engages striker plate on closing. Flush mounting, highly polished, with or without lock.

CODE CODE SS BASE SIZE MM

HEIGHT LOCKING ADJUSTMENT

111270 111271 67X79 111 38X86111275 111277 76X95 136 35X117

CODE MODEL WITH OR WITHOUT LOCK

HEIGHT MM

HOLE DIA MM

WIDTH MM

111250 Without 10 50 63111251 With 10 50 63

NON-LOCkING LIfT RING SINGLE CAM

NON-LOCkING LIfT RING

CODE DESCRIPTION116655 Non-locking lift ring single cam

CODE DESCRIPTION116650 Non-locking lift ring, with 4 mounting holes for 8

screws


HW-25

mAsT sTePs

MAST STEPAluminium - Folding

Step folds when not in use to extend only 32mm from mast. Rounded design eliminates chance of halyards fouling with step in closed position. Step has full 127mm tread width. Nylon adjusting screw eliminates rattling when step is in folded position.

CODE HEIGHT FOLDED MM

BASE WIDTH MM

BOLT SIZE MM

DISTANCE FROM MAST

111314 152 68 6.35 32

PAD EyE - DIAMONDCast 316 Stainless SteelBronze also available

PAd eyes

CODE LENGTH MM

WIDTH MM EYE OD MM

SAFE WORKING LOAD

SCREW SIZE MM

111332 79 51 20X11 907 6111336 89 57 22X13 1360 24

SS ROD HOLDER

CODE DESCRIPTION111425 44mm rectangular flange 30° , liner w/ cap,

sheet SS,

rod Holders

ROD HOLDER, SPOT WELDED

CODE DESCRIPTION111441 44mm MD Rod Holder, spot welded, c/w liner

ROD HOLDER - HEAVy DUTy - ANGULARStainless Steel

Flush mounted cast stainless steel flange fully welded to tube, with black PVC end cap and liner. Suitable for up to 80 lb line class. Pin for rod alignment 30° angle at base.

CODE LINER ID MM

INTRUSION DEPTH MM

BASE SIZE CC

MOUNT SCREWS

111435 44 247 106X85 6




ROD HOLDER - HEAVy DUTy - 90°Cast Stainless Steel Bolt through

ROD HOLDER - CLAMP-ONCast Stainless Steel

Polished Stainless Steel tube, hard plastic liner, 316 SS clamp

NEOPRENE LINER fOR ROD HOLDER, BLACk

CODE DESCRIPTION111427 Neoprene liner for rod holder, H 220mm

ROD HOLDER - HEAVy DUTy - 30°Stainless Steel

Flush mounted cast stainless steel rectangular flange fully welded to tube, with black PVC end cap and liner. Suitable for up to 80 lb line class. Pin for rod alignment 30° angle at base

CODE LINER ID MM

INTRUSION DEPTH MM

BASE SIZE CC

MOUNT SCREWS

111440 44 247 112X82 6

CODE LINER ID MM

LENGTH MM FLANGE SIZE MM

BOLT SIZE

111450 38 229 86x106 6

CODE LINER ID MM

LENGTH MM

111455 41 229

sAiling HArdWAre

SAILING HARDWAREBronze T - Track End Stop

Bolt through

CODE TRACK SIZE MM

HEIGHT MM WIDTH MM

BOLT SIZE

111540 32 13 32 8

TEAk BLOCk SINGLECODE DESCRIPTION111502 16mm Teak block, single111503 13mm Teak block, single w/ becket


HW-27

sCuPPers

CAST ALLOy SCUPPER

THESE SCUPPERS ARE fROM THE ORIGINAL MANUfACTURER - NOT CHEAP kNOCk-OffS

CODE DESCRIPTION111600 Scupper, cast alloy 167 x 112mm111602 Scupper, cast alloy 237 x 146mm

VENT CLAM SS COMPACT

VENT - BUTTERfLyStamped 304 Stainless Steel

These round vents are ideal for lockers and cabinets. The twist knob on the top allows the vent opening to be adjusted from fully closed to fully open. Pre drilled for easy installation.

VENT - MINI CLAMStainless Steel

Mini clam shell vent made from pressed stainless steel. Ideal for covering anchor well drains and through transom wiring etc.

CODE DESCRIPTION111652 Vent Clam SS compact 14

venTs

CODE KNOB POSITION

OD MM ID MM

111642 Centre 126 117

CODE LENGTH MM

WIDTH MM HEIGHT MM

111650 41 44 12111651 53 56 15




VENT - ROUND COWLPrecision Cast 316 Stainless Steel

Highly polished Precision Cast 316 stainless steel. Vents are finished inside with a white powder coating. All deck plates have an “O” ring seal. SS cowl vents have a chrome plated bronze deck plate and include cover and key.

Code SS

Deck Plate I.D mm

Flange O.D mm

Height Min mm

Scoop Width mm

111691 102 141 314 213111696 126 216 362 262

VENT - TEAR DROP COWLStainless Steel-Chrome Plated

18-8 non magnetic stainless steel. Hand polished and electro polished chrome plating to protect against corrosion. Low profile with tear drop opening to enable maximum air to enter the dorade box. Includes SS deck plate with “O” ring.

CODE SS

DECK PLATE I.D MM

FLANGE O.D MM

FLANGE MM

HEIGHT MM

SCOOP WIDTH MM

111740 76 90 127 267 185111741 102 112 160 346 180111742 127 150 200 400 190

VENTS - fUEL TANk316 Stainless Steel

Recessed cup head permits flush mounting to hull or coaming. For hull thickness up to 33mm (38mm for 19mm)

VENTS - fUEL TANk316 Stainless SteelIdeal vents for fuel tanks. Available in straight or 90° models. Each has two holes with mesh screens (SS) and accommodates hulls up to 12mm thick. For use with 16mm I.D. hose

CODE STYLE LENGTH HEAD DIA

200390 STRAIGHT 64 24200391 90° 64 24

CODE A MM B MM C MM D MM E-MAX MM

200396 16 75 38 49 33200397 19 75 38 49 38


ANTENNA STANDOff, SS

HW-29

Pressed and polished stainless steel. Low profile raised louvres.

VENT - LOUVREDStainless Steel

VENT - LOUVREDStainless Steel

Raised flat top. Ideal for engine compartments

TRANSOM EXHAUST - THRU HULL316 Stainless Steel

Highly polished heli-arc welded 316 - SS. Electro polished to assure maximum protection against corrosion.Available in a wide range of sizes.

CODE DESCRIPTION535-3-125 Antenna Standoff, 3” SS535-5-125 Antenna Standoff, 5” SS535-7-125 Antenna Standoff, 7” SS


THICKNESS MM

LOUVRES #

111760 65 127 0.8 3111764 127 227 0.8 14


DEPTH MM LOUVRES #

111773 327 111 25 5

THru Hulls

CODE SIZE BARB SIZE MM

FLANGE OD MM

HEIGHT MM

PIPE ID MM

200370 SMALL 48 92 130 45200372 MED 64 104 130 60200374 LARGE 76 120 71 71

edson HArdWAre

Cast from solid marine grade 316 stainless

Drink HoldersBuilt from high quality materials, Edson’s attention to detail make these holders functional, strong and look great on any boat.

878ST-1 878ST-2

878ST-3Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz


PlAsTiC deCk HArdWAre

(a)(b)

Durable Plastic Cleats

CLEATS

Durable Plastic Chocks

CHOCkS

Durable Plastic Grab Handles

GRAB HANDLES

NON SkID DECk PLATESPlastic stern plate

DURABLE PLASTIC DECk HARDWARE - BLACk AND WHITE

DRINk HOLDERNylon - Rail Mount

Fits most boats with rails or stanchions. Adjusts to any angle. Patent Pending

Plastic outboard bracket

MOUNT BRACkETS


CODE MATERIAL COLOUR

200370 SMALL 48

CODE WHITE CODE BLACK LENGTH MM WIDTH MM

302482 302483 110 20302484 302485 160 25


302486 302487 140 30302488 302489 120 25


312453 312454 90 20

TyPE CODE WHITE CODE BLACK LENGTH MM WIDTH MM

A 312448 - 270 100B - 312450 200 80

CODE MAX OUTBOARD SIZESPA-20150 8HP


LOUVRE VENTSPlastic Louvre Vents - 2 sizes and colours

SNAP APART HINGESEasily remove hatches, engine covers, doors etcFast access for cleaning or stowing.

ROD HOLDERNylon - Flush mount

Flush mounting, durable plastic rod holders. In black or white nylon.

sTorAge CAsesfLUSH MOUNTED PLASTIC STORAGE CASES TO SUIT yOUR NEEDS

135

150

180

110 78

PlAsTiC HingesDURABLE NyLON HINGES IN BLACk OR WHITE

LONG fLAT HINGE

CUPBOARD HINGE

HW-31

110100

235180

160

Medium flush mounted

STORAGE CASES

Code Description

302419 Medium Flush Mounted With Door302421 Corner Flush Mounted without door

CODE WHITE CODE BLACkSPA-20185WB SPA-20185KB


302444 302445 250 90

CODE WHITE LENGTH MM ID MM

111466 240 41

CODE WHITE CODE BLACK LENGTH MM WIDTH MM HEIGHT MM

302754 302755 200 35 4

CODE WHITE LENGTH MM WIDTH MM HEIGHT MM OFFSET MM

302760 100 60 5 10



HEAVy DUTy PLASTIC HINGES

PlumBing fiTTings

Oval Oval 90o

D

did

H

D

dd1

H

di

TANk VENTS - OVALOval tank vents - Straight or angled 90 degrees

fUEL DECk fILLSFuel deck filler with cap

WATER DECk fILLSWater deck filler with cap

DECk fILLER CAPSSpare deck filler cap


CODE BLACk

A MM

B MM

C MM

D MM

E MM

F MM

G MM

H MM

D MM

302763 98 97.9 63 60 21 35 25 37 10.5302765 65 64.9 40 40 14 24 17 25 6.5

CODE WHITE

H MM D MM DI MM d MM

222109 64 84 42 55

CODE WHITE

H MM D MM DI MM d MM D1 MM

222111 64 84 34 38

CODE COLOUR DESCRIPTION

222113 Red Diesel222114 Green Fuel222115 Orange Fuel222116 Blue Water

CODE CODE ANGLED SIZE MM

322345 322346 16


Flat Flat 90o

TANk VENTS - ROUNDFlat tank vents - Straight or angled 90 degrees

THRU-HULLS - WITH SS TRIM PLATENylon

THRU HULL SkIN fITTINGSDrain Socket


Through Hull Drain, for thin hull sections up to 16mm.Body is Nylon 66+30, Glass trim cover is 316 SS plate


HW-33

CODE CODE ANGLED SIZE MM

322347 322348 16

CODE BLACk

A MM B MM C MM D MM E MM

202343 19 48 87 35 29202344 25 48 86 35 29202346 32 60 103 41 32202347 38 60 103 41 32

CODE WHITE

CODE BLACK

H MM D MM d MM d1 MM dp MM F in

202350 202351 75 43 10 16 15 5/8

202352 202353 83 51 13 18 18 3/4

202354 202355 94 62 18 24 25 1202356 202357 102 76 24 35 30 11/4

202358 202359 102 76 30 35 40 11/4

CODE WHITE

CODE BLACK

H MM D MM d MM dp MM P MM F in

202365 202366 100 42 25 30 25 33

CODE WHITE

CODE BLACK

H MM D MM d MM F MM

202369 202370 155 39 25 33


heremaderight

New Zealand

3 sizes in white or grey

Approved

Extra Strong Latch Mechanism

Lock and Security Options

Strong, user friendly handles

Strong 180° opening hinges

Weather tight gasket seal

Reinforced lid with non-skid surface

So-Pac hatches are UV resistant so won’t yellow like those made from inferior plastics.

• Easy to install & maintain• Create a storage locker anywhere!

UV resistant ASA plastic - won’t yellow*

4000 Series

heremaderight

New Zealand


Approved










4000 Series

Lock & security options on large hatches

H A T C H E S & P O R T L I G H T S

heremaderight

New Zealand


Approved










4000 Series

HP-2 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nzHP-2

The hinges on our 4000 Series Hatches open 180º, the lid completely covers the mounting flange, concealing the fastenings and deflecting water away from the hatch seal. The seal ensures weatherproofing when the hatch is mounted on horizontal and vertical surfaces. Contoured handles provide a positive twist lock action and easy lift grip (even with gloves). Low profile (13mm above deck), injection moulded UV stable plastic hatches designed for installation on any internal or external flat surface. Reinforced lid with non skid surface. Intrusion below deck 18mm. Screw holes are 5mm countersunk. Available in a choice of white or grey, with or without key security lock. CE Approved.

soPAC PlAsTiC ACCess HATCHes

UV RESISTANT ASA PLASTICLOW PROfILE fLUSH fITTING REINfORCED LID.NON SkID SURfACESUPPORT NORMAL CREW TRAffICEASy TO INSTALL

4000 SERIES ACCESS HATCHES180° Opening

USE fOR:STORAGE LOCkERSINSPECTION HATCHESANCHOR LOCkERSCOCkPIT fLOOR STORAGE


CODE WHITE CODE GREY KEY LOCK OUTSIDE FRAME MM

CLEAR OPENING MM

CUT OUT MM

SPA-40105 SPA-40106 NO 375 X 285 292 X 192 305 X 205SPA-40155 SPA-40156 NO 395 X 335 312 X 242 325 X 255SPA-40205 SPA-40206 NO 595 X 355 512 X 262 525 X 275SPA-40205L SPA-40206L YES 595 X 355 512 X 262 525 X 275

3000 SERIES ACCESS HATCHESRound 8”

Low-profile styling with screwhead covers. Positive latch with flip-up ring handle. Removable centre not hinged.

CODE WHITE CODE GREY OUTSIDE FRAME MM

CLEAR OPENING MM

CUT OUT MM

SPA-30308 SPA-30309 265 180 210


HP-3HP-3

Aluminium HATCHes & PorTligHTs

OffSHORE HATCH

CE APPROVEDAll Maxwell hatches and portlights are CE Approved under CE 12216. Design Category ‘A’ for ocean sailing vessels designed for extended voyages. ACRyLIC WINDOWSMaxwell hatches and portlights come standard with the finest quality 10mm thick, smoke-grey acrylic, while 12mm thickness acrylic is used on all larger hatches. This superior and robust acrylic is UV stabilised and guaranteed to guard against crazing for 5 years in even the harshest

Maxwell Offshore Hatches are CE Approved and built to withstand the world’s toughest oceans. A special hatch sealing compound, combined with heavy duty aluminium frames and a unique method of affixing the smoke-grey 10mm thick and UV stabilised acrylic lid, ensures hatches that won’t leak, even in the roughest conditions.Heavy-duty friction hinges hold the hatch open from 0°-200° for maximum accessibility. A 20mm deep internal flange allows for quick, professional installation. Closing handles are fitted with a simple, effective security locking system on the inside to lock the hatch closed or secure it in a ‘ventilation’ position. All Offshore hatches above 500mm square have four closing handles for maximum water tightness.

sunlight environment, while still allowing very high light transmission. Smoke-grey colour is standard with translucent white or clear acrylic also available on request.fRAMESExtruded aluminium frames on all hatches feature a standard silver anodised finish and a deep 20mm internal flange for simple, professional installation. Black anodised, highly polished silver anodised and black or white powder coated frames are also available.

MADE IN NEW ZEALAND

Code Cut-Out Sizemm

Cut-OutCorner Radius

mm

Outside Sizemm

HeightAbove Deck

mm

WHC00S 262 x 176 43 336 x 250 22WHC10S 260 x 260 43 314 x 314 22WHC20S 347 x 202 43 421 x 276 22WHC30S 457 x 327 43 531 x 401 22WHC41S 422 x 422 43 496 x 496 22WHC45S 507 x 377 43 581 x 451 22WHC50S 507 x 507 43 579 x 579 22WHC62S 627 x 627 43 701 x 701 22

SLIMLINE HATCH

With all the features of the Offshore Hatches Maxwell’s stylish Slimline Hatches offer a very low profile of only 22mm to match the smooth aesthetics of modern vessels

Code Cut-Out Size mm

Cut-OutCorner Radius mm

Outside Size mm

WPO00S 297 x 162 57 315 x 180WPO01S 350 x 175 57 368 x 193WPO02S 407 x 162 57 425 x 180WPO03S 435 x 175 57 453 x 193WPO04S 634 x 175 57 652 x 193

OPENING PORTLIGHT

Maxwell Euro-styled and CE approved low profile opening portlights complement the aesthetics of any craft. Smoothly crafted extruded aluminium inner and outer frames are anodized in either silver or black finish. Maxwell’s standard 10mm thick, smoke-grey acrylic window is fitted with glass reinforced nylon friction hinges and locking levers ensuring watertight integrity. Complete with insect screen, mounting screws and white moulded plastic inner dress trim to accommodate up to 40mm hull/superstructure thickness.

Code Cut-Out Sizemm


mm

Outside Sizemm

HeightAbove Deck

mm

WHO00S 264 x 170 38 314 x 220 42WHO10S 264 x 264 38 314 x 314 42WHO20S 351 x 206 38 401 x 256 42WHO30S 461 x 331 38 511 x 381 42WHO41S 425 x 425 38 475 x 475 42WHO45S 511 x 381 38 561 x 431 42WHO50S 511 x 511 38 561 x 561 42WHO62S 631 x 631 38 681 x 681 42




fIXED PORTLIGHT

Maxwell’s attractively styled super-low profile fixed portlights feature silver or black inner and outer extruded aluminium anodized frame encapsulating a standard 10mm thick, smoke-grey acrylic window. Complete with mounting screws and a white plastic dress trim for hull/superstructures up to 40mm thick.

Code Cut-Out Sizemm


mm

Outside Sizemm

WPf00S 293 x 158 55 315 x 180WPf01S 346 x 169 55 368 x 193WPf02S 403 x 158 55 425 x 180WPf03S 431 x 171 55 453 x 193WPf04S 631 x 171 55 652 x 193

Rolled 316 Stainless Steel Frames with Acrylic Lens.Height of hatches is 32mm above deck Hand & electro polished. Comes with hatch arms and hinges

sTAinless sTeel HATCHes

COPIES Of MANSHIP’S CATALOGUE ARE AVAILABLE ON REqUEST. CUSTOM SIZES AND SHAPES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER.

Rolled 316 Stainless Steel Frames with Acrylic LensHeight of hatches is 32mm above deck Hand & electro polished. Comes with hatch arms and hinges

HATCH - LOW PROfILE

HATCH LOW PROfILE DOUBLE OPENING


Over All Size mm Acrylic Thickness mm

INSIDE OPENINGM-LDH-08-I 206 x 349 270 x 413 12M-LDH-10-I 254 x 254 318 x 318 12M-LDH-20-I 318 x 444 382 x 508 12M-LDH-30-I 369 x 495 433 x 559 12M-LDH-40-I 419 x 419 483 x 483 12M-LDH-50-I 495 x 495 559 x 559 12M-LDH-60-I 610 x 610 674 x 674 12M-LDH-70-I 788 x 788 852 x 852 12

IN/OUTSIDE OPENINGM-LDH-30-O 369 x 495 433 x 559 12M-LDH-40-O 419 x 419 483 x 483 12M-LDH-50-O 495 x 495 559 x 559 12M-LDH-60-O 610 x 610 674 x 674 12M-LDH-70-O 788 x 788 852 x 852 12

Code Size Cut-Out Size mm

Over All Size mm

Acrylic Thickness mm

M-LDH-50-D 495 x 495 495 x 495 559 x 559 12M-LDH-60-D 610 x 610 610 x 610 674 x 674 12M-LDH-70-D 788 x 788 788 x 788 852 x 852 12


HP-5HP-5

HATCH - STANDARD DECkRolled 316 Stainless Steel Frames with Acrylic LensHeight of hatches is 47mm above deck Hand & electro polished.Comes with hatch arms and hinges

HATCH - ROUND

Rolled 316 Stainless Steel Frames Hand & electro polished.Comes with hatch arms and hinges

Rolled 316 Stainless Steel Frames Hand & electro polished.Comes with hatch arms and hinges

HATCH


Over All Size mm Acrylic Thickness mm

INSIDE OPENINGM-DH-08-I 206 x 349 270 x 413 8M-DH-10-I 254 x 254 318 x 318 8M-DH-20-I 318 x 444 382 x 508 12M-DH-30-I 369 x 495 433 x 559 12M-DH-40-I 419 x 419 483 x 483 12M-DH-50-I 495 x 495 559 x 559 12M-DH-60-I 610 x 610 674 x 674 12M-DH-70-I 788 x 788 852 x 852 12

IN/OUTSIDE OPENINGM-DH-30-O 369 x 495 433 x 559 12M-DH-40-O 419 x 419 483 x 483 12M-DH-50-O 495 x 495 559 x 559 12M-DH-60-O 610 x 610 674 x 674 12M-DH-70-O 788 x 788 852 x 852 12


Over All Size mm


DOUBLE OPENINGM-DH-50-D 495 x 495 495 x 495 559 x 559 12M-DH-60-D 610 x 610 610 x 610 674 x 674 12M-DH-70-D 788 x 788 788 x 788 852 x 852 12


Over All Size mm


INSIDE OPENINGM-DHR-50-I 495 495 559 12M-DHR-60-I 610 610 674 12

IN/OUTSIDE OPENINGM-DHR-50-O 495 495 559 12M-DHR-60-O 610 610 674 12



M-fLS-0512 -25 A A = Angled | S = Straight

Product CodeSpigot size

12 = 32mm | 15 = 38mm | 20 = 50mm | 25 = 64mm | 30 = 76mm | 35 = 89mm


PORTS - fIXED OVALMachine Rolled 316 S/S

PORTS - fIXED RECTANGLEMachine Rolled 316 S/S

PORTS - OPENING RECTANGLEMachine Rolled 316 S/S

SHOWN ARE EXAMPLES Of THE MOST COMMON SHAPES AND SIZES Of PORTLIGHTS SUPPLIED TO DATE.OVER 400 STANDARD SHAPES AND SIZES ARE AVAILABLE.

CUSTOM SIZES AND SHAPES WITH OR WITHOUT DEADLIGHT COVERS ARE ALSO AVAILABLE.

• CE approved to ISO / DIS 12216

• 316 Stainless Steel machine rolled frames hand & electro polished

• Cast 316 Stainless Steel hinges with set screw to adjust gasket pressure

• High strength tempered glass

• Straight or angled spigots, please specify when ordering

• Optional Fibreglass insect screens

• Powder coating available by request

• 6 standard spigot sizes available 32, 38, 50, 64, 76, 89 mm, please specify depth when ordering

• HOW TO ORDER: Add the spigot size and type to the end of the product code. e.g. below

sTAinless sTeel PorTs

Code Glass Size Cut-Out Size mm

Over All Size mm

M-fLS-0512 127 x 305 133 x 307 193 x 368M-fLS-0714 178 x 356 184 x 362 244 x 424M-fLS-0716 178 x 406 184 x 413 244 x 473M-fLS-0718 178 x 457 184 x 464 244 x 524M-fLS-0816 203 x 406 210 x 413 269 x 473M-fLS-0818 203 x 457 210 x 464 269 x 524

Code w/out Cover

Code w/ Cover

Glass Size mm

Cut-Out Size mm

Over All Size mm

M-LS-0512 127 x 305 133 x 307 193 x 368M-LS-0714 178 x 356 184 x 362 244 x 422M-LS-0716 M-CLS-0716 178 x 406 184 x 413 244 x 473M-LS-0718 M-CLS-0718 178 x 457 184 x 464 244 x 524M-LS-0816 M-CLS-0816 203 x 406 210 x 413 269 x 473M-LS-0818 M-CLS-0818 203 x 457 210 x 464 269 x 524

Code Glass Size mm

Cut-Out Size mm

Over All Size mm

M-fLSO-0512 127 x 305 133 x 307 193 x 368M-fLSO-0714 178 x 356 184 x 362 244 x 424M-fLSO-0716 178 x 406 184 x 413 244 x 473M-fLSO-0718 178 x 457 184 x 464 244 x 524M-fLSO-0816 203 x 406 210 x 413 269 x 473M-fLSO-0818 203 x 457 210 x 464 269 x 524


HP-7HP-7

PORTS - fIXED ROUNDMachine Rolled 316 S/S

PORTS - OPENING ROUNDMachine Rolled 316 S/S

PORTS - fIXED ELLIPTICALMachine Stamped 316 S/S

PORTS - OPENING ELLIPTICALMachine Rolled 316 S/S

Pictured with storm cover - optional extra

PORTS - OPENING OVALMachine Rolled 316 S/S

Pictured with storm cover - optional extra

Code w/out Cover

Code w/ Cover

Glass Size mm

Cut-Out Size mm

Over All Size mm

M-LSO-0512 127 x 305 133 x 307 193 x 368M-LSO-0714 178 x 356 184 x 362 244 x 422M-LSO-0716 M-CLSO-0716 178 x 406 184 x 413 244 x 473M-LSO-0718 M-CLSO-0718 178 x 457 184 x 464 244 x 524M-LSO-0816 M-CLSO-0816 203 x 406 210 x 413 269 x 473M-LSO-0818 M-CLSO-0818 203 x 457 210 x 464 269 x 524

Code w/out Cover

Code w/ Cover Glass Size mm

Cut-Out Size mm

Over All Size mm

M-LSR-0715 178 184 244M-LSR-0815 203 210 269M-LSR-1015 M-CLSR-1015 254 262 327M-LSR-1215 M-CLSR-1215 305 311 378M-LSO-0816 M-CLSO-0816 203 x 406 210 x 413 269 x 473M-LSR-1415 M-CLSR-1415 356 362 429

Code Dia. mm Cut-Out Size mm

Over All Size mm

M-fLSR-0500 127 133 193M-fLSR-0600 152 158 218M-fLSR-0700 178 184 244M-fLSR-0800 203 210 269M-fLS-0816 203 x 406 210 x 413 269 x 473M-fLSR-1000 254 254 327

Code Size. mm Cut-Out Size mm

Over All Size mm

M-fE0718 178 x 451 188 x 458 244 x 518

Code Size. mm Cut-Out Size mm

Over All Size mm

M-LE-0718 178 x 451 187 x 458 244 x 518




2400 series CAsT HATCHes

FREEMAN MARINE’S patented 2400 Series Cast Aluminium Hatches are available in a variety of sizes and shapes. Standard models have a cast aluminium cover, aluminium dogging mechanism and your choice of cast aluminium, steel, galvanized steel or stainless steel rings. FREEMAN MARINE’S uniformly spaced dogs are superior to the ‘yoke” or “strongback’ type seal mechanisms which cause inherent cover distortion and sealing problems. FREEMAN 2400 Series Cast Hatches feature a stainless steel handle and round bar shaft for trouble free operation.Ductile iron covers with 316 stainless steel dogging mechanisms are available in three sizes (18” Round, 24” Round, 15” X 24” Oval), and your choice of steel, galvanized steel or stainless steel deck ring.

• Top Value A FREEMAN Cast Deck Hatch is the best buy for every flush hatch application. Measure it against any other deck hatch for long life of materials, strength of design, precision fit, smooth action, dependable mechanism, and built-in, never-lost handle.

• Approvals Lloyd’s Register - type approval certificate number 3/00088. U.S. Coast Guard, CE, ISO-12216 compliant. ABS, Bureau Veritas and Germanischer Lloyd’s approvals have been awarded and may be obtained for specific intended uses. Freeman Cast Deck Hatches are currently in use on Coast Guard vessels and U.S. Naval craft of all types.

• Value Added Yacht-quality linear polyurethane, and anodized finishes available.

• fast Acting Lift the flush handle, make a quarter turn and lift. That’s all it takes. The dogging mechanism and linked handle do the work smoothly in just a second.

• Positive Dogging Evenly spaced dogging arms (either 3, 4 or 8 per hatch) exert uniform pull on the cover plate. Handle position shows when dogging arms are engaged or loose.

• Unlocking Simply grasp the handle and pull, the shaft slides up into place, and with less than a quarter of a turn the locking mechanism completely disengages. It’s a matter of one or two seconds.

• Handle Stays Put The handle is built in - permanently part of the hatch so it’s right where you need it every time. Can’t get lost.

• Hatch Sealed Hatch and handle fit flush with the deck, the handle in recessed lock position. Say goodbye to lost cover wrenches - the FREEMAN Cast Hatch handle is always there when you need it.

• Unique Developed and manufactured under various patents by FREEMAN MARINE.

• Easy Lift With the locking mechanism disengaged, the hatch is merely resting on the deck ring and can be lifted out with one hand. Closing is just as quick and easy. Optional inside escape handle performs the same easy way with a push and turn from below.

• Watertight Designed to seal to 30-foot intermittent head, the double-sealing gasket actually seals tighter under pressure.

• Versatile Installs in steel, aluminium, wood or fibreglass decks. Complete unit includes aluminium or steel mounting ring for bolting or welding installations.

• Reliable The unique design, fit, finish and adjustability of the dogging mechanism assures smooth, consistent action - no binding or jamming of parts. This hatch, adjusted to proper tensions, can’t be over or under tightened by mistake. It operates the same each time.

• Low Maintenance All parts are made of superior materials designed especially for marine and other abusive environments. The hatch and most parts are corrosion resistant aluminium. All other components are stainless steel, acetal or compatible.


HP-9HP-9

2400 series HATCHes - TyPes

Compression Seal 2400 Series HatchesThese have easy-to-clean spigots, feature long gasket life, and cost less than the knife Edge Seals. Aluminium Deck Rings are intended to be weld installed into aluminium decks and bolt installed into other deck materials. Steel Deck Rings are to be weld installed into steel decks only. Watertight seal intermittent to 30 foot head, continuous 10 foot head top-loaded pressure (on properly installed and adjusted hatch assemblies). Specify any special performance criteria and/or certification requirements at time of order.

knife Edge Seal 2400 Series HatchesThese feature a coaming with drain gutter and an aggressive sealing rim edge. A drain fitting can be installed to minimize water from entering enclosure when hatch is initially opened. Aluminium Deck Rings are intended to be weld installed into aluminium decks and bolt installed into other deck materials. Steel Deck Rings are to be weld installed into steel decks only. Specify any special performance criteria and/or certification requirements at time of order.

Hatch Model 2400 Series, spring adjustment foredeckHatch Model 2400 Series, hold open, cast cover

Round Hatches FlushSizes are 8″, 12″, 15″, 18″, 20″, 22″, 24″ and 30″

Square Hatches FlushSizes are 18″, 20″, 22″, 24″, 30″ and 36″

Oval Hatches FlushSizes are 12 x 18″, 15 x 24″ and 19 x 26″

Rectangular Hatch FlushSize is 18 x 24″

For sizing, and ordering information, see following pages.




freemAn round CAsT HATCHes - flusH

AB

C

Ring O.D.

D

E

F Rough Opening

Clear Opening

Aluminium Deck Ring, Compression Seal

A-k

AB

C

Ring O.D.

D

E

Rough Opening

Clear Opening


A-C

AB

D

C

E

F Rough Opening& Ring O.D.

Clear Opening


A-k

A

B

D

E

Rough Opening& Ring O.D.

Clear Opening


S-C

Code Size Style Ring

Opening Dimensions (mm)

Cover (mm) MechanismWeight (KG)

Clear Opening

Rough Opening Overall

A B C D E F Material Thickness Overall Std. Material Dog Qty

F-2401-0002 8″ Lift-out A-C 201 262 300 25 7.8 Alum. 5.8 249 Alum 3 3.6F-2402-0002 12″ Lift-out A-C 302 376 442 33 7.8 Alum 4.8 353 Alum 3 5.9F-2402-0003 12″ Lift-out S-C 302 368 33 6.4 Alum 4.8 353 Alum 3 7.3F-2403-0002 15″ Lift-out A-C 381 452 546 33 7.8 Alum 7.4 432 Alum 3 10.4F-2403-0003 15″ Lift-out S-C 381 447 33 6.4 Alum 7.4 432 Alum 3 11.8F-2404-0002 18″ Lift-out A-C 457 531 622 36 7.8 Alum 6.6 508 Alum 3 13.6F-2404-0003 18″ Lift-out S-C 457 521 33 6.4 Alum 6.6 508 Alum 3 14.5F-2405-0002 18″ Lift-out A-K 457 508 610 38 9.6 20 Alum 6.1 Alum 3 17.2F-2405-0003 18″ Lift-out S-K 457 523 64 7.8 25 Alum 6.1 Alum 3 16.3F-2441-0002 18″ Hinged A-C 457 531 610 41 6.9 Alum 9.7 508 Alum 3 15.9F-2441-0003 18″ Hinged S-C 457 528 33 6.4 Alum 9.7 508 Alum 3 17.2F-2442-0002 18″ Hinged A-K 457 508 610 38 9.6 20 Alum 6.1 Alum 3 17.7F-2442-0003 18″ Hinged S-K 457 523 64 7.8 25 Alum 6.1 Alum 3 19.1F-2481-0107 18″ Lift-out S-C 457 521 38 6.4 Ductile Iron 10.4 505 S/Steel 3 34F-2406-0002 20″ Lift-out A-C 503 579 673 33 7.8 Alum 6.6 556 Alum 4 16.3F-2406-0003 20″ Lift-out S-C 503 569 33 6.4 Alum 6.6 556 Alum 4 16.8F-2407-0002 20″ Lift-out A-K 508 559 660 36 9.7 18 Alum 9.0 Alum 4 20.0F-2407-0003 20″ Lift-out S-K 508 574 64 7.9 25 Alum 9.0 Alum 4 18.6F-2443-0002 20″ Hinged A-C 498 579 673 43 10.2 Alum 7.4 556 Alum 4 20.0F-2443-0003 20″ Hinged S-C 498 567 33 6.4 Alum 7.4 556 Alum 4 21.3F-2444-0002 20″ Hinged A-K 508 559 660 36 9.7 Alum 9.0 Alum 4 20.4F-2444-0003 20″ Hinged S-K 508 574 64 7.9 Alum 9.0 Alum 4 21.8F-2408-0002 22″ Lift-out A-C 559 630 724 41 7.9 Alum 7.9 610 Alum 4 17.7F-2408-0003 22″ Lift-out S-C 559 625 38 6.4 Alum 7.9 610 Alum 4 18.1F-2411-0002 24″ Lift-out A-C 592 676 775 36 7.9 Alum 9.4 655 Alum 4 23.6F-2411-0003 24″ Lift-out S-C 592 673 38 6.4 Alum 9.4 655 Alum 4 24.5F-2412-0002 24″ Lift-out A-K 612 663 777 41 9.7 Alum 10.7 Alum 4 29.5F-2412-0003 24″ Lift-out S-K 612 678 64 7.9 Alum 10.7 Alum 4 28.8F-2447-0002 24″ Hinged A-K 594 671 775 43 10.2 Alum 10.4 655 Alum 4 28.8F-2447-0003 24″ Hinged S-C 594 676 38 6.4 Alum 10.4 655 Alum 4 28.1F-2448-0002 24″ Hinged A-K 612 673 777 41 9.7 18 Alum 10.7 Alum 4 29.9F-2448-0003 24″ Hinged S-K 612 678 64 7.9 25 Alum 10.7 Alum 4 29.5F-2482-0107 24″ Lift-out S-C 592 676 38 6.4 Ductile Iron 9.1 655 S/Steel 4 49.9F-2415-0006 30″ Lift-out A-C 762 851 947 36 7.9 Alum 10.4 826 S/Steel 4 36.7F-2415-0007 30″ Lift-out S-C 762 846 33 6.4 Alum 9.9 826 S/Steel 4 39.5F-2452-0006 30″ Hinged A-C 762 851 947 43 10.2 Alum 11.7 826 S/Steel 4 37.2F-2452-0007 30″ Hinged S-C 762 846 38 6.4 Alum 12.4 826 S/Steel 4 53.5


HP-11HP-11

freemAn ovAl CAsT HATCHes - flusH

AB

C

Ring O.D.

D

E

F Rough Opening

Clear Opening


A-k

AB

C

Ring O.D.

D

E

Rough Opening

Clear Opening


A-C

AB

D

C

E


Clear Opening


A-k

A

B

D

E


Clear Opening


S-C




Clear Opening


A B C D E F Material Thickness Overall Std. Material Dog Qty

F-2431-0002 12x18″ Lift-out A-C 305x457 381x533 478x630 38 7.8 Alum. 7.1 358x516 Alum 4 13.2F-2431-0003 12x18″ Lift-out S-C 305x457 376x503 33 6.4 Alum 358x516 Alum 4 13.6F-2471-0002 12x18″ Hinged A-C 305x457 381x533 478x630 38 7.8 Alum 358x516 Alum 4 14.1F-2431-0003 12x18″ Hinged S-C 305x457 376x523 33 6.4 Alum 358x516 Alum 4 14.1F-2433-0002 15x24″ Lift-out A-C 371x594 447x676 541x770 38 6.4 Alum 414x658 Alum 4 15.9F-2433-0003 15x24″ Lift-out S-C 371x594 441x673 33 6.4 Alum 414x658 Alum 4 16.8F-2434-0002 15x24″ Lift-out A-K 386x615 437x665 533x762 41 7.8 15.2 Alum Alum 4 15.9F-2434-0003 15x24″ Lift-out S-K 386x615 450x678 64 7.8 6.4 Alum Alum 4 24.5F-2473-0002 15x24″ Hinged A-C 371x597 447x673 549x775 38 7.8 Alum 414x658 Alum 4 16.8F-2473-0003 15x24″ Hinged S-C 371x597 447x673 33 6.4 Alum 414x658 Alum 4 17.2F-2474-0002 15x24″ Hinged A-K 388x615 441x665 533x762 41 7.8 15.2 Alum Alum 4 15.9F-2474-0003 15x24″ Hinged S-K 388x615 450x678 64 7.8 6.4 Alum Alum 4 27.2F-2483-0002 15x24″ Lift-out S-C 376x605 445x673 38 6.4 Ductile Iron 428x650 S/Steel 4 28.6F-2435-0002 19x26″ Lift-out A-K 488x665 538x716 635x813 41 7.8 15.2 Alum Alum 4 19.5F-2435-0003 19x26″ Lift-out S-K 488x665 551x729 64 7.8 6.4 Alum Alum 4 27.7F-2475-0002 19x26″ Hinged A-K 488x665 538x716 635x813 41 7.8 15.2 Alum Alum 4 20.0F-2475-0003 19x26″ Hinged S-K 488x665 551x729 64 7.8 6.4 Alum Alum 4 30.0




freemAn reCTAngulAr CAsT HATCHes - flusH

freemAn sQuAre CAsT HATCHes - flusH




Clear Opening


A B C D E F Material Thickness Std. Material Dog Qty

F-2421-0002 18x24″ Lift-out A-K 457x610 521x673 622x775 41 9.7 18 Alum. 5.6 Alum 4 16.3F-2421-0003 18x24″ Lift-out S-K 457x610 521x673 521x673 64 7.9 23 Alum 5.6 Alum 4 27.7F-2461-0002 18x24″ Hinged A-K 457x610 521x673 622x775 41 9.7 18 Alum 5.6 Alum 4 16.3




Clear Opening


A B C D E F Material Thickness Std. Material Dog Qty

F-2422-0002 20x20″ Lift-out A-K 517x517 579x579 681x681 41 9.7 18 Alum. Alum 4 19.5F-2422-0003 20x20″ Lift-out S-K 517x517 579x579 64 7.9 23 Alum 5.1 Alum 4 33.6F-2462-0002 20x20″ Hinged A-K 517x517 579x579 681x681 41 9.7 18 Alum 5.1 Alum 4 20.4F-2462-0003 20x20″ Hinged S-K 517x517 579x579 64 7.9 23 Alum 5.1 Alum 4 34.5F-2463-0002 22x22″ Hinged A-K 559x559 622x622 724x724 41 9.7 18 Alum 5.1 Alum 4 20.9F-2423-0002 22x22″ Lift-out A-K 559x559 622x622 724x724 41 9.7 18 Alum 5.1 Alum 4 20.4F-2423-0003 22x22″ Lift-out S-K 559x559 622x622 64 7.9 23 Alum 5.1 Alum 4 41.7F-2463-0003 22x22″ Hinged S-K 559x559 622x622 64 7.9 23 Alum 5.1 Alum 4 41.7F-2424-0002 24x24″ Lift-out A-K 622x622 686x686 787x787 41 9.7 18 Alum 7.1 Alum 4 25.9F-2424-0003 24x24″ Lift-out S-K 622x622 686x686 64 7.9 23 Alum 7.1 Alum 4 43.5F-2464-0002 24x24″ Hinged A-K 622x622 686x686 787x787 41 9.7 18 Alum 7.1 Alum 4 26.3F-2464-0003 24x24″ Hinged S-K 622x622 686x686 64 7.9 23 Alum 7.1 Alum 4 44.0F-2426-0006 30x30″ Lift-out A-K 762x762 826x826 927x927 41 9.7 18 Alum 6.4 S/Steel 4 31.0F-2426-0006 30x30″ Lift-out S-K 762x762 826x826 64 7.9 23 Alum 6.4 S/Steel 4 51.3F-2466-0006 30x30″ Hinged A-K 762x762 826x826 927x927 41 9.7 18 Alum 6.4 S/Steel 4 35.4F-2466-0007 30x30″ Hinged S-K 762x762 826x826 64 7.9 23 Alum 6.4 S/Steel 4 51.7F-2428-0002 36x36″ Lift-out A-K 914x914 998x998 1067x1067 64 7.9 23 Alum 9.7 Alum 8 48.0F-2428-0003 36x36″ Lift-out S-K 914x914 998x998 64 7.9 23 Alum 9.7 Alum 8 60.8F-2468-0002 36x36″ Hinged A-K 914x914 998x998 1067x1067 64 7.9 23 Alum 9.7 Alum 8 54.0F-2468-0003 36x36″ Hinged S-K 914x914 998x998 64 7.9 23 Alum 9.7 Alum 8 67.6

AB

C

Ring O.D.

D

E

F Rough Opening

Clear Opening


A-k

AB

C

Ring O.D.

D

E

Rough Opening

Clear Opening


A-C

AB

D

C

E


Clear Opening


A-k

A

B

D

E


Clear Opening


S-C


Hydraulic Hatch Lift Systems for Pleasure Boats. A system easily installed, the cylinders are made of polished aluminium with stainless steel piston rodsAvailable in two sizes which in most cases will fit your boat:

18 Inch Stroke Single Cylinder18 Inch Stroke Dual Cylinder

24 Inch Stroke Single Cylinder24 Inch Stroke Dual Cylinder

Lifting capacity of a single cylinder system is approximately 147.4 kg and dual cylinder is approximately 295 kg.

The complete single cylinder system consists of:One hatch lifting cylinder 18” or 24” One motor pump with fittings and biodegradable oil and funnel. 10 feet hydraulic hose installed on cylinders Mounting pads installed with quick release pull ring Mounting hardware Single switch with plate 25 feet wire harness The complete dual cylinder system consists of:Two hatch lifting cylinders 18” or 24” Motor pump with fittings and biodegradable oil and funnel. 15 feet hydraulic hose installed on each cylinders Mounting pads installed with quick release pull ring Mounting hardware Single switch with plate 25 feet wire harness

Code To Fit Hatch Size mm Hatch Weight kg

Force (normal use)

Open Length

mm

Closed Length

mm

GS-kit 1 400 x 400 to 600 x 600 2 - 5 100 Nm 400 245

GS-kit 2 600 x 600 to 800 x 800 5 - 15 100 Nm 545 325

GS-kit 3 800 x 800 to 1000 x 1000

15 - 25 200 Nm 605 355

GS-kit 4 1000 x 1000 to 1500 x 1500

25 - 35 300 Nm 695 375

CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST, UP TO 1000 NM IS POSSIBLE

HP-13HP-13

HATCH GAS STAySStainless Steel Gas Springs

GREAT fOR LIfTING AND HOLDING OPEN SMALL TO USUAL SIZED HATCHES THEy ARE SOLD PRE-GASSED, THE GAS PRESSURE CAN BE INCREASED If REqUIRED, NOT DECREASED

MOUNTING BRACkETS ARE INCLUDED WITH EACH kIT

HATCH sTAysMADE IN NEW ZEALAND

HATCH lifTers


HP-14 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz

H V A C - H E A T I N G & A I R C O N D I T I O N I N GH V A C - H E A T I N G & A I R C O N D I T I O N I N G

HV-1HV-1

ASk fOR A SIGMAR CATALOGUE fOR MORE DETAILED PRODUCT INfO

Sig Marine Products #407-204 Cayer St.

Coquitlam B.C. Canada V3K 5B1

www.sigmarine.com [email protected]

T: 800 659 9768

Instruction Manual This manual must be read and the requirements carried out

to ensure satisfactory performance.

SIG MARINE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES TO PRODUCTS OR DOCUMENTS AT ANY TIME

QUALITY INSPECTED BY- Doug & Don DATE- Nov 5/2008

Code f00-100S

Dim

ensio

ns(m

m)

H 340

W 203

D 235

Pipe Size 76

Exhaust Length 912

Air Intake 76

Fuel Consumptionper 24 hours 0.75-1.5 gal.

Max. BTU 10,000

Code SS f00-120S

Dim

ensio

ns(m

m)

H 483

W 203

D 235

Pipe Size 76

Exhaust Length 912

Air Intake 76

Fuel Consumptionper 24 hours 0.75-1.5 gal.

Max. BTU 12,000

Code f00-180S

Dim

ensio

ns(m

m)

H 610

Diameter 254

Pipe Size 76

Exhaust Length 1220

Air Intake 76

Fuel Consumptionper 24 hours 1-2 gal.

Max. BTU 18,000

Code f00-170S

Dim

ensio

ns(m

m)

H 521

W 203

D 235

Pipe Size 76

Exhaust Length 1220

Air Intake 76

Fuel Consumptionper 24 hours 1-2 gal.

Max. BTU 17,000

SIGMAR 100

Sig Marine’s smallest bulkhead mount diesel heater. Provides a good source of heat for 22’ to 32’ sail boats or 22’ to 27 foot power craft.

Premium hand-crafted marine diesel heaters and stoves backed by an unprecedented guarantee. Accessories available such as: • Thru-Deck • Circulation Fan • Draft Regulator • Pipe Guard • Pipes

To manufacture the best products in the industry, Sig Marine went to great lengths with their research and development to identify, create and test their products. The continued commitment to precision craftsmanship has created a set of benefits that assure you premium quality and reliability. A cabin heater from Sig Marine can extend your season when the temperature turns cold, take the chill off summer’s morning, dry out wet clothes after a cruise in the rain and improve on-board comfort. Sig Marine has eliminated the age old problem of back drafting with the optional Balanced Draft System. This system allows the heater to use outside air rather than recycled stale cabin air, increasing efficiency and safety. The result is an optimum air-fueled mixture producing a cleaner burning, non-smoking heater which creates dry heat and less condensation.

By introducing you to a product that is hand assembled with the highest quality, marine grade materials, we are going to reshape your thinking about marine diesel heaters and stoves. Sigmar heaters are also available in packages please contact our sales team for more info.

A bulkhead mounted diesel cabin heater is suitable for 22’ to 40’ sail boat or 22’ to 30’ power craft

SIGMAR 120

This attractive floor standing diesel cabin heater has a unique hinged bronze top with a small cooking surface. Suitable for 22’ to 45’ sail boat or 22, to 40’ power craft. With 2 large viewing windows

SIGMAR 180The large capacity bulkhead mount diesel heater will provide enough heat suitable for 22’ to 45’ sail boat or 22’ to 45’ power craft.

SIGMAR 170

HvAC - HeATing & Air CondiTioning


H V A C - H E A T I N G & A I R C O N D I T I O N I N G

Sig Marine Products #407-204 Cayer St.

Coquitlam B.C. Canada V3K 5B1

www.sigmarine.com [email protected]

T: 800 659 9768

Instruction Manual This manual must be read and the requirements carried out

to ensure satisfactory performance.

SIG MARINE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES TO PRODUCTS OR DOCUMENTS AT ANY TIME

QUALITY INSPECTED BY- Doug & Don DATE- Nov 5/2008

HV-2 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nzHV-2

Image Code Name Image Code Name

F03-01 3” RAIN CAP F03-02 Deck fitting with dress ring

F03-05 Rain Lid F03-15 H Cap

F00-20 12v Diesel Pump F03-10 3” SS Pipe Guard 600mm (24”)

F00-21 3” SS Air Circulating Fan F03-08 3” SS Flue Pip

F03-13 3” Draft Regulator F03-09 3” Elbow 45°

F03-06 3” SS Air Intake Couplings

HeATer ACCessories


HydroniC WATer HeATers

HV-3HV-3

ITR WATER HEATER

The only DC diesel-fired continuous output domestic hot water heater

Imagine long, hot showers at anchor in a quiet cove that is spared the intrusion of noisy engines.

Heating Module Option

Output temperature is preset to 120ºF with UL listed anti-scald mixing valveThe WaterHeater by ITR® is in compliance with UL and CSA codes for water heaters

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:

Due to our commitment for quality and on-going product improvement, above fi gures are subject to change without notice.

DIMENSIONS:

WEIGHT:

STORAGE:

WATER CONNECTIONS:

EXHAUST OUTLET:

FUEL CONSUMPTION:

POWER USAGE:

VOLTAGE:

CURRENT:

AC:

TEMPERATURE RISEFROM INPUT

14” W x 14” H x 24”L

80 lbs. empty, 124 lbs. filled

5.5 US gallons/20 litres

0.34 US gal./hr.

1/2” NPT

1.5”

65 watts

10-16 volts @ 12VDC

5.4 amps

65°F at 1 GPM,52° at 1.5 GPM

120 volts, 1500 wattheating element

E-Mail: [email protected] Website: www.itrheat.com

ITR CANADA2431 Simpson Road,Richmond, BC, Canada V6X 2R2Tel: (604) 278-1272Fax: (604) 278-1274Toll free: 1-800-755-1272

ITR U.S.A.600 SE Maritime Avenue, Suite 260,

Vancouver, Washington, U.S.A. 98661Tel: (360) 993-4877

Fax: (360) 993-1105Toll free: 1-800-993-4402

• Easy to install with front connections• Patented no smoke, no smell burner• Enjoy unlimited supply of hot water• On-board electronic controls• Marine-grade construction• Independent of engine or shore power• Quiet, reliable and effi cient

With the optional Heating Module, the heated domestic water is used as the heat source, producing up to 14000 BTU/h. The Heating Module uses a 316 Stainless Steel heat exchanger to isolate the domestic water and prevent any contamination while in space heating mode.

OPTIONAL FEATURE: USE THE WATERHEATER BY ITR® FOR SPACE HEATING!

Output temperature is preset to 120ºF with UL listed anti-scald mixing valveThe WaterHeater by ITR® is in compliance with UL and CSA codes for water heaters


Due to our commitment for quality and on-going product improvement, above fi gures are subject to change without notice.

DIMENSIONS:

WEIGHT:

STORAGE:

WATER CONNECTIONS:

EXHAUST OUTLET:

FUEL CONSUMPTION:

POWER USAGE:

VOLTAGE:

CURRENT:

AC:

TEMPERATURE RISEFROM INPUT

14” W x 14” H x 24”L

80 lbs. empty, 124 lbs. filled

5.5 US gallons/20 litres

0.34 US gal./hr.

1/2” NPT

1.5”

65 watts

10-16 volts @ 12VDC

5.4 amps

65°F at 1 GPM,52° at 1.5 GPM

120 volts, 1500 wattheating element

E-Mail: [email protected] Website: www.itrheat.com


ITR U.S.A.600 SE Maritime Avenue, Suite 260,


Fax: (360) 993-1105Toll free: 1-800-993-4402

• Easy to install with front connections• Patented no smoke, no smell burner• Enjoy unlimited supply of hot water• On-board electronic controls• Marine-grade construction• Independent of engine or shore power• Quiet, reliable and effi cient

With the optional Heating Module, the heated domestic water is used as the heat source, producing up to 14000 BTU/h. The Heating Module uses a 316 Stainless Steel heat exchanger to isolate the domestic water and prevent any contamination while in space heating mode.

OPTIONAL FEATURE: USE THE WATERHEATER BY ITR® FOR SPACE HEATING!

• Easy to install with front connections• Patented no smoke, no smell burner• Enjoy unlimited supply of hot water• On-Board electronic controls• Marine-grade construction• Independent of engine or shore power• Quiet, reliable and efficient

Code Dimensions (mm) WeightFull(Kg)

StorageCapacity(Litres)

NPTWater

Fittings

ExhaustOutlet

FuelConsumption

per hour

PowerUsage(Watts)

Voltage@ 12V

DC

Current

(amps)

Temp. Rise

from InputH W L

ITR-33000 340 203 600 76 912 1/2" 1-1/5" 1.3 L /hour 65 10 - 16 5.4 11-18°C



Model Maximum Heat Output Diesel Only

CoolantConnections

ExhaustOutlet

TankCapacity

Fuel Consumption

Power Consumption

DimensionsH x W x D

Weight (Empty/Full)

SCH-25 25,000 BTU/h7.3 kW

3/4”19mm

hose barb

1.5”38 mm

1.8 US gal6.8 L

.22 US gal/h0.84 L/h

5.5 Amps66 Watts

9” X 13” X 19” 42 lbs / 57 lbs

228 X 330 X 482 mm 19 Kg / 26 Kg

HEATER INCLUDES:• Main control panel• Wiring harness & remote cable• Hour meter for scheduled maintenance• Remote Function Panel - full self diagnostics• 6 - zone controls: 4 space heating, 1 engine and 1 domestic hot water

NOTES:• Heater is designed to operate on 11 to 15.0 V.D.C.• Heater will operate efficiently on Diesel No. 1 or 2, Arctic diesel, kerosene, stove oil or furnace oil.• Heater has electric ignition, which draws 2 amps for 30 seconds start up.• Heater case and water jacket is stainless steel.• Heater brings in 100% outside air for “sealed combustion.”

Due to our commitment for quality and on-going product improvement, ITR reserves the right to modify or change without notice, any materials, applications, equip-ment, accessories and/or prices. Measurements and weights is approximate.


• Patented no smoke, no smell burner• Marine-grade construction• 6-zone controls, including 4 space heating, a domestic water and an engine zone• Advanced electronics for safe and reliable operation• Simple design, easily maintained• Complete accessory package• Efficient, quiet and economical to operate

E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.itrheat.com


ITR U.S.A.4018 NE 112th Avenue, Suite D-3,


Fax: (360) 993-1105Toll free: 1-800-993-4402

®

Code Max. Heat Output

Dimensions (mm) Weight(Kg)

Empty/Full

Capacity

(Litres)

WaterConnection(Hose barb)

FuelConsumption

Current

(amps)H W L

ITR-SCH25 25,000 BTU 228 330 482 19 / 26 6.8 19 mm 0.84 L / Hour 5.5

features• Patented no smoke, no smell burner• Marine-grade construction• 6-zone controls, including 4 space heating, a domestic• water and an engine zone• Advanced electronics for safe and reliable operation• Simple design, easily maintained• Complete accessory package• Efficient, quiet and economical to operate

ITR HURRICANE

Heater includes:• Main control panel• Wiring harness & remote cable• Hour meter for scheduled maintenance• Remote Function Panel - full self diagnostics• 6 - zone controls: 4 space heating, 1 engine and 1 domestic hot water


HURRICANE HEATING SYSTEMS EXTEND YOUR SEASON AT BOTH ENDS

Hydronic System InfoThe circulation of hot water to provide heat is known as a “Hydronic” System. It is a closed system continually circulating the same coolant. It begins with a furnace or boiler, usually fuelled by diesel, or electric elements that heat the coolant to 180 degrees. A water pump circu-lates the hot coolant through a domestic water heater and then to the various fan units located throughout the interior of the motor home or yacht for example. An engine coolant loop can also be added to preheat the engine or use the engine's wasted heat..

HydroniC CABin HeATers

HyDRONIC HEAT ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES Of REVERSE CyCLE AIR

Constant output of designed heat As temperature outside decreases–output decreases12 volt system – no 115V required 115V system requires generatorSealed system – no seawater Requires seawater (increased maintenance)Heats domestic water on demand Cannot heat potable waterService by owner – self diagnostic Cannot be serviced by owner – special tools & licenseServiceable at sea Not serviceable at seaEngine waste heat can be used Cannot use engine waste heatPreheat for cold starting engine. No capability

HyDRONIC HEAT ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES Of DIESEL HOT AIR HEAT

Comfort with warm air Very hot air, greater temperature swingsHeats domestic water – unlimited Cannot heat potable waterEasy installation – 3/4" tubing Difficult installation – 3" duct work (higher labour cost)Service by owner – self diagnostic Cannot be serviced by owner – special tools & licenseServiceable at sea Not serviceable at seaEngine waste heat can be used No capabilityPreheat for cold starting engine No capabilityQuiet operation Noise level highMultiple heating zones No ability to separate zones


features• Patented no smoke, no smell burner• Marine-grade construction• 6-zone controls, including 4 space heating, a domestic water and an engine

zone• Advanced electronics for safe and reliable operation• Simple design, easily maintained• Efficient, quiet and economical to operate• Optional distribution module for easy installation• Optional electrical element provides supplemental heat

ITR HURRICANE II

HURRICANE II COMBI

Heater includes:• Main control panel• Wiring harness & remote cable• Hour meter for scheduled maintenance• Remote LCD function panel - full self-diagnostic• 6 - zone controls: 4 space heating, 1 engine and 1 domestic

hot water• Stainless steel case and water jacket

The new all-in-one space and domestic water heating systemFeatures• Patented no smoke, no smell diesel burner• Domestic water temperature rise from input of 65° F at 1 gpm ( 26° C at 6 ltr/min)• 3 thermostatically controlled space heating zones• A supplemental 1500W electric immersion element• Manual summer/winter switching valve• Domestic water temperature control valve

THE HURRICANE COMBI INCLUDES:• Patented low pressure burner• Remote operating panel and cable• Hour meter for scheduled maintenance• Built in expansion tank and overflow bottle• Stainless burner, water jacket and case• Marine grade constructionNOTES:• The heater is designed to operate on 11 to 15.0 V.D.C.• The heater will operate efficiently on Diesel No. 1 or 2, Arcticdiesel, kerosene, stove oil or furnace oil.• The heater draws an extra 2 amps during start up (30 seconds)• Exhaust temperature under 575° F or 300° C• All components accessible through front and top access panels.

Code Max. Heat Output

Dimensions (mm) Weight(Kg)

Empty/Full

StorageCapacity(Litres)

Coolant Connections

ExhaustOutletmm

FuelConsumption

per hour

PowerUsage(Watts)H W L

H2 35,000 BTU 330 330 571 26 / 44 18 1/2" NPT 38 1.26 L / Hour 78H2 Combi 35,000 BTU 356 406 584 32 / 48 15 1/2” NPT 38 1.26 L / Hour 78H2L 50,000 BTU 356 356 762 39 / 71 32 1" NPT 51 1.74 L / Hour 78

HURRICANE II SERIES TECHNICAL SPECIfICATIONS

HV-5HV-5Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz


Cabin Fans

Many of the parts in the parts and accessories section have several different configurations, the part shown is an example of the overall configuration. Please go to the price list for information on the other configurations available for the part you need.

Part No. 6002Standard Cabin Fan

Dimensions: 10” Wide ♦ 6” High ♦ 6.75” DeepPower Requirement: .9 Amp @ 12 VDCTrue Output: 8700 BTU/h @ 110° F and 3.0 GPMConnections: 3/4” HoseConstruction: Stainless Steel Case, Full Flow copper coil

The 6002 Standard Cabin Fan is the basic unit that is used for several different fan applications. There are several faceplates available that allow ducted as well as direct flow installations. As with all ITR cabin fans, the core has low restrictions and can be used in multi-fan loops.

Part No. 6093High Output Cabin FanDimensions: 10” Wide ♦ 6” High ♦ 6.75” DeepPower Requirement: 1.6 Amp @ 12 VDCTrue Output: 12000 BTU/h @ 110° F and 3.0 GPMConnections: 3/4” HoseConstruction: Stainless Steel Case, Full Flow copper coil

The 6093 High Output Cabin Fan is ideal for applications that require high output and low power draw. It is typi-cally used to heat large areas and is usually ducted.

Part No. 6048Small Case Defroster FanDimensions: 10” Wide ♦ 6” High ♦ 6.75” DeepPower Requirement: 10.5 Amp @ 12 VDC on HighTrue Output: 16000 BTU/h @ 110° F and 3.0 GPM on HighConnections: 3/4” HoseConstruction: Stainless Steel Case, Full Flow copper coil

The 6048 cabin fan is typically used in applications that re-quire very high output and can be used as a small defroster fan. The fan is typically ducted. A 3-speed fan switch is available for this unit.

16

Cabin FansPart No. 6094Low Profile Galvanized Cabin FanDimensions: 13.25” Wide ♦ 4.5” High ♦ 8.0” DeepPower Requirement: 1 amp @ 12 VDCTrue Output: 6000 BTU/h @ 110° F and 3.0 GPMConnections: ¾” HoseConstruction: Galvanized case, Tube and Fin copper core

The 6094 cabin fan is a low cost, compact and extreme-ly efficient cabin fan that is ideal for multi-fan series or manifold plumbed systems. With its dual brushless motor fans, it is quiet and the multi-pass core design has very low restriction. The mounting brackets are part of the case.


Part No. 6095Small Space Galvanized Cabin FanDimensions: 9.0” Wide ♦ 5.5” High ♦ 5.75” DeepPower Requirement: .5 amp @ 12 VDCTrue Output: 4000 BTU/h @ 110° F and 3.0 GPMConnections: ¾” HoseConstruction: Galvanized Case, Tube and Fin copper core

The 6095 cabin fan is a low-cost solution for small space heating. The 6094 is ideal for small cabins and heads. A low-restriction multi-pass coil allows multiple units on a sin-gle loop. The fan is a low-amperage brushless motor. The mounting brackets are part of the case.

Part No. 6096Low Profile Dual Fan Defrost HeaterDimensions: 15.5” Wide ♦ 6.0” High ♦ 13.0” DeepPower Requirement: 9.8 Amps @ 12 VDC on High SettingTrue Output: 20000 BTU/h @ 110° F and 3.0 GPM Connections: ¾” HoseConstruction: Plastic Case, Tube and fin copper core

The 6069 Low profile defrost fan is designed as a high output solution for defroster and large space heating applications. The plastic case includes 4, 2.5” outlets that can be adapted to use 2” or 3” duct. In applications that require a single output point, the 4 ducts can be removed. The unit comes with SS mounting brackets. A 3-speed fan switch is available for this unit.

17



Cabin FansPart No. 6094Low Profile Galvanized Cabin FanDimensions: 13.25” Wide ♦ 4.5” High ♦ 8.0” DeepPower Requirement: 1 amp @ 12 VDCTrue Output: 6000 BTU/h @ 110° F and 3.0 GPMConnections: ¾” HoseConstruction: Galvanized case, Tube and Fin copper core

The 6094 cabin fan is a low cost, compact and extreme-ly efficient cabin fan that is ideal for multi-fan series or manifold plumbed systems. With its dual brushless motor fans, it is quiet and the multi-pass core design has very low restriction. The mounting brackets are part of the case.


Part No. 6095Small Space Galvanized Cabin FanDimensions: 9.0” Wide ♦ 5.5” High ♦ 5.75” DeepPower Requirement: .5 amp @ 12 VDCTrue Output: 4000 BTU/h @ 110° F and 3.0 GPMConnections: ¾” HoseConstruction: Galvanized Case, Tube and Fin copper core

The 6095 cabin fan is a low-cost solution for small space heating. The 6094 is ideal for small cabins and heads. A low-restriction multi-pass coil allows multiple units on a sin-gle loop. The fan is a low-amperage brushless motor. The mounting brackets are part of the case.

Part No. 6096Low Profile Dual Fan Defrost HeaterDimensions: 15.5” Wide ♦ 6.0” High ♦ 13.0” DeepPower Requirement: 9.8 Amps @ 12 VDC on High SettingTrue Output: 20000 BTU/h @ 110° F and 3.0 GPM Connections: ¾” HoseConstruction: Plastic Case, Tube and fin copper core

The 6069 Low profile defrost fan is designed as a high output solution for defroster and large space heating applications. The plastic case includes 4, 2.5” outlets that can be adapted to use 2” or 3” duct. In applications that require a single output point, the 4 ducts can be removed. The unit comes with SS mounting brackets. A 3-speed fan switch is available for this unit.

17


Part No. 1013Outlet Plate Double 4”/4”

Part No. 1056Outlet Plate Triple 3”/3”/3”

ITR makes a variety of outlet plates designed to fit theStandard Fan profile. The outlet plates are Stainless Steel with plastic vent collars. The vent collars are available in 2”, 3” and 4” single and multiple outlet configurations. See price list for additional information and part numbers.

Part No. 1017Air Vent Adjustable round 4” Blackor 1017W White

Part No. 1051Air Vent Adjustable round 3” Black


ITR stocks a variety of vent outlets from 2” to 4” in diameterthat are compatible with virtually any type of vent ducting. Maximum temperature of air is 180° F.

No. 1048Face Plate Grill 6” X 9” Black Anodized



These grills are anodized aluminum and are designed to be surface mounted. They can be used with any of the ITR cabin fans. The 1057 grill is also available in a bare aluminum mill finish for coating to the customer requirements.

18

Accessories Cabin Accessories



CirCulATion PumPsMany of the parts in the parts and accessories section have several different configurations, the part shown is an example of the overall configuration. Please go to the price list for information on the other configurations available for the part you need.

Part No. 1013Outlet Plate Double 4”/4”

Part No. 1056Outlet Plate Triple 3”/3”/3”

ITR makes a variety of outlet plates designed to fit the Standard Fan profile. The outlet plates are Stainless Steel with plastic vent collars. The vent collars are available in 2”, 3” and 4” single and multiple outlet configurations. See price list for additional information and part numbers.

Part No. 1017Air Vent Adjustable round 4” Blackor 1017W White



ITR stocks a variety of vent outlets from 2” to 4” in diameter that are compatible with virtually any type of vent ducting. Maximum temperature of air is 180° F.




These grills are anodized aluminum and are designed to be surface mounted. They can be used with any of the ITR cabin fans. The 1057 grill is also available in a bare aluminum mill finish for coating to the customer requirements.

18

Accessories Cabin Accessories


No. 16017Water Pump Johnson 3/4”

The Johnson 3/4” pump features a magnetically driven impeller and draws 2.1 Amps @ 12 VDC. It should only be used in smaller systems with less than 5 cabin fans and less than 100 feet of total hose run. It is an excellent choice as an engine pre-heat pump and because of its small size, an excellent choice for multi-pump manifold systems.

No. 16018Water Pump March 3/4” Plastic Head

The March 3/4” plastic head pump is our most popular model. It is a magnetic drive and draws 3.5 amps @ 12 VDC. This is the pump of choice for any series plumbed system with no more than 6 cabin fans and 150’ of 3/4 heater hose. The pump is extremely reliable and has replaceable brushes. This pump has been developed spe-cifically for ITR and is designed to operate without decou-pling within the heater voltage limits.

No. 16014Water Pump Johnson 1.5”

The Johnson 1.5” pump is the large system pump for series plumbed systems that are outside of the recom-mended limits or for large manifold systems. This pump is a seal-type pump and draws 7.4 amps @ 12 VDC.

19

Circulation Pumps



PlumBing

PumP CHArT


Part No 20001Expansion Tank Horizontal 3/4”Connections

ITR makes a variety of Expansion Tanks. These are constructed of copper, in 4” and 6” diameters with 7.5 PSI pressure caps and mounting brackets. The 6” tanks can be ordered with ¾” or 1.5” connections. All systems should be designed to use the largest expansion tank possible. ITR also carries high quality plastic overflow bottles in 2 qt. and 4 qt. sizes

Part No. 200302 Quart Overflow Bottle

ITR carries two sizes of overflow bottle, the 2 quart model shown here and a 4 quart model. These are heavy-duty parts and are the only approved overflow bottle for ITR systems.

Part No. 2266.75” In-Line Air Bleeder

The in –line air bleeder is used facilitate removal of trapped air in the system. At least one bleeder should be used in each plumbing loop.

21

Plumbing



HeAT exCHAngers & exHAusT ACCessoriesMany of the parts in the parts and accessories section have several different configurations, the part shown is an example of the overall configuration. Please go to the price list for information on the other configurations available for the part you need.

Part No 20001Expansion Tank Horizontal 3/4”Connections

ITR makes a variety of Expansion Tanks. These are constructed of copper, in 4” and 6” diameters with 7.5 PSI pressure caps and mounting brackets. The 6” tanks can be ordered with ¾” or 1.5” connections. All systems should be designed to use the largest expansion tank possible. ITR also carries high quality plastic overflow bottles in 2 qt. and 4 qt. sizes

Part No. 200302 Quart Overflow Bottle

ITR carries two sizes of overflow bottle, the 2 quart model shown here and a 4 quart model. These are heavy-duty parts and are the only approved overflow bottle for ITR systems.

Part No. 2266.75” In-Line Air Bleeder

The in –line air bleeder is used facilitate removal of trapped air in the system. At least one bleeder should be used in each plumbing loop.

21

Plumbing


Part No. 5133Exhaust Pipe 1.5” Flexible

ITR offers flexible 316 Stainless Steel exhaust pipe in 1.5” and 2” ID. This is the easiest exhaust to install. It should be installed in such a way that yearly inspection is pos-sible.

Part No. 5130Heat Exchanger WP-1-20

ITR carries three very efficient flat plate SS heat exchang-ers that fit a variety of applications. The 5130 exchang-er has 20 plates and is extremely efficient at high heat loads. It is suitable for use as an engine heat exchanger or for on-demand hot water. Since the 5130 and 5132 heat exchangers are single wall when used for potable water support the system must be filled with non-toxic coolant (usually labeled “GRAS”). ITR offers a double-wall heat exchanger, P/N 5142, which can be used with toxic coolant types in domestic water applications.

Part No. 13008Muffler 1.5” SS

ITR’s unique burner technology allows the use of mufflers to further quiet the heater exhaust. These mufflers come in 1.5” and 2” diameters, in 12” and 18” lengths. They are made of Stainless Steel and are the only mufflers approved for use with ITR systems. ITR strongly encour-ages the use of the longest muffler compatible with the heater model.

22

Heat Exchangers & Exhaust AccessoriesPart No. 5130Heat Exchanger WP-1-20ITR carries three very efficient flat plate SS heat exchangers that fit a variety of applications. The 5130 exchanger has 20 plates and is extremely efficient at high heat loads. It is suitable for use as an engine heat exchanger or for on-demand hot water. Since the 5130 and 5132 heat exchangers are single wall when used for potable water support the system must be filled with non-toxic coolant (usually labelled “GRAS”). ITR offers a doublewall heat exchanger, P/N 5142, which can be used with toxic coolant types in domestic water applications.

Part No. 13008Muffler 1.5” SS Part No. 13009Muffler 2” SS

ITR’s unique burner technology allows the use of mufflers to further quiet the heater exhaust. These mufflers come in 1.5” and 2” diameters, in 12” and 18” lengths. They are made of Stainless Steel and are the only mufflers approved for use with ITR systems. Use of the longest muffler compatible with the heater model.



THermosTATs


Part No. 5135Exhaust Heat Sleeve 1.5”

We have a variety of exhaust insulation materials, designed as socks or wraps and sized to fit the 1.5” and 2.0” exhaust pipe. ITR can also provide custom built exhaust cladding by special order.

Part No. 23221.5” Elbow with 2 Flanges SS

ITR provides several 2.0” and 2.5” radius exhaust elbows in 1.5” and 2” ID in Staiinless Steel and mild steel. They are available with no flange, one flange and 2 flanges. We also have sealant and T-bolt clamps to secure and seal the exhaust components.

Part No. 5158Combination Exhaust Through-hull 1.5”

ITR makes combination exhaust through-hulls in a number of configurations for both 1.5” and 2” exhausts. These units combine the 2” combustion air intake with the exhaust out-let. Care must be taken to use these fittings only if the fitting can be completely protected from water ingestion. The 1.5” fittings require a 3” mounting hole and the 2” fittings require a 3.5” mounting hole. They are made of 316 SS.

23

Exhaust Accessories








23

Exhaust Accessories








23

Exhaust Accessories


Part No. 5139Exhaust Through-Hull Plug 1.5” SS

The through hull plug is designed to be used for our com-bination exhaust fittings and should be included in every system kit. The combination exhaust fittings incorporate an intake and exhaust in the same fitting and are vulner-able to water ingestion in high sea conditions.

Part No. 20012 Standard Thermostat

This thermostat can be used for any system installation. The range is from 50° F to 90° F and can be turned off by moving the control lever all the way to the left. Available only in white.

Part No. 517315° Exhaust Only Through Hull

This item can be used for both power and sail applica-tions. In power applications, the angle of the through-hull allows a rise to be designed into the exhaust installation. In sail applications the exhaust can be mounted on a re-verse transom at a correct angle. The part is made of 316 SS and is available for 1.5” and 2” exhausts. Both sizes require a 2.5” mounting hole and come with gaskets for heat protection.

24

Exhaust & Thermostats








24









24









24









24









24









24




sWiTCHes


Part No. 20024Digital Zone Thermostat

This thermostat can be used for any system installation. The temperature control range is from 40° F to 90° F and can be set for Centigrade or Fahrenheit. It is powered by 2 included AA batteries and has numerous settings to match any installation requirements.

Part No. 2122LCD Remote Heater Control

This control is standard with the H2 and H2L heaters, optional with the SCH heater. It features an on/off switch for enabling the heater function and a scrolling LCD display that shows the heater status.

Part No. 2010LED Remote Heater Control

This control is standard with the SCH heater. It features an on/off switch for enabling the heater function and a single digit/symbol display that shows the heater status.

25

Thermostats & Switches








25









25









24









24









24









24



Part No. 5264Multi-Function Control Panel

This component features switches that control Cabin Fan speed, Domestic Water function and Engine Heat func-tion. It can be used with any ITR heating system.

Part No. 5309Hi/Low Fan Speed Switch

This switch allows speed control for up to three Cabin Fans (except the defroster fans). The high output fan requires a two fan speed switch. The switches also have an off position.

Part No. 53123-Speed Defroster Fan Switch

This switch is the speed control for the 3-speed defrost-er fans.

26

Switches








26

Switches








26

SwitchesMany of the parts in the parts and accessories section have several different configurations, the part shown is an example of the overall configuration. Please go to the price list for information on the other configurations available for the part you need.







24




Pompanette Air Conditioners

Have been designed from the ground up for the rigors of the sea! Incorporating tried and true technology and creative use of composites to eliminate rust, the entrapment of condensate water and its inherent Odors and Bacteria!

Noise and Vibration have both been addressed in our product. New and innovative (patent pending) Designs, processes and procedures have been employed to specifically reduce and isolate the noise associated with air conditioners.

The Pompanette Group of Companies is world renowned for quality products and excellent customer service Pompanette Air is an extension of that reputation!

Our Goal is to exceed your expectations and provide dependable quality products and Customer Service at a fair price!

Specifications & Dimensional Data

7,000 Btu 10,000 Btu 12,000 Btu 16,000 Btu

Width 21 In/53.3 cm 21 In/53.3 cm 25.37 In/64.4 cm 25.37 In/64.4 cm

Depth Chassis 14.12 In/35.8 cm 14.12 In/35.8 cm 14.12 In/35.8 cm 14.12 In/35.8 cm

Height Overall 16.25 In/41.2 cm 16.25 In/41.2 cm 17.12 In/43.4 cm 17.12 In/43.4 cm

Height W/O Elec Box 13.25 In/33.6 cm 13.25 In/33.6 cm 14.12 In/35.8 cm 14.12 In/35.8 cm

Blower Overhang 1.12 In/2.8 cm 1.12 In/2.8 cm 1 In/2.5 cm 2.25 In/5.7 cm(Not applicable to High Velocity units)

Weight 61 Lbs/27.6 Kg 61 Lbs/27.6 Kg 70 Lbs/31.7 Kg 74 Lbs/33.5 Kg

Average Amps @ 120V 6.8 Amps 9.7 Amps 10.5 Amps 13.9 Amps(Cooling Mode)

Average Amps @ 230V 4.2 Amps 5 Amps 6.2 Amps 8.2 Amps(Cooling Mode)

Amperage draws will vary based on water flow and water temperature.

Climate Control Center

User friendly Low Voltage Digital Controls

The Pompanette control with large easy to read display allows you control both the heating and cooling functions with Ease and Simplicity!

Humidity control at the push of a button to keep your boat fresh and dry while you are away!

The control can also be operated by an Infrared wireless remote control. The Pompanette remote control allows one remote to control all the Pompanette thermostats in the boat with line of sight point and click control. Width 3.6 In X Height 3.6 In

Cutout = 3.12 X 3.12

Simply Point the remote at the Digital Display you wish to adjust set the temperature, operating mode or turn the unit on or off.

Air Management Products

Pompanette’s Transition and Duct Rings are made of Sturdy and Non-Obtrusive black ABS PLASTIC.

Standard Transitions, matching stock grill sizes.

Transitions w Rear Rings, matching stock grill sizes.

Transitions w Side Rings, matching stock grill sizes.

Duct Rings Round and Oval, 4” - 5” - 6” - 7”

Ducting is available in standard sizes both Insulated and Non-insulated.

Grills

Pompanette offers a full compliment of hardwood Grills in Teak, Cherry, Maple and Mahogany.

Stock Discharge Grills are available and in stock in the following sizes: 4x4 - 4x6 - 4x8 - 4x10 & 6x10

Stock Return air Grills are available and in stock in the Following sizes: 8x8 - 8x10 - 10x10 - 10x12 - 12x12

Special sizes or wood species available upon request!

White Aluminum Grills Discharge Grills are available and in stock in the following sizes: 4x4 - 4x6 - 4x8 4x10 & 6x10

White Aluminum Return Air Grills are available and in stock in the following sizes: 8x8 - 8x10 - 10x10 - 10x12 - 12x12







7,000 Btu 10,000 Btu 12,000 Btu 16,000 Btu















Cutout = 3.12 X 3.12









Grills







Air CondiTioners

Have been designed from the ground up for the rigours of the sea! Incorporating tried and true technology and creative use of compositesto eliminate rust, the entrapment of condensate water and its inherent Odours and Bacteria!Noise and Vibration have both been addressed in our product. New and innovative (patent pending) Designs, processes and procedureshave been employed to specifically reduce and isolate the noise associated with air conditioners.The Pompanette Group of Companies is world renowned for quality products and excellent customer service Pompanette Air is an extension of that reputation!

24000 BTU NOW AVAILABLEHV-13HV-13

POMPANETTE AIR CONDITIONERS



DUAL DISCHARGE

SINGLE DISCHARGE









7,000 Btu 10,000 Btu 12,000 Btu 16,000 Btu















Cutout = 3.12 X 3.12









Grills













7,000 Btu 10,000 Btu 12,000 Btu 16,000 Btu















Cutout = 3.12 X 3.12









Grills













7,000 Btu 10,000 Btu 12,000 Btu 16,000 Btu















Cutout = 3.12 X 3.12









Grills







AIR MANAGEMENT PRODUCTS

HV-15HV-15

CLIMATE CONTROL CENTRE

GRILLS



Code AmpsMax

MaxFlow LPH

MaxHT. M

1' /.3m

3' / .9m

5' / 1.5m

7' / 2.1m

9' / 2.7m

11' / 3.3m

13' / 3.9m

15' / 4.5m

17' / 5.3m

CAL-MS225 .5 860 1.8 725 510 240 - - - - - -CAL-MS320 .7 1170 3.8 1040 970 880 760 620 - - - -CAL-MS580 1.3 2600 4.2 2400 2175 1950 1680 1375 1000 360 - -CAL-MS900 1.5 2800 4.8 2480 2290 2100 1880 1620 1330 1000 500 -

CAL-MS1200 1.9 3400 5.4 3100 2900 2680 2465 2200 1950 1620 1230 650

CIRCULATING PUMPS

Our longtime customers rely on our stainless steel and bronze pumps, and once you've owned one, you'll know why. 5 different models with flow rates from 225 gph to 1,200 gph cover a wide variety of uses. All pumps in this series come with a one-year warranty and will provide trouble free use in fresh or salt water. You can even use it in hot water up to 45°C!

Features & Benefits• One year warranty• UL Listed for consumer confidence• Premium stainless steel and bronze construction for longevity• Six or twenty foot power cord for convenience• Suitable for fresh or salt water applications• Can be used in hot water applications up to 45°C• Extremely quiet operation• Use submerged or in open air• Corrosion resistant• 115 or 220 volt motors• Thermally protected• Optional Mounting Bracket Available (model MSUB OR MSUBM)• Operate horizontal or volute down• MS225 and MS320 have ½” MNPT intake and ¼” MNPT discharge• MS580, 900,1200 have ¾” MNPT intake and ½” MNPT discharge

MADE IN USA US COAST GUARD APPROVED230V - 50HZ PERfORMANCE


P L U M B I N G & P U M P S

The Watermaker, reduced to the basic essentials for the reliable production of your fresh water. Purposely parts that are not needed for the basic and reliable water production were left out. The result is a Watermaker with the best price compared to performance, which works completely without any control electronics.

AQUAGIV BLUE SERIE watermakers use very high quality state of the art materials. At the heart of our system is a axial piston pump that only needs to be serviced at the earliest after 8000 operating hours, and does not need any oil changes.

Modular configuration for easy installation – even in small spaces

Pre-assembled pump/engineon stainless steel plateRugged industrial quality

DANFOSS® highpressure pump water lubricated (Does not require oilchanges)Serviceintervall 8.000 hours

State of the art control panelButtons with protection class

IP 64

Membrane vessels onstainless steel mounting

brackets

Filters in best industrialquality. Including pressure relieve valve to remove air

Standard Security features

pump against dry-run

protection of the system

preassembled

DVGW, KTW, NSF, FDA and WRAS

BLUE SERIE

TECHNICAL DATA

Model Output Membrane Voltage/Power

short membrane(s)

27L-s 27 ltrs/hr 1x21’’ 12/24V, 400 Watts

40L-s 40 ltrs/hr 2x21’’ 12/24V, 400 Watts

74L-s 74 ltr/std 2x21’’ 24V, 630 Watts

230V, 750 Watts

long membrane(s)

80L-230V 80 ltrs/hr 1x40’’ 230V, 1500 Watts





boost pump

12/24/230V, 220 Watts

The performance of the reverse osmosis process depends on the temperature and salinity of the water. The above values were determined at 26 degree Celsius water and a salinity of 35,000 ppm TDS.

Technical data are subject to change without prior notice.

State of the art control panel buttons with protection class IP 64

Industrial quality filters, including pressure relief valve to remove air

Membrane vessels on stainless steel mounting brackets

Pre-assenbled pump/motor on stainless steel plate. Rugged industrial quality

DANFOSS® high pressure pump, water lubricated (does not require oil changes). Service interval 8000 hours

The Watermaker, reduced to the basic essentials for the reliable production of your fresh water. Purposely parts that are not needed for the basic and reliable water production were left out. The result is a Watermaker with the best price compared to performance, which works completely without any control electronics.

AQUAGIV BLUE SERIE watermakers use very high quality state of the art materials. At the heart of our system is a axial piston pump that only needs to be serviced at the earliest after 8000 operating hours, and does not need any oil changes.

Modular configuration for easy installation – even in small spaces

Pre-assembled pump/engineon stainless steel plateRugged industrial quality


State of the art control panelButtons with protection class

IP 64

Membrane vessels onstainless steel mounting

brackets

Filters in best industrialquality. Including pressure relieve valve to remove air

Standard Security features



preassembled

DVGW, KTW, NSF, FDA and WRAS

BLUE SERIE

BLUE SERIESThe Watermaker, reduced to the basic essentials for the reliable production of your fresh water.Parts that are not needed for basic and reliable water production were left out. The result is a Watermaker with the best price compared to performance, which works completely without any control electronics.

AQUAGIV BLUE SERIES watermakers use very high quality state of the art materials. At the heart of our system is a DANFOSS® axial piston pump that only needs to be serviced at the earliest after 8000 operating hours, and does not need any oil changes.

8-10 Volkner Pl, Albany, North Harbour | Ph: 09 448 5900 | Fax: 09 448 5911 | [email protected] | www.sopac.co.nz

WATermAkers

PL-1PL-1Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz


SILVER SERIESProcessor controlThe constant monitoring of salinity, the constant monitoring of operating conditions and the fully automated flush - even in your absence: the control of the new SILVER SERIE is child’s play, and relieves the user of almost all the work.The optional remote control allows you an easy control and monitoring from a different place.

PLATIN SERIESInnovative pressure regulationThe inhouse developed “APM” System guarantees a constant pressure and optimal performance of the high-pressure pump. The load of the electric motor is kept as low as possible thereby ensuring low-power consumption and low wear on the watermaker. Energy saving up to 50% compared to conventional watermakers.

The high end watermaker You do not want to abstain from amenities on board, that are taken for granted at home? With the fully automated Watermaker-Series from AQUAGIV you will not have to make any compro-mises any more. The operation is done with a water and impact-proof Infrared-touchscreen display or by pc.

Innovative pressure regulationThe inhouse developed “APM” System guarantees a constant pressure and optimal performance of the high-pressure pump. The load of the electric motor is kept as low as possible thereby ensuring low-power consumption and low wear on the watermaker. Energy saving up to 50% compared to conventional watermakers possible.

All parts in stainless steel!

NEW: The onlywatermaker whichis fully IP remotecapable

NEW: Remotediagnostics optionally

Including soft startAutomated pressure controlEngine speed regulated:

lower power required

Remote controlTFT remote control panel

Very wide sizes - depending on customer needs

DANFOSS® highpressure pumpwater lubricated (Does not require

oilchanges). Fully automated flush

Customer`s Security features



preassembled

PLATIN SERIE

Compact, economical and quiet - very easy to operate -and the best price-performance ratio. But above all, high water- and outstanding components-quality. Enjoy a new independence and improved safety on board. The AQUAGIV SILVER SERIE.

Processor controlThe constant monitoring of salinity, the constant monitoring of operating conditions and the fully automated flush - even in your absence: the control of the new SILVER SERIE is child’s play, and relieves the user of almost all the work.

Remote controlThe optional remote control allows you an easy control and monitoring from a different place. Keep the track.

The whole system pre-assembledNEW: Frame in stainless steel


Only pressure has tobe regulated manually

Different membrane sizesfor production up to

260 litres/hour

Control the system at placeRemote control optionally

NEW: also TFT remotecontrol panel available

Customer`s Security features



preassembled

SILVER SERIE

PL-2 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nzPL-2


BATHroomWAre

Vision

Impact

Sky

Elite

Artic

Stunning Italian design coupled with the innovative VORTEX pump and superior craftsmanship.

The high speed of rotation of the VORTEX pump and the geometric design of its piping create a great vacuum able to remove water and organic waste from the bowl.

The high level of performance ensures the greatest possible flexibility in planning the route of the discharge hoses, allowing it to reach significant distances and heights.

Sample now available to view in our Albany showroom

PL-3PL-3




Vision

Impact

Stunning Italian design coupled with the innovative VORTEX pump and superior craftsmanship.

Planus offers the entire bathroom range in 12 different colour schemes

Vision and Impact: complete bathroom suites for the nautical market are now available. Toilet, bidet, wash basins, shower tray and bath tub.



Sample now available to view in our Albany showroom

PL-5PL-5

Why are

1. PLANUS has eliminated the noise of the vortex pump due to the cavitation issue by adding, in the upper part of the pump, the “automatic vent air discharge”. This allows the pump to run imperceptibly and considerably increases its performance.

2. PLANUS has introduced the “water hammer arrestor” as a standard component which eliminates any banging in the water pipes when the solenoid shuts off.

3. PLANUS has introduced the “dripping flush system” which removes the annoying hiss of pressurized water entering the bowl.

Porcelain toilets are susceptible to deformities which can occur during the firing process. Some imperfections, if occurring in a critical point may inhibit a flush installation against both the floor and the wall. PLANUS utilises a numerical control machine after firing to ensure a perfect and uniform (90°) toilet.

the MOST silent?Toilets absolutely



exHAusT WATerloCks & syPHons

O 110

480 m

mO 50

O 50

O 40-45-50

O 50

O 45

O 40

O40-45-50

O 50

GOOSENECk - 312287

Straight Entry Pipe

GOOSENECk - 312286Bent Entry Pipe

WATERLOCkS ARE MADE fROM ELTEX, AN INDUSTRIAL GRADE PLASTIC. THE HEAVy DUTy WALL THICkNESS ABSORBS UNWANTED NOISE AND VIBRATIONS.

O55O60

O65

O65O60

O55

230

270

320

220

650

WATERLOCk - 312285


MATERIAL EXHAUST DIA MM

MAX ENGINE HP

Eltex 40/45/50 50


MAX ENGINE HP

Eltex 40/45/50 50


VOLUME LITRES

MAX ENGINE HP

WALL THICKNESS MM

Eltex 55/60/65 20 115 10


312289312288

O11

5

O10

0

O115O100

O90

O90O75 O75

400

320

260

200

640

EXHAUST THRU-HULLThrough Hull Drain

WATERLOCk - 312288

PL-7PL-7


VOLUME ltrs

MAX ENGINE HP

WALL THICKNESS mm

Eltex 75/90 33 150 10

CODE MATERIAL EXHAUST DIA

312295 ELTEX 40/45/50



THRU-HULL 316 SSWith Thread

Code Pipe Hose Size mm Thread Length mm Flange dia mm

200350 19 51 47

200352 25 64 56

200354 32 64 70

200356 38 57 76

BROAD fLANGE THRU-HULLBronze With Thread

Code Pipe Hose Size mm Thread Length mm Flange dia mm

200330 19 57 51

200332 25 64 70

200334 32 79 76

200336 38 79 83

BALL VALVEBronze Pressure Cast

Code Pipe Size mm Port Size mm Length mm

200114 13 13 53

200116 19 19 60

200118 25 25 73

200120 32 32 83

200122 38 38 94

200124 50 50 111

PIPE TO HOSE ADAPTORBronze

Code Style Pipe Size mm Barb Size mm

200262 Straight 13 16

200264 Straight 13 19

200266 Straight 19 19

200268 Straight 25 25

200270 Straight 32 32

200274 Straight 38 38

200276 Straight 52 52

200290 90 Degree 13 19

200292 90 Degree 19 19

200294 90 Degree 25 25

200296 90 Degree 32 32

200300 90 Degree 38 38

PlumBing fiTTings



BRONZE F I TT INGS ❖ 2011 GROCOy 27

Pipe-to-Hose PTH, PTHC, FF, FFC, Adaptors PTH-S, PTHC-S, PTHD Thru-Hull HTH, HTH-S, HTHC-S, Connections TH-CS, TH-W,TH-S, THXL, PN Special Purpose FTH, STH, HSTH, HSTH-XL, Fittings TH, TH-S Special Purpose Thru-Hull Pieces THT-530, TD, TD-S Special Purpose Tail Pieces TP, TPC

Drain Manifold DM Raw Water Manifolds RWM

PL-9PL-9Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz



LISTED647B

LISTED647B

FF, STRAIGHT FULL FLOW

LISTED647B

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WEIGHT MODEL NO. NPT PIPE HOSE ID A B C (LBS.) PKGFFC-500 1/2" 3/4" 2.06 2.25 1.38 .32 10FFC-750 3/4" 1" 2.00 2.20 1.45 .46 10FFC-1000 1" 1-1/4" 2.70 3.00 1.63 .72 5FFC-1125 1" 1-1/8" 2.38 2.44 1.75 .90 5FFC-1250 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 3.60 3.43 1.38 1.18 5FFC-1500 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 4.25 4.40 1.78 1.45 5FFC-2000 2" 2-1/4" 5.40 5.15 1.85 2.30 1FFC-2500 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 6.55 6.00 2.00 4.30 1FFC-3000 3" 3-1/2" 8.25 6.93 2.10 8.20 1

FFC, 90� FULL FLOW

B

A DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WEIGHT MODEL NO. NPT PIPE HOSE ID A B (LBS.) PKG

PTH-750-S 3/4” 3/4” 2.56 1.50 .26 1PTH-1000-S 1" 1” 2.95 1.70 .41 1PTH-1250-S 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 3.35 2.10 .57 1PTH-1500-S 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 3.54 2.20 .77 1PTH-2000-S 2" 2" 3.94 2.60 1.29 1PTH-2500-S 2-1/2” 2-1/2” 4.73 2.80 2.30 1PTH-3000-S 3" 3” 5.12 3.20 3.12 1

PTH-S SERIES

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WEIGHT MODEL NO. NPT PIPE HOSE ID A B (LBS.) PKGFF-500 1/2" 3/4" 2.28 1.38 .20 10FF-750 3/4" 1" 2.39 1.38 .25 10FF-1000 1" 1-1/4" 2.48 1.38 .32 10FF-1125 1" 1-1/8" 2.48 1.38 .34 10FF-1250 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2.65 1.55 .64 10FF-1500 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 3.00 1.90 .70 10FF-2000 2" 2-1/4" 2.89 1.75 .96 10FF-2500 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 3.47 2.00 1.45 1FF-3000 3" 3-1/2" 3.61 2.00 2.60 1

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WEIGHT MODEL NO. NPT PIPE HOSE ID A B (LBS.) PKG

PTHD-750 3/4” 3/4” 2.98 1.58 .25 10PTHD-1000 1” 1” 3.15 1.63 .36 10PTHD-1250 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 3.34 1.68 .56 10PTHD-1500 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 3.73 1.99 .82 5PTHD-2000 2” 2” 4.12 2.36 1.15 5PTHD-2500 2-1/2” 2-1/2” 5.68 2.66 1.96 1PTHD-3000 3” 3” 6.03 3.06 2.61 1

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WEIGHT MODEL NO. NPT PIPE HOSE ID A B (LBS.) PKGPTHC-750-S 3/4” 3/4” 1.31 2.97 .51 1PTHC-1000-S 1" 1" 1.50 3.40 .79 1PTHC-1250-S 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1.75 4.00 1.20 1PTHC-1500-S 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1.93 4.40 1.62 1PTHC-2000-S 2" 2" 2.25 5.00 2.61 1PTHC-2500-S 2-1/2” 2-1/2” 2.68 6.25 4.69 1PTHC-3000-S 3" 3” 3.06 7.00 6.50 1

PTHC-S SERIES

28 GROCOy 2011 ❖ BRONZE F I TT INGS

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WEIGHT MODEL NO. NPT PIPE HOSE ID A B C (LBS.) PKGPTHC-5062 1/2" 1/2" or 5/8" 1.90 2.00 1.56 .22 10PTHC-750 3/4" 3/4" 1.86 2.05 1.43 .29 10PTHC-1000 1" 1" 2.34 2.40 1.63 .54 10PTHC-1125 1-1/4" 1-1/8" 2.37 2.44 1.75 .78 5PTHC-1250 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 2.44 2.53 1.38 .80 5PTHC-1500 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2.50 2.50 2.25 1.12 5PTHC-2000 2" 2" 2.88 3.10 2.25 1.58 1PTHC-2500 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 3.83 3.35 2.10 2.40 1PTHC-3000 3" 3" 4.20 3.55 2.00 3.85 1PTHC-4000 4" 4" 5.05 5.25 2.85 5.90 1PTHC-5000 5” 5” 5.5 6.20 3.30 9.70 1

LISTED647B

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WEIGHT MODEL NO. NPT PIPE HOSE ID A B (LBS.) PKG

PTH-500 1/2" 1/2" 2.39 1.38 .17 10PTH-5062 1/2" 1/2" or 5/8" 2.70 1.80 .18 10PTH-750 3/4" 3/4" 2.39 1.38 .20 10PTH-1000 1" 1" 2.48 1.38 .26 10PTH-1125 1-1/4" 1-1/8" 2.48 1.38 .58 10PTH-1250 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 2.65 1.55 .60 10PTH-1500 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 3.00 1.90 .75 10PTH-2000 2" 2" 3.00 1.90 1.05 1PTH-2500 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 4.00 2.00 1.75 1PTH-3000 3" 3" 4.00 2.00 2.58 1PTH-3000-L 3" 3" 5.00 3.00 2.95 1PTH-4000 4" 4" 4.25 2.00 3.50 1PTH-5000 5" 5" 4.25 2.00 5.10 1

PTH, STRAIGHT STANDARD FLOW

LISTED647B

PTHC, 90� STANDARD FLOW

PTHD, 45� STANDARD FLOW

STAINLESS STEEL AND BRONZE FITTINGS


PL-11PL-11

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WEIGHT PKG BRONZE #316 SS NPS PIPE A B C W/NUT

TH-500-W TH-500-WS 1/2" 2.20 .30 1.70 .40 10TH-750-W TH-750-WS 3/4" 2.20 .30 1.90 .42 10TH-1000-W TH-1000-WS 1" 2.85 .30 2.32 .72 10TH-1250-W TH-1250-WS 1-1/4" 2.90 .30 2.62 1.30 12TH-1500-W TH-1500-WS 1-1/2" 3.15 .30 2.89 1.64 12TH-2000-W TH-2000-WS 2" 3.90 .30 3.33 2.30 1TH-2500-W TH-2500-WS 2-1/2" 3.56 .42 4.40 3.75 1TH-3000-W TH-3000-WS 3" 5.00 .42 5.50 6.00 1TH-4000-W - 4" 5.31 .56 7.00 13.20 1TH-5000-W - 5" 5.34 .57 8.18 18.50 1

PN Series cast bronze pipe nipples provide exact alloy compatibility for making inter-connections between numerous marine components such as seacocks, strainers and check valves.

For installations where hull thickness dictates the use of a longer fitting.

NPS HOSE DIMENSIONS IN INCHES BRONZE SS BRONZE #316 SS SIZE ID A B C D E # # PKG

HTH-500 HTH-500-S 1/2” 1/2” 2.7 0.3 1.7 1.1 1.3 0.4 0.4 10

HTH-625 HTH-625-S 3/4” 5/8” 2.7 0.3 1.9 1.1 1.3 0.5 0.4 10

HTH-750 HTH-750-S 3/4” 3/4” 2.7 0.3 1.9 1.2 1.3 0.6 0.6 10

HTH-1000 HTH-1000-S 1” 1” 2.8 0.3 2.3 1.2 1.3 0.9 0.8 10

HTH-1125 HTH-1125-S 1” 1-1/8” 2.8 0.3 2.3 1.2 1.3 1.1 1.0 10

HTH-1250 HTH-1250-S 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 2.8 0.3 2.6 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.1 12

HTH-1500 HTH-1500-S 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 2.8 0.3 2.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.3 12

HTH-2000 HTH-2000-S 2” 2” 2.8 0.3 3.3 1.1 1.3 2.0 1.8 4

TH-Whas nut

HTHC-Shas bronze nut

(stainless steelnut available)

NPS HOSE DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

MODEL SIZE ID A B C D E WEIGHT PKG

HTHC-750-S 3/4" 3/4" 2.71 .30 1.90 2.25 1.25 .56 1

HTHC-1000-S 1" 1" 2.75 .30 2.32 2.20 1.25 .81 1

HTHC-1250-S 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 2.75 .30 2.62 3.03 1.25 1.06 1

HTHC-1500-S 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 4.70 .30 2.89 3.40 1.25 1.31 1

HTHC-2000-S 2" 1-3/4" 5.40 .30 3.33 3.65 1.25 2.00 1

STAINLESS STEEL AND BRONZE THRU-HULL FITTINGS

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WEIGHT MODEL A B C W/NUT PKG

THXL-750-W 5.33 0.30 1.90 0.75 4 THXL-1000-W 5.33 0.30 2.32 1.00 4 THXL-1250-W 5.45 0.30 2.62 1.75 6 THXL-1500-W 5.45 0.30 2.89 2.12 6 THXL-2000-W 5.58 0.30 3.34 2.52 4

TH-CShas bronze nut

(stainless steelnut available)

BRONZE AND SS TH SERIES

LISTED647B

LISTED647B

LISTED647B

Create your own above-waterline plumbing connection. #316 SS thru-hull fitting is threaded NPT inside. DIAMETER OUTSIDE INSIDE MODEL A B NPSM NPT WEIGHT PKG

TH-750-CS 1.90 1.2 3/4" 1/2" .36 1 TH-1000-CS 2.32 1.2 1" 3/4" .51 1 TH-1250-CS 2.62 1.2 1-1/4" 1" .79 1TH-1500-CS 2.89 1.2 1-1/2" 1-1/4" .85 1TH-2000-CS 3.33 1.2 2" 1-1/2" 1.53 1

#316 SS TH-CS SERIES

THXL SERIES

BRONZE AND SS THRU-HULLS FOR HOSE

■ Cast-in wrench flat simplifies installation and removal■ Full pipe size flow■ 1/2" - 4" pipe sizes

PN SERIES

NPT DIMENSIONS IN INCHESMODEL PIPE SIZE A B C WEIGHT PKGPN-500 1/2" 1.77 0.88 0.50 0.15 10PN-750 3/4" 1.77 1.06 0.75 0.19 10PN-1000 1" 2.34 1.38 1.00 0.31 10PN-1250 1-1/4" 2.51 1.75 1.25 0.60 10PN-1500 1-1/2" 2.49 2.00 1.50 0.69 6PN-2000 2" 2.37 2.50 2.00 0.79 2PN-2500 2-1/2" 3.41 3.00 2.50 1.24 1PN-3000 3" 3.53 3.63 3.00 2.25 1PN-4000 4" 3.53 4.73 4.00 3.20 1


THXL-W has nut

#316 SS HTHC-S SERIES





MODEL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WEIGHT W/NUT

PKG NPS PIPE A B C (LBS.)

FTH-500-W 1/2" 2.31 .30 1.75 .38 10

FTH-750-W 3/4" 2.31 .30 2.00 .50 10

FTH-1000-W 1" 2.56 .30 2.32 .88 10

FTH-1250-W 1-1/4" 3.31 .30 2.93 1.38 12

FTH-1500-W 1-1/2" 3.50 .30 3.20 2.00 12

FTH-2000-W 2" 3.56 .35 3.90 2.75 1

FTH-2500-W 2-1/2" 3.56 .42 4.40 3.75 1

FTH-3000-W 3" 5.00 .42 5.50 6.00 1

FTH-4000-W 4" 5.31 .56 7.00 13.20 1

FTH-5000-W 5" 5.34 .57 8.18 18.5 1

Drip control Installation

Flush Mount Installation

NPS DIMENSIONS IN INCHES MODEL PIPE SIZE A B C D WEIGHT PKG

STH-500-W 1/2" 2.20 1.05 3.28 2.55 .70 12

STH-750-W 3/4" 2.20 1.05 4.00 3.05 .95 12

STH-1000-W 1" 2.85 1.05 4.00 3.05 1.25 12

STH-1250-W 1-1/4" 2.90 1.20 4.30 3.35 1.75 9

STH-1500-W 1-1/2" 3.15 1.30 4.83 3.50 2.25 9

STH-2000-W 2" 3.60 1.50 5.75 4.00 3.50 4

HSTH MODELS NPS SIZE A B C PKG

HSTH-750-W 3/4" 2.20 0.30 1.90 10HSTH-1000-W 1" 2.85 0.30 2.32 10HSTH-1250-W 1-1/4" 2.90 0.30 2.62 12HSTH-1500-W 1-1/2" 3.15 0.30 2.89 12HSTH-2000-W 2" 3.60 0.30 3.33 1HSTH-2500-W 2-1/2" 3.56 0.42 4.40 1HSTH-3000-W 3" 5.00 0.42 5.50 1

HSTHXL MODELS NPS SIZE A B C PKG

HSTHXL-750-W 3/4" 5.33 0.30 1.90 1HSTHXL-1000-W 1" 5.33 0.30 2.32 1HSTHXL-1250-W 1-1/4" 5.45 0.30 2.62 1HSTHXL-1500-W 1-1/2" 5.45 0.30 2.89 1HSTHXL-2000-W 2" 5.58 0.30 3.33 1

FTH-Whas nut(Order FTH-L if nut is not required)

STH-Whas nut(Order STH-L if nut is not required)

STH SERIES

FTH SERIES

The concept is simple! Water doesn’t run up hill!

In above waterline drain applications, choose between a drip control installation and a flush mount installation. In the drip control installation, the fitting protrudes slightly from the hull. As water flow through the fitting ceases, the last drops fall cleanly from the tapered edge of the fitting.

In the flush installation, a cleaner profile is obtained, but if the installation is above the waterline, unsightly stains are likely to appear over time between the fitting and the waterline. The flush installation is, however, ideal for below waterline installations where the serious sailor wishes to reduce drag.

SPECIAL PURPOSE FITTINGS

HSTH-Whas nut(Order HSTH-L if nut is not required)

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WEIGHT BULK BRONZE #316 SS NPS PIPE A B C (LBS.) PKG

TH-501 TH-501-S 1/2" 1.50 .33 1.13 .05 25TH-751 TH-751-S 3/4" 1.65 .33 1.30 .04 25TH-1001 TH-1001-S 1" 2.08 .33 1.55 .11 25TH-1251 TH-1251-S 1-1/4" 2.50 .45 1.95 .21 25TH-1501 TH-1501-S 1-1/2" 2.90 .45 2.28 .32 25TH-2001 TH-2001-S 2" 3.50 .45 2.75 .54 10TH-2501 TH-2501-S 2-1/2" 4.72 .70 3.46 1.00 10TH-3001 TH-3001-S 3" 5.45 .70 4.13 1.45 10TH-4001 4" 7.13 .70 6.00 3.61 1TH-5001 5" 8.18 .70 6.50

THRU-HULL LOCK NUTS

HSTH SERIES

LISTED647B


PL-13PL-13


THE CONCEPT

THT-530 makes the installation of standard GROCO thru-hull fittings possible by a single installer. Slide the thru-hull fitting, flanged end first, over the tool. (It will stop at the proper step.) Tie a length of monofilament to the eye and place it into the already-cut hole in the hull of the boat. Apply caulking to the flange of the fitting, and pull the fitting through the hole and against the hull from inside the boat. Thread the monofilament through the locknut or seacock. With the fitting pulled firmly against the hull the locknut or the seacock may be screwed onto the fitting.

SPECIAL PURPOSE THRU-HULL

NPS DIMENSIONS MODEL NO. PIPE SIZE A B PKG

TP-750 3/4" 2.13 3/4" 1

TP-1000 1" 2.13 1" 1

TP-1250 1-1/4" 2.75 1-1/4" 1

TP-1500 1-1/2" 2.75 1-1/2" 1

TP-2000 2" 2.50 2" 1

TP-2500 2-1/2" 2.50 2-1/2" 1

TPC90°

Tail PieceTPC series 90° tail pieces are comprised of two pieces. The swivel may be rotated in any direction to facilitate ease of hook-up; then the nut is tightened.

THE CONCEPT

TP and TPC series Tail Pieces are threaded with NPS (straight) female pipe thread, and are for use with GROCO SV series seacocks or with any product with straight male pipe thread.

The use of TP and TPC series Tail Pieces on products with NPT (tapered) pipe thread is recommended only for low pressure applications, and then only with a generous application of pipe sealant or thread tape.

SPECIAL PURPOSE TAIL PIECES

TP SERIES - STRAIGHT BRONZE TAIL PIECE

TPStraight Tail Piece

NOT FOR REMOVALOF OLD THRU-HULL FITTINGS

THT-530 fits GROCOThru-hull Fitting Sizes from

1/2" through 3”

TD-500

THE CONCEPT

Once your boat is in its cradle, sling, lift, or trailer, draining the bilge is easy with a garboard drain. All models install from the outside. TD-500 allows draining from outside by removing the square-drive plug. TD-750 (available in bronze or #316 SS) is drained by removing the T-handle from inside.

HULL DRAINS

THT-530THRU-HULL FITTING INSTALLATION TOOL

TPC SERIES - 90O BRONZE TAIL PIECE NPS DIMENSIONS MODEL NO. PIPE SIZE A B C

PKG

TPC-750 3/4" 2.75 3/4" 2.63 1

TPC-1000 1” 2.75 1" 2.38 1

TPC-1250 1-1/4" 2.50 1-1/4" 2.38 1

TPC-1500 1-1/2" 3.75 1-1/2" 2.75 1

TPC-2000 2" 3.75 2" 3.63 1

TPC-2500 2-1/2" 4.50 2-1/2" 4.50 1




THE CONCEPT

To reduce the number of above waterline hull openings in your boat we offer a simple way to plumb multiple 1/2" or 3/4" ID low pressure lines (sinks and showers for example) to a single above waterline

overboard drain fitting. The exterior look is clean and attractive, while inside is a compact grouping of all connected hoses.

DM-5-1500■ Manifold is threaded at the ends, so

additional manifolds can be added.■ Includes bronze fittings for (5) 3/4" ID hose

connections.■ Accepts any 1/2" NPT threaded valve or

fitting.■ Exterior fitting is polished #316 Stainless Steel.■ Bonding attachment is included.■ Other sizes are available.

▲ Sample Installation shows RWM Manifold used to distribute filtered water


DRAIN MANIFOLD - RAW WATER MANIFOLD

RWM SERIES - RAW WATER MANIFOLDS(PATENTED)

MODEL PIPE A HOSE ID - B C PORT-D PORT-E PORT-FRWM-1250 1-1/4" NPT 3.75 1" 1.37 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT 1/4" NPT RWM-1500 1-1/2" NPT 4.13 1-1/4" 1.57 3/4" NPT 3/4" NPT 1/4" NPT RWM-1500-1 1-1/2" NPT 4.13 1-1/4" 1.57 1/2" NPT 1" NPT 1/4" NPTRWM-2000 2" NPT 4.65 1-1/2" 2.00 3/4" NPT 3/4" NPT 1/4" NPTRWM-2000-1 2" NPT 4.65 1-1/2" 2.00 3/4" NPT 1” NPT 1/4" NPTRWM-2500 2-1/2" NPT 5.00 2" 2.00 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1/4" NPTRWM-3000 3" NPT 5.50 2-1/2" 2.50 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT

RWM Raw Water Manifold

▲ Sample Installation shows RWM Manifold used to distribute raw (unfiltered) water

THE CONCEPT

While we do not recommend the practice of supplying raw or filtered water to multiple “consumers” from a single inlet source (ie: toilets, washdown pumps, air conditioners, generators, etc.) we do recognize that it is common practice to do so, particularly when one or more of the consumers is an intermittent consumer.

If this is your intention, protect your equipment by installing a GROCO RWM Raw Water Manifold. You will be guided to use proper pipe or hose sizes, thus reducing the possibility of imposing dangerous restrictions to one or all of the consumers.

The barbed outlet is connected to the primary consumer (your main engine, for example) and is smaller than the threaded inlet which screws into a seacock or strainer outlet of the next larger pipe size (see sample installations). The larger threaded end requires that a larger strainer or inlet seacock be used, thus assuring adequate flow to all consumers.

The combined cross-sections of the primary consumer plus the threaded secondary consumer connections (to A/C and generator, for example) does not exceed the cross-section of the threaded inlet end.


PL-15PL-15SEACOCKS & ACCESSOR IES ❖ 2011 GROCOy 1

Flanged Full-Flow Safety Seacocks SBV-P, SBV

Flanged Full-Flow Seacocks BV, FBV

In-Line Full-Flow Ball Valves IBV, IBV-S, IBVF, IBVF-S Full-Flow Fuel Valves FV Series

Full-Flow 3-Way Valves TWV

Engine Flush Kit SSC, SSCV Bilge Strainer BS, BSA

vAlves & seACoCks




2 GROCOy 2011 ❖ SEACOCKS & ACCESSOR IES


PL-17PL-17

See page 26 of this section for details.

FBV SERIES

SEACOCKS & ACCESSOR IES ❖ 2011 GROCOy 3

Listed647B

FULL-FLOW FLANGED BALL-TYPE SEACOCKSU.S. PATENT NO. 7,000,896

■ Tri-flange base and mount hole pattern provide easy retrofit when replacing most popular brands.

■ Patented selectable handle rotation■ Handle has square hole to accept standard

ratchet, to help reach valves in hard-to-reach locations and ease actuation of difficult to operate valves.

■ Full pipe-size flow. ■ Stainless steel ball and stem.■ PTFE seats and seals.■ Serviceable while installed.■ Drain Plug on both sides.■ Base has bonding attachment.

■ Patented field reversible handle allows you to select the closed position orientation (clockwise or counterclockwise) that best suits the installation.

■ Handle has square hole to accept standard ratchet, to help reach valves in hard-to-reach locations and ease actuation of difficult to operate valves.

■ Full Pipe Size Flow■ Triangular base with bolt pattern to match

most popular brands makes retrofit easy.■ Stainless steel handle and hardware.■ Chrome plated solid brass ball. ■ PTFE Seats and Seals.■ Bonding attachment on base.■ Drain plugs on both sides.

BOTTOM TOP A B C D E WEIGHT PKG MODEL CONNECTION CONNECTION

BV-750 3/4" NPS 3/4" NPT 5.75 3.50 3.8 3.12 5/16 2.3 1BV-1000 1" NPS 1" NPT 6.63 4.13 4.4 3.38 5/16 3.5 1BV-1250 1-1/4" NPS 1-1/4" NPT 7.00 4.50 4.4 3.62 5/16 4.6 1BV-1500 1-1/2" NPS 1-1/2" NPT 8.00 4.63 5.5 4.50 5/16 6.0 1BV-2000 2" NPS 2" NPT 8.38 5.25 5.5 5.00 3/8 10.0 1BV-2500 2-1/2" NPS 2-1/2" NPT 10.31 6.75 6.5 5.88 3/8 13.0 1BV-3000 3" NPS 3" NPT 13.50 7.75 9.5 7.00 3/8 24.0 1BV-4000 4" NPS 4" NPT 19.20 9.60 14.1 8.00 1/2 52.0 1BV-5000 5" NPS 5" NPT 19.90 11.20 14.1 11.00 5/8 91.0 1

BV SERIES

BOTTOM TOP

MODEL CONNECTION CONNECTION A B C D E WEIGHT PKG

FBV-750 3/4" NPS 3/4" NPT 6.14 3.92 2.40 3.12 5/16 1.9 2FBV-1000* 1" NPS 1" NPT 6.98 4.40 2.60 3.38 5/16 2.6 2FBV-1250 1-1/4" NPS 1-1/4" NPT 7.12 4.85 2.70 3.62 5/16 3.0 2FBV-1500* 1-1/2" NPS 1-1/2" NPT 8.23 5.77 3.15 4.50 5/16 4.4 2FBV-2000 2" NPS 2" NPT 10.14 7.53 3.54 5.00 3/8 6.2 2FBV-2500 2-1/2" NPS 2-1/2" NPT 12.81 7.75 4.21 5.88 3/8 14.3 1FBV-3000 3" NPS 3" NPT 14.85 9.02 6.99 7.00 3/8 23.2 1

*These sizes are available with locking handle. Order FBVL-1000 or FBVL-1500.

Listed647B

NEWSIZES




SBV SERIES■ Handle has square hole that

accepts standard ratchet; helps access hard-to-reach valves, or ease actuation of hard-to-operate valves.

■ Side port has a Quick-Release plug for emergency bilge pumping, and a Service Adaptor for routine winterization and maintenance.

■ Full pipe-size flow.■ Serviceable while installed.■ Stainless steel ball and stem.■ Base has bonding attachment.■ PTFE seats and seals.■ Two driver ports permit handle

relocation■ Service adaptor included.

FULL-FLOW FLANGED SAFETY SEACOCKSU.S. PATENT NO. 5,123,369

Listed 647B

Emergency bilge pumping can be accomplished by closing the SBV and removing the Quick Release Plug while the engine is running.

SBV FOR EMERGENCIES

SBV FOR SERVICE

SBV series has side port with Quick-Release Plug and Service Adaptor

FEATURES■ Two driver ports permit handle relocation.■ NPT threaded side port accepts SSCV or any

NPT threaded accessory.■ Handle has square hole that

accepts standard ratchet; helps access hard-to-reach valves, or ease actuation of hard-to-operate valves.

■ Full pipe size flow. ■ Serviceable while

installed.■ Stainless steel ball

and stem. ■ Base has bonding

attachment.■ PTFE seats and seals.

SBV-P SERIESThe purpose of the photo is to get your attention; we don’t really put two handles on a single valve.

Listed 647B

BOTTOM TOP SIDE SIDE MODEL PORT PORT PORT ACCESSORY A B C D E WEIGHT SBV-1250-P 1-1/4” NPS 1-1/4” NPT 1” NPT SSCV-1000 7.00 4.50 3.50 3.62 5/16 5.25* SBV-1500-P 1-1/2” NPS 1-1/2” NPT 1-1/4” NPT SSCV-1250 8.00 4.63 4.13 4.50 5/16 6.43 SBV-2000-P 2” NPS 2” NPT 1-1/2” NPT SSCV-1500 8.38 5.25 5.13 5.00 3/8 11.00 SBV-2500-P 2-1/2” NPS 2-1/2” NPT 2” NPT SSCV-2000 10.31 6.75 5.88 5.88 3/8 17.00 SBV-3000-P 3” NPS 3” NPT 2-1/2” NPT SSCV-2500 13.50 7.75 6.81 7.00 3/8 28.50 SBV-4000-P 4” NPS 4” NPT “3” NPT SSCV-3000 19.20 9.60 14.13 8.00 1/2 56.00 SBV-5000-P 5” NPS 5” NPT 4” NPT SSCV-3000 19.86 11.19 14.13 11.00 5/8 90.00*Round base model, this size only


BOTTOM TOP SIDE WEIGHT MODEL PORT PORT PORT A B C D

E

* SBV-1250 1-1/4” NPS 1-1/4” NPT SBVSA-1255 7.00 4.50 3.50 3.62 5/16 5.25 SBV-1500 1-1/2” NPS 1-1/2” NPT SBVSA-1505 8.00 4.63 4.13 4.50 5/16 6.43 SBV-2000 2” NPS 2” NPT SBVSA-2005 8.38 5.25 5.13 5.00 3/8 11.00 SBV-2500 2-1/2” NPS 2-1/2” NPT SBVSA-2505 10.31 6.75 5.88 5.88 3/8 17.00 SBV-3000 3” NPS 3” NPT SBVSA-3005 13.50 7.75 6.81 7.00 3/8 28.00 * Round base model, this size only ** Refer to SBV-P drawing for dimension reference


PL-19PL-19


IBV AND IBV-SU.S. PATENT NO. 7,000,896




SPECIAL PURPOSE VALVES

■ For fuel or water.■ Four Positions: Tank-1, Tank-2,

Tanks 1 & 2, Off.■ Full 1/2” flow.■ Audible “click” at each handle position.■ For thru panel mounting.■ Available separately or as part of

TS-350-T Kit (below).

FV-450-X - TANK SELECTOR VALVE

TS-350-T - TANK SELECTOR KIT

Model NPT Pipe Size A B C Weight Pkg

CV-50 1/2” 1.42 2.45 1.00 0.4 1CV-75 3/4” 1.65 2.58 1.20 0.5 1CV-100 1” 1.90 3.30 1.45 0.8 1CV-125 1-1/4” 2.38 3.98 1.88 1.4 1CV-150 1-1/2” 2.93 4.34 2.23 2.3 1CV-200 2” 3.63 5.00 2.75 3.2 1

CV Series in-line check valve may be used in water or fuel systems to keep pumps primed and to prevent back-flow in pressure systems. Unique design reduces flow turbulence and restriction, and improves pump performance.

■ Cast bronze construction■ NPT threaded ports■ 1/2" - 2" Sizes

CV SERIES - CHECK VALVES

8 GROCO® 2011 ❖ SEACOCKS & ACCESSOR IES

TS-350-T Tank Selector Kit utilizes FV-450-X full flow valve (see above for details) mounted on an attractive stainless steel mount bracket and plumbed with (2) ½" straight hose barbs and (1) 7/16" 90-degree hose barb. Two labels are provided to match your installation (port/starboard tanks or fore/aft tanks). Handle can be relocated in 90-degree increments to align plumbing.


PL-21PL-21


■ Patented selectable handle rotation.■ Handle has square hole to accept standard

ratchet, to help reach valves in hard-to-reach locations and ease actuation of difficult to operate valves.

■ 400 WOG rated.■ Full pipe size flow.■ Stainless steel handle and hardware.■ Chrome plated solid brass ball (not a

hollow ball).■ PTFE seats and seals.■ Bonding attachment.■ UL listed for fuel.■ Fits IBVF (see page 9) for Seacock Application.

■ Handle has square hole to accept standard ratchet (helps you to reach hard-to-reach valves and eases actuation of hard to operate valves).

■ Handle has thumb-release locking mechanism to ensure the valve remains in the open or closed position you have selected until you wish to change it.

■ 1000 WOG rated.■ #304 SS handle and trim.■ #316 SS body. ■ Bonding attachment.■ PTFE seats and seals.■ Full flow.■ UL listed for fuel.■ Fits IBVF-S (see page 9) for Seacock Application.

FULL-FLOW IN-LINE BALL VALVESU.S. PATENT NO. 7,000,896

IBV SERIES

Listed15PR

Listed15PR

IBV-S SERIES

MODEL PIPE A B C D E WEIGHT IBV-250 1/4” NPT 1.77 4.48 1.99 1.08 - 0.48IBV-375 3/8” NPT 1.77 4.48 1.99 1.08 - 0.46IBV-500 1/2” NPT 2.05 5.10 2.26 1.14 - 0.74IBV-750 3/4” NPT 2.33 5.15 2.27 1.26 7.55 1.00IBV-1000* 1” NPT 2.79 5.93 2.48 1.47 7.58 1.70IBV-1250 1-1/4” NPT 3.18 6.54 2.65 1.71 8.05 2.24IBV-1500* 1-1/2” NPT 3.60 7.62 3.20 1.88 9.38 3.28IBV-2000 2” NPT 4.30 9.13 3.59 2.17 10.85 4.56IBV-2500 2-1/2” NPT 4.88 10.00 4.40 2.60 12.81 10.40IBV-3000 3” NPT” 6.87 10.75 4.75 3.00 14.85 17.54IBV-4000 4” NPT 8.20 12.00 6.00 4.00 - 29.80*Available with locking handle. Order IBVL-1000 or IBVL-1500.

NEWSIZE

MODEL PIPE A B C D E WEIGHT IBV-250-S 1/4” NPT 2.20 3.92 1.83 0.61 - 0.61

IBV-375-S 3/8” NPT 2.20 3.92 1.83 0.61 - 0.57IBV-500-S 1/2” NPT 2.48 3.92 1.90 1.28 - 0.66IBV-750-S 3/4” NPT 2.98 4.98 2.43 1.38 8.17 1.28IBV-1000-S 1” NPT 3.30 4.98 2.73 1.60 8.33 1.57IBV-1250-S 1-1/4” NPT 3.86 6.02 3.18 1.80 9.65 2.71IBV-1500-S 1-1/2” NPT 4.25 6.02 3.43 2.07 9.90 3.34IBV-2000-S 2” NPT 4.75 7.56 3.76 2.40 11.66 5.45IBV-2500-S 2-1/2” NPT 6.32 9.76 4.70 2.75 15.27 10.34IBV-3000-S 3” NPT 7.33 9.76 5.12 4.00 15.83 21.60IBV-4000-S 4” NPT 8.82 12.60 6.58 - - -

*Sizes 3/4"- 3" include drain plug




Listed15PR

Fuel Valve FV SERIES PATENT NO. 7,000,896

Three-Way Valve TWV SERIES

ABYC H33.9.2 states that fuel system valves must have an independent means of support. That’s why regular in-line valves are not appropriate for fuel systems applications.

■ Patented selectable handle rotation.■ Full flow.■ Mount foot included. ■ Stainless steel handle and hardware.■ 400 WOG.■ PTFE seats and seals.■ UL Listed for fuel.


90-Degree Fuel Valve FV-590 SERIES

MODEL NPT A B C D WEIGHT PKG

FV-250 1/4" 4.10" 2.22" 1.54" 1.77" .52 16 FV-375 3/8" 4.10" 2.22" 1.54" 1.77" .50 16 FV-500 1/2" 4.10" 2.20" 1.85" 2.05" .82 16 FV-750 3/4" 4.10" 2.22" 2.10" 2.33" 1.06 10

Listed15PR

MAIN RETURNMODELS NPT NPT A B C D E F

FV-65038 1/2" 3/8" 5.62 2.31 2.23 2.78 2.06 1.25FV-65038-A 1/2" 3/8" 5.62 2.31 2.23 2.78 2.06 1.25FV-61075 1" 3/4" 8.42 3.47 3.34 4.17 3.09 1.88FV-61075-A 1" 3/4" 8.42 3.47 3.34 4.17 3.09 1.88

MODEL NPT A B C D WEIGHT PKG

TWV-500 1/2" 4.10" 2.12" 1.90" 2.40" 1.08 2 TWV-750 3/4" 4.10" 2.20" 1.93" 2.44" 1.24 2 TWV-1500 1-1/2" 6.00" 3.30" 3.15" 3.95" 5.60 1

FV-590 FV-590-S

■ Compact design.

■ 90 Degree flow path.

■ 1/2” NPT male and female ports.

■ Use FV-590 for fiberflass tanks.

■ Use FV-590-S with Aluminum or stainless steel tanks.


■ 3-way valve operates logically - The handle points to the direction

of flow. Center position is �off �.■ Handle Rotates a full 180�.■ Mount foot included. ■ Full flow.■ Stainless steel handle and hardware.■ PTFE seats and seals.■ TWV-1500 size is ideal for waste

systems.■ UL listed for fuel.

6-PORT FUEL VALVESSix-port fuel valves are used where 2 tanks supply a single engine, and a return to each supply tank is required.

ABYC H33.9.2 states that fuel system valves must have an independent means of support, so in-line valves are not suitable for fuel system applications.

FV-65038 and FV-61075 has a "L" shaped flow pattern and 180-degree handle swing; FV-65038-A and FV-61075-A has a "T" shaped flow pattern and 360-degree handle actuation.


PL-23PL-23


■ For fuel or water.■ Four Positions: Tank-1, Tank-2,

Tanks 1 & 2, Off.■ Full 1/2” flow.■ Audible “click” at each handle position.■ For thru panel mounting.■ Available separately or as part of

TS-350-T Kit (below).

FV-450-X - TANK SELECTOR VALVE

TS-350-T - TANK SELECTOR KIT

Model NPT Pipe Size A B C Weight Pkg

CV-50 1/2” 1.42 2.45 1.00 0.4 1CV-75 3/4” 1.65 2.58 1.20 0.5 1CV-100 1” 1.90 3.30 1.45 0.8 1CV-125 1-1/4” 2.38 3.98 1.88 1.4 1CV-150 1-1/2” 2.93 4.34 2.23 2.3 1CV-200 2” 3.63 5.00 2.75 3.2 1

CV Series in-line check valve may be used in water or fuel systems to keep pumps primed and to prevent back-flow in pressure systems. Unique design reduces flow turbulence and restriction, and improves pump performance.

■ Cast bronze construction■ NPT threaded ports■ 1/2" - 2" Sizes

CV SERIES - CHECK VALVES


TS-350-T Tank Selector Kit utilizes FV-450-X full flow valve (see above for details) mounted on an attractive stainless steel mount bracket and plumbed with (2) ½" straight hose barbs and (1) 7/16" 90-degree hose barb. Two labels are provided to match your installation (port/starboard tanks or fore/aft tanks). Handle can be relocated in 90-degree increments to align plumbing.




FLANGED ADAPTORSU.S. PATENT NO. 7,530,370

THE CONCEPTPatented IBVF Flanged Adaptors have been developed to address several age-old problems in the marine industry. Here’s what they do:

■ Eliminate common (and dangerous) thread mis-match when in-line valves are screwed onto thru hulls.

■ Accept standard thru-hulls into the base and standard in-line valves or other components on top.

■ Provide a safe and sturdy assembly when in-line valves are used as seacocks.

■ For OEMs, prevent valve damage during engine or generator installation - the valve can be installed later.

■ Make future valve replacement a simple job.

■ Bronze and #316 SS models.

IBVF AND IBVF-S SERIES

IMPROVED INSTALLATION

BRONZE #316 SS A B C D E WT. WT. PKGMODELS MODELS NPT NPS BRONZE SS

IBVF-750 IBVF-750-S 3/4" 3/4" 2.09 3.12 5/16" 1.05 .96 1IBVF-1000 IBVF-1000-S 1" 1" 2.18 3.38 5/16" 1.07 .98 1IBVF-1250 IBVF-1250-S 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 2.18 3.62 5/16" 1.20 1.10 1IBVF-1500 IBVF-1500-S 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2.18 4.50 5/16" 1.69 1.54 1IBVF-2000 IBVF-2000-S 2" 2" 2.18 5.00 5/16" 2.04 1.86 1 IBVF-2500 IBVF-2500-S 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 3.20 5.88 3/8" 3.8 3.5 1IBVF-3000 IBVF-3000-S 3" 3" 3.51 7.00 3/8" 5.8 5.3 1

COMMON INSTALLATION

SEACOCKS & ACCESSOR IES ❖ 2011 GROCO® 9


PL-25PL-25

TOP SEACOCK HULL MODEL SIZES CONNECTION SERIES CONNECTION

626-XXXX-00 3/4" - 5" PTH BV TH-W 627-XXXX-00 3/4" - 5" PTHC BV TH-W 628-XXXX-00 3/4" - 3" FF BV TH-W 629-XXXX-00 3/4" - 3" FFC BV TH-W 630-XXXX-00 3/4" - 2" PTH BV STH-W 631-XXXX-00 3/4" - 2" PTHC BV STH-W 632-XXXX-00 3/4" - 2" FF BV STH-W

633-XXXX-00 3/4" - 2" FFC BV STH-W*634-XXXX-00 3/4" - 3" PTH FBV TH-W*635-XXXX-00 3/4" - 3" PTHC FBV TH-W*636-XXXX-00 3/4" - 3" FF FBV TH-W *637-XXXX-00 3/4" - 3" FFC FBV TH-W*645-XXXX-00 3/4" - 2" PTH FBV STH-W*646-XXXX-00 3/4" - 2" PTHC FBV STH-W*647-XXXX-00 3/4" - 2" FF FBV STH-W*648-XXXX-00 3/4" - 2" FFC FBV STH-W 653-XXXX-00 3/4" - 3" PTHD FBV TH-W 654-XXXX-00 3/4" - 3" PTHD BV TH-W 655-XXXX-00 3/4" - 2" PTHD FBV STH-W 656-XXXX-00 3/4" - 2" PTHD BV STH-W

XXXX = PIPE SIZE e.g: 2500 = 2-1/2" and 3/4” = 0075


SEACOCK SYSTEMS

BV

MADE IN USA

FBV

IMPORTED

TOP CONNECTION: CHOOSE STANDARD FLOW (PTH) OR FULL FLOW (FF) CONNECTIONS

VALVE: CHOOSE BV OR FBV

TH-W STH-W

BOTTOM CONNECTION: CHOOSE TH OR STH

629-SERIES

FFPTHCPTH FFCPTHD

If you already know the components you need, order a seacock system. You’ll have just one part number to specify, plus there are no standard package quantities to deal with. These combinations are available. Contact GROCO for other combinations.




Emergency bilge pumping allows high bilge water to be drawn through open side port and pumped overboard through engine exhaust system.

SSC FOR EMERGENCIES(SSC INCLUDES SERVICE ADAPTOR)

ANY MODEL SEACOCK

NOTE: SSC may also be installed after the strainer, See SSCV below.

SSC FOR SERVICE

SEACOCKS & ACCESSOR IES ❖ 2011 GROCO® 11

THE CONCEPTSSCV is the SSC (above) combined with a Full Flow In-Line IBV Series ball valve, which isolates the plumbing before SSC and prevents back-flushing into the strainer or through the seacock.

FOR WINTERIZATION: Close the seacock, remove the quick release plug and insert the service adaptor (included). Anti-freeze can be pumped into the cooling system.

FOR SYSTEM FLUSHING: Close the seacock and insert the service adaptor. Dockside water can be used to flush the cooling system with the engine running at idle speed.

ENGINE FLUSH KITS and SAFETY SEACOCK CONVERSIONS

THE CONCEPTAdd SSC to the top of any seacock to allow instant emergency bilge pumping, or to simplify winterization and cooling system flushing.

Add a GROCO Bilge Strainer (see BS Series on Page 30) to pump out remote bilge locations.

IN AN EMERGENCY: While the connected engine is running, close the seacock and remove the quick release plug. Excess bilge water will be pumped overboard by the engine raw water pump. Add GROCO BSA (see page 12) to pump out remote bilge locations.

FOR WINTERIZATION: Close the seacock, remove the quick release plug and insert the service adaptor (included). Anti-freeze can be pumped into the cooling system.

FOR SYSTEM FLUSHING: Close the seacock and insert the service adaptor. Dockside water can be used to flush the cooling system with the engine running at idle speed.

SSC SERIES

SSCV SERIES

SSC Engine Flush Kit w/Service Adaptor

GROCO

OPTIONAL BSA KIT INCLUDES BILGE STRAINER,PIPE-TO-HOSE ADAPTOR AND SSC ADAPTOR

SSCV FOR SERVICE

GROCO

SSCV FOR EMERGENCIES(SSCV INCLUDES SERVICE ADAPTOR)

MODEL* HOSE ID NPT SSC LENGTH SSCV LENGTH SSC WEIGHT SSCV WEIGHT SSC PKG SSCV PKG

SSCV-750 3/4" 3/4" 3.90" 5.79" .65# 1.65 2 1 SSCV-1000 1" 1" 4.35" 6.56" .90# 2.66 2 1 SSCV-1250 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 4.55" 7.02" 1.05# 3.29 2 1 SSCV-1500 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 4.75" 7.78" 1.45# 4.76 2 1 SSCV-2000 2" 2" 5.20" 9.13" 2.20# 6.98 2 1 SSCV-2500 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 5.85" 12.00" 4.80# 15.20 1 1 SSCV-3000 3" 3" 6.32" 14.50" 5.50# 23.25 1 1*If ordering SSC drop “V” from model number.


PL-27PL-27

BS SERIES - BILGE STRAINERSUSE WITH SBV-P OR SSC

THE CONCEPT

BS series strainers provide coarse filtration and prevent large debris in the bilge from entering bilge pumps. The NPT thread is for use with straight or 90o bronze pipe to hose adaptors. BS series is ideal for use with GROCO SBV-P Safety Seacocks or SSC Engine Flush Kit.

MODEL NPT SIZE A B C USE WITH SBV-P USE WITH SSC PKG

BS-750 3/4" 1.88" 2.13" 2.00" - SSC-750 1 BS-1000 1" 1.88" 2.13" 2.00" SBV-1250-P SSC-1000 1 BS-1250 1-1/4" 3.40" 3.63" 2.00" SBV-1500-P SSC-1250 1 BS-1500 1-1/2" 3.40" 3.63" 2.00" SBV-2000-P SSC-1500 1 BS-2000 2" 5.25" 3.63" 2.00" SBV-2500-P SSC-2000 1 BS-2500 2-1/2" 5.25" 3.63" 2.00" SBV-3000-P SSC-2500 1 BS-3000 3" 5.25" 3.63" 2.00" SBV-4000-P SSC-3000 1

BSA SERIES - BILGE STRAINER ADAPTOR KITUSE WITH SBV, SSC OR SSCV

MODEL FITS SBV MODEL FITS SSC MODEL PKG

BSA-750 - SSC-750 1 BSA-1000 - SSC-1000 1 BSA-1250 SBV-1250 SSC-1250 1 BSA-1500 SBV-1500 SSC-1500 1 BSA-2000 SBV-2000 SSC-2000 1 BSA-2500 SBV-2500 SSC-2500 1 BSA-3000 SBV-3000 SSC-3000 1Bilge Strainer and Adaptor for SBV or SSC

The adaptor fits into the side port of an SBV Safety Seacock or an SSC Engine Flush Kit to provides a quick connection to a remote bilge strainer located in the deepest bilge area. A 90-degree low profile pipe-to-hose adaptor is included.

BS SERIES

BilgeStrainer

BSA AND SSC FOR EMERGENCY INSTALLATION





Raw Water Monitor SSA Inboard Strainers ARG, SA, SD, SE, VD Hull Strainers APHS, ASC, RSC, SC Self-Clean Strainers HydromaticTM

Bilge Strainers BS, BSA Seacock/Strainer Combo BVS

Pump-Inlet Strainer WSB

RAW WATER STRA INERS ❖ 2011 GROCO® 13

rAW WATer sTrAiners


PL-29PL-29

14 GROCO® 2011 ❖ RAW WATER STRA INERS

SSA-4 SAMPLE INSTALLATION

SSA is a patented system that alerts the vessel operator visually and audibly to the significant reduction of raw water flow to any connected device. You are alerted faster than traditional gauges or sensors (about 7 seconds) – fast enough to allow you to react and investigate – fast enough to prevent damage BEFORE it occurs.

The housing accepts GROCO's SBVSA-1505 service adaptor for system flushing and winterization.

STRAINER SERVICE ADVICEU.S. PATENT NO. 7,491,320

THE CONCEPT

SSA-1G-XXXXXXXX = SENSOR

HOSE ID

Sensors, sizes 5/8” to 6”, installed in each raw water line send flow data to the processor, and each device sends an "on" signal when it is operating. If flow to any of the devices falls below calibrated “normal” you are alerted audibly, and an LED identifies the device requiring maintenance or service.

SSA-4B is for the serious tournament fishing boat with up to 4 livewells. Flow to each livewell is monitored.

In an emergency the sensor can be removed from the bronze housing to allow systems to pump water out of a flooded bilge.

HOW IT WORKS

SENSORASSEMBLY

MAX DEVICES DEVICE MODEL CONNECTED DESCRIPTION INDICATOR NMEA2000

SSA-1G 1 Propulsion Engine 2-5/8" Gauge N/A

SSA-3 3 1 engine, 1 generator, 1 air conditioner Touchpad Coming Soon

SSA-4 4 Up to 2 engines and up to 2 AC or DC pumps Touchpad Coming Soon

SSA-4B 4 Up to 4 AC or DC baitwell pumps Touchpad Coming Soon

SSA-7 7 Up to 3 Engines, up to 4 AC or DC pumps Touchpad Coming Soon




STRAINER SERVICE ADVICEU.S. PATENT NO. 7,491,320

Touchpad for 2 Engines, 1 AC and 1 Gen Sensor Assembly fits 3/4” ID hose Sensor Assembly fits 1” ID hose Sensor Assembly fits 2” ID hose Sensor Assembly fits 2” ID hoseRPM signal obtained from helm mounted tach

Example Part Number Components: SSA41- B D K K -1

After Step 3: Completed Sample System Part Number = SSA41- B D K K - 1

Step-3: Identify the source of engine(s) RPM signal.

Monitoring a propulsion engine requires an RPM signal. RPM data can be obtained from either of 3 sources, the source becomes the final number in the system part number.

Choose suffix -1 if you will obtain RPM from a helm-mounted analog tachometer.

Choose suffix -2 if you will obtain RPM from the signal generator on each engine.

Choose suffix -3 if you will obtain RPM from the engine J1939 connector or ECU.

Touchpad for 2 Engines, 3 AC, 1 Gen and 1 ROSensor Assembly fits 3/4” ID hoseSensor Assembly fits 3/4” ID hoseSensor Assembly fits 3/4” ID hoseSensor Assembly fits 1” ID hoseSensor Assembly fits 1” ID hose Sensor Assembly fits 2” ID hose Sensor Assembly fits 2” ID hose RPM signal obtained from J1939 connection

SSA73-B B B D D K K - 3More Examples:

Touchpad for 1 Engine, 1 AC and 1 Gen

Sensor Assembly fits 3/4” ID hose

Sensor Assembly fits 3/4” ID hose

Sensor Assembly fits 2-1/2” NPT

RPM signal obtained from

engine tach signal gen

SSA31- B B L - 2

After Step-2: Sample System Part Number = SSA41- B D K K - _

Step-2: Select Sensor Plumbing Code from chart below to match existing plumbing (specify in alphabetic order).

PLUMBING PLUMBING DIMENSIONSSENSOR HOSE ID CODE SENSOR NPT CODE Y Z SSA-625-HH 5/8" W - - - 4.8 2.0SSA-750-HH 3/4” B SSA-750-PP 3/4” A 4.8 2.0 SSA-1000-HH 1” D SSA-1000-PP 1” C 4.8 2.2 SSA-1250-HH 1-1/4” F SSA-1250-PP 1-1/4” E 4.8 2.3 SSA-1500-HH 1-1/2” H SSA-1500-PP 1-1/2” G 5.2 2.4 SSA-2000-HH 2” K SSA-2000-PP 2” J 5.2 2.7 SSA-2500-HH 2-1/2” M SSA-2500-PP 2-1/2” L 5.2 2.9 SSA-3000-HH 3” P SSA-3000-PP 3” N 5.2 3.0 SSA-4000-HH 4” R SSA-4000-PP 4” Q - -SSA-5000-HH 5” T SSA-5000-PP 5” S - -SSA-6000-HH 6” V SSA-6000-PP 6” U - -

After Step-1: Sample System Part Number = SSA41- _ _ _ _ - _

Touchpad #41Engine, Engine,

AC, Gen

Touchpad #434 AC or 4 DC

Pumps


AC, AC, AC, Gen, Gen

Touchpad #73Engine, Engine,AC, AC, AC, Gen,

R/O or Refrigeration


AC, AC, Gen, Gen,R/O or Refrigeration

Touchpad #31Engine, AC,

Gen

HOW TO DESIGN YOUR SYSTEM

Step-1: Select the Touchpad. Your selection identifies how many devices you will connect and what the devices are.


SENSORASSEMBLY


PL-31PL-31

Go to www.groco.net for updates, applications, and servicing information.






FEATURES■ Bronze or stainless steel castings.■ No tie rods or gaskets.■ O-rings seal all mating surfaces.■ Easy service with screw-on cap.■ Mounting hardware is included.■ Bonding connection.■ #304 stainless steel filter basket is standard.

Optional Non-metallic or Monel baskets are available.

ARG SERIES

ARG-500 THRUARG-1250

PRESSURE DROPCURVE

ARG-1500 THRUARG-3000

PRESSURE DROPCURVE

ARG SERIES(Bronze Castings)

ARG-S SERIES(#316 SS Castings)

#304-SS Non-Metallic Monel Basket Basket Basket Pipe Size A B C D E F G Weight Ratio* PkgARG-500-S ARG-500-P ARG-500 1/2" 6.38 4.50 5.25 1.50 1.00 1.07 3.50 3.50 54 1ARG-755-S ARG-755-P ARG-755 3/4" 6.38 4.50 5.25 1.50 1.00 1.07 3.50 3.50 54 1ARG-750-S ARG-750-P ARG-750 3/4" 8.38 4.50 5.25 1.50 1.00 1.07 5.50 3.70 36 1ARG-1000-S ARG-1000-P ARG-1000 1" 9.00 5.75 6.50 2.00 1.13 1.19 5.88 5.75 28 1ARG-1210-S ARG-1210-P ARG-1210 1-1/4" 9.19 5.75 6.50 2.00 1.13 1.19 5.88 6.10 18 1ARG-1250-S ARG-1250-P ARG-1250 1-1/4" 10.63 5.75 6.50 2.25 1.13 1.19 7.88 6.40 24 1ARG-1500-S ARG-1500-P ARG-1500 1-1/2" 11.38 7.25 7.75 2.50 - 1.00 6.50 9.60 20 1ARG-2015-S ARG-2015-P ARG-2015 2" 12.00 7.25 7.75 2.75 - 1.00 6.50 11.10 11 1ARG-2000-S ARG-2000-P ARG-2000 2" 14.00 7.25 7.75 2.75 - 1.00 8.00 12.20 14 1ARG-2515-S ARG-2515-P ARG-2515 2-1/2" 12.70 7.25 7.75 3.11 - 1.00 7.75 13.50 7 1ARG-2520-S ARG-2520-P ARG-2520 2-1/2" 14.64 7.25 7.75 3.11 - 1.00 8.00 13.50 9 1ARG-2500-S ARG-2500-P ARG-2500 2-1/2" 17.00 7.25 7.75 3.11 - 1.00 10.00 14.15 11 1ARG-3015-S ARG-3015-P ARG-3015 3" 13.25 7.25 7.75 3.51 - 1.00 6.50 15.00 5 1ARG-3020-S ARG-3020-P ARG-3020 3" 15.19 7.25 7.75 3.51 - 1.00 8.00 15.75 6 1ARG-3025-S ARG-3025-P ARG-3025 3" 17.37 7.25 7.75 3.51 - 1.00 10.00 16.50 8 1ARG-3000-S ARG-3000-P ARG-3000 3" 19.75 7.25 7.75 3.51 - 1.00 12.00 17.25 9 1

S TA INL ESS S TEEL MODELSARGS-500-S ARGS-500-P ARGS-500 1/2" 6.38 4.50 5.25 1.50 1.00 1.07 3.50 3.50 54 1ARGS-755-S ARGS-755-P ARGS-755 3/4" 6.38 4.50 5.25 1.50 1.00 1.07 3.50 3.50 54 1ARGS-750-S ARGS-750-P ARGS-750 3/4" 8.38 4.50 5.25 1.50 1.00 1.07 5.50 3.70 36 1ARGS-1000-S ARGS-1000-P ARGS-1000 1" 9.00 5.75 6.50 2.00 1.13 1.19 5.88 5.75 28 1ARGS-1210-S ARGS-1210-P ARGS-1210 1-1/4" 9.19 5.75 6.50 2.00 1.13 1.19 5.88 6.10 18 1ARGS-1250-S ARGS-1250-P ARGS-1250 1-1/4" 10.63 5.75 6.50 2.25 1.13 1.19 7.88 6.40 24 1ARGS-1500-S ARGS-1500-P ARGS-1500 1-1/2" 11.38 7.25 7.75 2.50 - 1.00 6.50 9.60 20 1ARGS-2015-S ARGS-2015-P ARGS-2015 2" 12.00 7.25 7.75 2.75 - 1.00 6.50 11.10 11 1ARGS-2000-S ARGS-2000-P ARGS-2000 2" 14.00 7.25 7.75 2.75 - 1.00 8.00 12.20 14 1ARGS-2515-S ARGS-2515-P ARGS-2515 2-1/2" 12.70 7.25 7.75 3.11 - 1.00 7.75 13.50 7 1ARGS-2520-S ARGS-2520-P ARGS-2520 2-1/2" 14.64 7.25 7.75 3.11 - 1.00 8.00 13.50 9 1ARGS-2500-S ARGS-2500-P ARGS-2500 2-1/2" 17.00 7.25 7.75 3.11 - 1.00 10.00 14.15 11 1ARGS-3015-S ARGS-3015-P ARGS-3015 3" 13.25 7.25 7.75 3.51 - 1.00 6.50 15.00 5 1ARGS-3020-S ARGS-3020-P ARGS-3020 3" 15.19 7.25 7.75 3.51 - 1.00 8.00 15.75 6 1ARGS-3025-S ARGS-3025-P ARGS-3025 3" 17.37 7.25 7.75 3.51 - 1.00 10.00 16.50 8 1ARGS-3000-S ARGS-3000-P ARGS-3000 3" 19.75 7.25 7.75 3.51 - 1.00 12.00 17.25 9 1

"Ratio" means the ratio of open filter basket area to cross-sectional pipe area.

NEW

SIZES

BRONZE MO DELS

Listed255D


PL-33PL-33


FEATURES■ Improved cylindrical filter basket■ Improved design secures filter basket under

all flow conditions.■ Greater filtering capacity than GROCO ARG or

SA model strainers.■ O-Rings seal all mating surfaces.■ Monel inside tie rod.■ Easy service is provided by the spin-off

wingnut.

■ Square hole in handle accepts standard ratchet.■ Space saving design with strainer and integral

seacock. ■ Just one component to install and just one bilge

location to access for winterization and maintenance.

■ No inside tie rods.■ Full flow ball valve with stainless steel ball and

stem.■ Strainer has screw on/off cap ■ #304 stainless steel filter basket.

MODEL PIPE SIZE A B C D E F G WEIGHT RATIO* PKGBVS-750 3/4" 10.75 10.13 3.05 5.38 4.75 3.83 2.50 6.75# 33:1 1BVS-1000 1" 11.25 10.25 4.13 6.50 6.25 4.35 3.50 11.33# 27:1 1BVS-1250 1-1/4" 14.88 14.00 4.13 6.50 6.25 4.35 3.50 11.75# 26:1 1BVS-1500 1-1/2" 15.00 13.75 5.25 8.00 8.00 5.50 4.50 16.75# 19:1 1"Ratio" means the ratio of open filter basket area to cross-sectional pipe area.Filter baskets have .077" (2mm) holes.Add suffix "FM" for 60-mesh fine-mesh filter basket insert. Other mesh counts are available by special order.

SD-S SERIES (#304 SS BASKET)SD Series (Monel Basket)

BVS SERIES

SD-S SERIES - HIGH CAPACITY STRAINER

BVS SERIES - BALL VALVE / STRAINER COMBINATION

#304 SS MONEL BASKET BASKET PIPE SIZE A B C D WEIGHT RATIO* PKG

SD-1500-S SD-1500 1-1/2" NPT 14.50 3.75 1.25 11.50 24.00# 36:1 1 SD-2000-S SD-2000 2" NPT 17.00 3.63 1.25 14.00 26.00# 22:1 1 SD-2500-S SD-2500 2-1/2" NPT 20.38 4.38 .25 16.00 36.00# 16:1 1 SD-3000-S SD-3000 3" NPT 22.38 4.50 .25 18.00 38.00# 13:1 1

"Ratio" means the ratio of open filter basket area to cross-sectional pipe area.Stainless steel or Monel filter baskets have .077" (2mm) holes.Add suffix "FM" for 60-mesh fine-mesh filter basket insert. Other mesh counts are available by special order. For ABS compliance add prefix "A" to specify #316 stainless steel enclosure to replace plastic sight glass. (ie: ASD-3000-S)

Listed255D




#304 SS Monel Basket Basket PIPE SIZE A B C D E F WEIGHT RATIO* PKGSA-500-S SA-500 1/2" NPT 7.75 2.25 4.00 1.75 .75 6.00 4.15# 54:1 1SA-750-S SA-750 3/4" NPT 9.63 2.25 4.00 1.75 .75 7.88 4.40# 36:1 1SA-1000-S SA-1000 1" NPT 10.50 2.75 5.00 1.88 1.00 8.62 6.92# 29:1 1SA-1250-S SA-1250 1-1/4" NPT 12.75 2.75 5.00 1.88 1.00 10.88 7.65# 25:1 1SA-1500-S SA-1500 1-1/2" NPT 13.75 3.25 6.25 2.63 1.00 11.12 12.25# 20:1 1SA-2000-S SA-2000 2" NPT 16.50 3.50 6.25 2.75 1.38 13.75 16.20# 14:1 1SA-2500-S SA-2500 2-1/2" NPT 18.75 3.75 6.25 3.38 1.38 15.38 18.40# 11:1 1SA-3000-S SA-3000 3" NPT 21.50 4.00 6.25 3.25 1.38 18.25 21.25# 9:1 1"Ratio" means the ratio of open filter basket area to cross-sectional pipe area.Model numbers listed above are standard #304 stainless steel filter basket. Drop suffix "S" for Monel.Stainless steel and Monel filter baskets have .077" (2mm) holes.Add suffix "FM" for 60-mesh fine-mesh filter basket insert. Other mesh counts are available by special order. For ABS standards compliance add prefix "A" to specify #316 stainless steel enclosure to replace the plastic sight glass (ie: ASA-1000).

FEATURES■ Standard with #304 stainless steel filter

basket. Monel is optional. ■ Monel Inside Tie Rod.■ Easy Service with spin-off wingnut■ Fine-mesh filter basket available.

■ Protect fresh water pumps from debris.■ White Nylon strainer head and clear

plastic sight glass. Glass unscrews for filter basket cleaning.

■ Mount bracket included.■ Use WSB for fresh water systems

(#304 SS Basket).■ Use WSB-P for salt-water use.■ Use WSB-P for continuous duty AC or

genset.

40-MESH NON- NPT A B WEIGHT PKG #304 SS METALLIC

WSB-500 WSB-500-P 1/2" 5.00 2.90 .38 4

WSB-750 WSB-750-P 3/4" 5.00 2.90 .40 4

WSB-1000 WSB-1000-P 1" 6.25 4.00 .90 6

WSB-1250 WSB-1250-P 1-1/4" 7.00 4.00 1.10 6

SA-S SERIES


SA-S SERIES

WSB SERIES - PUMP INLET STRAINERS

WSB SERIES#304 SS BASKET

WSB-P SERIESNON-METALLIC BASKET

Listed255D


PL-35PL-35

932 SERIES

THE CONCEPTFor equipment that must run continuously, 932 Series Vertical Duplex Raw Water Strainers represent the latest in dual strainer design. An integral valve enables the user to select which strainer is in service, enabling the other strainer to be serviced without shutting down the equipment.■ No Tie Rods or Gaskets■ Easy service with screw-on cap■ 304 SS baskets are standard; Monel

basket is available.


PIPE

MODEL SIZE A B C D E F WEIGHT RATIO

932-0500-00 1/2" - - - - - - - 54:1

932-0750-00 3/4" - - - - - - - 36:1

932-1000-00 1" 9.38 13.5 6.5 5.75 2.5 3.25 - 28:1

932-1250-00 1-1/4" 11.0 13.5 6.5 5.75 2.5 3.25 - 24:1 932-1500-00 1-1/2" 12.8 17.2 10.2 7.9 3.88 5.1 - 20:1 932-2000-00 2" 14.7 17.2 10.2 7.9 3.88 5.1 - 14:1

932-2500-00 2-1/2" 20.0 17.5 12.6 8.8 5.5 5.1 - 11:1

932-3000-00 3" 20.0 17.5 12.6 8.8 5.5 6.3 116# 9:1 932 Series Performance Chart (right) shows estimated pressure drop information calculated from product proto-types. Consult GROCO for up-to-date information.

VERTICAL DUPLEX WATER STRAINERS

• Ratio means the ratio of open filter basket area to cross-sectional pipe area• For compliance with ABS standards add prefix "A" to specify #316 stainless steel

enclosure in place of the plastic sight glass (ie: AVD-1000-S)• Add suffix "FM" for 60-mesh fine mesh filter basket insert. Other mesh count are

available by special order.

THE CONCEPTWhen engines or other connected equipment must run continuously, filter basket cleaning is made possible by the dual strainer design. An integral valve located between the strainers directs the flow to one filter chamber or the other. The in-use filter continues to protect your equipment while the filter not in use may be serviced.

#304 stainless steel filter baskets are standard; Monel filter baskets and fine mesh baskets are optional.

#304 SS MONEL PIPE SIZE BASKET BASKET NPT A B C D E F WEIGHT RATIO

VD-1000-S VD-1000 1" 10.00 13.00 6.75 2.63 3.50 3.25 22# 30:1 VD-1250-S VD-1250 1-1/4" 12.00 13.00 6.75 2.63 3.50 3.25 21# 25:1 VD-1500-S VD-1500 1-1/2" 14.50 16.00 8.00 3.63 6.50 5.1 46# 19:1 VD-2000-S VD-2000 2" 16.50 16.00 8.00 3.63 6.50 5.1 47# 14:1 VD-2500-S VD-2500 2-1/2" 17.50 17.50 8.00 3.63 7.75 5.1 54# 11:1

VD-S SERIES




F-SERIES

The installation of GROCO SEF or HSEF series strainers (or any other flanged equipment) can be simplified with the use of our bronze flange adaptors.

F-series adaptors match standard strainer flanges while permitting the use of NPT threaded pipe connection or a pipe-to-hose adaptor for hose connection.

4" (F-4000), 5" (F-5000) and 6" (F-6000) flange adaptors are available.

(RING GASKET IS INCLUDED)


MODEL ASEFWITH BRONZE ENCLOSURE,

4", 5", 6"

FEATURES

■ For high-powered engines with 4", 5" or 6" intake.

■ Cap and basket have replaceable zinc anode protection.

■ Low restriction for maximum cooling water flow.

■ No inside tie rods.■ Cover unscrews for easy filter

basket cleaning.■ O-rings seal all mating surfaces.■ All models can be converted to

Hydromatic® (self-cleaning) operation.

■ Improved cylindrical filter basket.■ #304-SS basket is standard with

.077” holes (.125” and .188” hole sizes are optional).

■ Monel basket is optional. ■ Bronze flange adaptors are

available for connecting pipe or hose to flanged strainers.

MODEL SEFWITH FLANGED PORTS

4", 5", 6"

MODEL SEWITH NPT THREADED PORTS

(4" ONLY)

FLANGE ADAPTOR

SE SERIES LARGE ENGINE STRAINERS

RATIO OF #304 SS MONEL PIPE MOUNT OPEN SCREEN AREA PKG BASKET BASKET CONNECTION BOLTS *WEIGHT TO PIPESE-4000 SE-4000-M 4" NPT 3/4 97# 10:1 1SEF-4000 SEF-4000-M 4" Flange 3/4 118# 10:1 1SEF-5000 SEF-500-M 5" Flange 3/4 134# 8.1:1 1SEF-6000 SEF-6000-M 6" Flange 3/4 147# 6.7:1 1 *Add 30 lbs. for bronze enclosure

Model numbers listed above are standard #304 stainless steel filter basket. Add suffix "M" for Monel (ie: SE-4000-M). Stainless steel or Monel filter baskets have .077" (2mm) holes. Add suffix "FM" for 60-mesh fine-mesh filter basket insert. Other mesh counts are available by special order. For ABS compliance add prefix "A" to specify bronze enclosure instead of the plastic sight glass. (ie: ASEF-6000).


PL-37PL-37

As raw water strainers do their job, their filter basket becomes clogged with debris and flow to the connected device is reduced, resulting in the need for system shut-down for cleaning and maintenance. Hydromatic® strainers eliminate untimely shut-downs and

maintenance by conducting a periodic self-cleaning cycle (the user selects the cleaning interval) with its powerful internal macerator. Debris is pumped overboard without shutting down the connected device.


HYDROMATIC® SELF-CLEANING STRAINERSU.S. PATENT NO. 5,830,366

THE CONCEPT

■ A 30-second cleaning cycle is automatically performed at user-selected intervals.

■ The "Purge" option over-rides the selected cleaning interval and performs a one-time 30-second cleaning cycle.

■ Powerful macerator grinds debris and discharges overboard below the waterline.

■ "Ignition Protected" motors for DC models.

COMMON FEATURES

■ AC models available in various HP and Phase options -- 115VAC, 60Hz, 1-phase is standard.

■ 970 and HSE models function as a sea chest to provide filtered water to multiple devices.

■ Installation can be horizontal or vertical (flooded inlet required).

■ HSE models are available with a bronze enclosure in place of clear sight glass. Specify AHSEF-(pipe size)-(voltage).

911-1000Provides filtered water to a single device and has 1" NPT ports for Water In, Water Out and Debris Out.

970-2020Provides filtered water to a single 1-1/2" or 2" device. Debris is pumped out through a 3/4" NPT port.

970-1500 Provides filtered water to multiple devices, and has a 1-1/2" NPT inlet port with multiple 1/2", 3/4" and 1" ports for connecting devices. Debris is pumped out through a 3/4" NPT port.

HSE Provides filtered water to 4", 5" or 6" device, or may be used as a sea chest to provide filtered water to multiple smaller devices. Debris is pumped out through a 1" NPT port.

970-1500 DIMENSIONS 970-2020 DIMENSIONS911 DIMENSIONS HSE DIMENSIONS





HYDROMATIC® SELF CLEANING STRAINERSU.S. PATENT NO. 5,830,366

HSE SAMPLE INSTALLATION

911 SAMPLE INSTALLATION


PL-39PL-39

Ratio of Open Area to Pipe Size BRONZE ALUMINUM MAX MODEL MODEL T-HULL A B C SCREWS PKG 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-14" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"

APHS-1250-1 APHS-1250-1 AL 1-1/4" 7.00 3.38 1.50 4 #10 4 18.1 8.1 4.5 2.9 - - - - - APHS-2000-1 APHS-2000-1 AL 2" 10.25 4.38 1.63 5 #10 4 51.2 22.8 12.8 8.2 5.7 3.2 - - - APHS-3000-1 APHS-3000-1 AL 3" 15.38 6.00 2.00 5 #10 2 119.3 53.0 29.8 19.1 13.3 7.5 4.7 3.3 - APHS-6000-1 APHS-6000-1 AL 4" 20.25 11.00 4.00 9 #12 2 288.8 128.3 367.8 46.2 32.1 18.1 11.6 8.0 4.5

Dimensions and ratios for aluminum models are identical to bronze models. Add suffix -AL for aluminum models.


THE CONCEPT

Access to the thru-hull fitting and seacock beneath GROCO hull strainers is made easy with the patented access door design. Now there is no need to remove the entire strainer to clear nuisance marine growth.

HULL STRAINERS WITH ACCESS DOORSPATENT NO. 6,009,823

ASC SERIES - SLOTTED HULL STRAINER

Aluminum models maybe welded or screwed to aluminum hulls.

RSC-2500-L

RSC ALUMINUM


ASC-1250 ASC-1250-AL 1-1/4" 7.00 3.38 1.50 4 #10 4 26.5 11.8 6.6 4.3 - - - - -

ASC-2000 ASC-2000-AL 2" 10.25 4.38 1.63 5 #10 4 61.1 27.2 15.3 9.8 6.8 3.8 - - -

ASC-3000 ASC-3000-AL 3" 15.38 6.00 2.00 5 #10 2 129.1 57.4 32.3 20.7 14.4 8.1 5.2 3.6 -

ASC-6000 ASC-6000-AL 4" 20.25 11.00 4.00 9 #12 2 324.5 144.2 81.1 51.9 36.1 20.3 13.0 9.0 5.1Dimensions and ratios for aluminum models are identical to bronze models. Add suffix -AL for aluminum models.

APHS SERIES - PERFORATED HULL STRAINER

APHS BRONZE

APHS ALUMINUM



RSC SERIES - ROUND HULL STRAINER

ASC BRONZE

ASCALUMINUM


RSC-1000 RSC-1000 AL 1" 3.63 0.56 - 4 #10 4 5.8 2.6 1.4 - - - - - - RSC-2000 RSC-2000 AL 2" 5.20 0.83 - 4 #10 4 15.0 6.7 3.8 2.4 1.7 0.9 - - - RSC-2500-L 2.5” 5.60 1.00 - 6 #10 4 161:1 10.6:1 6.0:1 3.8:1 2.6:1 - - - - RSC-4000 RSC-4000 AL 4" 9.00 1.30 - 4 #10 2 46.7 20.8 11.7 7.5 5.2 2.9 1.9 1.3 0.7Dimensions and ratios for aluminum models are identical to bronze models. Add suffix -AL for aluminum models.RSC-2500-L does not have an access door.





MODEL NPT SIZE A B C USE WITH SBV-P MODEL PKG BS-750 3/4" 1.88" 2.13" 2.00" - 1 BS-1000 1" 1.88" 2.13" 2.00" SBV-1250-P 1 BS-1250 1-1/4" 3.40" 3.63" 2.00" SBV-1500-P 1 BS-1500 1-1/2" 3.40" 3.63" 2.00" SBV-2000-P 1 BS-2000 2" 5.25" 3.63" 2.00" SBV-2500-P 1 BS-2500 2-1/2" 5.25" 3.63" 2.00" SBV-3000-P 1 BS-3000 3" 5.25" 3.63" 2.00" SBV-4000-P 1

Aluminum models may be welded or screwed to aluminum hulls. Mount the ring permanently. Fasten the strainer to the ring and remove as often as needed. Scoop-to-Ring fasteners are included.

■ Among the features of ARG, SS, SD and BVS series strainers are provisions on the strainer cap for the use of a spanner wrench to loosen the cap before or after maintenance. Hand-tight is sufficient for a good seal for GROCO strainers with threaded caps, but some boaters may prefer to "snug" the cover beyond hand-tight. NOTE: Do not use SW-2531 to tighten non-metallic caps.

■ Cast bronze with stainless steel pins to fit 1/4" and 5/16" holes

■ Opens to service deck plates or strainer caps with key holes up to 7" apart.

■ Hangs conveniently near the strainer(s) location.■ Package quantity is nine (9).

SW-2531 SPANNER WRENCH/DECK PLATE KEY

BS SERIES - BILGE STRAINERS

■ Use for preventing large debris in the bilge area from entering bilge pumps.

■ Ideal for use with GROCO SBV-P series Safety Seacock with side port.

■ Threaded NPT for use with straight or 90o pipe to hose adaptors.

SW-2531SPANNER WRENCH

BS BILGE STRAINER

SC BRONZE

SC ALUMINUM

SC SERIES

Specify SC-L forScoop without

mount ring

SC SERIES - SLOTTED STRAINER WITH MOUNT RING

BRONZE ALUMINUM MAX MODEL MODEL T-HULL A B C SCREWS PKG 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-14" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"

SC-1000 SC-1000 AL 1" 5.25 3.62 1.25 6 #10 2 13.4 6.0 3.3 - - - - - -

SC-1500 SC-1500 AL 1-1/2" 6.82 4.70 1.50 6 #10 2 20.2 9.0 5.0 3.2 2.2 - - - -

SC-2500 SC-2500 AL 2-1/2" 8.50 6.00 2.00 6 #10 2 36.0 16.0 9.0 5.8 4.0 2.2 1.4 - -

SC-4000 SC-4000 AL 4" 12.50 8.62 2.75 8 #10 2 109.0 48.4 27.2 17.4 12.1 6.8 4.4 3.0 1.7

Dimensions and ratios for aluminum models are identical to bronze models. Add suffix -AL for aluminum models.

Ratio of Open Area to Pipe Size


PL-41PL-412 GROCOy 2008 ❖❖ TOILETS & SANITATION

THE CONCEPT THE CONCEPT The SWEETTANKTM concept has been developed to stopodors in yacht and RV holding tanks without the use ofchemicals or filters. SWEETTANKTM is standardequipment on Thermopure-2y Type-I MSD (see Page 3),is optional in GROCOy Type-III MSD (see Page 4),and is offered in several retrofit kits to fit existingholding tanks.

HOW IT WORKSHOW IT WORKSAerobic and anaerobic bacteria coexist naturally in rawsewage, but it is the anaerobic bacteria that produceundesirable odors. By inducing a constant flow of airinto the holding tank through a submerged aerationtube, SWEETTANKTM produces an oxygen-richenvironment in which the anaerobic bacteria cannotthrive, thus eliminating unpleasant odors. The heart ofthe SWEETTANKTM system is a compact module thatoperates continuously to deliver air to the holding tankusing less than 3-watts of DC power. For yachts whereAC power is always available, an AC poweredSWEETTANKTM module is offered.

INSTALLATIONINSTALLATION

■■ SWEETTANKTM screws into a 1-1/2" NPT threadedfitting in the top or side of the tank.

■■ If the tank has no 1-1/2" NPT opening, aerationequipment is installed into a 2-1/2" hole cut in thetank top or side. All mounting hardware is included.

■■ STK-18 fits tanks up to 18" deep. ContactGROCOy for installation in tanksdeeper than 18".

OPTIONSOPTIONSThere are two ways in which to employ theSWEETTANKTM concept:

1. Install SWEETTANKTM into the top or the side of anyrigid holding tank. STK-18 fits tanks up to 18" deep.Models are available for deeper tanks (callGROCOy MSD Technical Service).

2. Install a complete ZDS series Type-III MSD. ZDS includes the holding tank, level monitor,macerator/discharge pump and SWEETTANKTM

(see Page-4).

VENT TOPORT AND STBD

SWEETTANKTM ODOR NEUTRALIZATION SYSTEMPATENTED

▲▲ MODEL STK-18MODEL STK-18

SWEETTANKSWEETTANK TMTM KIT RETAIL PACKAGE KIT RETAIL PACKAGE

▲ ▲




WASTE HOLDING TANK LEVEL MONITORS

TOILETS & SANITATION ❖❖ 2008 GROCOy 7

HVL AND PVL SERIES - VENTED LOOPSHVL AND PVL SERIES - VENTED LOOPS

THE CONCEPT THE CONCEPT

TLM Series uses simple and reliable technology (floats) toindicate tank level in fresh water or waste holding tanks.

FEATURES FEATURES

■■ The gasketed indicator panel is suitable for wet locationssuch as combination shower/head compartments. Thesending unit screws into any 1-1/2" NPT threaded tank-top opening.

■■ If there is no 1-1/2" NPT opening available, TLM can beinstalled into a 2-1/2" hole cut into the tank top.Installation hardware is included.

■■ Level indications are 1/4 full and 3/4 full.■■ A 20-amp momentary switch is provided to activate a

macerator pump.■■ Standard model (TLM-10) is for use in tanks 10" to 12"

deep. Custom lengths are available.

Specify TLM-XX (XX = tank depth in inches).

For 12V, 24V, or 32V DC systems.

IncludesIndicator Panel,

Wire Harness and Tank Sender

MODEL HVL IS FOR HOSE CONNECTIONS

MODEL PVL IS FOR PIPE CONNECTIONS

TLM LEVEL MONITOR

THE CONCEPTTHE CONCEPT

■■ Allows air to enter to break siphon, but does not permitair and odors to escape! Cap is threaded 1/2" NPT toaccept a barb fitting if you wish to vent overboard.

■■ Overboard venting is required if PVL or HVL series isused in an exhaust system.

■■ HVL and PVL series vented loops assure clog-free anti-siphon protection for sanitation or engine exhaustsystems. The oversized vent valve can easily beremoved for inspection or cleaning without tools.Mount Hardware is included.

▼ ▼

HVL-1000 ISSHOWNPACKAGED FORRETAIL SALE.

MODEL CONNECTION WEIGHT PKG

HVL-500 1/2" ID Hose 2.3# 2HVL-750 3/4" ID Hose 1.8# 2HVL-1000 1" ID Hose 2.0# 2HVL-1500 1-1/2" ID Hose 2.6# 2PVL-500 1/2" NPT 1.9# 2PVL-1000 1" NPT 2.5# 2PVL-1500 1-1/2" NPT 3.5# 2


CIRCULATING PUMPS

edson diAPHrAgm PumPs

DIAPHRAGM PUMP APPLICATIONS

Code AmpsMax

MaxFlow LPH

MaxHT. M

1' /.3m

3' / .9m

5' / 1.5m

7' / 2.1m

9' / 2.7m

11' / 3.3m

13' / 3.9m

15' / 4.5m

17' / 5.3m

CAL-MS225 .5 860 1.8 725 510 240 - - - - - -CAL-MS320 .7 1170 3.8 1040 970 880 760 620 - - - -CAL-MS580 1.3 2600 4.2 2400 2175 1950 1680 1375 1000 360 - -CAL-MS900 1.5 2800 4.8 2480 2290 2100 1880 1620 1330 1000 500 -

CAL-MS1200 1.9 3400 5.4 3100 2900 2680 2465 2200 1950 1620 1230 650

Our longtime customers rely on our stainless steel and bronze pumps, and once you've owned one, you'll know why. 5 different models with flow rates from 225 gph to 1,200 gph cover a wide variety of uses. All pumps in this series come with a one-year warranty and will provide trouble free use in fresh or salt water. You can even use it in hot water up to 45°C!

Features & Benefits• One year warranty• UL Listed for consumer confidence• Premium stainless steel and bronze construction for longevity• Six or twenty foot power cord for convenience• Suitable for fresh or salt water applications• Can be used in hot water applications up to 45°C• Extremely quiet operation• Use submerged or in open air• Corrosion resistant• 115 or 220 volt motors• Thermally protected• Optional Mounting Bracket Available (model MSUB OR MSUBM)• Operate horizontal or volute down• MS225 and MS320 have ½” MNPT intake and ¼” MNPT discharge• MS580, 900,1200 have ¾” MNPT intake and ½” MNPT discharge

230V - 50HZ PERfORMANCE

PL-43PL-43

Portable Pump in Sailboat Cockpit

As Black & Gray Water Handling PumpsUSING THE BEST EQUIPMENT WHEN PUMPING EFFLUENT MEANS YOU’RE LESS LIKELY TO COME INTO CONTACT WITH IT…Pumping sewage and wastewater on board a boat is never a pleasant undertaking. Why not make it easy on yourself and your crew? Use an Edson Manual Diaphragm Pump for small holding tanks and power models for yachts with large systems. Pumping sewage was the job Edson pumps were designed for nearly 150 years ago.

As Emergency Back-Up PumpsAN EDSON PUMP CAN EVEN OUTPERFORM A SCARED MAN WITH A BUCKET…Edson Manual Diaphragm Pumps will pump at an amazing 1-gallon per stroke. This fact combined with the self priming vacuum and large solids handling feature is why they are recognized by experienced sailors and sport fishermen as an absolute necessity for offshore passage making. The Portable Pump Kit provides unlimited flexibility for use in the cockpit and below decks. PRUDENT SAILORS KNOW THAT A MANUAL EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP IS A FIRST PRIORITY WHEN OUTFITTING A BOAT.

As Bilge PumpsPICK A PUMP, ANY PUMP...Edson manufactures the highest quality, most reliable and longest lasting bilge pump on the market. Manual or Power models, they all have large openings and straight through passages for dealing with large solids with virtually clog-proof operation. The powerful vacuum will suck a bilge dry from heights of over 12 ft (3.7 m). Simple, straight-forward design allows for easy maintenance while at sea.IF IT FLOWS THROUGH THE HOSE, IT GOES THROUGH THE PUMP.

Permanent Pump Mounted in Sailboat Bilge

MADE IN USA US COAST GUARD APPROVED



40 gPm diAPHrAgm PumPs


Portable Pump Kit Bag#275-31

Electric & Air Powered Pumps

Air & Electric 40 GPM Pumps are the most popular of all Edson Power Pumps due to the convenience, versatility and economy of the drives. The Air Powered Pumps require a compressed air source of 15 CFM at 85 PSI. The Electric Pumps are sold with one of two fixed speeds, a 30 cycle per/min. 20 GPM version or a 60 cycle per/min. 40 GPM version. Single-phase 120-volt motors are standard, but 3-phase 240-volt and 12 or 24-volt motors are optional.

Manual Pumps

Edson Gallon-a-Stroke Manual Pumps are available in four models with either side inlet or bottom inlet chambers and lever action or offset drive sockets. The choice of model is based on where you want to locate the pump on the boat. The Offset models were designed to be mounted behind a bulkhead or cockpit seat.Based on a 5’ suction lift and 2” discharge, they will pump 1 gallon per stroke. A comfortable pumping rate is 30 strokes per minute, equalling 30 GPM. For easy stand-up pumping, a 32” stainless steel handle is included.

Gallon-a-Stroke Portable Pump kitThe best insurance you can put on a boat

Edson 30 GPM Portable Pump Kits are complete pumping systems that include the #117AL Pump mounted on a Carrying Board with 32″ Handle. Quick Clamp Hose Fittings and a single 20′ length of hose. Regarded by experienced captains as the “Gold Standard” when it comes to emergency manual bilge pumps.

The Edson Diaphragm Pump has been used for over 140 years for bilge pumping, sewage collection, spill clean-up and oil collection. The Gallon-a-Stroke manual models are recognized as the industry standard for use as emergency pumps because of their high capacity, clog-free design, ease of use and robust construction. The 40 GPM powered models are setting the standard for sewage handling on the best built yachts. These pumps have also become the choice of dock masters for shore side pump out stations. The Edson 40 gallon per minute air and electric powered pumps feature superior construction, simplistic design, and dependability which will provide the buyer with many years of service.

Portable Pump Kit#165AL-30

Features & Benefits• One Gallon Per Stroke Manual Pumps.• Highest Capacity Manual Pump on the Market.• Built Tough for Years of Service.• Designed Simple for On Board Maintenance.• 40 GPM Electric and Air Powered Models.• Self Priming• 12’ (3.7m ) vertical lift.• Handles Solids up to 11⁄2”.• Large Flow Through Inlet and Discharge Passages for Virtual

Clog-Proof Operation.• Reinforced Diaphragms and Valves for Long Life (over

3,000,000 Cycles).• Marine Grade Bronze or Anodized Aluminium.• 11⁄2” or 2” NPT Ports

Electric Powered

Pump#120EL

Air Powered Pump

#120AC

Code Pump Type Material Suction, Discharge & Hose Size

Pump Weight

Kg

117AL Lever Action Side Inlet

Aluminium 1-1/2" NPT or2" NPT

6.3117BR Bronze 16.3554AL Offset Drive

Side InletAluminium 1-1/2" NPT or

2" NPT8.2

554BR Bronze 17.8638AL Lever-Action

Bottom InletAluminium 1-1/2" NPT or

2" NPT6.3

638BR Bronze 15.1557AL Offset Drive

Bottom InletAluminium 1-1/2" NPT or

2" NPT8.2

557BR Bronze 19120ELA Electric

PoweredAluminium 1-1/2" NPT or

2" NPT35.8

120ELB Bronze 44.1120ACA

Air PoweredAluminium 1-1/2" NPT or

2" NPT15.9

120ACB Bronze 26.8

165AL-30 Portable Pump Kit Aluminium 2" NPT 11.2


PL-45PL-45

18 gPm diAPHrAgm PumPs

ASk fOR AN EDSON CATALOGUE fOR MORE DETAILED PUMP INfO

Seat Riser#258

Offset DriveSide Inlet

#254

Lever ActionSide Inlet

#217

Electric Powered 18 GPM Pump

#220ELAir Powered

18 GPM Pump

#220AC

Code Pump Type Material Suction, Discharge & Hose Size

Pump Weight

Kg

217AL-150 Lever Action Side Inlet

Aluminium1-1/2" NPT

4.5217BR-150 Bronze 14.5254AL-125 Offset Drive

Side InletAluminium

1-1/2" NPT6.4

254BR-150 Bronze 15.9256AL-150 Vertical

MountAluminium

1-1/2" NPT4.5

256BR-150 Bronze 13.2258AL-150 Seat Riser Aluminium 1-1/2" NPT 4.5

220ELA-150 Electric Powered

Aluminium1-1/2" NPT

37.2220ELB-150 Bronze 40.3220ACA-150

Air PoweredAluminium

1-1/2" NPT17.3

220ACB-150 Bronze 12.3165AL-18-150 Portable

Pump KitAluminium

1-1/2" NPT3.6

165BR-18-150 Bronze 8.6

Manual Pumps

Manual 18 GPM Pumps are offered to facilitate installa-tion based on where you want to locate the pump on the boat. The Offset Pump #254 facilitates mounting the pump behind a bulkhead, the Vertical Mount Pump #256 allows mounting the pump on a wall and the #258AL is ideal for mounting behind a seat riser in the cockpit. An 18”Aluminum handle comes with every pump. A 32”/81cm stainless steel handle is optional.

Electric & Air Powered Pumps

Air & Electric 18 GPM Pumps are the most popular of all Ed-son Power Pumps due to the convenience, versatility and economy of the drives. The Air Powered Pumps require a compressed air source of 8 CFM at 85 PSI. The Electric Pumps are sold with one of two fixed speeds, a 30-cycle per/min. 10 GPM version or a 60-cycle per/min. 20 GPM version. Both come standard with a 1/2 HP single-phase 120-volt motor, 3-phase 240-volt and 12 or 24-volt motors are optional.

18 GPM Portable Pump kit

Edson 18 GPM Portable Pump Kits are complete pumping systems that include the #217 Side Inlet Pump mounted on a Carrying Board with 32” Handle, Quick Clamp Hose Fittings and a single 20’(6m) length of 11⁄2” hose supplied for optimum configuration by customer.

18 GPM Portable Pump Kit#165BR-18

Features & Benefits• 18 GPM at 46 Strokes Manual Pumps.• Up to 18 GPM Electric and Air Powered Pumps.• Self -Priming from Dry Starts to • 15 vertical feet (4.6 meters). • Handles Solids up to 1 Inch.• 11⁄2” Flow-Through Inlet and Discharge Passages for Virtual

Clog-Proof Operation.• All Models are Available for

11⁄2 “ NPT Ports.• Available in Marine-Grade Bronze and Anodized Aluminium.• Reinforced Diaphragms and Valves for Long Life (over

3,000,000 Cycles).• Built Tough for Years of Service• Designed Simple for On Board Maintenance.

Edson 18 GPM Diaphragm Pumps are a smaller version of the famous Edson 40 GPM Pumps and are designed to be used as bilge pumps or general purpose pumps aboard yachts or workboats. The manual pumps are excellent for installations in shallow bilges or small lockers. They will pump 18 GPM at a comfortable 45 strokes per minute and are offered in four versions to accommodate different locations on the boat. The electric and air power pumps are used for all the same applications as the larger 40 GPM Pumps: bilge pumping, sewage transfer, spill clean up, oil collection, and pump out of sumps, holding tanks and gas tanks. They require a little less space, are lighter and pump up to 18 GPM. All pump models are available in 356-T6 Anodized Aluminium or Marine-Grade Bronze with Stainless hardware.




for performance and reliability

(but not looks) we recommend the

Paragon Senior for boats over 45ft.

Available with 12V, 24V DC and 230/50

AC Motors

SERIOUS WATER PUMPS COST SERIOUS MONEyGroco is one of the best known US manufacturers of marine plumbing fittings, pumps, strainers and waste handling systems.

Their PARAGON SENIOR Pressure pump is not pretty to look at but makes up for its looks with performance.

Its DC motors are 1/3rd HP, Commercially rated, coupled with a bronze pump head with dual Teflon impellers. Requires a 50 amp breaker, and draws about 30 amps at 12 volts.

Minimum recommended inlet hose size is 1” (3/4” is ok if the draw line is short)

• Pressure output up to 50 psi (3.4 bar).

• Flow output up to 40 litres per minute.

• Draw head can be up to 10 ft• It will run up to 6 taps.• Built-in “Dry Tank” Shutdown after 9

minutes.• Includes Pressure Switch mounted on separate manifold.

MSA has accepted as emergency Fire Pump. Surveyor approval should be confirmed.

We have never seen or heard of a motor failure. The pump head is fully dismountable and serviceable by DYI.

Believe it or not, the Paragon Senior has been around for over 20 years, with just minor changes with pressure switch development.

PArAgon senior WATer PumP


PL-47PL-47

WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS ❖ ❖ 2008 GROCOy 9

Large YachtPressure System Paragon SeniorParagon Senior (( PSRPSR ))

Large Yacht ParallelPressure System Parallelagon Parallelagon (( PPARAR ))

Paragon JuniorParagon Junior (( PJRPJR ))Paragon JuniorParagon Junior withwith

Mid-Size Yacht 1-gallon T1-gallon Tank ank (( PJR-APJR-A ))Pressure Systems Paragon Junior withParagon Junior with

Integral TIntegral Tankank (( PJR-BPJR-B ))WSG-1WSG-1

Dry-Tank ProtectionSystem for Pumps NOFLONOFLOTMTM




10 GROCOy 2008 ❖❖ WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS

MODEL YACHT PRESSURE MAX UL/CE INCLUDES SELF BREAKERSIZE RANGE GPM PRESSURE TANK PRIMING

WSG-1 Up to 40 20-40 3.5 No 1-Gallon Yes 15 @ 12VPJR-A Up to 50 20-40 7.0 Yes 1-Gallon Yes 30 @ 12VPJR-B Up to 50 20-40 7.0 Yes 2-Gallon Yes 30 @ 12VPSR (DC) Over 50 30-50 11.0 Yes Order Separately Yes 50 @ 12VPSR (AC) Over 50 30-50 11.0 No Order Separately Yes 50 @ 12V400-0004 Over 50 30-50 11.0 No Order Separately Yes 50 @ 12V

LISTED524F

DC MODELS ONLY

■■ Powerful 2-stage rotarypump.

■■ AC models available.

■■ Pressure gauge and1" strainer included.

■■ Patented NOFLOTM

Dry-run protection.

■■ Order PST tankseparately.

■■ Compact and powerful 2-stage rotary pump is tank-mounted, so installation iseasy.

■■ Pressure gauge and 3/4"strainer included.

■■ Patented NOFLOTM Dry-runprotection.

■■ Compact and powerful 2-stage rotary pump.

■■ Pressure gauge and 3/4"strainer included.

■■ Patented NOFLOTM Dry-runprotection.

■■ Order Model PJR for pump without the tank.NOTE: Tank is required forwater pressure systemapplication.

■■ Positive displacementgear pump.

■■ Smooth, quietoperation.

■■ 3/8" NPT inlet.

■■ Low AMP draw.

WSG-1WSG-1

PSR SERIESPSR SERIES

LISTED524F

WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS

PJR SERIESPJR SERIES

LISTED524F

PUMP ONLY

PJR-B SERIESPJR-B SERIES


PL-49PL-49

▲ PARALLELAGON SAMPLE INSTALL

▲ PARALLELAGON HORIZONTAL DIMENSIONS ▲ PARALLELAGON VERTICAL DIMENSIONS

THE CONCEPTBig yachts demand bigperformance andrequire on-line back-upfor all systems, plus theversatility to providethe conveniences ofhome, whether theyare underway or at berth.PARALLELAGON answers thecall with the first parallel pumpssystem, complete with a solid-state control system andpatented NOFLOTM dry run protection.

Depending on the voltage present, either an AC pump or aDC pump provides uninterrupted operation, withoutactuating valves,switches or circuit breakers, and regardless ofthe available voltage. If AC power is present, the AC pumpoperates; if AC power is not present, the DC pump operates.The system control determines which voltage is present, andwhich pump to operate.

PAR HORIZONTAL

FORMAT

PTH1000

1000PTH

NO

FLO

PRES

SURE

SW

ITC

H

FEATURES

■■ Vertical (PAR-V) andhorizontal (PAR) layouts areoffered to meet your specific installationspace availability.

■■ One �ignition protected�pressure controloperates both pumps

■■ Patented NO-FLOTM dry-run protection systemprotects both pumps.

■■ Simplified plumbing - one inlet and one outletconnects PARALLELAGON to the vessel watersystem.

■■ Inlet strainer and oil-filled pressure gauge areincluded.

■■ Available with any combination of:DC 12V, 24V, 32VAC 115V, 230V, 50 Hz or 60 Hz

HOW TO ORDER

PARVVERTICALFORMAT

WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS ❖ ❖ 2008 GROCOy 11

PARALLELAGONPARALLEL PUMPS SYSTEM FOR LARGE YACHTS




12 GROCOy 2008 ❖❖ WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS

NOFLOTM DRY-TANK PROTECTION FOR PUMPS(PATENTED)

▲ NOFLOTM SAMPLE INSTALLATION FORAIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS

HOW IT WORKSThe conductivity of water is utilized to recognizethe presence or absence of water. The controltranslates the information received from theNOFLOTM sensor, and either permits the pump torun, or disables it.

In the event of a shutdown, pump operation is notautomatically re-started, but may be resumed onlyafter the cause for the interruption of flow has beenresolved, and the control reset by brieflyinterrupting power at the breaker panel.

The NOFLOTM control module operates on any DCinput from 12V to 32V, and has an internal relaythat will provide power to a DC pump motor (20amps max@12VDC). AC pumps require anadditional relay or solenoid.

NOFLOTM may be used with or without external pumpcontrol (pressure switch or on-off switch).

Maximum water temperature is 240o F.

MODEL DIAMETER LENGTH MOUNTING PLUMBING DRAWDOWN MAX PSIPST-1 8.0" 12.63" Straps 3/4" NPT 1.0 gallon 100PST-2 11.0" 14.00" Straps 3/4" NPT 2.5 gallons 100PST-3A 15.4" 19.25" Stand 3/4" NPT 5.5 gallons 100PST-4 15.4" 24.00" Stand 1" NPT 7.0 gallons 100PST-5 15.4" 31.63" Stand 1" NPT 10 gallons 100PST-6 10.0" 17.10" Stand 3/4" NPT 2.5 gallons 100

THE CONCEPTA pneumatic pressure charge, matched to the pump cut on pressureprevents waterlogging by separating the air charge from system waterpressure with a rubber bladder. The result is smooth pressure delivery,even temperature mix in showers, and reduced pump cycling. Tanksmay be mounted in any position, and anywhere in the cold waterplumbing after the pump. PST tanks may be used for fresh or salt water.Mount hardware is included. PST-6 has a pump stand for mounting PJR,WSC-60 or WSC-80 pump.

PST SERIES - PRESSURE STORAGE TANKS

PlumbingModel NPT On-Off Control

NOFLO-7500 3/4" Any NC Pressure Switch or Toggle Switch

NOFLO-1000 1" Any NC Pressure Switch or Toggle Switch

THE CONCEPTMost pumps depend on the water being pumped forseal lubrication and impeller protection, and pressurepumps are controlled by a pressure switch that relies onthe presence of water to deliver flow and pressure.When an interruption to the supply of water occurs,none of these functions work as intended, and if leftundetected the pump is likely to run continuously,resulting in drained batteries, pump damage, or both.

Standard equipment on Paragon Junior, Paragon Seniorand Parallelagon pumps, NOFLOTM is a patented systemdesigned to recognize an interruption to the flow ofwater to your pump of greater than 30-secondsduration, and to safely shut off the pump. There are nomoving parts or probes into the water path, andNOFLOTM works with any pump type (centrifugal, vane,rotary, etc.), or any pump material (bronze, stainlesssteel, plastic, etc.).

PST-3A, PST-4AND PST-5

PST-1 AND PST-2


PL-51PL-51

Utility Use, Fuel Transfer, Oil Change Kits

GEAR PUMPS Utility Use and Deck Wash Kits

VANE PUMPS Marine & Automotive CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS Rotary Pumps & Kits ROTARY PUMPS

Pumps & Accessories BILGE PUMP ACCESSORIES

Oil Change Systems

P U M P S & A C C E S S O R I E S ❖ 2011 GROCOy 33




34 GROCOy 2011 ❖ P U M P S & A C C E S S O R I E S

oil CHAnge sysTems


PL-53PL-53

At the heart of GROCO’s U-Lube systems is a powerful gear pump that delivers an honest 3-plus GPM. All models have dry-run protection, touchpad control, a plumbing schematic to tell you what hose goes where, and a handy maintenance log. Choose the model with the number of valves you need, that fits the available space. A complete assortment of oil pan adaptors and related fittings and valves is offered to complete your installation.

U-LUBE OIL CHANGE SYSTEMS


STOP EMPTY FILL

OFF

RESET

OPEN

CLOSE

G-4, G-5, and G-6 are covered (except for the valves), and offer a slim mount footprint. Touch-pad control and over-current protection are cover-mounted.

GHSN is not covered and may be ordered with any number of valves. Touch-pad control and over-current protection are mounted behind the pump and motor.

G-3 is covered (except for the valves), for a clean engine room appearance, and offers a compact mount footprint. Touch-pad control and over-current protection are cover-mounted.

GHS is completely covered, and features hinged-door access, with a magnetized lid to conceal and protect valves and touch-pad controls.

ADAPTOR # OIL PAN THREAD OPD-10 1/2"-12 UNFOPD-11 M18 X 1.50OPD-12 M22 X 1.50 OPD-13 M24 X 2.00OPD-14 M25 X 1.50OPD-15 M26 X 1.50OPD-16 M27 X 2.00OPD-17 M30 X 1.50OPD-18 M30 x 2.00

ADAPTOR # OIL PAN THREAD OPD-01 3/4"-16 UNFOPD-02 7/8"-14 UNFOPD-03 7/8"-18 UNFOPD-04 3/4"-14 NPTOPD-05 1"-11.5 NPTOPD-06 1"-18 UNSOPD-07 1-1/16"-12 UNFOPD-08 1-1/8"-12 UNFOPD-09 1-5/16"-12 UNF




POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMPSGPB SERIES and SPO SERIES

GP-1 FLOW

GP-1 AMPS

PSI

50

GPM

45

40

35

30

15

20

25

10

5

1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0.5

2AMPS @ 13VDC

3.5

4 6 8 10 12 1614 18 20 2422 2826

SPO-60-NSPO-80-N

SPO-60-RSPO-80-R

SPO-60-RRSPO-80-RR

SPO-60-RTSPO-80-RT

GROCO Gear Pumps are self-priming, are instantly reversible, and are capable of operation in either direction. Relatively low flow (less than vane pumps) makes them suitable for duties such as deck-wash, fuel transfer, ballast transfer, and oil change. All models have an ignition protected motor and #316 stainless steel shaft, and are available in models that provide reversing (R), remote reversing (RR), and reversing with touchpad (RT) control options.

MODEL SELF-PRIMING PORTS CONTROL TYPE INCLUDEDSPO-N Yes 1/2“ NPT + GH Adaptors NoneSPO-R Yes 1/2“ NPT + GH Adaptors Pump Mounted Reversing SwitchSPO-RR Yes !/2” NPT + GH Adaptors Remove Momentary Reversing Rocker SwitchSPO-RT Yes !/2” NPT + GH Adaptors Pump Mounted Touch PadGPB-1 Yes 3/8” NPT None GPBR-1 Yes 3/8” NPT Pump Mounted Reversing SwitchGPRR-1 Yes 3/8” NPT Remote Momentary Reversing Rocker SwitchGPBRT-1 Yes 3/8” NPT Pump Mounted Touch Pad

GPB-1 GPBR-1 GPRR-1 GPBRT-10

GROCO Vane Pumps are self-priming, are instantly reversible, and are capable of operation in either direction. Relatively high flow (more than gear pumps) makes them suitable for general purpose duties such as deck-wash, bilge pumping (filtered inlet), fuel transfer, ballast transfer, and oil change. All models have an ignition protected motor and #316 stainless steel shaft, and are available in models that provide reversing (R), remote reversing (RR), and reversing with touchpad (RT) control options. SPO-80 series vane pumps have a more powerful motor and are better suited for long run-time or head pressure greater than 20 PSI.

36 GROCO® 2011 ❖ P U M P S & A C C E S S O R I E S


PL-55PL-55

C-60 AND C-80 SAMPLE INSTALLATIONC-60 AND C-80 DIMENSIONS

TRANSFER KITS / DECK WASH KITS350 Series, C-60 and C80

GROCOy C-60 and C-80 deck wash kits deliver flow and pressure on demand for tough anchor wash and deck wash jobs. Vane Pumps provide greater performance than diaphragm or flexible impeller pumps. C-60 AND C-80 DECK WASH KITS come complete with Spray Nozzle

(PGN-50) and Check Valve (CV-75)


350 SERIES TRANSFER KITS

Boats with multiple fuel or water tanks occasionally have the need to transfer from one tank to another. Common problems with such a system have been siphoning of the transferred fluid back to the original tank, and loss of pump prime. GROCO 350 Series Transfer Kits utilize check valves to address both problems, so once the fluid is where you want it, it stays where you want it.

System control is commanded easily from the helm with the switching system provided.

One-way and two-way systems are offered, powered by your choice of GROCO GP-1 gear pump, SPO-60 vane pump or SPO-80 vane pump. Refer to Page 36 for performance data.

Mount board included.

Model Description Plumbing

350-0501-XX 1-WAY GEAR PUMP TRANSFER KIT 1/2” NPT

350-0502-XX 2-WAY GEAR PUMP TRANSFER KIT 1/2” NPT

350-0601-XX 1-WAY VANE PUMP TRANSFER KIT 1/2” NPT




*XX = VOLTAGE

C60 -C80 DECK WASH KITSFEATURES■ Saltwater nozzle is included.■ Up to 6.5GPM (C-60) or 7.5GPM (C-80) in the 20-40 PSI

pressure range.■ "Ignition Protected" Permanent magnet ball bearing

motor has #316 SS shaft.■ Continuous duty shaft seal.■ C-80 has replaceable motor brushes.




■ 17 GPM flow is ideal for baitwell circulation or any onboard pumping job that needs high GPM flow but relatively low pressure.

■ Inlet is threaded 3/4" NPT. ■ Discharge is threaded 1/2” NPT

inside. Garden Hose Adaptor is included.

■ Motor is "Ignition Protected" and has a #316SS shaft.

■ Continuous duty mechanical shaft seal.

CENTRIFUGALSMARINE - OVERVIEW

■ CP-30 is identical to CP-20 except that is offers externally replaceable motor brushes.

■ No-rust plastic base.■ Inlet is threaded 3/4" NPT. ■ Discharge is threaded 1/2” NPT

inside. Garden hose adaptor is included.

■ Continuous-duty shaft seal and "Ignition Protection" motor with #316 SS shaft.

■ Universal mount bracket allows 360o pump rotation.

■ Combines CP-20 performance with full submersibility.

■ Inlet is threaded 3/4" NPT. ■ Discharge is threaded 1/2” NPT

inside. Garden Hose Adaptor is included.

■ "Ignition Protected" ball bearing motor.

■ Combines CP-20 performance with a light weight non-metallic pump.

■ No-rust plastic base.■ Inlet and outlet are threaded for

garden hose or for 1" ID hose.■ Continuous-duty

"Ignition Protection" motor with #316 SS shaft.

■ Continuous-duty shaft seal.

Centrifugals are silent running pumps that are simple to service and operate, and will handle small solids without pump damage. They provide high GPM flow but relatively low pressure. Years of trouble-free service can be expected without servicing filters or check valves. Centrifugals will not self-prime; a flooded inlet is required. RETAIL PACKAGING

CP-20

CB-10

CP-20-S AND CP-30-S

CP-30



PL-57PL-57

CENTRIFUGALSINDUSTRIAL AND AUTOMOTIVE - OVERVIEW

CP-20-BBWA

■ Bronze construction.■ #316 SS motor shaft.■ Continuous-duty face seal.■ Inlet and outlet are 1/2" NPT.■ "Ignition Protected" ball bearing

motor.■ Metal Base.

■ Bronze construction.

■ #316 SS motor shaft.■ Continuous-duty face seal.■ Inlet is 3/4" NPT; outlet is

1" ID hose barb.■ "Ignition Protected" ball bearing

motor.■ Metal Base.

■ Non-corroding plastic pump housing.

■ #400 series SS motor shaft.

■ Continuous-duty face seal.

■ Inlet and outlet for 1" ID hose.

■ Metal Base,

CP-30-BB

Centrifugals are silent running and easy to service. Long-life motor brushes are used for anticipated continuous-duty operation. Construction is suitable for non-explosive chemical environments such as engine coolant circulation, typically a 50/50 mixture of ethylene glycol and water at temperatures as high as 200O F.

200-0006

CP-20-BB AND CP-30 BB

CP-20-BBC

CP-20-BB

■ Inlet and outlet for 1" ID hose.■ Bronze construction.■ #316 SS motor shaft.■ Continuous-duty face seal.■ Angled inlet and outlet for

1" ID hose keep hoses low to the floor.

■ "Ignition Protected" ball bearing motor.

■ Metal Base.





P-9000 DIMENSIONS

THE CONCEPTPJRW and PSRW are comprised of a P-9000 pump and a drive motor, and must be turned on and off by the user, usually with a foot switch or a toggle switch located near the pump. The most common application is for high pressure anchor washdown. No controls, plumbing or dry running protection is included, thus these are the responsibility of the user. Performance is shown in the "P-9000 Performance With Water" graph.

PSRO is comprised of a P-9000-1 pump and a drive motor that includes a reversing switch to change the direction of flow. Oil change and fuel transfer are the most common applications. No plumbing or dry running protection is included, thus these are the responsibility of the user. Performance may be calculated from the "P-9000 Performance With Water" graph; P-9000-1 GPM flow will be approximately 75% of P-9000 flow while 50% greater PSI pressure may be achieved.

ROTARY PUMP KITS

P-9000 and P-9000-1 ROTARY PUMPS

PSRO OR PSRW

PGN-50 SALT WATER NOZZLE

■ The original - the nozzle from which all others are copied.

■ Non-corroding plastic nozzle with stainless steel return spring will outlast ordinary hardware store nozzles.

■ PGN-50 is standard equipment with C-60 and C-80 deck wash kits.

THE CONCEPTImproved pump design has screw-on seal end cap. P-9000 and P-9000-1 are two-stage self-priming positive displacement pumps. Their construction (bronze, stainless steel, Teflon\ and Delriny) makes them suitable for pumping nearly any non-flammable and non-explosive fluid with low solids content. (Use a GROCOy WSB series strainer if solids are likely to be encountered in the fluid being pumped). External drive is required (1750 RPM max) either direct or with pulley and belt.

The difference between P-9000 and P-9000-1 is the impeller and cam design. P-9000 is for applications where occasional dry running may be encountered. P-9000-1 is for lower GPM, higher PSI applications when dry running is not likely.P-9000 OR P-9000-1 PUMPS

MODEL USE FOR BREAKER LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT WEIGHT PKG COMMENT PJRW 12V Deck Wash 30-amp 8.50" 8.25" 4.50" 13.0# 1 Uses P-9000 PJRW 24V Deck Wash 15-amp 8.50" 8.25" 4.50" 13.0# 1 Uses P-9000 PSRO 12V Oil Change 50-amp 20.50" 5.50" 8.25" 37.0# 1 Uses P-9000-1 PSRO 24V Oil Change 30-amp 20.50" 5.50" 8.25" 37.0# 1 Uses P-9000-1 PSRO 115VAC Oil Change 10-amp 20.50" 5.50" 8.25" 37.0# 1 Uses P-9000-1 PSRW 12V Deck Wash 50-amp 20.50" 5.50" 8.25" 37.0# 1 Uses P-9000 PSRW 24V Deck Wash 30-amp 20.50" 5.50" 8.25" 37.0# 1 Uses P-9000 PSRW 115VAC Deck Wash 10-amp 20.50" 5.50" 8.25" 37.0# 1 Uses P-9000

PUMP ACCESSORIESAS-100 BILGE PUMP SWITCH

■ Switch turns bilge pump off and on by sensing changes in pressure (caused by rising or falling bilge water level) in its air tube. No floats to stick or fill with water.

■ Approximate levels are "ON" at 2-3/4" of bilge level and "OFF" at 1".

■ Use with a pump that draws up to 10-amps running continuously or up to 20-amps running intermittently.


S E A T I N G & T A B L E S

ST-1


THe voyAger Helm CHAir

features include:• Full Stainless Steel & Alloy Frame for Strength, Lightness

and durability.• Lift-up armrests for easy access.• Gas spring assist reclining system for smooth and easy operation.• Removable seat cushion for accessing & maintaining the slider and pedestal system• All stainless steel is polished to a stunning mirror finish.• Also available without headrest and with a low back.

The Voyager luxury helm chair includes gas assist recline, lift up arms rests and a stainless steel frame. This Helm chair can be upholstered in Vinyl, Synthetic Leather or Full Leather Hide.

Available in wide range of colours.



ST-2 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz

The Admiral includes an in-seat suspension system that reduces shocks.

AdmirAl Helm CHAir

features include:• All aluminium construction• Seat comes standard with Ultra Leather material• 300 mm footprint bottom mount• 100 mm ‘telescoping’ pole for quick height adjustment• Easy forward and back slide with multiple locking positions• Swivel with multiple locking positions• Easy lift and stow footrest• In-seat suspension system: designed specifically for boaters, and it comes standard

with the Admiral Helm Chair. This system provides a level of comfort that, until now, was simply not possible. It ensures, the ultimate in comfort and safety and is a major advancement in the design of marine seating.

So-Pac Marine introduces the ADMIRAL, the newest addition to its quality line of Helm Chair marine seating

HC44000-UL


ST-3

• Powder coated steel frame with recliner mechanism• Moulded foam seat cushion• Moulded foam arm rests• Molded foam adjustable headrest - optional• (shown with headrest.)• Morbern Allante vinyl upholstery• Under seat-bottom upholstery cover• Aluminium Mounting Plate

Height Overall

Height of

Back

WidthOverall

WidthBetweenArmrests

DepthOverall

Depthof

Seat

Turning Radius

597 - 553 - 584 - -Pilot

• Powder coated steel frame with recliner mechanism• Moulded foam seat cushion• Moulded foam arm rests• Optional boulded foam adjustable headrest (not pictured)• Morbern Allante vinyl upholstery• Under seat-bottom upholstery cover• Aluminium mounting plate

Height Overall

Height of

Back

WidthOverall


DepthOverall

Depthof

Seat

Turning Radius

597 - 533 - 584 - -fIRSTMATE

CODE DESCRIPTIONHC20000-AL Firstmate, Vinyl Upholstery

HC21000-AL Firstmate, H/Rest, Vinyl Upholstery

HC22000-AL Firstmate 11, W/Body c/w Vinyl Upholstery

HC22100-AL Firstmate 11, W/Body, H/Rest c/w Vinyl Upholstery

CODE DESCRIPTIONHC41000-AL Pilot, H/Rest, Vinyl Upholstery

HC41070-AL Pilot, H/Rest, Vinyl Upholstery c/w Leather Face/Accents

HC41000-UL Pilot, H/Rest, ULeather Upholstery

HC41200-AL Pilot, H/Rest, SL Arms, Vinyl Upholstery

HC41270-AL Pilot, H/Rest, SL Arms, Vinyl c/w Leather Face/Accents

HC41200-UL Pilot, H/Rest, SL Arms, ULeather Upholstery

HC41300-AL Pilot, SS Frame, Vinyl Upholstery

HC41370-AL Pilot, SS Frame, Vinyl c/w Leather Face/Accents

HC41300-UL Pilot, H/Rest SS Frame, ULeather Upholstery

PILOT

fIRSTMATE




HC3000-AL Skipper helm chair on VSP100-A600 adjustable pedestal

with SP slide and adjustable footrest

• Powder coated steel frame with recliner mechanism• Moulded foam seat cushion• Moulded foam arm rests• Moulded foam adjustable headrest - optional (image shown with

headrest.)• Morbern Allante vinyl upholstery• Under seat-bottom upholstery cover• Aluminium Mounting Plate

CODE DESCRIPTIONHC30000-AL Skipper, No H/Rest, Vinyl UpholsteryHC30070-AL Skipper, No H/Rest, Vinyl c/w Leather Face/Accents

HC30000-UL Skipper, No H/Rest, ULeather UpholsteryHC30200-AL Skipper, No H/Rest SL Arms, Vinyl UpholsteryHC30270-AL Skipper, No H/Rest SL Arms, Vinyl c/w Leather

Face/Accents HC30200-UL Skipper, No H/Rest, ULeather UpholsteryHC30300-AL Skipper, No H/Rest, SS Frame, Vinyl UpholsteryHC30370-AL Skipper, No H/Rest, SS Frame, Vinyl c/w Leather

Face/AccentsHC30300-UL Skipper, No H/Rest, SS Frame, ULeather

UpholsteryHC31000-AL Skipper, H/Rest, Vinyl UpholsteryHC31070-AL Skipper, H/Rest, Vinyl c/w Leather Face/AccentsHC31000-UL Skipper, H/Rest, ULeather UpholsteryHC31200-AL Skipper, H/Rest, SL Arms, Vinyl UpholsteryHC31270-AL Skipper, H/Rest, SL Arms, Vinyl c/w Leather Face/

AccentsHC31200-UL Skipper H/Rest, SL Arms, ULeather UpholsteryHC31300-AL Skipper, H/Rest, SS Frame, Vinyl UpholsteryHC31370-AL Skipper, H/Rest, SS Frame, Vinyl c/w Leather Face/

AccentsHC31300-UL Skipper, H/Rest, SS Frame, ULeather Upholstery

Height Overall

Height of

Back

WidthOverall


DepthOverall

Depthof

Seat

Turning Radius

597 - 553 - 584 - -

SkIPPER


ST-5

CODE DESCRIPTIONHC30000-AL Skipper, No H/Rest, Vinyl UpholsteryHC30070-AL Skipper, No H/Rest, Vinyl c/w Leather Face/Accents

HC30000-UL Skipper, No H/Rest, ULeather UpholsteryHC30200-AL Skipper, No H/Rest SL Arms, Vinyl UpholsteryHC30270-AL Skipper, No H/Rest SL Arms, Vinyl c/w Leather

Face/Accents HC30200-UL Skipper, No H/Rest, ULeather UpholsteryHC30300-AL Skipper, No H/Rest, SS Frame, Vinyl UpholsteryHC30370-AL Skipper, No H/Rest, SS Frame, Vinyl c/w Leather

Face/AccentsHC30300-UL Skipper, No H/Rest, SS Frame, ULeather

UpholsteryHC31000-AL Skipper, H/Rest, Vinyl UpholsteryHC31070-AL Skipper, H/Rest, Vinyl c/w Leather Face/AccentsHC31000-UL Skipper, H/Rest, ULeather UpholsteryHC31200-AL Skipper, H/Rest, SL Arms, Vinyl UpholsteryHC31270-AL Skipper, H/Rest, SL Arms, Vinyl c/w Leather Face/

AccentsHC31200-UL Skipper H/Rest, SL Arms, ULeather UpholsteryHC31300-AL Skipper, H/Rest, SS Frame, Vinyl UpholsteryHC31370-AL Skipper, H/Rest, SS Frame, Vinyl c/w Leather Face/

AccentsHC31300-UL Skipper, H/Rest, SS Frame, ULeather Upholstery

Colours may vary slightly from the samples below. Please contact So-pac to view sample and confirm availability.

UPHOLSTERy COLOURS




sTAinless sTeel seAT PedesTAls, sliders & fooTresTs

fIXED SEAT PEDESTALS & SLIDERS

Heavy Duty Fixed Pedestals / Code Height Post Ø Top Ø Base Ø Base Plate Thickness

SP100-F500 500 mm 100 mm 76 mm 250 mm 6 mmSP100-F600 600 mm 100 mm 76 mm 250 mm 6 mmSP100-F700 700 mm 100 mm 76 mm 250 mm 6 mm

S/Steel Slider for fixed pedestal; Slides 150 mmS/Steel Slider for fixed pedestal; Slides 150 mm, with footrest bracket

Description: Sliders for fixed pedestals Code Slides Ø

S/Steel Slider SP100-FSSW 150 mm 4″S/Steel Slider with footrest bracket SP076-FSSWF 150 mm 4″

Medium Duty Fixed Pedestals / Code Height Post Ø Base Ø Base Plate Thickness

SP076-F400 400 mm 76 mm 250 mm 4 mmSP076-F500 500 mm 76 mm 250 mm 4 mmSP076-F600 600 mm 76 mm 250 mm 4 mmSP076-F700 700 mm 76 mm 250 mm 4 mm

Pedestal Footrests / Code

Footrest Back Plate

Footrest Inlay

Finish

SP100-AHDF Yes No PolishedSP100-AHDFI Yes Yes PolishedSP100-AMDF No No PolishedSP100-AMDFI No Yes Polished

S/Steel Reinforced FootrestSP100-AHDF

S/Steel Footrest with inlay SP100-AHDFI

S/Steel Footrest SP100-AMDF

Medium Duty Pedestal

Heavy Duty Pedestal

Swivel Top SP100-FSW / SP076- FSW


ST-7

ADJUSTABLE SEAT PEDESTALS, SLIDERS & fOOTRESTS

S/Steel Slider for adjustable pedestal SP100-ASSW

S/Steel Slider for adjustable pedestal, with footrest bracket SP100-ASSWF

S/Steel Electric slider for adjustable pedestal, with footrest bracket SP100-ESSWF

Adjustable seat pedestals Code Height Adjustment Max. Height Ø

S/Steel Pedestal SP100-A550 150 mm 550 mm 4″S/Steel Pedestal SP100-A600 150 mm 600 mm 4″S/Steel Pedestal SP100-A700 150 mm 700 mm 4″

Sliders for adjustable seat pedestals Code Fore/Aft travel Footrest Mount Footrest Height Adj Ø

S/Steel Slider SP100-ASSW 150 mm no no 4″S/Steel Slider with footrest bracket SP100-ASSWF 150 mm yes yes 4″S/Steel Electric slider with footrest bracket SP100-ESSWF 150 mm yes yes 4″

Pedstal Footrests / Code Footrest Back Plate Footrest Inlay Finish

SP100-AHDF Yes No PolishedSP100-AHDFI Yes Yes PolishedSP100-AMDF No No PolishedSP100-AMDFI No Yes Polished

S/Steel Reinforced Footrest SP100-AHDF S/Steel Footrest with inlay SP100-AHDFI S/Steel Footrest SP100-AMDF

Heavy Duty SS Gas Spring Adjusted Seat Pedestal, constructed in Heavy gauge 316 SS, with highly polished finish.

Pedestal with manual slider

Pedestal with manual slider and footrest.




ELITE SLIDE & SWIVEL

• Tube mount design• Polished aluminium construction• Low profile design• Dimensions (mm)• Length: 330• Width: 210• Height: 89• Travel: 110

1100150 - 73 mm Post

SEAT SWIVEL3100007-P• PPG coated mild steel construction

• 175 x 175 mm Square• Height 28.5 mm• 4 hole stud pattern

TRAC-LOCk III SLIDE & SWIVEL

• Aluminium construction• Dimensions (mm)• Length: 300• Width: 185• Height: 76• Travel: 1101100521-L1100521-LAR - AIR RIDE VERSION

Code FixedHeight (mm)

1240425-L 4251240739-L 6001240746-L 750

• Silver anodised aluminium post construction• Includes swivel & slide• 230 mm diameter base• 73 mm diameter post

COLUMBIA PEDESTAL -W/SLIDE

Aluminium seAT PedesTAls & slides

Code FixedHeight (mm)

1250301-L 381-5211250310-L 508-635

HEAVy DUTy MAINSTAy PEDESTAL

• Energy absorbing urethane mount between 73 mm diameter post and base

• 4 rotational locking positions• Rigid keyed anodised aluminium extrusion design• Front operating handle for gas assisted height adjustment• Includes Slide


ST-9

Heavy Duty height adjustable table pedestals

CodeMax.

Height mm

Min. Height

mmPost Ø

Top Plate Size mm

S/Steel Pedestal TP125-A700 700 400 127 200 x 200S/Steel Pedestal TP100-A700 700 400 100 200 x 200S/Steel Pedestal TP076-A700 700 400 76 200 x 200S/Steel Pedestal - 3 stage TP100-A670 670 330 / 480 100 / 76 / 63 200 x 200

Deck Plate TP076-RDP / TP063-RDP

Removeable Tables Code

S/Steel Removable Table Pedestal Set (Post Ø 76 mm) TP076-R700 Table Pedestal Swivel Top TP076-RTTTable Pedestal Deck Plate TP076-RDP Table Pedestal Base Cover Plate TP076-RPCSS Removable Table Pedestal Set (Post Ø 63 mm) TP063-R700Table Pedestal Swivel Top TP063-RDPTable Pedestal Deck Plate TP063-RPCTable Pedestal Base Cover Plate TP063-RTT

S/Steel Removable Table Pedestal Set (Post Ø 76 mm) TP076-R700

Heavy Duty fixed height table pedestals

Code Height Post Ø Top Plate Size

S/Steel Pedestal TP100-F700 700 mm 100 mm 200 x 200 mmS/Steel Pedestal TP100-F400 400 mm 100 mm 200 x 200 mmS/Steel Pedestal TP076-F700 700 mm 76 mm 200 x 200 mmS/Steel Pedestal TP076-F400 400 mm 76 mm 200 x 200 mm

Fixed Table Pedestal 76 mm tube with swivel top

Table Options / Description Code

S/Steel Table Top Swivel (Post Ø 100 mm) TP100-SWIVEL

SS Table Top Slider (550 x 485 mm, 355 mm travel) TP100-SLIDE

S/Steel Table Top Swivel (Post Ø 76 mm) TP076-STT

TABLE PEDESTAL SLIDER

Table slider TP100-SLIDE

sTAinless sTeel TABle PedesTAls & slides

ADJUSTABLE TABLE PEDESTAL

fIXED HEIGHT TABLE PEDESTAL

REMOVABLE TABLE PEDESTAL



I N D E X

11

AAdjustable SEAT pedestals ST-7Alternators

6-Series Alternators EL-37-Series Alternators EL-494-Series Alternators EL-495-Series Alternators EL-497-Series Alternators EL-498-Series Alternators EL-4

AnodesEngine Anodes

Pencil anodes - Anode Only BM-2, BM-6Pencil anodes - With Plug BM-2

Hull AnodesStreamlined Bolt On Anodes BM-4Streamlined Plate Anodes BM-3Tear Drop Shaped Anodes BM-4

Outboard, Saildrive & Sterndrive AnodesAnode Kits BM-7Honda Anodes BM-5, BM-7Mercury & Mercruiser Anodes BM-5OMC / Johnson ANODES BM-7Volvo Anodes BM-7Yamaha Anodes BM-6Yanmar Anodes BM-6

Prop Nut AnodesMax Prop nut Anodes BM-3Mercury bravo iii PROP NUT ANODE BM-3Prop nut Anodes - anode only BM-3Prop nut Anodes - complete BM-3

Prop Shaft AnodesProp shaft anodes - limited clearance BM-1Prop shaft anodes - streamlined BM-1

Rudder & Trim Tab Anodes BM-2Rudder & Trim Tab Anodes BM-2Trim Tab Anode BM-2

Antenna Standoff HW-29Anti rattle sash fastener HW-13Autopilot Interface BO-39Auxiliary propulsion unit (APU) BO-3

BBait Table Mounts

Horizontal Round Rail Mount CG-16Levelock Rod Holder Mount CG-16Locking Flush Deck Socket Mount CG-15Locking Surface Deck Socket Mount CG-15Single Deck Socket Mount CG-16Socket Type Rod Holder Mount CG-15Square Rail / Bulkhead Mount CG-16Table Height Extension Kit CG-16

Bait TablesBait/Filet mate Cutting & Serving Table CG-

14Economate Bait & Filet Table CG-13First Mate - Dual Mount Table CG-14

Bathroomware PL-1, PL-3Batteries

Lifeline Deep Cycle Batteries EL-1Lifeline Start Batteries EL-1

BBQ AccessoriesFish & Vege Grill Tray CG-13Gourmet BBQ Covers CG-11Marine Cuisine BBQ Cook Book CG-12Round BBQ Covers CG-4Serving Shelf with Cutting Board CG-12Stainless Steel Wok with lid CG-13

BBQ MountsDeck Socket Mount CG-5Extended Horizontal Round Rail Mount

CG-10Horizontal Round Rail Mount CG-9Levelock Rod Holder Mount CG-9Levelock - Vertical Round Rail Mount CG-9,

CG-10, CG-11, CG-14, CG-15, CG-16Locking Flush Deck Socket Mount CG-9Locking Surface Deck Socket Mount CG-9Mount Extension CG-5

On Shore Legs CG-5On Shore Stand CG-10Pow’r Grip Rod Holder Mount CG-5Round Rail Mount CG-5Socket Type Mount CG-10Square Rail / Bulkhead Mount CG-5, CG-10

BBQsA10-803NZ-3 Chefsmate Replacement Parts

CG-26Budget BBQ - LPG CG-2Catalina Gourmet BBQ CG-6Charcoal BBQ CG-2Chefsmate Gas Grill CG-8Marine Kettle II CG-3, CG-7Monterey Gourmet BBQ CG-7Newport Gourmet BBQ CG-6Trailmate Gas Grill CG-8

Boarding Laddersboarding ladder - top mount telescoping

HW-15boarding ladder - top mount telescoping -

wide model HW-15boarding ladder - under mount - telescoping

- fixed HW-15boarding ladder - under mount - telescoping

with slide HW-15Bollards

bollard - split HW-16Bolts

barrel bolt HW-2slide bolt HW-2

Bow Rollersbow roller - fixed HW-13bow roller - fixed with pin HW-13bow roller - hinged with pin HW-13

Bow & Stern Thrusters BO-4

CCartridges CG-12Catches

catch - cabinet HW-2, HW-3catch - cabinet - remote HW-3catch - cupboard HW-2catch - Push button HW-2

Chockschocks - lift up HW-16chocks Plastic HW-30chocks - port & starboard HW-16chocks - straight HW-16

circulating pumps HV-16Circulation Pumps HV-8Cleaners, Polishes & Waxes

Acrylic Care - Cleaner & Polisher BM-12Acrylic Scratch Remover BM-12Oil sorbent Sheets BM-12Sea Dish wash - Concentrate BM-18Sea Soap BM-17Teak Wonder - Bilge Cleaner Concentrate

BM-12Wonder Bilge BM-12

Cleats HW-17, HW-18, HW-19cleats Plastic HW-30cleats - herreshoff HW-18cleats - mooring HW-17cleats - surface mount folding HW-18cleats surfboard - flat HW-17cleats surfboard - round HW-17

Cleats - herreshoff HW-18Continuous Running PumpsetS (Heavy)

BO-2Continuous Running PumpsetS (Med)

BO-2Cookware CG-13Custom HW-13

DDeck HW-21, HW-22Deck Fills

deck fills & drain plugs - plastic HW-32deck fills - manship HW-21

Deck Platesdeck plate & deck fill key HW-22non skid deck plates - Plastic HW-30deck plates - stainless steel HW-21

Door Hardwaredoor bumper HW-3door handle HW-4door holder - exterior HW-3door holder - interior HW-3door lock set HW-4door lock with turn button HW-4sliding door lock & latch HW-5

Drawer knob HW-4

EExhaust Waterlocks & Syphons PL-6,

PL-8

FFixed SEAT pedestals & SLIDERS ST-6Flag pole socket HW-22Floor panel anchors HW-5

GGear hammock & hooks HW-3Grab Handles - Plastic HW-30Greases & Lubricants

Marine Special Metal Protection Spray BM-18

Multi Purpose Grease BM-18Winch Grease BM-18Winch Grease Spray BM-18

HHandrails

handrail - w/ flange & stud HW-22handrail - w/ flange & thread for bolt HW-23

Hasp & Stapleshasp & staples HW-6hasp & staples - swivel eye HW-6

Hatches4000 Series Access Hatches180o Opening

HP-2access hatches round HP-2Fixed Portlight HP-4Offshore Hatch HP-3Opening Portlight HP-3hatch - round HP-5Slimline Hatch HP-3hatch - standard deck HP-5

Hatch Fittingshatch gas stays HP-13hatch adjuster telescoping HW-7hatch - clamp latch HW-7hatch fastener - Knob HW-8hatch fastener - T bar HW-8hatch - locking cam latch HW-8hatch spring holder HW-7

Hatch gas stays HP-13Hatch - Low Profile HP-4Hatch Low Profile Double Opening HP-4Hawse Pipes

hawse pipe - oval HW-23hawse pipe - oval with cleats HW-23

Heater Accessories HV-2Heaters

Sigmar 100 HV-1Sigmar 120 HV-1

I N D E X


I N D E X

12 Equipment Catalogue 2010 ver 1 / © So-Pac Marine Limited Phone 09 448 5900 / Fax 09 448 5911 / [email protected] / www.sopac.co.nz

Sigmar 170 HV-1Sigmar 180 HV-1

Heat Exchangers & Exhaust Accessories HV-10

Heavy Duty Cylinders BO-7Heavy Duty Header Tank BO-38Heavy Duty Helm Valves BO-24, BO-33,

BO-37Hinge HW-10HInge Offset HW-10Hinges

hinge - butt extruded fast pin HW-9hinge - cuddy door HW-8hinge - door HW-9hinge - H - (Lift off) HW-9, HW-10hinge - offset, self closing HW-8hinge - plastic HW-32hinge - Plastic Cupboard Hinge HW-31hinge - Plastic Long Flat Hinge HW-31hinge - self closing, flat HW-8hinge - strap HW-10, HW-11hinge - T HW-11hinge - table HW-11snap apart hinges HW-31

Holding Tank CleanersHolding Tank Vent In-line Filter BM-13Puryclean - Holding Tank Cleaner / Disinfec-

tion BM-13Purysan - Holding Tank Treatment Ultra

BM-13Hooks

fender hook HW-22Housings & Adapters BO-41Hull Cleaners

Heavy Duty Boat Wash BM-13Light Duty WASH & cANUBA wax finish

BM-14Medium Duty Hull and Gelcoat Cleaner

BM-14Yellow Stain Remover Gel BM-13

Hull PolishesColour Restorer, Oxidation Remover BM-14Medium Duty Marine Polish - Silicone free

BM-15Medium Duty Rubbing Oxidation Remover

BM-14Premium HArd Wax - With Teflon BM-15Premium Polish - With Teflon BM-15

Hull WaxesCanuba Boat Wax BM-16Cleaner & wax - Silicone Free BM-16Marine Wax BM-15Silicone and Wax Remover BM-16

IInflatable Boat Care

Inflatable Boat Cleaner BM-16Inflatable Boat Repair Kit BM-16

Insta-trim Tab Sets BO-60

LLatches

latch - slam HW-24latch - spring HW-23

Latch spring transom door HW-24LED Lighting

LED Anchor Light EL-19LED Masthead (Steaming) Light EL-19LED Replacement Nav Bulb EL-22LED Tri-Anchor Light EL-19Mounting Brackets EL-19Switches for TriAnchor Lights EL-19

Lift Handleslift handle HW-12lift handle - turning lock HW-24lift handle - turning lock rectangular HW-24

lift handle - with catch HW-12lift ring pull - rectangular HW-12lift ring pull - round HW-12lift ring - spring loaded HW-12

MMast Step HW-25Metal Cleaners & Polishes

Aluminium Polish - with Wax BM-17Heavy Duty Stainless and Brass Polish - with

Wax BM-17Medium Duty Metal Polish - With Wax BM-

17Medium Duty Rust Converter BM-17

Mount BracketsMount Brackets - Plastic outboard bracket

HW-30

OOval HW-20

PPad eye - diamond HW-25Panel Anchors HW-5Pedestals

Columbia Pedestal -W/Slide ST-8Heavy Duty Mainstay Pedestal ST-8

Plastic Bow Pop-Up Light EL-22Plumbing HV-9Portlight Chain HW-7Ports

ports - fixed elliptical HP-7ports - fixed oval HP-6ports - fixed rectangle HP-6ports - fixed round HP-7ports - opening elliptical HP-7ports - opening oval HP-7ports - opening round HP-7ports - opening rectangle HP-6

products, Permanon BM-22Prop BM-1Pump Chart HV-9Pumps

Diaphragm Pumps PL-43Pumpsets

Reversing Pumpset BO-1

RRegulator CG-12Regulators

ARS-5 Regulator EL-5Centerfielder EL-5Digital Duo Charge EL-5Regulator EL-5

Reversing Pumpsets BO-43Rod CG-14Rod Holders

rod holder - clamp-on HW-26rod holder - heavy duty - 30 degrees HW-26rod holder - heavy duty - 90 degrees HW-26rod holder - heavy duty - angular HW-25

Roll Fin Stabiliser BO-58round HW-20, HW-21Rudder Follow-Up Unit BO-42

SSailing hardware HW-26Sailing Hardware

bronze T track end stop HW-26SKIPPER ST-4SLIDERS & FOOTRESTS ST-7Slides & Swivels

Elite Slide & Swivel ST-8Trac-Lock III Slide & Swivel ST-8

ss HW-29SS Rod holder HW-25Stabilisers BO-58Stainless HW-7Stainless Steel Gas Springs HP-13Storage Cases - Plastic HW-31Switches HV-12

Ttable leg fastener HW-11, HW-12Table Leg Fastener HW-6Table pedestals & Sliders ST-9Tapes & Adhesives

Anti Skid Tape BM-19Captain Tolly’s Creeping Crack Cure BM-19Thread Locking Gap Filler BM-19X-Treme TAPE Marine - Self Bonding Rigging

Tape BM-19T-Bar Chrome HW-7Teak block single HW-26Teak Care - Yachticon

Interior Teak Oil BM-11Teak Oil - Clear BM-11Teak Oil - Golden Classic BM-11

Teak WonderTeak Cleaners & Brighteners BM-11Teak Dressing & Sealer BM-11

Thermostats HV-11The Voyager ST-1, ST-3Thru Hulls

transom exhaust - thru hull HW-29Thru hull skin fittings HW-33Bow & Stern Thrusters BO-4, BO-5Thrusters, Bow & Stern BO-4Toilet Maintenance

purytech head treatment deodoriser system BM-20

Toilet Lubricating and Cleaning Oil BM-20Trim Tabs

Electronic Tab Locator Kits BO-60Universal Motor Pump BO-60Water proof switches BO-60

VVents

louvre vents - Plastic HW-31tank vents - flat plastic HW-33tank vents - oval plastic HW-32vent - butterfly HW-27vent - fuel tank HW-28vent - louvered HW-29vent - mini clam HW-27vent - round cowl HW-28vent - tear drop cowl HW-28

WWAGNER HYDRAULIC STEERING BO-

47Water Heaters

ITR Hurricane HV-4ITR Hurricane II HV-5, HV-13, HV-14, HV-15ITR WaterHeater HV-3

Water TreatmentAqua Clean - No Chlorine BM-21Ceramic Cartridge - with Carbon BM-20Clean-A-Tank BM-21In-Line Water Filter BM-20Pura-Tank - No Chlorine Water Tank Cleaner

BM-21Water Filter Set BM-20

YYACHT STEERING SYSTEMS BO-51

I N D E X

13

1. PRICESAll prices quoted are exclusive of GST. Prices shown in a price list are subject to change without prior notice by So-Pac Marine Ltd and do not constitute an offer.

Quotation for goods to be specifically imported by So-Pac Marine Ltd or a particular order is subject to confirmation on receipt of a firm order. Prices quoted are subject to change based on exchange rates, freight rates, insurance and customs duty.

2. PAYMENTAll payments for goods supplied are due to the company on the 20th of the month following the date of invoice. So-Pac Marine Ltd reserves the right to charge interest to the purchaser at So-Pac Marine’s trading bank base rate applicable, plus 2% calculated on a daily basis from the due date to the date of payment. Also So-Pac Marine Ltd reserves the right to on charge all collections costs incurred in recovering funds owed including interest.

In addition So-Pac Marine Ltd may withhold delivery of further goods to the purchaser until the outstanding amount plus accrued interest is paid. Payment shall be made direct to the Head Office of So-Pac Marine.

Where goods are imported especially on your behalf a non-refundable deposit may be requested. Such goods may not be returned for credit without prior agreement.

3. FREIGHTSo-Pac Marine will charge freight separately on all invoices. Urgent and overnight orders despatched at the client’s request will be charged at the actual freight cost unless otherwise agreed.

4. MINIMUM ORDERSo-Pac Marine reserves the right to charge a minimum order fee of $5.00 on orders below a $10.00 value.

5. FORCE MAJEURESo-Pac Marine shall not be liable for any failure to perform the contract or supply any material, or for any delay or non-delivery due to strikes, fires, explosion, flood, riot, lockouts, injunctions, interruption of transportation, accidents, inability to obtain supplies at reasonable prices, war or apprehension of war, force majeure, governmental action or any other circumstance beyond So-Pac Marine’s control.

6. TITLEOwnership of the goods shall not pass to the client until So-Pac Marine has received payment in full for the order.

Payment required covers all charges included on the invoices and ownership does not pass until cheques or our bank clears other instruments.

So-Pac Marine shall be entitled to repossess the goods if payment is not made or the client and So-Pac Marine do not reach an agreement re payment.

7. RETURNSNon stock or indent lines will not be accepted back for credit. Other goods will only be accepted for credit on the following conditions and only if accompanied with details in full of the packing slip or invoice with which they were delivered and are in original packing and condition suitable for resale.

All claims should be referred direct to our Auckland Office.

a. Goods incorrectly supplied by So-Pac Marine Ltd will be accepted back for credit, freight forward, provided So-Pac Marine is notified of the error within five (5) working days of receipt of the goods.

b. Goods over ordered or incorrectly ordered by the customer will be accepted back for credit with the customer paying for the freight, provided approval for return is first sought from So-Pac Marine with in five (5) working days of receipt of the goods. A restocking fee may apply.

c. Goods purchased from So-Pac Marine which are defective or damaged when received by the customer will be accepted for credit provided So-Pac Marine is notified within five (5) working days of receipt of goods.

8. SUPPLY OF GOODSFrom time to time goods may be out of stock, in such cases, So-Pac Marine will automatically place the goods on back order and advise the customer of the situation. Unless specifically cancelled, goods will be supplied upon availability.

9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITYSo-Pac Marine’s liability for any claim whatsoever in respect of products sold hereunder, shall not exceed the price of the product. The customer assumes all risks and liability for the products purchased from So-Pac Marine and their use upon and after delivery, including their affect upon any person. Any and all warranties or conditions expressed, implied or statutory are expressly excluded except those which cannot be lawfully excluded.

10. GENERAL Any disagreement between So-Pac Marine and the purchaser will be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the laws of New Zealand.

Terms & CondiTions of TrAde


www.sopac.co.nz8-10 Volkner Pl, Albany, North Harbour, Auckland . ph (09) 448 5900 . fax (09) 448 5911 . e [email protected]

Documents

So-Pac Marine 2011 Spring